tags. Change the element’s role to one of the values listed below to help the screen reader correctly identify the element’s purpose in the exported PDF document.
-
-### Define Label Accessible Role
-
-Set the control’s **Accessible Role** property to **Heading 1 - Heading 6** before you export a report.
-
-
-
-In the PDF Export Options dialog, set the **PDF/UA Compatibility** property to **PDF/UA1** to conform the exported PDF document to PDF/UA specification. Then, export the report to PDF format.
-
-The image below shows the result. **Accessible Role** is set to **Heading 2**, and the screen reader treats **Label** as a “level two” heading in the exported document:
-
-
-
-### Define Table Accessible Role
-
-You can specify how Table should be treated by screen readers in the exported PDF document. For this, set the control's **Accessible Role** property to **Table** before you export a report.
-
-
-
-In the PDF Export Options dialog, set the **PDF/UA Compatibility** property to **PDF/UA1** to conform the exported PDF document to PDF/UA specification. Then, export the report to PDF format.
-
-The image below shows the result. **Accessible Role** is set to **Table**, and the screen reader treats Table as a table in the exported document:
-
-
-
-### Define Table Row Accessible Role
-
-You can specify how Table Row should be treated by screen readers in the exported PDF document.
-
-Before you export a report, set the **Table**'s **Accessible Role** property to **Table** to define a control as a table. Then, specify **Table Row**'s **Accessible Role**:
-
-
-
-In the PDF Export Options dialog, set the **PDF/UA Compatibility** property to **PDF/UA1** to conform the exported PDF document to PDF/UA specification. Then, export the report to PDF format.
-
-The image below shows the result. **Table Row**'s **Accessible Role** is set to **Table Header Row**, and the screen reader treats **Table Row** as a header row of the table in the exported document:
-
-
-
-### Define Table Cell Accessible Role
-
-Before you export a report, set the **Table**'s **Accessible Role** property to **Table** to define a control as a table. Then, specify the **Table Cell**'s **Accessible Role** property:
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> **Accessible Role** is not in effect for cells merged with the Cell's **Row Span** property.
-
-In the PDF Export Options dialog, set the **PDF/UA Compatibility** property to **PDF/UA1** to conform the exported PDF document to PDF/UA specification. Then, export the report to PDF format.
-
-The image below shows the result. **Table Cell**'s b is set to **Table Header Cell**, and the screen reader treats Table Cell with "Bill to:" text as a header cell in the exported document:
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/create-drill-down-reports.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/create-drill-down-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c6ac47bb0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/create-drill-down-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-
-title: Create Drill-Down Reports
----
-# Create Drill-Down Reports
-
-This tutorial describes how to create a drill-down report. Clicking a link in such a report displays the previously hidden detailed information in the same report:
-
-
-
-Do the following to create a drill-down report:
-
-1. [Create a master-detail report using Detail Report bands](../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md).
-2. Drop a label onto the report's detail band. Clicking this label should expand or collapse the hidden report details.
-3. Select the [detail report band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) by clicking its header and expand the drop-down menu for the band's **DrillDownControl** property in the [Property Grid](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md).
-
- This menu displays all report controls available on the report band that is one level above the current band in the report bands' hierarchy. Select the corresponding label in the menu to make the label expand or collapse the detail report's band when clicked in the Print Preview.
-
- 
-
- You can also specify the band's **Drill Down Expanded** property to define whether or not the band is initially expanded. This property is enabled by default.
-4. Click this label's smart tag and select the **Expression** property.
-
- 
-
- This invokes the **Expression Editor** where you can make the label display different text based on the detail report's **DrillDownExpanded** property value.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/create-drill-through-reports.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/create-drill-through-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 39351f3f4c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/create-drill-through-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create Drill-Through Reports
----
-# Create Drill-Through Reports
-
-Follow this tutorial to create a _drill-through report_ (a user can click a Category entry to invoke a detail report with Products). This report type keeps the original report compact while still allowing access to more detailed information.
-
-The tutorial involves two main steps:
-
-- Add a master-detail relationship between "Categories" and "Products" reports within one project.
-- Use detail report parameters to filter records based on the selected category.
-
-
-
-## Add a Master-Detail Relationship between Reports
-
-Define a master-detail relationship between _Category_ and _Product_ reports within a single project:
-
-- Select the XRControl's element (**Table Cell** in this example) in the main report.
-- Set its **Action** property to **NavigateToReportAction**.
-- Assign the **ReportSource** property to a detail report instance.
-
-
-
-If you switch to **Preview**, you can click on a _Category_ value in the table. The **Preview** window navigates to the detail report that contains all _Product_ entries. The next step explains how to filter this list.
-
-
-
-A Breadcrumb control automatically appears below the Document Viewer toolbar and allows you to navigate back to the original report.
-
-
-
-## Specify Parameter Binding to Display Required Data
-
-You can specify parameters during detail report navigation. Use the **Parameter Bindings** property to limit displayed records (such as products) to a selected category.
-
-To invoke the **Parameter Binding Collection Editor**, click the ellipsis button in the **Parameter Bindings** property. Within this editor, click the **Sync** button to automatically obtain detail report parameters and set **Binding** to the data field or parameter of the original report.
-
-
-
-Set **Binding** to the _CategoryID_ field.
-
-
-
-Set the following filter string in the detail report to display product records for the selected category.
-
-
-
-## Result
-
-Switch to **Preview** and click on a category entry in the master report. The **Preview** navigates to the detail report that displays only products related to the selected category.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5648bc6647..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Edit Content in Print Preview
----
-# Edit Content in Print Preview
-
-This document describes how to customize field values in a previewed document.
-
-##
Content Editing Overview
-Enable a report control's **Edit Options** | **Enabled** property and leave the **Edit Options** | **Read Only** property disabled to make the control's content editable in Print Preview.
-
-
-
-Print Preview provides the **Editing Fields** toolbar button if content editing is enabled for at least one control in the displayed report. Click this button to highlight all editable fields available in the document.
-
-
-
-Use the TAB and SHIFT+TAB keys to navigate between editable fields forward and back.
-
-Click an editable field to invoke an editor and specify a value.
-
-You can enable content editing for data-aware and unbound report controls.
-
-The following report controls support content editing in Print Preview:
-
-| Text | Boolean | Image |
-|--- | --- | --- |
-| [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) | [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) | [Picture Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) |
-| [Table Cell](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) | | |
-| [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md) | | |
-
-The sections below provide information about options these controls expose. You can use these options to set up content editing.
-
-
-## Content Editing Limitations
-
-* Changes made to a control's content in Print Preview does not effect the document's other parts (for example, summary results, grouping, sorting, bookmarks and other settings that were processed before the document was generated).
-* A control's **Can Grow** setting is ignored for editable fields. The edited area cannot exceed the control's original dimensions.
-* Multi-line values can only be entered when no mask is applied to an editable field.
-* Values entered into editable fields are reset after the document is refreshed (for example, when you submit [report parameter](../use-report-parameters.md) values or expand/collapse data in a [drill-down report](create-drill-down-reports.md)).
-* It is not possible to edit content in bands if their **DrillDownControl** property is specified.
-* The entered values are not preserved in the Top Margin and Bottom Margin bands when the report is exported as a single file to the following formats:
-
- * TXT
- * CSV
- * HTML
- * MHT
- * RTF
- * XLS
- * XLSX
- * image
-
-## Text Editors
-
-Text editors are used to customize the [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md), [Table Cell](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) and [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md) report controls' content in Print Preview.
-
-The default text editor is a memo edit.
-
-
-
-
-
-Specify the **Edit Options** | **Editor Name** property to use one of the following text editors:
-
-
-
-| Numeric | Date-Time | Letters |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| Integer | Date | Only Letters |
-| Positive Integer | | Only Uppercase Letters |
-| Fixed-Point | | Only Lowercase Letters |
-| Positive Fixed-Point | | Only Latin Letters |
-
-Each editor has a specific mask.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If a table cell contains other controls, you cannot edit this cell (they can edit the cell's controls). The following image illustrates this:
->
-> 
-
-## Character Comb Editors
-
-The **Character Comb** control displays text so that each character is printed in an individual cell.
-
-
-
-Specify the Character Comb's **Edit Options** | **Editor Name** property to use a text editor, as described in the [Text Editors](#text-editors) section above.
-
-## Check Box Editor
-The check box editor is used to customize the [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) report control's content in Print Preview.
-
-
-
-You can combine several check box editors into a radio group so that you can select only one option within a group at a time. For this, set the [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) report controls' **Group ID** property to the same value.
-
-
-
-## Image Editors
-
-Image editors are used to customize the [XRPictureBox](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) report control's content in Print Preview.
-
-Use the control's **Edit Options** | **Editor Name** property to assign one of the following image editors.
-
-- **Image Editor**
- Allows you to load an image and specify the image's size options.
-
- 
-
-- **Signature Editor**
- Allows you to specify brush options and draw a signature.
-
- 
-- **Image and Signature Editor** (default)
- Allows you to load an image and draw a signature. The image's size options and brush options are available.
-
- 
-
-All these image editors include the  button. This button allows you to clear the editor's content.
-
-## Export Editable Fields to PDF AcroForms
-
-Enable the report's **Export Options | PDF Export Options | Export Editing Fields to AcroForms** property to export [text fields](#text-editors), [check boxes](#check-box-editor), [character combs](#character-comb-editors), and [image editors](#image-editors) to PDF as editable form fields (**AcroForms**).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 99087380e4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Sort a Report in Print Preview
----
-# Sort a Report in Print Preview
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to enable sorting report data in Print Preview.
-
-In this tutorial, we will start with the following report displaying products [grouped](../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md) by category names.
-
-
-
-You can implement interactive sorting for both the detail data and report groups.
-
-##
Sort Report Groups
-To enable sorting report groups in Print Preview, select the label displaying product category names located in the **Group Header** band and switch to the [Property Grid](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md).
-
-
-
-Expand the label's **InteractiveSorting** property, and set the **TargetBand** property to *GroupHeader1* and **FieldName** to *CategoryName*.
-
-Switch to the **Preview** tab to sort report groups by the **CategoryName** field. When a mouse pointer hovers over the category name, it changes to a hand indicating the sorting capability. The arrow displayed at the element's right edge indicates the sorting order.
-
-
-
-##
Sort Detail Data
-To enable sorting data in the Detail band, select the table cell displaying the **Product Name** title and switch to the [Property Grid](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md).
-
-
-
-Set the **TargetBand** property to *Detail* and access the **SortField** property.
-
-In the invoked collection editor, add a new group field and set its **FieldName** to **ProductName**.
-
-Set the table cell's **FieldName** property to the **ProductName** field.
-
-
-
-On switching to the Preview tab, you can now sort data in the Detail band by the **ProductName** field.
-
-
-
-If you provide interactive sorting to multiple fields, clicking another field clears all the previously applied data sorting. Hold the SHIFT key while clicking to preserve the existing sorting settings and thus sort against multiple fields.
-
-To disable data sorting against a specific field, hold the CTRL key on its caption click.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Reports embedded into the current report using the [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) control do not support interactive data sorting.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 44d643038e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Data Source Wizard
----
-# Data Source Wizard
-
-The Data Source Wizard enables you to configure a data source and retrieve the required data. It supports the following data source types:
-
-* [Database](data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database.md)
-
- Obtains data from all major data providers (Microsoft SQL Server, XML data, Microsoft Access, Oracle, etc.).
-* [Entity Framework](data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md)
-
- Supports binding to a Microsoft ADO.NET Entity Framework data source.
-* [Object Binding](data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source.md)
-
- Connects to a data object.
-* [Excel File](data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source.md)
-
- Obtains data from Microsoft Excel workbooks (XLS, XLSX or XLSM files) or CSV files.
-* [JSON](data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source.md)
-
- Connects to JSON-formatted data.
-
-* [XPO](data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source.md)
-
- Allows you to bind to **XPO** data.
-
-* [No Data](data-source-wizard/no-data.md)
-
- Allows you design a report that is not bound to a data source.
-
-
-
-The Data Source Wizard allows you to do the following:
-
-* [Add a new data-bound report](../add-new-reports.md) to your application using the [Report Wizard](report-wizard.md), which contains the Data Source Wizard pages.
-
- 
-
-* Bind an existing report or its [Detail Report band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) to data. To invoke this Wizard, click **Add Data Source** on the [Ribbon](toolbar.md)'s **Home** page.
-
- 
-
- Alternatively, click the report's smart tag, expand the **DataSource** property's drop-down menu and click **Add Report Data Source**.
-
- 
-
-* Connect the [Chart](../use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids.md), [Cross Tab](../use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs.md) and [Sparkline](../use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines.md) report controls to individual data sources.
-
- You can invoke the Data Source Wizard using the **Add Data Source** command on the **Chart** | **Design** contextual page.
-
- 
-
- You can invoke the Data Source Wizard using the **DataSource** property in the chart's smart tag.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 577da2ce02..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Connect to a Database
----
-# Connect to a Database
-
-The topics in this section describe the steps required to connect a report to a database.
-
-
-
-The following data source types are supported.
-
-* Amazon Redshift
-* Firebird
-* Google BigQuery
-* IBM DB2
-* Microsoft Access 2007
-* Microsoft Access 97
-* Microsoft SQL Server
-* Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition
-* MySQL
-* Oracle
-* Pervasive PSQL
-* PostgreSQL
-* SAP HANA
-* SAP Sybase Advantage
-* SAP Sybase ASE
-* SAP Sybase SQL Anywhere
-* SQLite
-* Teradata
-* VistaDB
-* VistaDB5
-* XML file
-
-
-This task includes the following steps.
-
-* [Select a Data Connection](connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md)
-* [Specify a Connection String](connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md)
-* [Save the Connection String](connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md)
-* [Create a Query or Select a Stored Procedure](connect-to-a-database/create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md)
-* [Configure Query Parameters](connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 71574e3bfa..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Configure Query Parameters
-author: Mary Sammal
----
-# Configure Query Parameters
-
-On this wizard page, you can manage parameters that are used in queries and/or stored procedures selected on the [previous wizard page](create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md), as well as specify parameter values.
-
-##
Specify Parameter Values
-
-A parameter value can be specified in one of the following ways.
-* Parameters can be assigned static values (according to the specified parameter type), which is illustrated in the following image.
-
- 
-* Alternatively, you can link a query or stored procedure parameter to a [report parameter](../../../use-report-parameters.md), whose value can be requested each time before the report document is to be previewed or exported. To do this, enable the **Expression** check box and select an existing report parameter of the corresponding type or create a new one.
-
- 
-* Another option is to calculate a parameter value based on an expression. To do this, enable the **Expression** check box and run the **Expression Editor**.
-
- 
-
-##
Manage Parameters
-To delete a specific parameter, select it on this wizard page and click **Remove**.
-
-To execute a specific query with the specified parameter values, click **Preview** and select a query.
-
-
-
-When previewing a query or stored procedure result, only **1000** first data rows are displayed. If a query contains a custom SQL, the entire result set is obtained.
-
-To create a new query parameter, click **Add** and select a query.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cd6c73b8cd..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create a Query or Select a Stored Procedure
-author: Mary Sammal
----
-# Create a Query or Select a Stored Procedure
-
-
-On this wizard page, you can choose which tables, views and/or stored procedures from your data source to display in the report.
-
-
-
-## Manage Custom Queries
-When you are required to shape the query data at the level of a data source, you can create custom queries by expanding the **Queries** category and clicking the  button. This will invoke the [Query Builder](../../query-builder.md) where you can create complex queries by joining multiple tables, filtering, sorting and grouping their data, as well as calculating various aggregate functions.
-
-
-
-The Query Builder can also be used to specify custom SQL, if this functionality is enabled by your software provider.
-
-To customize an existing query using the Query Builder, click the  button.
-
-To delete a query, click the  button.
-
-On finishing the wizard, each of the selected data items will be included into a separate query.
-
-
-
-## Specify Master-Detail Relationships
-To define [master-detail relationships](../../../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md) between two or more queries, click **Manage Relations**.
-
-
-
-To create a new relationship, connect the required key fields using drag and drop.
-
-To edit an existing relationship, double-click the corresponding arrow or right-click it, and select the **Edit Relation** command in the invoked context menu.
-
-
-
-This will invoke the **Edit Relation** editor that provides a different UI to manage the data relationships.
-
-
-
-On finishing the wizard, the specified data relationships will appear in the [Field List](../../ui-panels/field-list.md).
-
-
-
-If selected queries or stored procedures contain any [parameters](../../../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md), you will be required to define their values on the next wizard page: [Configure Query Parameters](configure-query-parameters.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d1f0a7c18f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Save the Connection String
-author: Mary Sammal
----
-# Save the Connection String
-
-On this page, you can specify whether or not to save the user credentials along with the connection string.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Create a Query or Select a Stored Procedure](create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d657932cbf..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Connection
----
-# Select a Data Connection
-
-On this page, you can either select one of the currently available data connections from the list or create a new one.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page, depending on the selected option.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6eb88652c4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify a Connection String
-author: Mary Sammal
----
-# Specify a Connection String
-
-This page allows you to specify connection string parameters specific to the selected data source provider. Depending on the data provider selected, it may be necessary to specify additional connection options (such as authentication type and database name) on this page.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page, depending on whether or not the created connection uses server authentication.
-* [Save the Connection String](save-the-connection-string.md) - if server authentication is required, this page allows you to specify whether or not you want to save the user credentials along with the connection string.
-* [Create a Query or Select a Stored Procedure](create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md) - if server authentication is not required, the page above does not appear, and you will proceed to constructing the query.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/select-data-fields.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/select-data-fields.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d8927e550..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/select-data-fields.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Select Data Fields'
----
-
-# Select Data Fields
-
-On this page, the wizard shows the specified JSON data's structure. You can choose all nodes or a subset of nodes.
-
-
-
-Uncheck the data fields that your report does not require.
-
-You can rename data fields if necessary.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/specify-json-data-location.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/specify-json-data-location.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b629ff6ec..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/specify-json-data-location.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Specify JSON Data Location'
----
-
-# Specify JSON Data Location
-
-This wizard page allows you to specify a Web Service Endpoint URI, a filename, or a string with JSON content. If you choose the **Web Service Endpoint** option, you can configure a connection string with URI path parameters and query parameters.
-
-- Web Service Endpoint
-
- 
-
-- File Name
-
- 
-
-- String with JSON Content
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 59eccafe31..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind to a Stored Procedure
----
-# Bind to a Stored Procedure
-
-This wizard page allows you to add stored procedures to the data source, configure their parameters and preview the results of a stored procedure’s execution.
-
-
-
-To bind to a stored procedure, do the following.
-1. Click **Add**. Then, in the invoked window, select a required stored procedure and click **OK**.
-
-2. [Configure the parameters](../../../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md) to be passed to the selected stored procedure. Make sure that the value of the passed parameter's **Type** property corresponds to the actual type of the stored procedure parameter.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page. If you have added more than one stored procedures on this page or if the current Entity Framework model additionally provides data tables, go to the [Select a Data Member](select-a-data-member.md) page.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/configure-filters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/configure-filters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f39b032e1..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/configure-filters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Configure Filters
----
-# Configure Filters
-
-This wizard page allows you to define any number of [filter criteria](../../../use-expressions.md) for your data source.
-
-The **Filter Editor** is displayed after choosing an entity on this wizard page.
-
-
-
-Use this editor to define the selected entity's filter criteria. The filter string can also reference [report parameters](../../../use-report-parameters.md).
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-connection-string.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-connection-string.md
deleted file mode 100644
index da7a61cb3e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-connection-string.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Connection String
----
-# Select a Connection String
-
-This page allows you to specify a connection string used to establish a data connection. The following options are available:
-
-## Default Connection String
-
-Choose the default connection string if it is specified in the application’s configuration file.
-
-
-## Custom Connection String
-
-Specify a custom connection string in the connection string editor and choose whether or not to store the string in the application’s configuration file.
-
-
-
-## Predefined Connection String
-
-Select an existing connection string available in the current project.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page. If the current Entity Framework model contains stored procedures, go to the Bind to a [Stored Procedure](bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md) page; otherwise, proceed to the [Configure Filters](configure-filters.md) page.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-data-member.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-data-member.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ba99524ec..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-data-member.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Member
----
-# Select a Data Member
-
-On this page, select the required data member from the list of available data members.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Configure Filters](configure-filters.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-the-data-context.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-the-data-context.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 814358aac3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-the-data-context.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select the Data Context
----
-# Select the Data Context
-
-On this page, select the required data context from the list of available data contexts.
-
-
-
-If the **Browse** button is available on this page, you can also select a data context from a custom assembly.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select a Connection String](select-a-connection-string.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/choose-columns.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/choose-columns.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b92330316..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/choose-columns.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Choose Columns
----
-# Choose Columns
-
-On this wizard page, you can select required columns and specify their settings.
-
-To select a column, enable the corresponding **Selected** check box. Use **Name** to specify the custom column name and **Type** to choose the column type.
-
-
-
-This page also allows you to preview resulting data by clicking the **Preview...** button.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-an-excel-workbook-or-csv-file.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-an-excel-workbook-or-csv-file.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ec391a6b3c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-an-excel-workbook-or-csv-file.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select an Excel Workbook or CSV file
----
-# Select an Excel Workbook or CSV file
-
-On this wizard page, select a required Microsoft Excel Workbook (the XLS, XLSX and XLSM formats are supported) or CSV file. To do this, click the ellipsis button and locate the source file or enter the full path to this file.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Specify Import Settings](specify-import-settings.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/specify-import-settings.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/specify-import-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 71dda969e9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/specify-import-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify Import Settings
----
-# Specify Import Settings
-
-On this wizard page, you can specify required import settings. This page provides access to different settings depending on whether you have selected an Excel Workbook or CSV file.
-
-
-
-## Import Settings for an Excel Workbook
-The following settings are available if an Excel workbook has been selected.
-
-
-* **Use values of the first rows as field names** - Specifies whether values of the first row should be imported as field names. If this option is disabled, values of the first row will be imported as data and field names will be generated automatically.
-* **Skip empty rows** - Specifies whether or not to include empty rows to the resulting data source.
-* **Skip hidden rows** - Specifies whether or not to include hidden rows to the resulting data source.
-* **Skip hidden columns** - Specifies whether or not to include hidden columns to the resulting data source.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select a Worksheet, Table or Named Region](select-a-worksheet,-table-or-named-range.md).
-
-
-
-## Import Settings for a CSV file
-The following settings are available if a CSV file has been selected.
-
-
-* **Use values of the first rows as field names** - Specifies whether or not values of the first row should be imported as field names. If this option is disabled, values of the first row will be imported as data and field names will be generated automatically.
-* **Skip empty rows** - Specifies whether or not to include empty rows to the resulting data source.
-* **Trim Blanks** - Specifies whether or not to delete all leading and trailing empty spaces from each value in the source CSV file.
-* **Encoding** - Specifies the character encoding in the source CSV file. If the corresponding **Detect automatically** check box is enabled, this setting's value is automatically determined.
-* **Newline type** - Specifies the line break type in the source CSV file. If the corresponding **Detect automatically** check box is enabled, this setting's value is automatically determined.
-* **Value separator** - Specifies a character used to separate values in the source CSV file. If the corresponding **Detect automatically** check box is enabled, this setting's value is automatically determined.
-* **Culture** - Specifies culture information used to import data from the source CSV file.
-* **Text Qualifier** - Specifies the character that encloses values in the source CSV file.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Choose Columns](choose-columns.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-constructor.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-constructor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4430bae62f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-constructor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Source Constructor
----
-# Select a Data Source Constructor
-
-On this page, select one of the available data source constructors. To exclude irrelevant constructors from the list, select the **Show only highlighted constructors** check box.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Specify the Constructor Parameters](specify-the-constructor-parameters.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-member.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-member.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ed461a7f9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-member.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Source Member
----
-# Select a Data Source Member
-
-On this wizard page, specify whether you want to bind to the entire object or to its public member (method or property). To exclude irrelevant members from the list of available members, select the **Show only highlighted members** check box.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page depending on the selected option.
-* [Specify the Member Parameters](specify-the-member-parameters.md)
-* [Select the Data Binding Mode](select-the-data-binding-mode.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b8089f7b94..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Source Type
----
-# Select a Data Source Type
-
-On this wizard page, select a required data source type. To exclude irrelevant classes from the list, select the **Show only highlighted classes** check box.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select a Data Source Member](select-a-data-source-member.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-an-assembly.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-an-assembly.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ca6512d3e9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-an-assembly.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select an Assembly
----
-# Select an Assembly
-
-On this page, select an assembly that contains the class type definition of the data source. To exclude irrelevant assemblies from the list, select the **Show only highlighted assemblies** check box.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select a Data Source Type](select-a-data-source-type.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-the-data-binding-mode.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-the-data-binding-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fb4664c03..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-the-data-binding-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select the Data Binding Mode
----
-# Select the Data Binding Mode
-
-On this wizard page, you can choose one of the following two binding modes.
-* **Retrieve the data source schema** - Select this option to retrieve only the data source schema from the specified object and edit the report layout without having access to the actual underlying data.
-* **Retrieve the actual data** - Select this option to automatically create an instance of the data source type and obtain its actual data.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-constructor-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-constructor-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 70cd1ded4d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-constructor-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify the Constructor Parameters
----
-# Specify the Constructor Parameters
-
-On this wizard page, specify the constructor parameters.
-
-To specify the constructor parameter's value, use the **Value** column. Enable the check box in the **Expression** column to make it possible to specify the parameter expression using the **Expression Editor**. In this case, you can pass an existing [report parameter](../../../use-report-parameters.md) to the constructor or even create a new report parameter using the in-place editor.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-member-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-member-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 41c313e67d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-member-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify the Member Parameters
----
-# Specify the Member Parameters
-
-On this wizard page, specify the member parameters.
-
-To specify the member parameter's value, use the **Value** column. Enable the check box in the **Expression** column to make it possible to specify the parameter expression using the **Expression Editor**. In this case, you can pass an existing report parameter to the member or even create a new report parameter using the in-place editor.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select the Data Binding Mode](select-the-data-binding-mode.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/choose-an-entity-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/choose-an-entity-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fab33761bb..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/choose-an-entity-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400391'
-title: 'Choose an Entity Type'
----
-# Choose an Entity Type
-
-This wizard page lists your application project's persistent object classes. Choose one entity type and proceed to the next page.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/save-the-connection-string.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/save-the-connection-string.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 017c0f25a5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/save-the-connection-string.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400404'
-title: 'Save the Connection String'
----
-
-# Save the Connection String
-
-On this page, select whether or not to save the created connection string to the application's configuration file.
-
-If the data connection uses server authentication, you can also choose to save the user credentials along with the connection string.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/select-a-data-connection.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/select-a-data-connection.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c21a3d025..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/select-a-data-connection.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400402'
-title: 'Select a Data Connection'
----
-
-# Select a Data Connection
-
-On this page, specify whether you want to use an existing data connection or create a new data connection.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page, depending on the selected option.
-
-* [Specify a Connection String](specify-a-connection-string.md)
-* [Save the Connection String](save-the-connection-string.md)
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/specify-a-connection-string.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/specify-a-connection-string.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 888cb9ef89..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/specify-a-connection-string.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400403'
-title: 'Specify a Connection String'
----
-
-# Specify a Connection String
-
-This page allows you to specify connection string parameters or define a custom connection string.
-
-
-
-The following data source types are supported.
-
-* Amazon Redshift
-* Firebird
-* Google BigQuery
-* IBM DB2
-* Microsoft Access 2007
-* Microsoft Access 97
-* Microsoft SQL Server
-* Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition
-* MySQL
-* Oracle
-* Pervasive PSQL
-* PostgreSQL
-* SAP Sybase Advantage
-* SAP Sybase ASE
-* SAP Sybase SQL Anywhere
-* SQLite
-* Teradata
-* VistaDB
-* VistaDB5
-* XML file
-
-Depending on the data provider selected, it may be necessary to specify additional connection options (such as authentication type and database name) on this page.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page.
-
-## Define a Custom Connection String
-
-Select **Custom connection string** and specify the connection string.
-
-
-
-Use the
XpoProvider parameter to identify a data source provider. For example, *XpoProvider=**MSSqlServer**;Data Source=(local);User ID=username;Password=password;Initial Catalog=database;Persist Security Info=true*
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Save the Connection String](save-the-connection-string.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/no-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/no-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e02e95f30..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/no-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'No Data'
----
-
-# No Data
-
-Choose *No Data* not to bind to a data source.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/localization-editor.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/localization-editor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ed7355ba66..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/localization-editor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Localization Editor
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Localization Editor
-
-The Localization Editor allows you to change the text of the localizable textual properties for all the controls in a report.
-
-
-
-The left panel allows you to change the report's language or add a new language to start localization.
-The right panel contains a grid that displays the property name, the text specified for that property in the default language, and the text for the selected language. Text strings of the selected language are editable.
-
-## Invoke the Localization Editor
-
-Use one of the following actions:
-
-* Click the report's smart tag in the Report Designer and select **Edit Localization** in the action list:
-
- 
-
-* Click the **Localization** property's ellipsis button in the [Property Grid](ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md):
-
- 
-
-* Click the **dialog box launcher** in the [Toolbar](toolbar.md#view-tab)'s Localization group:
-
- 
-
-## Use the Localization Editor
-
-* **To add a new language**, click the _plus_ button at the right panel. All values for the new language are copied from the default language's values.
-
-* Change the text and click **Apply** to apply your changes and preview the text in the report designer.
-
-* Click **OK** to apply changes and close the editor.
-
-> [!Tip]
-> When the **Localization Editor** is invoked, the grid in the right panel displays values for the report controls' **Text** properties. You can click the **Property** column header to modify a filter and select other properties or clear the filter to show all textual properties.
-> Grid rows are arranged in the same order as report controls in the [Report Explorer](ui-panels/report-explorer.md) tree - from top to bottom and from left to right.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 740790c7a9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Query Builder
----
-
-# SQL Query Builder (WinForms)
-
-The **Query Builder** allows you to construct SQL queries to retrieve data from an [SQL Database](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md).
-
-
-
-## Run the Query Builder
-
-Use the [Data Source Wizard](data-source-wizard.md) or [Report Wizard](report-wizard.md) to bind your report to an [SQL Database](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md). Switch to the [query customization page](data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md) and click the *Add* button in the **Queries** row.
-
-
-
-## Select Tables
-
-Drag the table that you want to add to a query from the list of available tables and drop the table onto the **Query Builder** surface.
-
-
-
-To find a table by name, switch to the table list, press *CTRL+F*, and enter the table name in the editor.
-
-
-
-Enable checkboxes for the table columns that you want to include in the query.
-
-
-
-If you want to include all the columns available in the table, enable **\* (All Columns)**.
-
-Right-click the table and select *Rename* or *Delete* to change the table's name or remove it.
-
-
-
-## Join Tables
-
-You can join multiple tables within the same query. Do one of the following to add a table onto the **Query Builder** surface:
-
-- Drag and drop a table from the table list onto the surface.
-- Double-click a table in the table list.
-
-The table list on the left highlights all child and parent tables that are bound to the dropped table by a foreign key.
-
-
-
-Add required tables to the surface. The *Inner Join* relation with the previously added table is created automatically. Added tables display the green plus button for the columns that refer to other tables. You can click this icon to add a linked table to the query and create the *Inner Join* relation with this table.
-
-
-
-Right-click a relation to edit, delete, or reverse.
-
-
-
-The *Edit Relation* command invokes the **Join Editor**. It allows you to specify the join type (*Inner*, *Left Outer*, *Right Outer*, or *Full Outer* ), columns by which the tables should be joined, and a logical operator (*Equal to*, *Is less than*, or others) used to compare table columns.
-
-
-
-You can manually join tables if they are not bound by a foreign key at the database level. In this case, when you drag-and-drop a table onto the **Query Builder** surface, the **Join Editor** is automatically invoked, and this editor allows you to construct a custom join relation.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> When you join multiple tables within a single SQL query, you create a flattened table composed of data records selected based on the specified join relations. You can also create [hierarchical data sources](data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md). In general, [master-detail reports](../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md) are generated faster than similar-looking reports created based on flattened data sources. If possible, use hierarchical data sources instead of flattened ones.
-
-## Shape Data
-
-The **Query Builder** displays a list of the query's columns at the bottom-right corner.
-
-
-
-This list allows you to add new table columns to the query or shape selected table columns. The following options are available:
-
-* **Column** - Specifies the selected column. Click the down-arrow button to display a drop-down column list and replace the column with another column. Click the ellipsis button to replace the column with an [expression](../use-expressions.md).
-
- 
-
-* **Table** - The table that contains the selected column. When you create an expression for a column, this option displays **(All Tables)**.
-
-* **Alias** - A custom column name.
-
-* **Output** - Specifies whether to include the column in the query's resulting set.
-
-* **Sorting Type** - Specifies whether to keep the initial data record order (**Unsorted**) or sort the records by the column (**Ascending** or **Descending**).
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > When you bind a report to an XML file, the **Query Builder** does not support sorting by aggregate functions and the *DISTINCT* and *SELECT ALL* statements.
-
-* Sort Order - Defines the sort order when data is sorted by multiple columns. For example, if column **A** has the sort order set to **1** and column **B** has it set to **2**, data records are first sorted by column **A** and then by column **B**. This option is available if you enable the **Sorting Type** option.
-
-* **Group By** - Specifies whether to group the query's resulting set by this column.
-
-* **Aggregate** - Specifies whether to apply an aggregate function to column values. The following aggregate functions are supported:
-
- * Count
- * Max
- * Min
- * Avg
- * Sum
- * CountDistinct
- * AvgDistinct
- * SumDistinct
-
-When you want to use the **Group By** or **Aggregate** operations, you should apply them either to all columns or none of them. When you use these operations, only the result of aggregation or grouping is included in the result set.
-
-## Filter Data
-
-Click the **Filter** button to invoke the **Filter Editor**.
-
-
-
-
-
-The editor has the following tabs:
-
-* **Filter Tab** - Allows you to build criteria to filter data for the report. Filter criteria can reference [query parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md), which you can also map to [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md).
-* **Group Filter Tab** - Allows you to specify filter conditions for grouped and aggregated data. This tab is disabled if the data is not grouped.
-
-You can also enable the **Select only** option to limit the number of resulting data records. If you enable the **Sorting Type** option for at least one column, you can specify how many data records should be skipped.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Some data providers do not support the skip setting in the provider-specific SQL string. If you enable the **Select only** option for such data providers, data records are skipped but the *SKIP* statement is not included in the SQL query.
-
-The **Select only distinct values** option allows you to include only unique values into the resulting set.
-
-## Edit Query Parameters
-
-Click **Edit Parameters** to invoke the **Query Parameters** dialog.
-
-
-
-This dialog allows you to add, edit, and remove [query parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md). The created parameters are available on the [Configure Query Parameters](data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md) wizard page.
-
-
-
-The following properties are available for each query parameter:
-
-* **Name** - The name by which you can reference the parameter.
-
-* **Type** - The data type of the parameter's value.
-
-* **Expression** - Specifies whether the parameter's value is static or generated dynamically. You can enable this option when you need to map the parameter's value to a [report parameter](../use-report-parameters.md)'s value.
-
-* **Value** - The parameter's value. If the **Expression** option is enabled, this value is generated dynamically based on the parameter's [expression](../use-expressions.md).
-
-Refer to the following topic for more information: [Specify Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md).
-
-## Preview Results
-
-Click the **Preview Results** button to open the **Data Preview** dialog.
-
-
-
-The dialog displays the first 1000 rows of the query result set.
-
-
-
-## Manage Queries
-
-Right-click a data source in the [Report Explorer](ui-panels/report-explorer.md) or [Field List](ui-panels/field-list.md) and select **Manage Queries** in the context menu.
-
-
-
-This invokes the **Manage Queries** dialog that allows you to perform operations on queries and stored procedures.
-
-
-
-### Add a New Query
-
-Click **Add**, specify a name for the new query, and [select tables](#select-tables) that you want to include in the query.
-
-
-
-### Copy and Remove Queries
-
-Select a query and click the *Copy* or *Remove* icon.
-
-
-
-### Modify Stored Procedures
-
-Select an existing stored procedure and choose a new one that you want to include in a query.
-
-
-
-### Add a New Stored Procedure
-
-Expand the **Add** menu and select **Stored Procedure**.
-
-
-
-### Rename a Query or Stored Procedure
-
-Double-click an item in the list of queries and stored procedures and use the editor to specify a new name for this item.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f6170f658e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Wizard
-owner: Mary Sammal
----
-# Report Wizard
-
-The Report Wizard allows you to add a report using one of the following templates:
-
-* [Blank](report-wizard/blank-report.md)
-
- Creates a new blank report that is not bound to a data source. Choose this option to design your report without using the wizard.
-
-* [Table Report](report-wizard/table-report.md)
-
- Allows you to create a [table report](../create-reports/table-reports.md), connect it to a data source and configure basic report layout settings.
-
-* [Vertical Report](report-wizard/vertical-report.md)
-
- Allows you to create a [vertical report](../create-reports/vertical-reports.md), connect it to a data source and configure basic report layout settings.
-
-* [Cross-Tab Report](report-wizard/cross-tab-report.md)
-
- Allows you to create a [cross-tab report](../create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md), connect it to a data source and configure basic report layout settings.
-
-* [Labels](report-wizard/labels.md)
-
- Allows you to select from different customizable layouts to create labels, badges or price tags.
-
-* [Template](report-wizard/template.md)
-
- Enables you to create a new report based on available predefined templates.
-
-
-
-## Run the Report Wizard
-
-Use one of the following ways to invoke the Report Wizard.
-
-- Create a new report
-
- Use the [New Report via Wizard](../add-new-reports.md) command to create a new report based on a Report Wizard template.
-
-- Edit an existing report
-
- Click the report's Smart Tag and then the **Design in Report Wizard...** context link in the invoked actions list.
-
- > [!Note]
- > The new report layout overrides the initial report layout.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/blank-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/blank-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 24a82dcb93..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/blank-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Blank Report
----
-# Blank Report
-
-This topic describes how to add a new blank report to an application at design time in Visual Studio by using the **Report Wizard**.
-
-To create an empty report, [run the Report Wizard](../report-wizard.md), select **Blank** and click **Finish**.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates the default layout of a newly added empty report.
-
-
-
-To learn how to connect a report to data and construct the report layout, see the following topic: [Bind to Data](../../bind-to-data.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/choose-a-report-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/choose-a-report-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b918bc772f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/choose-a-report-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Choose a Report Type
----
-# Choose a Report Type
-
-On this wizard page, you can choose the report type you want to create.
-
-
-
-The following report types are available.
-
-* [Blank Report](blank-report.md)
-* [Table Report](table-report.md)
-* [Vertical Report](vertical-report.md)
-* [Labels](labels.md)
-* [Template](template.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/cross-tab-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/cross-tab-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 02a2ce15ab..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/cross-tab-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Cross-Tab Report
----
-# Cross-Tab Report
-
-Select **Cross-Tab Report** on the wizard's [start page](../report-wizard.md) to create a [cross-tab report](../../create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md) that displays multi-dimensional data.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** and use the [Data Source Wizard](../data-source-wizard.md) to set up a report's data source.
-
-Once the data source is configured, you can define the report's layout on the next page. Drop data fields onto the following cross-tab area:
-
-* **Rows** - defines row headers;
-* **Columns** - defines column headers;
-* **Data** - defines fields against which to calculate summaries.
-
-
-
-You can also select a field from the corresponding drop-down list.
-
-
-
-> [!Note]
-> The field order defines the hierarchy in the resulting cross-tab report. The higher the field on the list, the higher the level in the field hierarchy.
-
-You can click **Finish** to stop the Report Wizard. If you want to customize the report further, click **Next** and proceed to the next pages:
-
-* [Specify Report Page Settings](table-report/specify-report-page-settings.md)
-* [Choose a Report Color Scheme](table-report/choose-a-report-color-scheme.md)
-* [Set the Report Title](table-report/set-the-report-title.md)
-
-The generated report contains the [Cross Tab](../../use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs.md) control that is configured based on the specified settings. The XRCrossTab control calculates automatic totals and grand totals across row and column fields.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a29d59ccb0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Labels
----
-# Labels
-
-This topic describes the steps required to create a report with labels by using the [Report Wizard](../report-wizard.md).
-
-
-
-Label report creation consists of the following two steps.
-
-* [Select the Data Source Type](labels/select-the-data-source-type.md)
-* [Select the Label Type](labels/select-the-label-type.md)
-* [Customize the Label Options](labels/customize-the-label-options.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/customize-the-label-options.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/customize-the-label-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 75c0fb5251..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/customize-the-label-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: "4253"
-title: Customize the Label Options
-owner: Anna Gubareva
-seealso: []
----
-# Customize the Label Options
-
-This page is intended to customize the label's options.
-
-On this page you can adjust the label's layout parameters and choose the **Page Size**.
-
-
-
-Click **Finish** to complete report creation.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/select-the-data-source-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/select-the-data-source-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e83b693bc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/select-the-data-source-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400405'
-title: 'Select the Data Source Type'
----
-
-# Select the Data Source Type
-
-This wizard page allows you to select the required data source type.
-
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page, depending on the selected data source type.
-
-* [Connect to a Database](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database.md)
-* [Connect to an Entity Framework Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to an Object Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to an Excel Date Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to JSON Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to XPO Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source.md)
-* [No Data](../../data-source-wizard/no-data.md)
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/select-the-label-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/select-the-label-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 46b7baf07b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/select-the-label-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: "4252"
-title: Select the Label Type
-owner: Anna Gubareva
-seealso: []
----
-# Select the Label Type
-
-This page is intended to select a label type from numerous predefined types.
-
-On this page you can choose the proper setting from the **Label Products** and the **Product Number** drop-down lists. The selected type defines the label's size and layout, as well as the page type, which is default for this label.
-
-
-
-Then, click **Next** to proceed to the [Customize the Label Options](customize-the-label-options.md) page.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a0c6ab34ae..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: "4271"
-title: Table Report
-owner: Anna Gubareva
-seealso: []
----
-# Table Report
-
-The topics in this section describe how to create a table report and connect it to data at design time within Visual Studio using the **Data Source Wizard**.
-
-To create a new report and connect it to data, [run the Report Wizard](../report-wizard.md) and select **Table Report**.
-
-
-
-The Report Wizard can include the following pages:
-
-* [Select the Data Source Type](table-report/select-the-data-source-type.md)
-* [Choose Fields to Display in a Report](table-report/choose-fields-to-display-in-a-report.md)
-* [Add Grouping Levels](table-report/add-grouping-levels.md)
-* [Specify Summary Options](table-report/specify-summary-options.md)
-* [Specify Report Page Settings](table-report/specify-report-page-settings.md)
-* [Specify a Report Color Scheme](table-report/choose-a-report-color-scheme.md)
-* [Set the Report Title](table-report/set-the-report-title.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/choose-a-report-color-scheme.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/choose-a-report-color-scheme.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 81ab3d27c7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/choose-a-report-color-scheme.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Choose a Report Color Scheme'
----
-
-# Choose a Report Color Scheme
-
-This page allows you to choose a base color for report styles.
-
-
-
-The wizard creates styles based on the chosen color for the first level report controls and applies styles with more transparent colors to controls on deeper levels.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/select-the-data-source-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/select-the-data-source-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3541fa3938..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/select-the-data-source-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select the Data Source Type
----
-# Select the Data Source Type
-
-This wizard page allows you to select the required data source type.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page, depending on the selected data source type.
-
-* [Connect to a Database](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database.md)
-* [Connect to an Entity Framework Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to an Object Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to an Excel Date Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to JSON Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to XPO Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source.md)
-* [No Data](../../data-source-wizard/no-data.md)
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/set-the-report-title.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/set-the-report-title.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 01048d79d4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/set-the-report-title.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Set the Report Title
----
-# Set the Report Title
-
-On this page, specify the title for the report and click **Finish** to exit the wizard.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/specify-summary-options.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/specify-summary-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b981a6274..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/specify-summary-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify Summary Options
----
-# Specify Summary Options
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This wizard step is only available if you have applied data grouping in the previous step ([Add Grouping Levels](add-grouping-levels.md)). If you have not grouped data, this step is skipped.
-
-On this wizard page, you can specify summaries to calculate in the selected reports.
-
-
-
-Use the drop-down list at the top of the wizard page to choose a required report.
-
-In the **Fields** table column, you can select an available numerical or date-time field. To specify which functions should be calculated for the selected field, enable the corresponding check boxes in the **Summary functions** drop-down.
-
-The specified summaries are displayed in the report footer and after corresponding groups (if you have grouped report data on the [previous wizard page](add-grouping-levels.md)).
-
-If data fields can contain empty values and you do not want to take these values into account when calculating totals, select the **Ignore null values** check box. Otherwise, these values are treated as zeros for numeric fields and the earliest system date for date-time fields.
-
-You can stop the wizard at this step by clicking **Finish**. The created report looks similar to the image below.
-
-
-
-If you want to customize the report further, click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Set the Report Title](set-the-report-title.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/template/select-the-data-source-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/template/select-the-data-source-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b058935c5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/template/select-the-data-source-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400406'
-title: 'Select the Data Source Type'
----
-
-# Select the Data Source Type
-
-This wizard page allows you to select the required data source type.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page, depending on the selected data source type.
-
-* [Connect to a Database](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database.md)
-* [Connect to an Entity Framework Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to an Object Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to an Excel Date Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to JSON Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to XPO Data Source](../../data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source.md)
-* [No Data](../../data-source-wizard/no-data.md)
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbar.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 667ce05653..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: "114802"
-title: Toolbar
-owner: Anna Gubareva
-seealso: []
----
-# Toolbar
-
-The Report Designer **Toolbar** includes the **Home**, **Layout**, **Page**, and **View** tabs for general commands as well as contextual tabs for commands relating to the selected report controls.
-
-## Home Tab
-
-
-
-Use commands in this tab to
-
-* add new reports, load and save report layouts;
-* add data sources, [calculated fields](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields.md), and [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md);
-* delete the selected report elements, place them on the clipboard and paste them onto report bands;
-* customize font, color, formatting and alignment settings;
-* create new styles based on the selected control's appearance settings and then apply the created styles to other controls.
-
-## Layout Tab
-
-
-
-This tab provides commands that
-
-* align report elements to each other or the snap grid;
-* change the report element size relative to other report elements and to fit the snap grid or the parent container;
-* change the stacked elements' order;
-* select the snapping mode.
-
-## Page Tab
-
-
-
-These commands allow you to
-
-* set the page margins, orientation, and paper size;
-* specify the page's background color;
-* add watermark text to a report or turn a picture into a report's background.
-
-## View Tab
-
-
-
-This tab enables you to
-
-* turn on/off [export and printing warnings](../use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements.md) to highlight intersecting controls and controls placed outside page margins;
-* display the document's watermark on the design surface;
-* specify whether to draw the snap grid;
-* expand or collapse all report bands;
-* change the report language and show localizable properties in the **Property Grid**;
-* zoom the design surface;
-* manage the Report Designer panels' visibility.
-
-
-## Contextual Tabs
-
-Contextual tabs are visible whenever you select a specific report element and provide commands applicable to the selected element's type.
-
-The following image demonstrates the table cell's available tabs:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 251e99e46d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Control Toolbox
-author: Mary Sammal
----
-# Control Toolbox
-The **Control Toolbox** lists all available [controls](../use-report-elements.md) and allows you to add them to your report.
-
-
-
-## Available Controls
-
-The available report controls can be divided into the following categories:
-
-
-
-###
General Content
-The following controls are most commonly used to display data in a report.
-
-
-
-|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
-| ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-[Barcode](../use-report-elements/use-bar-codes.md) | [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) | [Gauge](../use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md) | [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) | [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md) | [Picture Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) | [Rich Text](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md) | [Table](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) |
-
-
-###
Extended Data
-The following controls are connected to data individually, without accessing a report's data source.
-
-
-
-|  |  |  |
-| ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| [Chart](../use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids.md) | [Pivot Grid](../use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids.md) | [Sparkline](../use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md) |
-
-
-
-
-###
Report Layout
-The following controls allow you to draw shapes in a report and customize the report layout.
-
-|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
-| ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- |
-[Cross-Band Line](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md) | [Cross-Band Box](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md) | [Line](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md) |[Page Break](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md) | [Panel](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md) | [Shape](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md) | [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) |
-
-###
Document Statistics
-The dynamic content of the following controls is not obtained from a data source.
-
- |  |
-| -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| [Page Info](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) | [Table of Contents](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md) |
-
-
-
-## Add a Control to a Report
-
-To add a control from the Toolbox, do one of the following.
-* Double-click an item in the Toolbox for the appropriate control, which will be created at the Detail band's top left corner.
-
-* Drag and drop an item from the Toolbox onto the required location within a report.
-
- 
-* Select an item in the Toolbox, and then click the required location within a report.
-* Select an item in the Toolbox, and then indicate the bounding rectangle by holding the left mouse button.
-
- 
-
-Select the  **Pointer** item when you need to perform selection, re-positioning or resizing operations. It is automatically selected after you drop a control onto a report.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e9d0efcc40..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UI Panels
----
-# UI Panels
-
-The Report Designer includes the following panels:
-
-* [Report Explorer](ui-panels/report-explorer.md)
-* [Field List](ui-panels/field-list.md)
-* [Report Gallery](ui-panels/report-gallery.md)
-* [Property Grid](ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md)
-* [Group and Sort Panel](ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 60fdb2042b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: "4259"
-title: Field List
-owner: Anna Gubareva
-seealso: []
----
-# Field List
-
-This panel displays the schemas of a report’s data sources.
-
-
-
-Right-click a data source to access its settings. For instance, you can add the data source to the [Report Gallery](report-gallery.md) to reuse it in other reports.
-
-
-
-The Field List allows you to do the following:
-
-## Search fields
-
-Enter a search string in the search box. The Field List filters fields and tables to match the entered string.
-
-
-
-## Bind controls to data
-
-Drop a field onto a report's surface to create a new report control bound to this field.
-
-
-
-Drop a field onto an existing report control to bind this control to the field.
-
-
-
-Hold the CTRL key when you drop a field on top of an existing control to keep the control's current data binding setting. In this case, a new report control is created.
-
-
-
-**Select which control to create**
-
-Do any of the following:
-
-* Hold the SHIFT key when you drop a data field onto the report surface.
-* Right-click a data field and drop it onto the report surface.
-
-This invokes a context menu where you can select which control to create.
-
-
-
-## Create tables
-
-Drop an entire data table onto the report to create a report table with columns bound to the data table's fields.
-
-
-
-Hold the CTRL or SHIFT key to select multiple data fields in the Field List. Drop these fields onto the report to create a report table that only has the selected fields.
-
-
-
-Hold the SHIFT key when you drop the selected fields onto the report to only create column headers. This creates a new table whose cells display the selected field names. Alternatively, you can drag and drop fields with the right mouse button.
-
-
-
-## Data shaping operations
-
-The Field List can help you do the following:
-
-* Add [calculated fields](../../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md) to data tables.
-
- 
-
-* Add [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md) or change existing parameters.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f6be8c4682..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Group and Sort Panel
----
-# Group and Sort Panel
-The **Group and Sort Panel** allows you to quickly apply [grouping](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md) and [sorting](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md) to your report data.
-
-
-
-To create a new grouping or sorting criterion, simply click **Add a Group** or **Add a Sort**.
-
-Then, to control whether the corresponding [Group Header or Footer band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) should be displayed, use the **Show Header** and **Show Footer** check boxes.
-
-The **Sort Order** drop-down list allows you to specify a sorting mode (ascending or descending) or disable sorting.
-
-You can change the order in which multiple grouping and sorting criteria are to be performed, using the **Move Up** and **Move Down** buttons.
-
-To remove a grouping or sorting criterion, select it, and click **Delete**.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If the Group and Sort Panel is hidden, you can enable it To do this, select in the **Windows** | **Group and Sort** on the [Toolbar](../toolbar.md)'s **View** page.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-non-tabbed-view.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-non-tabbed-view.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ca6989dd6d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-non-tabbed-view.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Property Grid (Non-Tabbed View)
----
-# Property Grid (Non-Tabbed View)
-
-The **Property Grid** allows you to access and customize report/report element settings.
-
-
-
-See the [Property Grid (Tabbed View)](property-grid-tabbed-view.md) topic if your Property Grid arranges properties in tabs.
-
-
-
-## Select a Report Element
-
-Perform one of the following actions to select an element and show its properties in the Property Grid:
-
-* Select an element in the drop-down list at the top of the Property Grid.
-
- 
-
-* Click an element in the [design surface](../../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md).
-* Select an element in the [Report Explorer](report-explorer.md).
-
-## Categorized and Alphabetical Modes
-
-You can switch between categorized and alphabetical modes.
-
- 
-
- - In the categorized mode, properties are listed in a tree-like form.
-
- 
-
- - In the alphabetical mode, all properties are displayed in a single list and are sorted alphabetically by name.
-
- 
-
-## Favorite Properties
-
-The **Favorites** tab displays favorite or most frequently used properties.
-
-
-
-Click the **Edit Favorite Property List** context menu item to set up the favorite properties. Enable check boxes for the controls' properties in the invoked **Favorite Properties Editor** to include these properties into the favorite list.
-
-
-
-## Change Property Values
-
-The Property Grid adds a green property marker to properties if their default value changes.
-
-
-
-Right-click a property's editor to reset the value.
-
-
-
-## Set Color Properties
-
-You can use the Magnifier to set color properties.
-
-
-
-Do the following to use the Magnifier:
-
-- Click the Magnifier button.
-- Move the invoked Magnifier on the screen to find the color you want to set.
-
- 
-
- You can use the Magnifier to zoom out. Use one of the following options to do this:
-
- - Hold Ctrl and press + / -
- - Scroll the mouse wheel
-
-- Click to set the color property to the selected color.
-
- 
-
-Right click or press Esc to cancel the Magnifier mode.
-
-## Specify Expressions
-
-If [expression bindings](../../use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md) are enabled, the Property Grid allows you to specify expressions that can include two or more data fields and various functions. Click a property's marker to see whether the invoked context menu has the **PropertyName Expression** item.
-
-
-
-Click this item to specify an expression in the invoked Expression Editor.
-
-
-
-The Property Grid highlights properties that have an assigned expression.
-
-
-
-Click a property's marker and choose **Reset** to reset the property value.
-
-
-
-> [!Note]
-> The **Reset** command resets both the expression and the value you specified using the property editor.
-
-## Search Properties
-
-The Property Grid's search box allows you to search for a property. When you type within the search box, the Property Grid automatically creates a search criteria based on the entered text and filters the list of available properties.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 02590249ba..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Property Grid (Tabbed View)
----
-# Property Grid (Tabbed View)
-
-The **Property Grid** allows you to access and customize report/report element settings.
-
-
-
-See the [Property Grid (Non-Tabbed View)](property-grid-non-tabbed-view.md) topic if your Property Grid does not display tabs.
-
-
-
-## Select a Report Element
-
-Perform one of the following actions to select an element and show its properties in the Property Grid:
-
-* Select an element in the drop-down list at the top of the Property Grid.
-
- 
-
-* Click an element in the [design surface](../../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md).
-* Select an element in the [Report Explorer](report-explorer.md).
-
-## Property Grid Tabs
-
-The Property Grid displays properties in tabs. The active tab is activated at the application's next start.
-
-
-
-## Favorite Properties
-
-The **Favorites** tab displays favorite or most frequently used properties.
-
-
-
-Click the **Edit Favorite Property List** context menu item to set up the favorite properties. Enable check boxes for the controls' properties in the invoked **Favorite Properties Editor** to include these properties into the favorite list.
-
-
-
-## Change Property Values
-
-The Property Grid adds a green property marker to properties if their default value changes.
-
-
-
-Right-click a property's editor to reset the value.
-
-
-
-## Set Color Properties
-
-You can use the Magnifier to set color properties.
-
-
-
-Do the following to use the Magnifier:
-
-- Click the Magnifier button.
-- Move the invoked Magnifier on the screen to find the color you want to set.
-
- 
-
- You can use the Magnifier to zoom out. Use one of the following options to do this:
-
- - Hold Ctrl and press + / -
- - Scroll the mouse wheel
-
-- Click to set the color property to the selected color.
-
- 
-
-Right click or press Esc to cancel the Magnifier mode.
-
-## Specify Expressions
-
-If [expression bindings](../../use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md) are enabled, the Property Grid allows you to specify expressions that can include two or more data fields and various functions. Click a property's marker to see whether the invoked context menu has the **PropertyName Expression** item.
-
-
-
-Click this item to specify an expression in the invoked Expression Editor.
-
-
-
-The Property Grid highlights properties that have an assigned expression.
-
-
-
-Click a property's marker and choose **Reset** to reset the property value.
-
-
-
-> [!Note]
-> The **Reset** command resets both the expression and the value you specified using the property editor.
-
-## Search Properties
-
-The Property Grid's search box allows you to search for a property. When you type within the search box, the Property Grid automatically creates a search criteria based on the entered text and filters the list of available properties.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-design-analyzer.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-design-analyzer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 388f6b249b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-design-analyzer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Report Design Analyzer'
----
-# Report Design Analyzer
-
-The **Report Design Analyzer** shows errors, warnings, and information messages that help you to detect and fix issues in a report.
-
-
-
-## Invoke the Report Design Analyzer
-
-Do one of the following to invoke the **Report Design Analyzer**:
-
-* Select **Report Design Analyzer** from the **Windows** drop-down menu in the **View** toolbar tab.
-
- 
-
-* Click the bell icon in the status bar.
-
- 
-
-## Fix Issues
-
-Each message contains a recommendation on how to fix an issue. Click the Plus icon in front of the message to expand the recommendation.
-
-
-
-The **Source** column contains a reference to the control or script that caused the issue. Click the reference to navigate to this control or script.
-
-
-
-## Filter Messages by Source
-
-Based on their source, report errors are divided into four groups:
-
-* Report layout errors – occur, for example, when report controls overlap each other or extend beyond the report’s printable area.
-* Report creation errors – occur while the report document is created. For instance, it might include notifications about invalid property values or unreachable sources of content.
-* Report export errors – happen while the report document is exported to PDF, XLSX, and other formats.
-* Report script errors (this group is not displayed if report scripts are disabled in your application) – for example, errors in script syntax.
-
-You can disable messages that belong to a particular source:
-
-
-
-## Filter Messages by Type
-
-You can enable/disable messages of each available type ("Error", "Warning", or "Information") or any combination of them. Click the panel in the UI as shown in the image below to enable/disable messages of a corresponding type.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cf92ed8b9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Explorer
----
-# Report Explorer
-
-The **Report Explorer** shows a report structure in a tree-like form and provides access to components assigned to a report (such as its data sources).
-
-
-
-## Search fields
-
-Enter a search string in the search box. The Report Explorer filters report elements, styles, and data sources to match the entered string.
-
-
-## Report Bands and Controls
-
-Bands and controls are listed in a hierarchical tree-like structure.
-
-Select an element and invoke the context menu to access the available actions.
-
-
-
-Select an element and navigate to the **Property Grid** to edit the element's options.
-
-
-
-Data-bound controls are marked with a yellow database icon.
-
-
-
-Right-click an element in the **Report Explorer** and select **Navigate To Control** from the context menu to move the design surface's visible area to this element.
-
-
-
-Drag elements to change their location.
-
-
-
-Check the following topics for more information on how to manipulate report elements:
-
-* [Manipulate Bands](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md#access-the-bands-collection)
-* [Manipulate Report Controls](../../use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md)
-* [Manipulate Table Elements](../../use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md#reorder-table-rows-and-cells)
-
-## Report Styles
-
-Drop a style onto a report element. This applies the selected style to the element.
-
-
-
-You can select all report elements with a specific style.
-
-
-
-## Report Data Sources
-
-The Data Sources node lists all [data sources](../../bind-to-data.md) configured for the report. Right-click a data source to customize its settings or add it to the [Report Gallery](report-gallery.md).
-
-
-
-You can convert a **Data Set** data source to an SQL data source. Right-click the Data Set and select **Convert to SqlDataSource** from the context menu. Click **Yes** in the invoked dialog to confirm the selected action.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-gallery.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-gallery.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 087fa7035c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-gallery.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Gallery
----
-# Report Gallery
-
-The **Report Gallery** allows you to store and reuse reports and their elements.
-
-
-
-Do not confuse the Report Gallery with the [Report Explorer](report-explorer.md) that has a similar user interface. The Report Gallery stores shared templates. The Report Explorer displays the current report structure.
-
-## Reports
-
-The Report Gallery displays report layout templates in the **Reports** category.
-
-To create a new template, right-click an empty area around the design surface and select **Add To Gallery** in the context menu. The report's **Name** property value defines the template name.
-
-
-
-Do one of the following to apply a template to the current report:
-
-* Right-click the template in the Report Gallery and select **Apply Layout to Report**.
-
- 
-
-* Drag and drop the template from the Report Gallery onto the report.
-
- 
-
-The following dialog warns you that the template overrides the current layout:
-
-
-
-When you apply the report template, all the associated styles and components are added to the current report as well.
-
-## Bands
-
-The Report Gallery's **Bands** category contains [band](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/introduction-to-banded-reports.md) templates.
-
-To create a new template, right-click a report band and choose **Add To Gallery** in the context menu. The band's **Name** property value defines the template name.
-
-
-
-Use the following ways to apply a band template:
-
-* **Drag and Drop**
-
- Drag and drop the template from the Report Gallery onto the band of the same type to replace the band's content.
-
- 
-
- To create a new band, move the mouse cursor to the delimiter between bands and drop the template.
-
- 
-
- You can always create new Detail Report bands and Group Headers/Footers. You can add the Report Header/Footer or Page Header/Footer only if the report does not contain this band.
-
-* **Gallery Context Menu**
-
- Right-click a template in the Report Gallery and choose **Apply Layout to Band** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
- This action's behavior depends on the template's band type and the selected report band.
-
- | Template's Band Type | Action Result |
- |--- | --- |
- | **Detail Band**, **Vertical Detail Band**, **Top Margin**, **Bottom Margin** | Replaces the corresponding band's content independently from the selected band type. |
- | **Group Header**, **Group Footer**, **Detail Report Band** | If the same band is selected in the report, replaces the band's content. Otherwise, adds a new band to the deepest hierarchy level. |
- | **Report Header**, **Report Footer**, **Page Header**, **Page Footer**, **Vertical Header**, **Vertical Footer** | If the same band exists in the report, replaces the band's content. Otherwise, adds a new band. |
-
-Note that the template stores settings related to the band and its controls ([binding information](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md), [appearance options](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/customize-appearance/appearance-properties.md), etc). All these settings are restored when you apply the template.
-
-## Controls
-
-You can combine [report controls](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements.md) from the same band into a template. Hold down SHIFT or CTRL and select controls. Then, right-click the selection and choose **Add To Gallery** in the context menu.
-
-
-
-This adds a new template to the **Controls** section. The template name consists of control names separated by commas.
-
-
-
-To apply a control template, drag and drop it from the Report Gallery onto a band.
-
-
-
-All the control settings are restored when you apply the template.
-
-## Styles
-
-Right-click a style in the Report Explorer and select **Add To Gallery** to create a new template in the **Styles** category.
-
-
-
-Use the following ways to apply a style template:
-
-* To add the style to the report's [style sheet](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/customize-appearance/report-style-sheets.md), right-click the style in the Report Gallery and select **Add to Report Style Sheet**.
-
- 
-
- You can also use the same action in the **Styles** node's context menu to add all the styles available in the Report Gallery.
-
-* To apply the style to a specific report control, drag and drop this style from the Report Gallery onto this control. This also adds the selected style to the report style sheet if it does not already contain this style.
-
- 
-
-## Data Sources
-
-Right-click a data source in the Report Explorer and select **Add To Gallery** to create a new template in the **Data Source** category.
-
-
-
-Do one of the following to apply a data source template:
-
-* Right-click the template in the Report Gallery and select **Add to Report Data Sources** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
-* Drag and drop the template from the Report Gallery onto the report.
-
-## Rename Templates
-
-To change the template name, select **Rename** in the template's context menu and type a new name.
-
-
-
-## Group Templates
-
-Right-click a root Gallery node and select **Add New Folder** in the context menu.
-
-
-
-Specify the folder name. Move templates to this folder to combine them into a group.
-
-
-
-## Import and Export Templates
-
-You can import gallery items from an XML file. Right-click the **Import** toolbar button, locate a file in the invoked **Open** dialog and click **OK**.
-
-
-
-To save gallery templates to an XML file, click the **Export** toolbar button and select a target file in the **Save** dialog.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/save-reports.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/save-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b17b3d0b3b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/save-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Save Reports
-author: Mary Sammal
----
-# Save Reports
-
-Reports are saved as a file with an REPX extension. This file stores information about the report layout.
-
-You can use one of the following commands to save reports:
-
-## Use the Ribbon's Home Tab
-
-* Click **Save**| **Save As** to save a copy of the report.
-
- 
-
- Specify the folder and file name in the invoked **Save As** dialog.
-
-* Click **Save** or press CTRL+S to save the report's layout in the application's folder.
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-## Use the Ribbon Application Menu
-
-You can use the **Save** or **Save As** command in the application's menu to save the report's current layout or save a copy of the report.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bd24f3fafe..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculate a Summary
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Calculate a Summary
-
-This document shows how to use a report control's Expression property to calculate a group summary, as shown in the image below:
-
-
-
-Follow the steps below to calculate a summary:
-
-1. Create a report [bound](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data.md) to a data source.
-
-1. Use the [Group and Sort Panel](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md) to [group report data](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md) by the key data field and construct a layout like the following:
-
- 
-
-1. Right-click the report's **Detail** band and select **Insert Band** / **Group Footer** from the context menu.
-
- 
-
-1. Drop a **Label** control onto the **Group Footer** band.
-
- 
-
-1. Click the label's smart tag, then click the **Summary** field's ellipsis button to open the **Summary Editor** form.
-
- 
-
-1. In the **Summary Editor** form, use the following options:
-
- * **Summary running** - specifies summary calculation range (the entire report, current report group, or current document page).
- * **Summary function** - specifies a summary function.
- * **Argument expression** - specifies a data field or a complex expression.
-
- 
-
- > [!TIP]
- > See the [Expression Operators, Functions and Constants](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/expression-editor/expression-operators-functions-and-constants.md) topic for a complete list of supported summary functions.
-2. You can use the **Format String** property to format the summary value:
-
- 
-
-Switch to Print Preview mode to see the result:
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-an-advanced-summary.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-an-advanced-summary.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f79dca2bfe..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-an-advanced-summary.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculate an Advanced Summary
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Calculate an Advanced Summary
-
-This document describes how to calculate an advanced summary for report groups using a built-in summary function and arithmetical or logical functions.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one and [bind it to a data source](../../bind-to-data.md).
-
-2. Switch to the [Group and Sort](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md) panel and group the report's data by the required field. Display the footer for the created group.
-
- 
-
-3. Drop a [Label](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) onto the group footer to display the summary result.
-
- Click the label's smart tag and set its **Summary** property to **Group**.
-
- 
-
-4. Click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-5. This invokes the **Summary Expression Editor** where you can specify a custom expression with the required summary functions and other logical or arithmetical functions. For example:
-
- 
-
- > [!TIP]
- > See the [Functions in Expressions](../../use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md) topic for a complete list of supported summary functions.
-
-6. You can use the **Format String** property to format the summary's value.
-
- 
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ba299714e5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Count the Number of Groups in a Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Count the Number of Groups in a Report
-
-This document describes how to count the number of groups in a report.
-
-1. Switch to the [Group and Sort](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md) panel and create a new group. Enable the **Show Header** option to display the Group Header in the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop the group field onto the created Group Header.
-
- 
-
-3. Right-click the report's surface and add a Report Footer to the report.
-
- 
-
-4. Drop a label onto the Report Footer and click its smart tag. In the invoked **Label Tasks** window, click the **Summary** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-7. In the Summary Editor window:
-
- * Set the **Summary running** property to the **Report** value.
- * Set the **Summary function** property to **Count (Distinct)**.
- * Set the **Argument expression** property to the field you group the data by.
-
-
-
-8. Back in the **Label Tasks** window, you can use the **Format String** property to format the summary's value:
-
- 
-
-You can see the group count in the report footer when switching to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md).
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d929ff988..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Count the Number of Records in a Report or Group
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Count the Number of Records in a Report or Group
-
-This document describes how to display the number or records in a report or group.
-
-1. Right-click the report's design surface and add a Report Header or Footer to display the record count for the entire report.
-
- 
-
- > [!Note]
- > Use a Group Header/Footer for displaying record counts for groups, and a Page Header/Footer for displaying record counts for pages.
-
-2. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop the corresponding data table field onto the created band to create a data-bound label.
-
- 
-
-3. Click the label's smart tag. In the invoked Label Tasks window, click the **Summary** field's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-4. In the **Summary Editor** window:
-
- * Set the **Summary** property. Select **Report** to count the records throughout the entire report, or select **Group** or **Page** to reset the record count for every group or page.
- * Set the **Summary function** property to **DCount**.
- * Set the **Argument Expression** property to the data field you need to count.
-
- 
-
-6. Back in the **Label Tasks** window, you can use the **Format String** property to format the resulting value:
-
- 
-
-You can switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the resulting report.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fb301a30c7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Display Row Numbers in a Report, Group or Page
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Display Row Numbers in a Report, Group or Page
-
-This document describes how to show the current row number for each data source value displayed in a report.
-
-A label can display row numbers after [binding your report to data](../../bind-to-data.md) and specifying a bound data field in the Label's **Expression** property.
-
-1. Click the label's smart tag. In the invoked **Label Tasks** window, click the **Summary** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-2. In the Summary Editor window:
-
- * Set the **Summary running** property. Select **Report** to increment the row numbers throughout the entire report, or select **Group** or **Page** to reset the row numbers for every group or page.
- * Set the **Summary function** property to **Record Number**.
-
- 
-
-3. Back in the **Label Tasks** window, you can use the **FormatString** property to format the resulting value:
-
- 
-
-You can switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the record numbers displayed for the specified range.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 22d3f52006..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Filter Data at the Data Source Level
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Filter Data at the Data Source Level
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to filter data at the report data source level, as opposed to the [report level](filter-data-at-the-report-level.md). This approach is recommended when dealing with comparatively large data sources when the retrieval process is slow.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one.
-
-2. Bind you report to a required data source. See the [Bind to Data](../../bind-to-data.md) section to learn more about providing data to reports.
-
-3. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop the required fields onto the report's [Detail](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band.
-
- 
-
-
-
-4. Select the data source in the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md), expand its **Queries** collection property in the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md) and click the ellipsis for the **Filter String** property of the required query.
-
- 
-
-5. In the invoked [Filter Editor](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/filter-editor.md), construct an expression where the data fields are compared with the required values as shown below.
-
- 
-
- Every filter condition consists of three parts:
- * A data field name.
- * Criteria operator, such as **Equals**, **Is less than**, **Is between**, etc.
- * A static operand value, another data field or a query parameter. See the [Specify Query Parameters](../../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md) topic to learn about embedding these parameters into filter conditions.
-
- You can arrange specific conditions into groups with **And**, **Or**, **Not And**, and **Not Or** operators.
-
- Alternatively, you can specify a filter expression when creating a query using the [Query Builder](../../report-designer-tools/query-builder.md). To invoke the **Filter Editor** at this stage, click the **Filter...** button.
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 498222763e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Filter Data at the Report Level
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Filter Data at the Report Level
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to filter data at the report level, as opposed to the [data source level](filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md). This approach is useful when dealing with relatively small data sources, when data load times are acceptable.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one.
-
-2. Bind you report to a required data source. See the [Bind to Data](../../bind-to-data.md) section to learn more about providing data to reports.
-
-3. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop the required fields onto the report's [Detail](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band.
-
- 
-
-4. Click the report's smart tag and click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button.
-
- In the invoked [FilterString Editor](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/filter-editor.md), construct an expression in which the data fields are compared with the required values.
-
- 
-
- Every filter condition consists of three parts:
- * A field of a data source to which a report is bound or the name of the [calculated field](../use-calculated-fields.md), which exists in this data source at the same level.
- * Criteria operator, such as **Equals**, **Is less than**, **Is between**, etc.
- * A static operand value, another data field or a [report parameter](../../use-report-parameters.md). To access parameters, click the icon on the right until it turns into a question mark.
-
- You can arrange specific conditions into groups with **And**, **Or**, **Not And**, and **Not Or** operators.
-
-Your report is now ready to be generated. Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/limit-the-number-of-records-to-display.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/limit-the-number-of-records-to-display.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 28520e0d90..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/limit-the-number-of-records-to-display.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Limit the Number of Records to Display
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Limit the Number of Records to Display
-
-You can filter records displayed in [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) using **Report Print Options**. You can specify them in the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md)'s **Miscellaneous** tab.
-
-
-
-## **Limit the Number of Records**
-
-The **Detail Count at Design Time** property enables you to limit the number of records a report shows in Print Preview embedded into the Report Designer. This option is also available in the report's smart tag.
-
-
-
-Use the **Detail Count** option to define how many times to print the Detail band when generating a report document to display in Print Preview.
-
-## **Print on Empty Data Source**
-
-Disable the **Print when Data Source is Empty** option to avoid generating a report when its data source is empty. You can use this setting in [master-detail reports](../../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md) to hide the detail report if its data source contains no records.
-
-The **Detail Count when Data Source is Empty** property allows you to specify how many times to print the Detail band when a report does not have a data source. You can use this property to create static reports that are not connected to a data source and display the same static content several times.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/format-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/format-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a98b4b905d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/format-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Format Data
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Format Data
-
-This document demonstrates how to specify value formatting for report elements (for instance, format numeric values as a currency or apply a percent format).
-
-After you [bound your report to data](../bind-to-data.md) and specified a bound data field in a report control's **Expression** property, you can format data values in a report.
-
-1. Invoke the control's smart tag and click the **Format String** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-2. This invokes the **Format String Editor** where you can specify the required format.
-
- 
-
-Alternatively, you can use the **FormatString** function within the expression you specified for the report control.
-
-
-
-When switching to [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), you can view the report control displaying values with the specified format.
-
-
-
-
-You can use the control's **Xlsx Format String** property to assign a native Excel format that is used for exporting reports to [XLSX](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 914a1b4a03..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Group Data by a Custom Field
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Group Data by a Custom Field
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to group a report against a custom criteria, in particular, group data by days of the week.
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply grouping unless your report is bound to a data source.
-
-2. Create a [calculated field](../use-calculated-fields.md). Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), right-click any item inside the data source and select **Add Calculated Field**.
-
- 
-
-3. Select the calculated field, and in the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-
-4. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, select the required date-time function and define the data field's name in **[**square brackets**]**. For example, use the **GetDayOfWeek([OrderDate])** function to return a zero-based index of the day of the week, extracted from the **OrderDate** data field.
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to close the editor and save the changes.
-5. Use the [Group and Sort](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md) panel to quickly create a [Group Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band associated with the calculated field.
-
- To create a group criteria, click **Add a Group** and select the calculated field from the invoked drop-down menu.
-
- 
-
- You can also use this panel to specify whether or not the corresponding Group Footer band should be visible. The **Sort Order** drop-down list allows you to define the sort order within the group (ascending or descending) or disable sorting in grouped data.
-
-6. Switch to the **Field List** and drop the required data fields onto the report's area.
-
- 
-
-7. Click the smart tag of the label in the Group Header and set the **Format String** property to **{0:dddd}**. This makes the label only display the day of the week, and not the date.
-
- 
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 52bcc0a0c9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Group Data
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Group Data
-
-##
Group a Report's Data
-Do the following to group data in your report:
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply grouping unless your report is bound to a data source.
-2. Switch to the [Group and Sort](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md) panel, click **Add a Group** and select the required data field in the invoked drop-down menu.
-
- 
-
- > [!Note]
- > See the [Group Data by a Custom Field](group-data-by-a-custom-field.md) tutorial to learn how to group a report's data by a custom field.
-
- This creates an empty [Group Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) with a corresponding group field added to its **Group Fields** collection. You can access this collection by clicking the Group Header's smart tag.
-
- 
-
- You can use the **Group Field Collection Editor** to group data by multiple criteria. Click **Add** to create a new group field and specify its **Field Name** property.
-
- Use the up and down arrow buttons to specify the order in which these criteria are applied to the report's data.
-
- 
-
-3. Back in the **Group and Sort** panel, you can specify the group fields' sorting order (ascending or descending).
-
- Select **None** if your groups are already ordered in the data source, and you do not need to sort them in the report.
-
- 
-
-
-4. Click **Show Footer** to create an empty footer for this group.
-
- 
-
-5. When a report has multiple groups, you can change their order by clicking **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
- 
-
- The following images illustrate how a report looks when it is grouped by multiple criteria:
-
- | A single group with multiple group fields | Nested group header bands |
- |---|---|
- |  |  |
-
-6. Drag the corresponding field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop it onto the group footer to display the group field's value in the report.
-
- 
-
-The resulting report looks as follows:
-
-
-
-##
Specify the Group's Settings
-You can use the group band's smart tag to customize the group's layout settings:
-
-* Use the **Group Union** property to keep a group's content on the same page when possible.
-
- 
-
-* Use the **Keep Together** property to print the Group Header/Footer on the same page as the group's contents.
-
- 
-
-* Use the **Repeat Every Page** property to print the group band on each page.
-
- 
-
-* Use the **Page Break** property to start a new page before or after each group.
-
- 
-
-When you need to display page numbers for individual groups, add the [Page Info](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control to the Group Header or Footer and set its **Running Band** property to the Group Header's name.
-
-
-
-Accurate page numbering requires that different groups do not appear on the same page. For this reason, you need to set the Group Header's **Page Break** property to **After Band**, or place the **Page Break** control at the band's bottom.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e4063e198..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Sort Data by a Custom Field
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Sort Data by a Custom Field
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to sort a report against a custom criteria, in particular, sort data by the number of characters in the data field value.
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply grouping unless your report is bound to a data source.
-
-2. Create a [calculated field](../use-calculated-fields.md). Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), right-click any item inside the data source and select **Add Calculated Field**.
-
- 
-
-3. Select the calculated field, and in the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-
-4. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, select the required date-time function and define the data field's name in **[**square brackets**]**. For example, use the **Len([ProductName])** function to return the number of characters extracted from the **ProductName** data field.
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to close the editor and save the changes.
-5. In the [Group and Sort](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md) panel, click **Add a Sort** and select the calculated field from the invoked drop-down menu.
-
- 
-
- The **Sort Order** drop-down list allows you to define the sort order within the group (ascending or descending).
-
-6. Drag the corresponding field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto the report area and switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 74a667e118..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Sort Data
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Sort Data
-
-##
Sort a Report's Data
-Do the following to sort data in your report:
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply sorting unless your report is bound to a data source.
-2. Switch to the [Group and Sort](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md) panel, click **Add a Sort** and select the required data field in the invoked drop-down menu.
-
- 
-
- > [!Note]
- > See the [Sort Data by a Custom Field](sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md) tutorial to learn how to sort a report's data by a custom field.
-
- This adds a corresponding sort field to the **Sort Fields** collection. You can access this collection by clicking the Detail band's smart tag.
-
- 
-
-3. Back in the **Group and Sort** panel, you can specify the sort order (ascending or descending).
-
- 
-
-4. When a report has multiple sort fields, you can change their order by clicking **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
- 
-
-6. Drag the corresponding field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto the report area and switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
- 
-
-
-##
Interactive Sorting in Print Preview
-You can allow sorting report data directly in Print Preview by clicking a designated element.
-
-
-
-See [Sort a Report in Print Preview](../../provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md) for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-groups-by-a-summary-function-result.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-groups-by-a-summary-function-result.md
deleted file mode 100644
index eaadffca24..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-groups-by-a-summary-function-result.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Sort Groups by a Summary Function's Result
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Sort Groups by a Summary Function's Result
-
-This tutorial explains how to sort groups by a summary function result, in particular, by the number of records groups contain.
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply grouping unless your report is bound to a data source.
-2. [Group the report](group-data.md) by the required data field, [calculate the record count](../calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md) in each group and construct the required report layout.
-
- 
-
-3. Click the Group Header band's smart tag, and click the **Sorting Summary** property's ellipsis button.
-
- In the invoked **Group Sorting Summary Editor**, turn on the **Enabled** option, set the **Field** option to the data field from the Detail band, and set the **Summary function** to **Count**.
-
- 
-
- In this editor, you can also define the sorting direction for the group, as well as specify whether or not the **Null** values should be ignored.
-
- Click **OK** to apply the changes and close the dialog.
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bd82e0223f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Change a Band's Visibility
-owner: Vera Gorbyliova
-seealso: []
----
-# Conditionally Change a Band's Visibility
-
-This topic describes how to change the report band's visibility.
-
-Set a band's **Visible** property to an expression to conditionally change the band's visibility based on a field's value or a parameter.
-
-The report created in this tutorial contains two Detail **sub-bands** with different report controls. These sub-bands are used to display discontinued and current products.
-
-
-
-The steps below demonstrate how to change a band's visibility based on a field's value.
-
-1. Select a band and switch to the **Properties** panel. Choose **Expressions**  and click the **Visible** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-2. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, specify the expression.
-
- 
-
- Here, the **[Discontinued] == false** expression is set for the **SubBand1** and the **[Discontinued] == true** expression for the **SubBand2**. These expressions specify the **Visible** property based on the **Discontinued** data field's value.
-
-The **Preview** below displays how changes to band visibility influence the Product List. The **SubBand1** is used to display products that have the **Discontinued** field set to **false**, and the **SubBand2** is used to display discontinued products.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 69b8bfebe2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance
-
-This document describes how to change a report control's appearance based on a specific condition.
-
-1. Switch to the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) and right-click the **Styles** category to create a new visual style.
-
- 
-
-2. Right-click the created style and select **Edit Styles**.
-
- 
-
-3. In the invoked **Styles Editor**, customize the created style's appearance settings.
-
- 
-
-4. Create another style by cloning the existing one.
-
- 
-
-5. Customize the new style's appearance settings and close the editor.
-
- 
-
-6. Back in the Report Explorer, select a report element to which you wish to assign the created styles.
-
- 
-
-7. Open the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md)'s **Appearance** tab, click the **Style** property's marker and select **Style Expression** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
-8. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, specify the required condition for switching between the created styles.
-
- 
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to view the resulting report.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-label-text.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-label-text.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c81975db28..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-label-text.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Change a Label's Text
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Conditionally Change a Label's Text
-
-This document describes how to display different values in a report control based on a specified logical condition.
-
-After you [bound your report to data](../../bind-to-data.md) and specified a bound data field in a report control's **Expression** property, you can make this control display different values based on a specified logical condition:
-
-1. Invoke the control's smart tag and click its **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-2. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, specify the required [expression](../../use-expressions.md).
-
- 
-
- Use the **Iif** function to define the condition. For example:
-
- **Iif([UnitsOnOrder] == 0, 'None', [UnitsOnOrder])**
-
- This expression means that if the data field's value is zero, the control's text is set to '**None**'; otherwise, it displays the actual field value.
-
-When switching to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), you can see the report control displaying the assigned values.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-filter-report-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-filter-report-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 14228fafb3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-filter-report-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Filter Report Data
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Conditionally Filter Report Data
-
-This document describes how to filter a report's data based on a specific condition.
-
-1. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), right-click the **Parameters** section and add a new report parameter.
-
- 
-
-2. Specify the parameter's description in Print Preview and set its type to **Number (Integer)**.
-
- 
-
-3. Select the report's detail band and switch it to the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md). Navigate to its **Behavior** tab, click the **Visible** property's marker and select **Visible Expression** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
-4. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, specify the required visibility condition. For example:
-
- 
-
- The expression above enables/disables the **Visible** property depending on whether the field value is below the specified parameter value.
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ba1af808a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Suppress Controls
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Conditionally Suppress Controls
-
-This document describes how to display or hide a report control in a published document based on a specified logical condition.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one and prepare the report layout.
-
- 
-
-2. Select the required control and switch to the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md). Open the **Behavior** tab, click the **Visible** property's marker and select **Visible Expression** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
-3. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, specify the required [expression](../../use-expressions.md).
-
- 
-
- Use the **Iif** function to define the required condition. For example:
-
- **Iif([Discontinued] == False, False, [Discontinued])**
-
- This expression means that if the data field's value is **False**, the control's **Visible** property is disabled.
-
-When switching to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), you can view the report control's visibility changes according to the assigned condition.
-
-
-
-> [!Note]
-> See [Hide Table Cells](../../use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md) to learn how to conditionally suppress table cells and define the mode for processing them.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/display-average-values-in-charts.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/display-average-values-in-charts.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d2571ba825..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/display-average-values-in-charts.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Display Average Values in Charts
-author: Margarita Zakhodyaeva
----
-# Display Average Values in Charts
-
-The following tutorial explains how to bind a chart’s constant line to an expression that calculates the average of all displayed values.
-
-## Bind a Constant Line to an Expression
-
-Select the **Chart** control. The “f” button appears next to the selection. Click this button to invoke the Expression Editor:
-
-
-
-In the invoked editor, specify the following expression for the **Axis Value** property and click OK.
-
-`[CategoriesProducts].Avg([UnitPrice])`
-
-
-
-## See the Result
-
-Run the application. Constant lines show average product prices in each category.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/limit-the-number-of-records-per-page.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/limit-the-number-of-records-per-page.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ee9e2c7140..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/limit-the-number-of-records-per-page.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Limit the Number of Records per Page
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Limit the Number of Records per Page
-
-This document describes how to specify the number of data source records displayed on report pages.
-
-After you [bound your report to data](../../bind-to-data.md) and provided content to the report's [Detail band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md), you can limit the number of records each report page displays. This example demonstrates how to pass the required record count as a parameter value.
-
-1. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), right-click the **Parameters** section and add a new report parameter.
-
- 
-
-2. Specify the parameter's description displayed in Print Preview and set its type to **Number (Integer)**.
-
- 
-
-3. Drop a [Page Break](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md) control onto the report's detail band and switch to the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md). Open the **Behavior** tab, click the **Visible** property's marker and select **Visible Expression** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
-4. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, specify the required [expression](../../use-expressions.md).
-
- 
-
- For example:
-
- **([DataSource.CurrentRowIndex] % ?parameter1 == 0) And ([DataSource.CurrentRowIndex] !=0)**
-
-When switching to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), you can specify how many rows each report page should display by entering the corresponding parameter value:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-an-aggregate-function.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-an-aggregate-function.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dda0f696c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-an-aggregate-function.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculate an Aggregate Function
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Calculate an Aggregate Function
-This tutorial describes the steps required to create a report with an _aggregate function_. In this example, products that are not discontinued and have a total unit value greater than _$500_ will be displayed.
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report. This tutorial starts with the following report layout:
-
- 
-
-2. Create a new [calculated field](calculated-fields-overview.md) and set the field name to "AggregateField".
-
-3. Select the calculated field, switch to the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md) and click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-4. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, double click the **[CategoriesProducts]** field and choose **Functions** | **Aggregate**. Then, double click the **Count()** function and insert the following text into the empty square brackets:
-
- _"Not[Discontinued]And[UnitTotal] >= 500"._
-
- 
-
- To construct a valid aggregate expression, use the following format, which consists of four parts.
-
- _[\
][\].\(\)_
-
- * _\_ - Specifies a collection against which an aggregated value should be calculated. It can be the relationship name in a case of a master-detail relationship, or the name of a collection property exposed by the target class. For example, _[CategoriesProducts][[CategoryId]>5].Count()_. Empty brackets [] indicate the root collection.
- * _\_ - Specifies a condition defining which records should participate in calculating an aggregate function. To obtain an aggregated value against all records, delete this logical clause along with square brackets (for example, _[].Count()_).
- * _\_ - Specifies one of the available aggregate functions.
- * _\_ - Specifies an expression evaluating values to be used to perform calculation. For example, _[][[CategoryID] > 5].Sum([UnitPrice]*[Quantity])_. The **Count** function does not require field values to count the records, so leave the round brackets empty for this function.
-
- You can refer to the currently processed group using the Parent Relationship Traversal Operator ('^'). This allows you to calculate aggregates within groups using expressions like the following: _[][[^.CategoryID] == [CategoryID]].Sum([UnitPrice])_.
-
- For more information, see [Expression Language](../../use-expressions/expression-language.md).
-
-5. Click **OK** to close the dialog and save the expression.
-
-6. Add three [Labels](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) to the [Detail Band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) and customize their content as shown in the following image:
-
- 
-
-The report is now ready. Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b537c5f62..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculated Fields Overview
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Calculated Fields Overview
-
-Calculated fields allow you to pre-process a report's input data, based on a certain expression. So, using calculated fields allows you to apply complex expressions to one or more data fields that are obtained from your report's underlying data source. Moreover, you can both [group](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md) and [sort](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md) your report data based on a calculated field's value.
-
-## Calculated Fields Overview
-
-To create a calculated field, switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), right-click any item inside the data source and select **Add Calculated Field**.
-
-
-
- Right-click the calculated field in the **Field List** and select **Edit Expression**. Alternatively, you can select the calculated field, and in the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
-
-
-In the invoked **Expression Editor**, construct the required expression. You can use data fields, [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md), predefined constants as well as various date-time, logical, math and string functions. See the next document section for more information about expression syntax.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The Expression Editor displays only those data fields that are obtained from a data source specified by the calculated field's **Data Source** and **Data Member** property values.
-
-The report's **Calculated Fields** property provides access to the calculated field collection.
-
-
-
-You can click the **Add Calculated Field** button in the [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Home** tab to invoke the **Calculated Field Collection Editor**.
-
-
-
-You can drag the calculated field from the **Field List** onto the required band like an ordinary data field.
-
-
-
-You can also group and sort your report data based on the calculated field values.
-
-## Expression Syntax
-A data field is inserted into the expression's text using its name in **[**square brackets**]**, and parameters are inserted using a question mark before their names.
-
-A calculated field's expression can evaluate the values of other calculated fields if you make sure to avoid circular references.
-
-Date-time constants must be wrapped in hashtags (**#**) (e.g., **[OrderDate] >= #1/1/2009#**). To represent a null reference (one that does not refer to any object), use a question mark (e.g., **[Region] != ?**). To denote strings, use apostrophes (**'**), otherwise an error will occur.
-
-To embed an apostrophe into an expression's text, it should be preceded by another apostrophe (e.g., **'It''s sample text'**).
-
-The type of a value returned by a calculated field is defined by its **Field Type** property.
-
-If a calculated field expression involves the use of different types, it is necessary to convert them to the same type (e.g., **Max(ToDecimal([Quantity]),[UnitPrice])**)
-
-Although a value that is returned by a calculated field is usually converted to a string (to be displayed in a text-aware report control), it can return a value of any kind. For example, if a database field contains an image, you can set a calculated field's expression to "=...", after which this calculated field can be bound to the [Picture Box](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) control.
-
-To construct a valid aggregate expression, use the following format, which consists of four parts.
-
-_[\][\].\(\)_
-
-* _\_ - Specifies a collection against which an aggregated value should be calculated. It can be the relationship name in a case of a master-detail relationship, or the name of a collection property exposed by the target class. For example, _[CategoriesProducts][[CategoryId]>5].Count()_. Empty brackets [] indicate the root collection.
-* _\_ - Specifies a condition defining which records should participate in calculating an aggregate function. To obtain an aggregated value against all records, delete this logical clause along with square brackets (for example, _[].Count()_).
-* _\_ - Specifies one of the available aggregate functions.
-* _\_ - Specifies an expression evaluating values to be used to perform calculation. For example, _[][[CategoryID] > 5].Sum([UnitPrice]*[Quantity])_. The **Count** function does not require field values to count the records, so leave the round brackets empty for this function.
-
-You can refer to the currently processed group using the Parent Relationship Traversal Operator ('^'). This allows you to calculate aggregates within groups using expressions like the following: _[][[^.CategoryID] == [CategoryID]].Sum([UnitPrice])_.
-
-For more information, see [Expression Language](../../use-expressions/expression-language.md).
-
-## Examples
-The following tutorials demonstrate the use of calculated fields in various environments:
-
-* [Calculate an Aggregate Function](calculate-an-aggregate-function.md)
-* [Calculate a Weighted Average Function](../calculate-summaries/calculate-a-weighted-average.md)
-* [Sort Data by a Custom Field](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md)
-* [Group Data by a Custom Field](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 32ffc148a5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Data Binding Modes
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Data Binding Modes
-
-The Report Designer works in one of the following data binding modes:
-
-* **Expressions** is the default binding mode.
-
- This mode enables you to specify complex [expressions](../use-expressions.md) that include two or more data fields, [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md), or [functions](expression-language.md#functions). You can also use expressions to [calculate summaries](../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md) of any complexity or [conditionally shape your data](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements.md).
-
- Click a property's marker to see whether the invoked context menu has the **PropertyName Expression** item that invokes the **Expression Editor**.
-
- 
-
- The **Expression Editor** allows you to use functions, access report bands and controls, and reference data source values in the constructed expression.
-
- 
-
-* **Expressions Advanced** is the advanced Expression mode.
-
- This mode enables you to specify an expression that is evaluated within a control's specific event.
-
- 
-
- The **Expression Editor** allows you to use event argument values in the constructed expressions. Event arguments are available in the [Variables](expression-language.md) section.
-
- In the **BeforePrint** event, you can use data fields from all queries in the data source.
-
- 
-
- In the **PrintOnPage** event, data source fields are not available because data was fetched when this event occurs. You can use the event arguments that are available in the [Variables](expression-language.md) section.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/expression-language.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/expression-language.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f3a999f3b6..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/expression-language.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,371 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Expression Language
-owner: Mary Sammal
----
-# Expression Language
-
-This section describes the report-specific expression syntax.
-
-## Expression Syntax
-
-An expression is a text string that specifies what data to take and how to process it to obtain a value. For instance, the following expression returns an integer value of `5`:
-
-`
-3 + 2
-`
-
-An expression string can consist of multiple lines that include constants, operators, function calls, fields or parameters, report items, and comments:
-
-```
-/*
-This expression is set for the Visible property of a control
-to show/hide the control based on the ShowTotalAmount parameter value.
-*/
-
-Iif (
- ?ShowTotalAmount == True,
- True,
- False
- )
-```
-
-## Constants
-
-* String constants
- Wrap string constants in apostrophes. If a string contains an apostrophe, double the apostrophe.
- ```
- [Country] == 'France'
- [Name] == 'O''Neil'
- ```
-
-* Date-time constants
- Wrap date-time constants in '#'.
- ```
- [OrderDate] >= #2018-03-22 13:18:51.94944#
- ```
-
-* True
- The Boolean True value.
- ```
- [InStock] == True
- ```
-
-* False
- The Boolean False value.
- ```
- [InStock] == False
- ```
-
-* Enumeration
- Specify an enumeration value by its underlying integer value.
- ```
- [Status] == 1
- ```
-
-* Guid
- Wrap a Guid constant in curly braces. Use Guid constants in a relational operation with equality or inequality operators only.
- ```
- [OrderID] == {513724e5-17b7-4ec6-abc4-0eae12c72c1f}
- ```
-
-* Numeric
- Specify numeric constant types in a string form by suffixes:
- * Int32 (int) - _1_
- * Int16 (short) - _1s_
- * Byte (byte) - _1b_
- * Double (double) - _1.0_
- * Single (float) - _1.0f_
- * Decimal (decimal) - _1.0m_
-
- | Value | Suffix | Example |
- | --- | --- | --- |
- | 32-bit integer | No suffix | [CategoryID] == _1_ |
- | 16-bit integer | s | [CategoryID] == _1s_ |
- | Byte | b | [CategoryID] == _1b_ |
- | Double-precision floating-point number | No suffix | [Length] == _1.0_ |
- | Single-precision floating-point number | f | [Length] == _1.0f_ |
- | Decimal floating-point number | m | [Price] == _25.0m_ |
-
-* ?
- A null reference that does not refer to any object.
- We recommend that you use the **IsNull** unary operator (for example, "[Region] is null") or the **IsNull** logical function (for example, "IsNull([Region])") instead of **?**.
- ```
- [Region] != ?
- ```
-
-## Operators
-
-* \+
- Adds the value of one numeric expression to another or concatenates two strings.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] + 4
- [FirstName] + ' ' + [LastName]
- ```
-
-* \-
- Finds the difference between two operands.
- ```
- [Price1] - [Price2]
- ```
-
-* \*
- Multiplies the value of two operands.
- ```
- [Quantity] * [UnitPrice]
- ```
-
-* /
- Divides the first operand by the second.
- ```
- [Quantity] / 2
- ```
-
-* %
- Divides one numeric operand by the other and returns the remainder (modulus).
- ```
- [Quantity] % 3
- ```
-
-* |
- Performs a bitwise inclusive OR operation on two numeric expressions. Compares each bit of its first operand to the corresponding bit of its second operand. If either bit is 1, the corresponding resulting bit is set to 1. Otherwise, the corresponding resulting bit is set to 0.
- ```
- [Number] | [Number]
- ```
-
-* &
- The bitwise AND operator. Compares each bit of its first operand to the corresponding bit of its second operand. If the two bits are 1, the corresponding resulting bit is set to 1. Otherwise, the corresponding resulting bit is set to 0.
- ```
- [Number] & 10
- ```
-
-* ^
- Performs a bitwise exclusive OR operation on two numeric expressions.
- ```
- [Number] ^ [Number]
- ```
-
-* ==
- Returns **True** if both operands are equal; otherwise, it returns **False**.
- ```
- [Quantity] == 10
- ```
-
-* !=
- Returns **True** if the operands are not equal; otherwise, it returns **False**.
- ```
- [Country] != 'France'
- ```
-
-* <
- Less than operator. Used to compare expressions.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] < 20
- ```
-
-* <=
- Less than or equal to operator. Used to compare expressions.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] <= 20
- ```
-
-* >=
- Greater than or equal to operator. Used to compare expressions.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] >= 30
- ```
-
-* >
- Greater than operator. Used to compare expressions.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] > 30
- ```
-
-* In (,,,)
- Tests for the existence of a property in an object.
- ```
- [Country] In ('USA', 'UK', 'Italy')
- ```
-
-* Between (,)
- Specifies a range to test. Returns **True** if a value is greater than or equal to the first operand and less than or equal to the second operand.
- ```
- [Quantity] Between (10, 20)
- ```
-
-* And (&&)
- Performs a logical conjunction on two Boolean expressions.
- ```
- [InStock] And ([ExtendedPrice]> 100)
- [InStock] && ([ExtendedPrice]> 100)
- ```
-
-* Or (||)
- Performs a logical disjunction on two Boolean expressions.
- ```
- [Country]=='USA' Or [Country]=='UK'
- [Country]=='USA' \|| [Country]=='UK'
- ```
-
-* ~
- Performs a bitwise negation on a numeric expression.
- ```
- ~[Roles] = 251
- ```
-
-* Not (!)
- Performs a logical negation on a Boolean expression.
- ```
- Not [InStock]
- ![InStock]
- ```
-
-* +
- Returns a numeric expression's value (a unary operator).
- ```
- +[Value] = 10
- ```
-
-* -
- Returns the negative of a numeric expression's value (a unary operator).
- ```
- -[Value] = 20
- ```
-
-* Is Null
- Returns **True** if an expression is a null reference (one that does not refer to any object).
- ```
- [Region] is null
- ```
-
-## Operator Precedence
-
-When an expression contains multiple operators, these operators are evaluated in the following sequence:
-
-* Literal values
-* Parameters
-* Identifiers
-* OR (left-associative)
-* AND (left-associative)
-* The '.' relationship qualifier (left-associative)
-* ==, !=
-* <, >, <=, >=
-* -, + (left-associative)
-* *, /, % (left-associative)
-* NOT
-* Unary -
-* In
-* Iif
-* Trim(), Len(), Substring(), IsNull()
-* '[]' (for set-restriction)
-* '()'
-
-Group elements with parentheses to change operator precedence. For instance, operators are applied in the default order in the following expression:
-
-`Accounts[Amount == 2 + 48 * 2]`
-
-In the next expression, the addition operation is applied first, because its associated elements are grouped with parentheses, and the multiplication operation is applied last.
-
-`Accounts[Amount == (2 + 48) * 2]`
-
-## Functions
-
-The expression language includes a set of functions that extend an expression's capabilities:
-
-* Logical functions
-* Date and time functions
-* Math functions
-* String functions
-* Functions for expression bindings and calculated fields
-* Functions for stored procedures
-* Functions for the Summary Expression Editor
-
-You can also implement custom functions.
-
-See the following topic for a complete list of functions that are available in expressions: [Functions in Expressions](functions-in-expressions.md).
-
-## Case Sensitivity
-
-Operators are case-insensitive. Case sensitivity of values can depend on the data source. For instance, SQL Server Express 2005 is configured as case-insensitive. In this case, the following [filter expression](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md) always evaluates to **True**:
-
-`Lower(Name) == Upper(Name)`
-
-## Escape Keywords
-
-You can mark a keyword-like field name with the **@** escape character. In the expression below, the **CriteriaOperator.Parse** method interprets `@Or` as a field named **Or**, not the logical operator OR.
-
-`@Or = 'value'`
-
-## Escape Characters
-
-Use a backslash (`\`) as an escape character for characters in an expression, as shown below:
-
-`\[`
-
-`\\`
-
-`\'`
-
-Use an apostrophe (`'`) as an escape character for string literals:
-
-`'A parameter''s value is:' + ?parameter1`
-
-## Data Fields and Calculated Fields
-
-Enclose a data field or calculated field's name in square brackets (```[``` and ```]```):
-
-```
-/*
-This expression is set for a control's Text property
-to bind the control to the UnitPrice data field.
-*/
-[UnitPrice]
-```
-
-Ensure that the field with the specified name exists in the report's data source and data member.
-
-You can refer to data fields from a data member that is not specified as the report's data member (only the first record is returned):
-
-```
-/*
-This expression is set for a control's Text property
-to bind the control to the UnitPrice data field from the Products data member
-(the report is not bound to Products).
-*/
-[Products].[UnitPrice]
-```
-
-## Report Parameters
-
-Use the following syntax to insert [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md) in an expression:
-
-- Type a question mark before a parameter's name.
-
- `?parameter1`
-
-- (*Obsolete*) Use the "Parameters." prefix in front of a report parameter's name.
-
- `[Parameters.parameter1]`
-
-## Enumerations
-
-Do one of the following to assign an enumeration value to a property:
-
-- Specify an enumeration value by its underlying integer value.
-
- `[Borders] = 1`
-
-- The **Expression Editor** can help you specify a string value for built-in enumerations:
-
- 
-
-## Comments
-
-The expression language supports comments. For example:
-
-```
-/*
-This is a comment within an expression.
-*/
-```
-
-Comments start with the ```/*``` sequence and end at the matching ```*/``` sequence.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/expressions-overview.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/expressions-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 89f43510c8..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/expressions-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Expressions Overview
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Expressions Overview
-
-Use expressions to accomplish the following tasks:
-* [Retrieve data](../use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md)
-* [Format data values](../shape-report-data/format-data.md)
-* [Create calculated fields](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md)
-* [Calculate summaries](../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries.md)
-* [Specify conditions for report elements](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements.md)
-* [Specify conditions for data source queries](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md)
-
-## How to Specify an Expression
-
-In the Report Designer, properties that support expressions have an ellipsis button in the value editor. Click this button to invoke the [Expression Editor](#expression-editor).
-
-
-
-As an alternative, you can use the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md) window to set expressions that specify property values. Click the `f` button to specify an expression in the invoked Expression Editor.
-
-
-
-In **Expressions Advanced** mode, the Report Designer allows you to specify expressions that are evaluated within specific events:
-
-* The **BeforePrint** event where you can use data fields from all queries in the data source.
-* The **PrintOnPage** event fetches the number of pages in the report and the current page. You can use these variables to specify conditions for report items.
-
-See the following topic for more information: [Data Binding Modes](data-binding-modes.md).
-
-## Expression Editor
-
-The Report Designer's Expression Editor has a graphical interface that allows you to create and edit expressions.
-
-
-
-Use one of the following ways to invoke the Expression Editor:
-
-* Select a report, band, or control. The `f` button appears next to the selection. Click this button to invoke the Expression Editor.
-
- 
-
-* In the **Properties** window, if an expression can be set for a property, the `f` button appears near the value editor. Click this button to invoke the Expression Editor.
-
- 
-
- The `f` button changes its color to blue to indicate that an expression is set for a property.
-
- 
-
-The Editor lists all properties for which you can specify an expression.
-
-
-
-Click a property to specify an expression.
-
-An `f` icon appears next to a property where an expression is set. Additionally, an asterisk (`*`) appears if an expression is modified.
-
-
-
-The Editor highlights an expression's syntax and supports intelligent code completion (which suggests functions and available data elements as you type).
-
-
-
-The Expression Editor displays all the errors it finds in the specified expression.
-
-
-
-The Editor lists a tree with language elements and items that you can use in an expression.
-
-
-
-## FilterString Editor
-
-You can use the Report Designer's **FilterString Editor** to specify the **FilterString** property of a report, [Cross Tab](../use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs.md), or [Chart Series](../use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md).
-
-The **FilterString Editor**'s visual interface allows you to use an unlimited number of conditions and combine them with logical operators to create filter criteria. You can also switch to Text mode and type a filter string.
-
-
-
-The **FilterString Editor** highlights an expression's syntax and supports intelligent code completion (which suggests functions and available data elements as you type).
-
-
-
-## Expression Syntax
-
-An expression can include field names, constants, operators, functions, data fields, and parameters.
-
-See the following topic for more information: [Expression Language](expression-language.md).
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b447405fe2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,498 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Functions in Expressions'
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Functions in Expressions
-
-This topic lists the functions that you can use in an [expression](expressions-overview.md).
-
-## Aggregate Functions
-
-| Function | Description | Example |
-|---|---|---|
-| Avg(Value) | Evaluates the average of the values in the collection. | [Products].Avg([UnitPrice]) |
-| Count() | Returns the number of objects in a collection. | [Products].Count() |
-| Exists() | Determines whether the object exists in the collection. | [Categories][[CategoryID] == 7].Exists() |
-| Join() | Concatenates all Expression values in the _Collection_ based on the specified _Condition_ (optional) into a single string separated by the specified _Separator_ (optional). If you do not specify a _Separator_, the function uses a comma.
The function has the following overloads:
`[Collection][Condition].Join(Expression)`
`[Collection][Condition].Join(Expression, Separator)`| The following expression concatenates _CompanyName_ field values within a report grouped by the _CategoryID_ field into a single string separated by a semicolon:
`[][[CategoryID] == [^.CategoryID]].Join([CompanyName], ';')`|
-| Max(Value) | Returns the maximum expression value in a collection. | [Products].Max([UnitPrice]) |
-| Min(Value) | Returns the minimum expression value in a collection. | [Products].Min([UnitPrice]) |
-| Single() | Returns an object if it is the only element in a collection. | [Accounts].Single() is not null |
-| Single(Expression) | You can pass an expression as a parameter: *[Collection][Condition].Single(Expression)*. This function returns the _Expression_ if the _Collection_ contains only one object that meets the specified _Condition_ (optional). | [Collection].Single([Property1]) - returns the found object's property value.|
-| Sum(Value) | Returns the sum of all expression values in the collection. | [Products].Sum([UnitsInStock]) |
-
-## Date and Time Functions
-
-## Date and Time Functions
-
-| Function | Description | Example |
-|---|---|---|
-| IsThisWeek(Date) | Returns `True` if the specified date falls within the current week.| _Example_: `IsThisWeek([OrderDate])` |
-|IsThisMonth(Date) | Returns `True` if the specified date falls within the current month.
To create the **IsThisMonth** operator using the [CriteriaOperator.Parse](/CoreLibraries/DevExpress.Data.Filtering.CriteriaOperator.Parse.overloads?v=25.1) method, use the following syntax: **CriteriaOperator.Parse(“IsThisMonth(StartDate)”)**. | _Example_: `IsThisMonth([OrderDate])` |
-|IsThisYear(Date) | Returns `True` if the specified date falls within the current year. | _Example_: `IsThisYear([OrderDate])` |
-|LocalDateTimeLastMonth() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is one month before the current date, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddMonths(LocalDateTimeLastMonth(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeLastYear() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is the first day of the previous year, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeLastYear(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeTwoMonthsAway() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the month after the next month, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddMonths(LocalDateTimeTwoMonthAway(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeTwoYearsAway() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the year after the next year, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeTwoYearsAway(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeYearBeforeToday() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the date one year ago, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeYearBeforeToday(), 5)` |
-|InDateRange(Date, FromDate, ToDate) | Returns `True` if the date part of the first operand is greater than or equal to the date part of the second operand and less than or equal to the date part of the third operand. Otherwise, returns `False`. If operands cannot be compared, returns `null`. | _Example_: `InDateRange([OrderDate], #2022-01-01 00:00:00#, #2022-12-31 23:59:59#)` |
-|IsJanuary(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within January. | _Example_: `IsJanuary([OrderDate])` |
-|IsFebruary(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within February. | _Example_: `IsFebruary([OrderDate])` |
-|IsMarch(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within March. | _Example_: `IsMarch([OrderDate])` |
-|IsApril(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within April. | _Example_: `IsApril([OrderDate])` |
-|IsMay(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within May. | _Example_: `IsMay([OrderDate])` |
-|IsJune(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within June. | _Example_: `IsJune([OrderDate])` |
-|IsJuly(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within July. | _Example_: `IsJuly([OrderDate])` |
-|IsAugust(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within August. | _Example_: `IsAugust([OrderDate])` |
-|IsSeptember(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within September. | _Example_: `IsSeptember([OrderDate])` |
-|IsOctober(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within October. | _Example_: `IsOctober([OrderDate])` |
-|IsNovember(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within November. | _Example_: `IsNovember([OrderDate])` |
-|IsDecember(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within December. | _Example_: `IsDecember([OrderDate])` |
-|IsLastMonth(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within the previous month. | _Example_: `IsLastMonth([OrderDate])` |
-|IsLastYear(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within the previous year. | _Example_: `IsLastYear([OrderDate])` |
-|IsNextMonth(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within the next month. | _Example_: `IsNextMonth([OrderDate])` |
-|IsNextYear(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within the next year. | _Example_: `IsNextYear([OrderDate])` |
-|IsYearToDate(Date) | Returns `True` if the specified date falls within the period that starts from the first day of the current year and continues until the current date (including the current date). | _Example_: `IsYearToDate([OrderDate])` |
-|IsSameDay(\[Date1\], \[Date2\]) | Returns `True` if the specified date/time value falls within the same day. | _Example_: `IsSameDay([OrderDate], [ShippedDate])` |
-|LocalDateTimeDayAfterTomorrow() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is two days after the current date, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeDayAfterTomorrow(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeLastWeek() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is 7 days before the start of the current week, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeLastWeek(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeNextMonth() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is the first day of the next month, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddMonths(LocalDateTimeNextMonth(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeNextWeek() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is 7 days after the start of the current week, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeNextWeek(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeNextYear() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that corresponds to the first day of the next year, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeNextYear(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeNow() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that is the current moment in time. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeNow(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeThisMonth() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the current month, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddMonths(LocalDateTimeThisMonth(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeThisWeek() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the current week, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeThisWeek(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeThisYear() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the current year, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeThisYear(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeToday() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the start of the current day, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeToday(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeTomorrow() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the next day, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeTomorrow(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeTwoWeeksAway() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the week after the next week, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeTwoWeeksAway(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeYesterday() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the previous day, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeYesterday(), 5)` |
-|AddTicks(DateTime, AddTicks) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that is the specified number of ticks before or after a specified start date. | _Example_: `AddTicks([OrderDate], 500000)` |
-|AddMilliSeconds(Time, MilliSecondsCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[TimeOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.timeonly) value that is the specified number of milliseconds before or after a specified start date/time.| _Example_: `AddMilliSeconds([StartTime], 200)` |
-|AddSeconds(Time, SecondsCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[TimeOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.timeonly) value that is the specified number of seconds before or after a specified start date/time. | _Example_: `AddSeconds([StartTime], 120)` |
-|AddMinutes(Time, MinutesCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[TimeOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.timeonly) value that is the specified number of minutes before or after a specified start date/time. | _Example_: `AddMinutes([StartTime], 30)` |
-|AddHours(Time, HoursCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[TimeOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.timeonly) value that is the specified number of hours before or after a specified start date/time. | _Example_: `AddHours([StartTime], 5)` |
-|AddDays(Date, DaysCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[DateOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.dateonly) value that is the specified number of days before or after a specified start date. | _Example_: `AddDays([OrderDate], 10)` |
-|AddMonths(Date, MonthsCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[DateOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.dateonly) value that is the specified number of months before or after a specified start date.| _Example_: `AddMonths([OrderDate], 3)` |
-|AddYears(Date, YearsCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[DateOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.dateonly) value that is the specified number of years before or after a specified start date. | _Example_: `AddYears([OrderDate], 2)` |
-|AddTimeSpan(DateTime, TimeSpan) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that differs by a specified amount of time from a specified date. | _Example_: `AddTimeSpan([OrderDate], [Duration])` |
-|DateDiffDay(StartDate, EndDate) | Returns the number of day boundaries between the specified dates. | _Example_: `DateDiffDay([OrderDate], Now())` |
-|DateDiffMonth(StartDate, EndDate) | Returns the number of month boundaries between the specified dates. | _Example_: `DateDiffMonth([OrderDate], Now())` |
-|DateDiffYear(StartDate, EndDate) | Returns the number of year boundaries between the specified dates. | _Example_: `DateDiffYear([OrderDate], Now())` |
-|DateDiffMilliSecond(StartTime, EndTime) | Returns the number of millisecond boundaries between the specified dates/times. | _Example_: `DateDiffMilliSecond([StartTime], Now())` |
-|DateDiffMinute(StartTime, EndTime) | Returns the number of minute boundaries between the specified dates/times.| _Example_: `DateDiffMinute([StartTime], Now())` |
-|DateDiffSecond(StartTime, EndTime) | Returns the number of second boundaries between the specified dates/times.| _Example_: `DateDiffSecond([StartTime], Now())` |
-|DateDiffHour(StartTime, EndTime) | Returns the number of hour boundaries between the specified dates/times. | _Example_: `DateDiffHour([StartTime], Now())` |
-|DateDiffTick(StartDate, EndDate) | Returns the number of tick boundaries between the specified dates. | _Example_: `DateDiffTick([OrderDate], Now())` |
-|GetDate(Date) | Returns the date part of the specified date.| _Example_: `GetDate([OrderDate])` |
-|GetYear(Date) | Gets the year in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetYear([OrderDate])` |
-|GetMonth(Date) | Gets the month in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetMonth([OrderDate])` |
-|GetDay(Date) | Gets the day of the month in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetDay([OrderDate])` |
-|GetDayOfYear(Date) | Gets the day of the year in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetDayOfYear([OrderDate])` |
-|GetDayOfWeek(Date) | Gets the day of the week in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetDayOfWeek([OrderDate])` |
-|GetHour(Time) | Returns the hours value in the specified date/time. | _Example_: `GetHour([StartTime])` |
-|GetMinute(Time) | Returns the minutes value in the specified date/time. | _Example_: `GetMinute([StartTime])` |
-|GetSecond(Time) | Returns the seconds value in the specified date/time.| _Example_: `GetSecond([StartTime])` |
-|GetMilliSecond(Time) | Returns the milliseconds value in the specified date/time. | _Example_: `GetMilliSecond([StartTime])` |
-|GetTimeOfDay(DateTime) | Gets the time part of the specified date. | _Example_: `GetTimeOfDay([OrderDate])` |
-|Now() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that is the current date and time. | _Example_: `AddDays(Now(), 7)` |
-|Today() | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that is the current date. The time part is set to 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(Today(), 3)` |
-|UtcNow() | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) object that is the current date and time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). | _Example_: `AddDays(UtcNow(), 7)` |
-|DateTimeFromParts(Year, Month, Day) | Returns a date value constructed from the specified Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second, and Millisecond. | _Example_: `DateTimeFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day])` |
-|DateTimeFromParts(Year, Month, Day, Hour) | Returns a date value constructed from the specified Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second, and Millisecond. | _Example_: `DateTimeFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day], [Hour])` |
-|DateTimeFromParts(Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute) | Returns a date value constructed from the specified Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second, and Millisecond. | _Example_: `DateTimeFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day], [Hour], [Minute])` |
-|DateTimeFromParts(Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second) | Returns a date value constructed from the specified Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second, and Millisecond. | _Example_: `DateTimeFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day], [Hour], [Minute], [Second])` |
-|DateOnlyFromParts(Year, Month, Day) | Returns a [DateOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.dateonly) value constructed from the specified Year, Month, and Day.| _Example_: `DateOnlyFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day])` |
-|TimeOnlyFromParts(Hour, Minute) | Returns a TimeOnly value constructed from the specified hour, minute, seconds (optional), and milliseconds (optional). | _Example_: `TimeOnlyFromParts([Hour], [Minute])` |
-|TimeOnlyFromParts(Hour, Minute, Second) | Returns a TimeOnly value constructed from the specified hour, minute, seconds (optional), and milliseconds (optional). | _Example_: `TimeOnlyFromParts([Hour], [Minute], [Second])` |
-|TimeOnlyFromParts(Hour, Minute, Second, Millisecond) | Returns a TimeOnly value constructed from the specified hour, minute, seconds (optional), and milliseconds (optional). | _Example_: `TimeOnlyFromParts([Hour], [Minute], [Second], [Millisecond])` |
-|AfterMidday(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time is after 12:00 PM. | _Example_: `AfterMidday([StartTime])` |
-|BeforeMidday(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time is before 12:00 PM. | _Example_: `BeforeMidday([StartTime])` |
-|IsAfternoon(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls between 12:00 PM and 6:00 PM. | _Example_: `IsAfternoon([StartTime])` |
-|IsEvening(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls between 6:00 PM and 9:00 PM. | _Example_: `IsEvening([StartTime])` |
-|IsFreeTime(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within free time. | _Example_: `IsFreeTime([StartTime])` |
-|IsLastHour(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the last hour. | _Example_: `IsLastHour([StartTime])` |
-|IsLunchTime(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the lunch time. | _Example_: `IsLunchTime([StartTime])` |
-|IsMorning(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within between 6:00 AM and 12:00 PM. | _Example_: `IsMorning([StartTime])` |
-|IsNextHour(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the next hour. | _Example_: `IsNextHour([StartTime])` |
-|IsNight(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls between 9:00 PM and 9:00 AM. | _Example_: `IsNight([StartTime])` |
-|IsSameHour(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the same hour. | _Example_: `IsSameHour([StartTime])` |
-|IsSameTime(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the same time of day (hour and minute). | _Example_: `IsSameTime([StartTime])` |
-|IsThisHour(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the hour. | _Example_: `IsThisHour([StartTime])` |
-|IsWorkTime(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within work time. | _Example_: `IsWorkTime([StartTime])` |
-
-## Logical Functions
-
-* Iif(Expression1, True_Value1, ..., ExpressionN, True_ValueN, False_Value)
- Returns one of several specified values depending upon the values of logical expressions.
-
- The function can take *2N+1* arguments (*N* - the number of specified logical expressions):
-
- - Each odd argument specifies a logical expression.
-
- - Each even argument specifies the value that is returned if the previous expression evaluates to **True**.
-
- - **...**
-
- - The last argument specifies the value that is returned if the previously evaluated logical expressions yielded **False**.
- ```
- Iif(Name = 'Bob', 1, Name = 'Dan', 2, Name = 'Sam', 3, 4)")
- ```
-
-* IsNull(Value)
- Returns True if the specified Value is NULL.
- ```
- IsNull([OrderDate])
- ```
-
-* IsNull(Value1, Value2)
- Returns Value1 if it is not set to NULL; otherwise, Value2 is returned.
- ```
- IsNull([ShipDate], [RequiredDate])
- ```
-
-* IsNullOrEmpty(String)
- Returns True if the specified String object is NULL or an empty string; otherwise, False is returned.
- ```
- IsNullOrEmpty([ProductName])
- ```
-
-## Math Functions
-
-| Function | Description | Example |
-|---|---|---|
-| Abs(Value) | Returns the given numeric expression's absolute, positive value. | Abs(1 - [Discount]) |
-| Acos(Value) | Returns a number's arccosine (the angle in radians, whose cosine is the given float expression). | Acos([Value]) |
-| Asin(Value) | Returns a number's arcsine (the angle in radians, whose sine is the given float expression). | Asin([Value]) |
-| Atn(Value) | Returns a number's arctangent (the angle in radians, whose tangent is the given float expression). | Atn([Value]) |
-| Atn2(Value1, Value2) | Returns the angle whose tangent is the quotient of two specified numbers in radians. | Atn2([Value1], [Value2]) |
-| BigMul(Value1, Value2) | Returns an Int64 containing the full product of two specified 32-bit numbers. | BigMul([Amount], [Quantity]) |
-| Ceiling(Value) | Returns the smallest integer that is greater than or equal to the numeric expression. | Ceiling([Value]) |
-| Cos(Value) | Returns the angle's cosine, in radians. | Cos([Value]) |
-| Cosh(Value) | Returns the angle's hyperbolic cosine, in radians. | Cosh([Value]) |
-| Exp(Value) | Returns the float expression's exponential value. | Exp([Value]) |
-| Floor(Value) | Returns the largest integer less than or equal to the numeric expression. | Floor([Value]) |
-| Log(Value) | Returns a specified number's natural logarithm. | Log([Value]) |
-| Log(Value, Base) | Returns the logarithm of a specified number in a specified Base. | Log([Value], 2) |
-| Log10(Value) | Returns a specified number's base 10 logarithm. | Log10([Value]) |
-| Max(Value1, Value2) | Returns the maximum value from the specified values. | Max([Value1], [Value2]) |
-| Min(Value1, Value2) | Returns the minimum value from the specified values. | Min([Value1], [Value2]) |
-| Power(Value, Power) | Returns a specified number raised to a specified power. | Power([Value], 3) |
-| Rnd() | Returns a random number that is less than 1, but greater than or equal to zero. | Rnd()*100 |
-| Round(Value) | Rounds the given value to the nearest integer. | Round([Value]) |
-| Round(Value, Precision) | Rounds the given value to the nearest integer, or to a specified number of decimal places. | Round([Value], 2) |
-| Sign(Value) | Returns the positive (+1), zero (0), or negative (-1) sign of the given expression. | Sign([Value]) |
-| Sin(Value) | Returns the sine of the angle defined in radians. | Sin([Value]) |
-| Sinh(Value) | Returns the hyperbolic sine of the angle defined in radians. | Sinh([Value]) |
-| Sqr(Value) | Returns the square root of a given number. | Sqr([Value]) |
-| Tan(Value) | Returns the tangent of the angle defined in radians. | Tan([Value]) |
-| Tanh(Value) | Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the angle defined in radians. | Tanh([Value]) |
-| ToDecimal(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent decimal number. | ToDecimal([Value]) |
-| ToDouble(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent 64-bit double-precision floating-point number. | ToDouble([Value]) |
-| ToFloat(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent 32-bit single-precision floating-point number. | ToFloat([Value]) |
-| ToInt(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent 32-bit signed integer. | ToInt([Value]) |
-| ToLong(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent 64-bit signed integer. | ToLong([Value]) |
-
-## Reporting Functions
-
-* Argb(Alpha, Red, Green, Blue)
- Returns a string defining a color using the Alpha, Red, Green, and Blue color channel values.
- ```
- Argb(1,200, 30, 200)
- /* Result: '1,200,30,200'*/
- ```
-
-* GetDisplayText(?parameterName)
- Returns a Display Text for a parameter's lookup value.
-
- For **non-lookup parameters**, this function returns a value converted to string.
- ```
- /* ?employeeParameter stores static or dynamic predefined values
- where EmployeeID is a parameter value
- and EmployeeName is a display text. */
- GetDisplayText(?employeeParameter)
- ```
-
-* Rgb(Red, Green, Blue)
- Returns a string defining a color using the Red, Green, and Blue color channel values.
- ```
- Rgb(30,200,150)
- /* Result: '30,200,150' */
- ```
-
-* CurrentRowIndexInGroup()
-
- Returns the current row's index within the group.
-
- The following expression adds row indexes in the group:
-
- ```CurrentRowIndexInGroup(0) + 1```
-
-* GroupIndex(level)
-
- Locates the parent group row at the specified nesting level and returns that row's index.
-
- The following expression displays indexes of root-level groups:
-
- ```GroupIndex(1) + 1```
-
-* NextRowColumnValue(columnName)
-
- Obtains the next row and returns the value from the specified column.
-
-* PrevRowColumnValue(columnName)
-
- Obtains the previous row and returns the value from the specified column.
-
-## String Functions
-
-| Function | Description | Example |
-|---|---|---|
-| Ascii(String) | Returns the ASCII code value of the leftmost character in a character expression. | Ascii('a') |
-| Char(Number) | Converts an integerASCIICode to a character. | Char(65) + Char(51) |
-| CharIndex(String1, String2) | Returns the starting position of String1 within String2, beginning from the zero character position to the end of a string. | CharIndex('e', 'devexpress') |
-| CharIndex(String1, String2, StartLocation) | Returns the starting position of String1 within String2, beginning from the StartLocation character position to the end of a string. | CharIndex('e', 'devexpress', 2) |
-| Concat(String1, ... , StringN) | Returns a string value containing the concatenation of the current string with any additional strings. | Concat('A', ')', [ProductName]) |
-| Contains(String1, SubString1) | Returns True if SubString1 occurs within String1; otherwise, False is returned. | Contains([ProductName], 'dairy') |
-| EndsWith(String1, SubString1) | Returns True if the end of String1 matches SubString1; otherwise, False is returned. | EndsWith([Description], 'The end.') |
-| Insert(String1, StartPosition, String2) | Inserts String2 into String1 at the position specified by StartPositon | Insert([Name], 0, 'ABC-') |
-| Len(Value) | Returns an integer containing either the number of characters in a string or the nominal number of bytes required to store a variable. | Len([Description]) |
-| Lower(String) | Returns String in lowercase. | Lower([ProductName]) |
-| PadLeft(String, Length) | Left-aligns the defined string's characters, padding its left side with white space characters up to a specified total length. | PadLeft([Name], 30) |
-| PadLeft(String, Length, Char) | Left-aligns the defined string's characters, padding its left side with the specified Char up to a specified total length. | PadLeft([Name], 30, '<') |
-| PadRight(String, Length) | Right-aligns the defined string�s characters, padding its left side with empty space characters up to a specified total length. | PadRight([Name], 30) |
-| PadRight(String, Length, Char) | Right-aligns the defined string�s characters, padding its left side with the specified Char up to a specified total length. | PadRight([Name], 30, '>') |
-| Remove(String, StartPosition) | Deletes all the characters from this instance, beginning at a specified position. | Remove([Name], 3) |
-| Remove(String, StartPosition, Length) | Deletes a specified number of characters from this instance, beginning at a specified position. | Remove([Name], 0, 3) |
-| Replace(String1, SubString2, String3) | Returns a copy of String1, in which SubString2 has been replaced with String3. | Replace([Name], 'The ', '') |
-| Reverse(String) | Reverses the order of elements within String. | Reverse([Name]) |
-| StartsWith(String1, SubString1) | Returns True if the beginning of String1 matches SubString1; otherwise, False. | StartsWith([Title], 'The best') |
-| Substring(String, StartPosition, Length) | Retrieves a substring from String. The substring starts at StartPosition and has a specified Length. | Substring([Description], 2, 3) |
-| Substring(String, StartPosition) | Retrieves a substring from String. The substring starts at StartPosition. | Substring([Description], 2) |
-| ToStr(Value) | Returns a string representation of an object. | ToStr([ID]) |
-| Trim(String) | Removes all leading and trailing SPACE characters from String. | Trim([ProductName]) |
-| Upper(String) | Returns String in uppercase. | Upper([ProductName]) |
-
-## Functions for Expression Bindings and Calculated Fields
-
-Below is a list of functions that are used to construct [expression bindings](data-binding-modes.md) and [calculated fields](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md):
-
-* NewLine()
- Returns the newline string defined for the current environment.
- ```
- [CategoryName]+NewLine()+[Description]
- /*
- Result:
- Beverages
- Soft drinks, coffees, teas, beers and ales.
- /*
- ```
-
-* FormatString(Format, Value1, ... , ValueN)
- Returns the specified string with formatted field values.
- See the following topic for details: [Format Data](../shape-report-data/format-data.md).
- ```
- FormatString('{0:$0.00}', [UnitPrice])
- /*
- Result: $45.60
- */
- ```
-
-* Rgb(Red, Green, Blue)
- Returns a string defining a color using the Red, Green, and Blue color channel values.
- ```
- Rgb(30,200,150)
- /*
- Result: '30,200,150'
- */
- ```
-
-* Join()
- Concatenates the [multi-value report parameter](../use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md)'s values into a string. This function is useful when you [bind a multi-value parameter to a label](../use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md) to display the parameter's values in a report.
-
- This function has two overloads:
-
- * Join(parameter) - concatenates the specified parameter's values using a comma as a separator.
- * Join(parameter, separator) - concatenates the specified parameter's values using the specified separator.
- ```
- Join(?CategoriesParameter)
- /*
- Result: Beverages, Condiments
- */
- Join(?CategoriesParameter, newline())
- /*
- Result:
- Beverages
- Condiments
- */
-
-## Functions for Stored Procedures
-
-The following functions are used to [bind a report to a stored procedure](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-stored-procedure.md):
-
-* Join()
- Concatenates the [multi-value report parameter](../use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md)'s values into a string. This function can be used when mapping multi-value report parameters to query parameters generated from a stored procedure's parameters. Refer to the following topic for more information: [Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md).
-
- This function has two overloads:
-
- * Join(parameter) - concatenates the specified parameter's values using a comma as a separator.
- * Join(parameter, separator) - concatenates the specified parameter's values using the specified separator.
- ```
- Join(?Parameter1)
- ```
-
-* CreateTable(Column1, ..., ColumnN)
- Creates a table from several multi-value parameters' values. This function can be used when mapping multi-value report parameters to the query parameter that is generated from a stored procedure's [User Defined Table Type](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/tables/use-table-valued-parameters-database-engine) parameter. Refer to the following topic for more information: [Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md).
- ```
- CreateTable(?Parameter1, ..., ?ParameterN)
- ```
-
-## Functions for Summary Expression Editor
-
-Use the following functions when you [calculate a summary](../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries.md) across a report and its groups:
-
-* sumAvg(Expression)
- Calculates the average of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumAvg([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumCarryoverSum(Expression)
-
- Calculates the carried forward and brought forward totals.
-
- ```
- sumCarryoverSum([Amount])
- ```
-
-
-* sumCount(Expression)
- Counts the number of values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report). In a simple scenario, you may not pass a parameter.
-
- When using this function in a [master-detail report](../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md)'s master band and passing a detail field as a parameter, the function counts the number of records within the detail band.
-
- See also:
- * [Count the Number of Records in a Report or Group](../shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md)
- * [Count the Number of Groups in a Report](../shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md)
- ```
- sumCount([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDAvg(Expression)
- Calculates the average of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDAvg([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDCount(Expression)
- Counts the number of **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report). In a simple scenario, you may not pass a parameter.
- ```
- sumDCount([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDStdDev(Expression)
- Calculates the standard deviation of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDStdDev([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDStdDevP(Expression)
- Calculates the standard population deviation of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDStdDevP([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDSum(Expression)
- Calculates the total of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDSum([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDVar(Expression)
- Calculates the amount of variance for all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDVar([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDVarP(Expression)
- Calculates the population variance of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDVarP([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumMax(Expression)
- Calculates the maximum of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumMax([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumMedian(Expression)
- Finds the middle number within a sequence.
-
- If the total number of elements is odd, this function returns the value of the middle number in a sequence. If the total number of elements is even, this function returns the arithmetical mean of the two middle numbers.
- ```
- sumMedian([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumMin(Expression)
- Calculates the minimum of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumMin([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumPercentage(Expression)
- Calculates the percent ratio of the current data row's value to the total of all the values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumPercentage([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumRecordNumber(Expression)
- Returns the current record number in the specified summary region (group, page, or report). This means, for instance, if the summary is calculated for a group, then the record number is calculated only within that group, and is reset every time a new group is started.
-
- In a simple scenario, you may not pass a parameter.
-
- See also: [Display Row Numbers on a Report, Group, or Page](../shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md)
- ```
- sumRecordNumber()
- ```
-
-* sumRunningSum(Expression)
- Calculates the sum of all previous values displayed before the current data row with the current data row value.
- ```
- sumRunningSum([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumStdDev(Expression)
- Calculates the standard deviation of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumStdDev([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumStdDevP(Expression)
- Calculates the standard population deviation of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumStdDevP([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumSum(Expression)
- Calculates the total of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumSum([UnitsInStock])
- ```
-
-* sumVar(Expression)
- Calculates the amount of variance for all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumVar([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumVarP(Expression)
- Calculates the population variance of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumVarP([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumWAvg(Expression, Expression)
- Calculates the weighted average of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report). This summary type returns the result of the following operation: Sum(Expression1 * Expression2) / Sum(Expression2).
- ```
- sumWAvg([UnitPrice])
- ```
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 23bc91cbbc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind Report Controls to Data (Expression Bindings)
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Bind Report Controls to Data (Expression Bindings)
-
-You can use the following approaches to include data source information in your report:
-
-* [Use the Field List](#use-the-field-list)
-* [Use the Smart Tag](#use-the-smart-tag)
-* [Use the Property Grid](#use-the-property-grid)
-
-## Use the Field List
-
-After you [bind your report to data](../bind-to-data.md), the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel displays the data source hierarchy and provides access to available data fields.
-
-Drop a data field from this panel onto a report's surface to create a new report control bound to the corresponding field.
-
-
-
-Drop a data field onto an existing control to bind this control to the corresponding field.
-
-
-
-You can do one of the following to create a data-bound control of a specific type:
-
-* Hold down the SHIFT key and drop a data field onto a report's surface.
-* Right-click a corresponding data field and drop it onto a report's surface.
-
-This invokes a context menu that enables you to select which control to create.
-
-
-
-You can also drop an entire data table onto a report to create a [Table](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) control with its cells bound to the corresponding data table fields.
-
-
-
-To select multiple fields in the Field List, hold CTRL or SHIFT and click the fields. Drop these fields onto a report to create a new table.
-
-
-
-## Use the Smart Tag
-
-Click a control's smart tag, expand the **Expression** drop-down list and select a data field.
-
-
-
-You can also click the **Expression** option's ellipsis button to invoke the **Expression Editor**. This editor allows you to construct a complex binding expression with two or more data fields and various functions. See [Expression Language](../use-expressions/expression-language.md) for more information.
-
-
-
-
-## Use the Property Grid
-
-Click a property marker to see whether the invoked context menu has the **PropertyName Expression** item.
-
-
-
-Click this item to specify an expression in the invoked Expression Editor.
-
-
-
-You can use the same approach to specify expressions for all the control properties. See [Shape Report Data](../shape-report-data.md) for more tutorials.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f258a13ba7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Draw Cross-Band Lines and Boxes
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Draw Cross-Band Lines and Boxes
-
-Cross-band controls allow you to draw lines and rectangles through several [report bands](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
-The Report Designer provides the following two cross-band controls:
-
-* The **Cross-Band Line** control draws vertical lines that can span multiple report bands. You can use this control to emphasize a report area that consists of different bands.
-* The **Cross-Band Box** control draws rectangles through several report bands. You can use this control to encompass a report section that includes multiple band areas.
-
-To add a cross-band control to a report, select the corresponding item in the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and draw a rectangle across required bands.
-
-
-
-The following properties define a cross-band control's location in a report:
-
-* **Start Band** - determines the band from which the control starts to draw;
-* **Start Point** - specifies the exact coordinates (measured in [report units](../../configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md)) within the start band where the control starts to draw;
-* **End Band** - determines the band where the cross-band control stops to draw;
-* **End Point** - specifies the exact coordinates (measured in [report units](../../configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md)) within the end band where the control finishes to draw.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates how the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) reflects cross-band controls:
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 22c70aa7e5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Draw Lines
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Draw Lines
-
-The **Line** control draws a line in a specified direction, style, width, and color. You can use it to decorate and visually separate a report's sections.
-
-To add a line to a report, drag the **Line** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-The actions list of the line's smart tag provides the main control properties:
-
-
-
-* **Line Direction**
-
- Enables you to draw a line horizontally, vertically, and across the rectangle the line occupies from one corner to another (**Horizontal**, **Vertical**, **Slant** and **Back Slant** types).
-
- 
-
-* **Line Style**
-
- You can select the solid (by default), dashed, dotted, or mixed line style.
-
- 
-
-* **Line Width**
-
- Specifies the line width in pixels as a floating point value.
-
-* **Anchor Vertically**
-
- Specifies the vertical anchoring style, so that after page rendering a control stays attached to the top control, bottom control, or both.
-
-> [!Note]
-> The **Line** control cannot span several bands. See [Draw Cross-Band Lines and Boxes](draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md) to learn about drawing lines through several bands.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 45fef87946..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Draw Shapes
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Draw Shapes
-
-The **Shape** control allows you to draw various shapes in a report.
-
-To add a shape to a report, drag the **Shape** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-Click a control's smart tag and use the **Shape** property to select the shape type. You can also choose the shape type in the [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Shape Tools** contextual tab.
-
-
-
-The smart tag provides the following main properties common to all shape types:
-
-* **Fill Color** - specifies the the shape's color.
-* **Stretch** - specifies whether to stretch a shape to fill its client rectangle area when it is rotated.
-* **Line Width** - specifies the width of the line used to draw the shape.
-* **Angle** - specifies the shape's rotation angle.
-
-Each shape type provides its own specific set of properties which are detailed below.
-
-
-## Arrow
-The image below illustrates the **Arrow** type's shape.
-
-
-
-This shape type has the following additional properties:
-
-* **Fillet** - specifies how the shape's corners are rounded (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Arrow Height** - specifies the arrow's relative height (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Arrow Width** - specifies the arrow's relative width (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-
-
-## Brace
-The image below illustrates the **Brace** type's shape.
-
-
-
-Use the following properties to set up a brace:
-
-* **Tip's Length** - specify the length of a brace's tip.
-* **Fillet** - specifies how the shape's corners are rounded (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Tail's Length** specify the length of a brace's tail.
-
-
-## Bracket
-
-The following image demonstrates the **Bracket** type's shape:
-
-
-
-The **Tip's Length** property is specific to this shape type and defines the length of a bracket's tip.
-
-## Cross
-
-The image below shows the **Cross** type's shape.
-
-
-
-This shape type has the following properties:
-
-* **Fillet** - specifies how the shape's corners are rounded (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Horizontal Line Height** - specifies the relative width of a cross's horizontal line (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Vertical Line Width** - specifies the relative width of a cross's vertical line (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-
-## Ellipse
-
-The image below shows **Ellipse** type shapes.
-
-
-
-
-## Line
-
-The following image demonstrates **Line** type shapes:
-
-
-
-
-## Polygon
-
-The image below illustrates the **Polygon** type's shape:
-
-
-
-This shape type has the following properties:
-
-* **Fillet** - specifies how the polygon's corners are rounded (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Number Of Sides** - specifies the number of polygon sides.
-
-
-## Rectangle
-
-The image below illustrates **Rectangle** type shapes.
-
-
-
-This shape type's **Fillet** property specifies the rectangle's relative roundness (as a percentage, between **0** and **100**).
-
-## Star
-
-The following image shows a **Star** type shape:
-
-
-
-This shape type has the following properties:
-
-* **Fillet** - specifies the relative roundness of the star's points (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Count of Star Points** - specifies the number of points that make up the star.
-* **Concavity** - specifies the concavity level (as a percentage) between two neighboring start points. This value should be between **0** and **100**.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-controls-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-controls-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b7a614bef2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-controls-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Controls to a Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Add Controls to a Report
-
-This document describes how to add [controls](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements.md) to a report.
-
-## Add Controls from the Standard Controls Bar
-
-Use the End-User Designer's [Toolbox](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) to add controls to your report.
-
-
-
-## Add Data-Bound Controls from the Field List
-
-You can drag fields from the [Field List](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto your report to add data-bound controls, after you [bound](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data.md) your report to a data source.
-
-### Add a Control
-
-Drag a field from the [Field List](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop it onto the report's surface.
-
-
-
-To add a control of specific type, do either of the following:
-
-* Hold down the SHIFT key and drop a data field onto a report's surface.
-* Right-click a data field and drop it onto a report's surface.
-
-This invokes a context menu where you can select which control to add.
-
-
-
-### Add a Table
-
-Hold the CTRL or SHIFT key and click several fields. Drop them onto the report's surface to add a table with its cells bound to these fields.
-
-
-
-Drop an entire data table from the [Field List](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) to add a report table with columns bound to the data table's fields.
-
-
-
-To add column headers, do either of the following:
-
-* Select the fields and hold the CTRL or SHIFT key when you drop them onto a report surface.
-* Drag and drop fields with the right mouse button.
-
-
-
- This adds a new table whose cells display the field names.
-
-## Add Content from External Sources
-
-You can add text and graphics from external applications to your reports:
-
-* Drag a file, text or image from an external application onto your report.
-
- 
-
-* Copy a file, text or image from an external application, and paste it into your report.
-
- 
-
-The following table shows which file types transform into report controls:
-
-| File Type | Control |
-| --- | --- |
-| .TXT | A [Label](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) control that contains file contents. |
-| .DOC, .DOCX, .RTF, .HTM, .HTML | A [Rich Text](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md) control that contains file content. |
-| .JPG, .PNG, .BMP, .GIF, .TIF, .SVG | A [Picture Box](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) control that contains the image. |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-report-controls-to-containers.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-report-controls-to-containers.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 53c53c5072..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-report-controls-to-containers.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Report Controls to Containers
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Add Report Controls to Containers
-
-The [Panel](../use-basic-report-controls/panel.md) control allows you to place various report controls on it to combine them into a group.
-
-
-
-You can use this panel to move, copy, change appearance settings, etc. instead of adjusting individual controls.
-
-
-
-A [table cell](../use-tables.md) can also act as a container for other controls.
-
-
-
-Both panel and table cells cannot contain the following report controls:
-* [Pivot Grid](../use-charts-and-pivot-grids.md)
-* [Subreport](../use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md)
-* [Page Break](../use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md)
-* [Table of Contents](../use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md)
-* [Cross-Band Line and Box](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md)
-
-If a panel or table cell includes only one control, you can use the **Fit Bounds to Container** command in the context menu to position the control within the container. This command resizes the control so that it occupies all the available space (except borders).
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/apply-styles-to-report-elements.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/apply-styles-to-report-elements.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f70e08c95f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/apply-styles-to-report-elements.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Apply Styles to Report Elements
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Apply Styles to Report Elements
-
-Select a control and switch to the **Property Grid**. Expand the **Styles** group and set the **Style** property to the style name.
-
-
-
-As an alternative, you can drag a style from the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) onto a control.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ff13047e1..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Arrange Report Controls
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Arrange Report Controls
-
-The following tools allow you to control report element size, location, alignment, and to maintain the distance between them:
-
-* **Rulers**
-
- The Report Designer provides horizontal and vertical rulers to help you determine report elements' size and location.
-
- 
-
-* **Layout Toolbar**
-
- Use the **Layout Toolbar** commands to align report controls.
-
- 
-
-* **Snapping**
-
- Use the **Snapping** toolbar group or a report's **Snapping Mode** property to enable automatic report control snapping to a grid and/or snap lines.
-
- * **Snap Grid**
-
- The design surface displays a visual grid that allows you to determine elements' size and location in a report. Use the **Snap Grid Size** and **Snap Grid Step Count** properties to customize the grid's settings.
-
- 
-
- To hide the grid, disable the **Grid Lines** option in the toolbar's **View** tab or disable a report's **Draw the Grid** property.
-
- 
-
- A report control is aligned to the nearest grid cell when moved with the mouse or ARROW keys.
-
- You can use the **Align to Grid** toolbar button or context menu item to align the selected controls to the grid cells.
-
- 
-
- You can temporarily ignore snapping when you move and resize controls:
- * hold down ALT if you move or resize controls using the mouse;
- * hold down CTRL if you move or resize controls using the keyboard.
-
- * **Snap Lines**
-
- The Report Designer displays snap lines when you move or resize report controls. These lines appear around the report controls and indicate the distance to other report elements (controls and bands).
-
- 
-
- When you use the ARROW keys to move a report control or press SHIFT+ARROW to resize the control, it is aligned to the nearest report element in that direction based on snap lines.
-
- A report control's **Snap Line Margin** property and a band's or panel's **Snap Line Padding** property allows you to maintain a uniform distance between elements in a report.
-
- 
-
- To avoid snapping controls, do the following:
- * hold down ALT if you move or resize controls using the mouse;
- * hold down CTRL if you move or resize controls using the keyboard.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/copy-report-controls.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/copy-report-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 12fbbc8173..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/copy-report-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Copy Report Controls
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Copy Report Controls
-
-You can clone an existing report control by selecting it using the mouse, holding the CTRL key and moving the mouse to the required location. A cloned control has the same settings as the initial control.
-
-
-
-You can also copy report controls to the clipboard using CTRL + C or the **Copy** command, and then paste these controls to a new container or band.
-
-* The original control positions are preserved when you use the CTRL + V hotkey or the **Paste** toolbar command to insert controls.
-
- 
-
- The pasted controls are repositioned by an offset of 10 units on both axes if another control already occupies the target position.
-
-* When you use the **Paste** context menu item, controls are inserted at the position where you invoked the context menu.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/keyboard-shortcut.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/keyboard-shortcut.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fce356e24..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/keyboard-shortcut.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
----
-title: WinForms End-User Report Designer Keyboard Shortcuts
-owner: Natalia Kazakova
----
-# WinForms End-User Report Designer Keyboard Shortcuts
-
-## Operations with XRControls
-
-### Copy/Paste XRControl
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+C | Copy the selected XRControl. |
-| Ctrl+V | Paste the copied XRControl. |
-
-
-
-### Cut XRControl
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+X | Cut the selected XRControl. |
-
-
-
-### Delete XRControl
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Delete | Remove the selected XRControl. |
-
-
-
-### Undo / Redo an Action
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+Z | Undo the last operation. |
-| Ctrl+Y | Repeat the last undone operation. |
-
-
-
-### Slide XRControl to the End of the Area with a Minimum Indent
-
-Use arrow keys to slide XRControl to the end of the area with a minimum indent:
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Up | Slide XRControl up. |
-| Down | Slide XRControl down. |
-| Left | Slide XRControl left. |
-| Right | Slide XRControl right. |
-
-
-
-### Shift XRControl Pixel by Pixel
-
-Use Ctrl + arrows to shift XRControl pixel by pixel:
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+Up | Shift XRControl one pixel upward. |
-| Ctrl+Down | Shift XRControl one pixel down. |
-| Ctrl+Left | Shift XRControl one pixel to the left. |
-| Ctrl+Right | Shift XRControl one pixel to the right. |
-
-
-
-### Resize XRControl to the Widest/Highest Possible Value
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Shift+Up | Move the XRControl's bottom border to the lowest possible value. |
-| Shift+Down | Move the XRControl's bottom border to the highest possible value. |
-| Shift+Right | Move the XRControl's right border to the widest possible value. |
-| Shift+Left | Move the XRControl's right border to the narrowest possible value. |
-
-
-
-### Resize XRControl Pixel by Pixel
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+Shift+Up | Move the XRControl's bottom border upward by one pixel. |
-| Ctrl+Shift+Down | Move the XRControl's bottom border downward by one pixel. |
-| Ctrl+Shift+Left | Move the XRControl's right border to the left by one pixel. |
-| Ctrl+Shift+Right | Move the XRControl's right border to the right by one pixel. |
-
-
-
-### Resize XRControl Proportionally
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Shift + Drag | Resize an XRControl and preserve its aspect ratio. Initiate the operation in a corner anchor. |
-
-
-
-### Clone XRControl
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+Drag | Clone XRControl. |
-
-
-
-### Select Multiple XRControls
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+Click or Shift+Click | Select/unselect multiple XRControls. |
-
-
-
-### Rotate XRShape
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+Drag | Rotate XRShape. |
-
-
-
-
-## Operations with the Field List
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Drag a table | Add XRTable with bindings to all data fields. |
-
-
-
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Shift + Drag a table | Add XRTable with all data field names. |
-
-
-
-
-## Operations with the End-User Report Designer
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| F4 | Switch to the Designer tab. |
-| F5 | Switch to the Preview tab. |
-
-
-
-
-| Key | Action |
-|----------|----------|
-| Ctrl+L | Save all opened report layouts. |
-| Ctrl+S | Save the selected report layout. |
-| Ctrl+O | Open a `.repx` report. |
-| Ctrl+N | Create a new report. |
-| Ctrl+W | Create a new report with the Wizard. |
-| Ctrl+ScrollDown | Zoom in the selected report. |
-| Ctrl+ScrollUp | Zoom out the selected report. |
-| Ctrl+0 | Set zoom to 100%. |
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bf8b7c0ce0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Move and Resize Report Elements
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Move and Resize Report Elements
-
-You can use the mouse or keyboard to move a report control to a new location.
-
-
-
-You can [select multiple controls](select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md) and move them in the same way as individual report controls.
-
-
-
-You can also use the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) to move a control. You can move controls to other bands (except the **DetailReport** band), or into a **Panel** or **TableCell** controls. Select a control and drag it (either within the Report Explorer or to the design surface). The drop targets are highlighted when you drag the control over them.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can drag the TableOfContents control only to the **ReportHeader** and **ReportFooter** bands.
-
-To resize a control, select it and then drag a rectangle drawn on its edge or corner. Press `Shift` and drag a corner anchor to resize a report control and preserve its aspect ratio.
-
-
-s
-Drag a band's header strip to resize the band.
-
-
-
-You can also press SHIFT+ARROW or CTRL+SHIFT+ARROW to resize a selected element.
-
-See [Arrange Report Controls](arrange-report-controls.md) for information about tools that help you align report controls to each other and layout edges.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bd7920b59..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select Report Elements and Access Their Settings
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Select Report Elements and Access Their Settings
-
-You can click a report control or band to select it, and press TAB/SHIFT+TAB to select the next/previous control.
-
-Do one of the following to select multiple report controls:
-* Press and hold the SHIFT or CTRL key and click the controls.
-* Click an empty place on a report's surface and draw a rectangle around the controls.
- 
-
-Click the gray area around the design surface to select a report.
-
-You can use smart tags to access the most commonly used element properties. Smart tags are available for reports and most report controls and bands.
-
-
-
-Smart tags can also contain context links that enable you to perform various actions.
-
-
-
-The [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md) provides a corresponding contextual tab when you select a report control. This tab allows you to specify settings and perform actions applicable to the selected element's type.
-
-
-
-You can use the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md) to access the whole set of settings that the selected element supports.
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/validate-the-report-layout.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/validate-the-report-layout.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b1c738754..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/validate-the-report-layout.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Validate the Report Layout
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Validate the Report Layout
-
-Your report layout should meet the following requirements to correctly print and export it:
-
-* **Avoid overlapping controls**
-
- The Report Designer highlights intersecting report controls to warn you that the report layout can be exported incorrectly to HTML, RTF, DOCX, XLS, XLSX, CSV and TXT formats.
-
- 
-
- Disable the **Export Warnings** option in the toolbar to ignore this rule and not highlight intersecting controls.
-
- 
-
-* **Do not place controls outside page margins**
-
- The Report Designer highlights report controls that do not fit into the printable page area and overlap the right page margin. This warns you that extra pages can appear when document is printed.
-
- 
-
- Disable the **Printing Warnings** option in the toolbar to hide these warnings.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index df7fdafd2e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Barcodes to a Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Add Barcodes to a Report
-
-## Overview
-
-To insert a barcode into a report, drag the **Barcode** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-After creating the barcode, select the barcode type (symbology) in the **Barcode Tools** [toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md) tab's **Symbology** gallery.
-
-
-
-After specifying the symbology, you can customize the type-specific options of the barcode, which are listed in the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md) under the **Symbology** property.
-
-
-
-## Main Options
-
-You can use the **Binary Data** property to supply the data that a barcode should encode.
-
-To specify the bar width (a barcode's resolution), use the following options:
-
-* Automatically calculate the bar width according to a barcode's dimensions by enabling the **Auto Module** option;
-* Provide a fixed bar width value using the **Module** property.
-
-The following are some additional barcode options:
-
-* Use the barcode's **Text** property to provide accompanying text. The **Show Text** property allows you to show or hide this text.
-
-* Use the **Orientation** property to rotate a barcode.
-
-* Use the **Padding** property to specify the indent between bars and the barcode's inner boundaries.
-
-## Frames for QR Codes
-
-For QR Codes ([QR Code](qr-code.md), [GS1 QR Code](gs1-qr-code.md), and [EPC QR Code](epc-qr-code.md)), you can use the **Frame Options** property to configure the frame around the barcode. The Corner and Rectangle frames are available for all types of QR Codes.
-
-### Corner Frame
-
-The corner frame looks as follows:
-
-
-
-You can specify the following properties for corner frames:
-
- * **Frame Color**
-
- Specifies the frame color.
-
- * **Frame Width**
-
- Specifies the frame width in pixels.
-
- * **Padding**
-
- Specifies the distance between the frame and QR code.
-
- * **Text**
-
- Specifies the text that displayed in the frame.
-
- * **Text Alignment**
-
- Specifies how the text is aligned with the frame line.
-
- * **Text Color**
-
- Specifies the color of the text in the frame.
-
- * **Text Position**
-
- Specifies how the text is positioned against the QR code.
-
-### Rectangular Frame
-
-The rectangular frame looks as follows:
-
-
-
-You can specify the following properties for corner frames:
-
- * **Corner Radius**
-
- Specifies rounded corners for the rectangular frame in pixels.
-
- * **Frame Color**
-
- Specifies the frame color.
-
- * **Frame Width**
-
- Specifies the frame width in pixels.
-
- * **Padding**
-
- Specifies the distance between the frame and QR code.
-
- * **Text**
-
- Specifies the text that displayed in the frame.
-
- * **Text Alignment**
-
- Specifies how the text is aligned with the frame line.
-
- * **Text Color**
-
- Specifies the color of the text in the frame.
-
- * **Text Position**
-
- Specifies how the text is positioned against the QR code.
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-You can [bind](../bind-controls-to-data.md) the bar code's **Text** property to a data field obtained from a report's data source. Click the control's smart tag, expand the **Expression** drop-down list and select the data field.
-
-
-
-You can also click the **Expression** option's ellipsis button to invoke the **Expression Editor**. This editor allows you to construct a complex binding expression with two or more data fields.
-
-## Common Errors
-The following section explains how to work around the most frequently encountered errors related to the incorrect use of barcodes.
-
-* The following error message is shown in place of the barcode if the control's dimensions are too small to fit the barcode with its specified resolution.
-
- 
-
- To get rid of this error, enable the **Auto Module** property and/or increase the barcode's dimensions.
-
-* The following error message appears when the data supplied to a barcode contains characters that are not supported by this barcode type.
-
- 
-
- To avoid this error, supply data that applies to a particular barcode specification.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/aztec-code.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/aztec-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c6081b517..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/aztec-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Aztec Code
-author: Natalia Kazakova
----
-# Aztec Code
-
-**Aztec Code** is a matrix code that has the potential to use less space than other matrix barcodes because it does not require a surrounding blank "quiet zone". Aztec codes are widely used for transport ticketing.
-
-
-
-Refer to the following article for more details: [Aztec Code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aztec_Code).
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control's **Symbology** property to **Aztec Code**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Aztec Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Aztec Code**:
-
-- **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether text or binary mode should be used to encode the barcode's data.
-
-- **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the bar code to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-- **Version**
-
- Specifies the Aztec Code version.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/codabar.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/codabar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f0c196b5e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/codabar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Codabar
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Codabar
-
-The **Codabar** is a discrete, self-checking symbology that may encode **16** different characters, plus an additional **4** start/stop characters. This symbology is used by U.S. blood banks, photo labs, and on FedEx air bills.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Codabar**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Codabar**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Codabar**:
-
-* **StartSymbol**
-
- Gets or sets the first (start) symbol used to code the barcode's structure.
-
-* **StopSymbol**
-
- Gets or sets the last (stop) symbol used to code the barcode's structure.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-11-usd-8.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-11-usd-8.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 09ff1902b7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-11-usd-8.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 11 (USD-8)
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Code 11 (USD-8)
-
-**Code 11**, also known as **USD-8**, was developed as a high-density numerical-only symbology. It is used primarily in labeling telecommunications equipment.
-
-The symbology is discrete and is able to encode the numbers **0** through to **9**, the dash symbol (**-**), and start/stop characters.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code11**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-128.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-128.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b6960be6e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-128.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 128
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Code 128
-
-**Code 128** is a very effective, high-density symbology which permits the encoding of alphanumeric data. The symbology includes a checksum digit for verification, and the barcode can also be verified character-by-character, allowing the parity of each data byte to be verified.
-
-This symbology has been widely implemented in many applications where a relatively large amount of data must be encoded in a relatively small amount of space. Its specific structure also allows numerical data to be effectively encoded at double-density.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code128**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 128**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **Code 128**:
-
-* **Character Set**
-
- Specifies the set of symbols which can be used when setting the barcode's text.
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC1 functional character.
-
-* **FNC2 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC2 functional character.
-
-* **FNC3 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC3 functional character.
-
-* **FNC4 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC4 functional character.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-extended.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-extended.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 15c9b60bf4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-extended.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 39 Extended
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Code 39 Extended
-
-Using **Code 39**'s "Full ASCII Mode", it is possible to encode all **128** ASCII characters. This is accomplished by using the (**$**), (**/**), (**%**), and (**+**) symbols as "shift" characters. These characters combined with the single character that follows indicate which Full ASCII character is to be used.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code39Extended**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 39 Extended**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Code 39 Extended**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
-
-The **Code 39 Extended** barcode, as opposed to [Code 39](code-39-usd-3.md), automatically replaces all necessary characters with special symbols, when required. This means that you do not need to do this manually, otherwise, the result will be incorrect.
-
-For example, if you want to insert a "TAB" character into a barcode's text, use "\t", which will be replaced by "$I" for coding, and then into "TAB" after scanning:
-
-| Property | Value |
-|---|---|
-| Barcode's text: | "12345\t678" |
-| Coded text: | "12345$I678" |
-| Scanned text: | "12345[TAB]678" |
-
-The checksum is not considered to be part of a barcode's text and checksum characters are never replaced. When the barcode's **Show Text** and **Calculate a Checksum** properties are enabled, the barcode will not display a checksum character. This is required to avoid mistakenly treating a checksum as part of barcode text.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-usd-3.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-usd-3.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c91999ee3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-usd-3.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 39 (USD-3)
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Code 39 (USD-3)
-
-**Code 39**, the first alpha-numeric symbology to be developed, is still widely used, particularly in non-retail environments. It is the standard barcode used by the United States Department of Defense, and is also used by the Health Industry Barcode Council (HIBCC). **Code 39** is also known as "**3 of 9 Code**" and "**USD-3**".
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code39**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 39**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Code 39**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93-extended.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93-extended.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 43580f4921..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93-extended.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 93 Extended
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Code 93 Extended
-
-Using **Code 93**'s "Full ASCII Mode", it is possible to encode all **128** ASCII characters. This is accomplished by using the (**$**), (**/**), (**%**), and (**+**) symbols as "shift" characters. These characters combined with the single character that follows indicate which Full ASCII character is to be used.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code93Extended**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 93 Extended**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **Code 93 Extended**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > A checksum of a **Code 93 Extended** barcode can contain characters that are not supported by this barcode symbology. For this reason, the checksum is not included in the **Code 93 Extended** barcode's displayed text.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fcc02009d8..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 93
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Code 93
-
-**Code 93** was designed to supplement and improve upon **Code 39**.
-
-**Code 93** is similar in that, like **Code 39**, can represent the full ASCII character set by using combinations of **2** characters. It differs in that **Code 93** is a continuous symbology and produces denser code. It also encodes **47** characters (compared to **Code 39**'s **43** characters).
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code93**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 93**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **Code 93**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > A checksum of a **Code 93** barcode can contain characters that are not supported by this barcode symbology. For this reason, the checksum is not included in the **Code 93** barcode's displayed text.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-identcode.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-identcode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d77eaf8b0d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-identcode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deutsche Post Identcode
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# Deutsche Post Identcode
-
-The *Deutsche Post Identcode* symbology, also referred to as Deutsche Post AG IdentCode, German Postal 2 of 5 IdentCode, Deutsche Frachtpost IdentCode, or Deutsche Post AG (DHL), is used by German Post (Deutsche Post AG).
-
-
-
-The barcode contains a tracking number that identifies a customer (sender) and a mail item. A value that the barcode encodes should consist of 11 or 12 digits:
-
-* 2 digits for a distribution center ID;
-* 3 digits for a customer ID;
-* 6 digits for a mailing number;
-* 1 digit for a checksum (optional).
-
-When you specify 11 digits, the barcode generates a checksum digit automatically. If you add a checksum digit, the barcode ignores this digit and also generates it automatically to ensure the encoded value is valid.
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DeutschePostIdentcode**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-leitcode.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-leitcode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 21ee73d45f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-leitcode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deutsche Post Leitcode
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# Deutsche Post Leitcode
-
-The *Deutsche Post Leitcode* symbology, or German Postal 2 of 5 LeitCode, LeitCode, or CodeLeitcode, is used by Deutsche Post AG (Deutsche Frachtpost).
-This barcode identifies the destination.
-
-
-
-A value that the barcode encodes should consist of 13 or 14 digits:
-
-* 5 digits for a Postal Code (Postleitzahl, PLZ);
-* 3 digits for a Street ID/number;
-* 3 digits for a House number;
-* 2 digits for a Product code;
-* 1 digit for a checksum (optional).
-
-When you specify 13 digits, the barcode generates a checksum digit automatically. If you add a checksum digit, the barcode ignores this digit and also generates it automatically to ensure the encoded value is valid.
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DeutschePostLeitcode**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-13.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-13.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 74a1ba6f45..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-13.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: EAN 13
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# EAN 13
-
-**EAN-13**, based upon the **UPC-A** standard, was implemented by the International Article Numbering Association (EAN) in Europe. At present, the **GS1** organization is responsible for the maintenance of barcode standards.
-
-The **EAN-13** barcode contains **13** digits, no letters or other characters. The first two or three digits represent the country. The leading zero actually signifies the USA, and **UPC-A** coding. The last digit is the "check digit", the checksum. The check digit is calculated using the first twelve figures when the barcode is constructed. So, for the correct **EAN-13** code, you should specify only the first **12** digits.
-
-The recommended dimensions are shown in the following image. The standard allows magnification up to **200**%, and reduction of up to **80**% of the recommended size.
-
-
-
-There should be two quiet zones before and after the barcode. They provide reliable operation of the barcode scanner. The quiet zone recommended length is **3.63** mm for the left zone and **2.31** mm for the right zone.
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **EAN13**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-8.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-8.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cc55458c00..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-8.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: EAN 8
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# EAN 8
-
-**EAN-8** is the **EAN** equivalent of **UPC-E** in the sense that it provides a "short" barcode for small packages.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **EAN8**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ecc200-data-matrix.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ecc200-data-matrix.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e8d2bae19..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ecc200-data-matrix.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: ECC200 - Data Matrix
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# ECC200 - Data Matrix
-
-**Data Matrix** code (**ISO/IEC 16022** international standard) is a two-dimensional matrix barcode consisting of black and white "cells" arranged in a rectangular pattern. The information to be encoded can be text or raw data.
-
-Every **Data Matrix** is composed of two solid adjacent borders in an "L" shape (called the "finder pattern"), and two other borders consisting of alternating dark and light cells or modules (called the "timing pattern"). Within these borders are rows and columns of cells that encode information. The finder pattern is used to locate and orient the symbol, while the timing pattern provides a count of the number of rows and columns in the symbol.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DataMatrix**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Data Matrix**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Data Matrix**:
-
-* **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether textual information or a byte array should be used as the barcode's data, as well as its encoding.
-
-* **Matrix Size**
-
- Specifies the barcode matrix size.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/epc-qr-code.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/epc-qr-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f40e654f42..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/epc-qr-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
----
-title: EPC QR Code
-author: Polina Tyureva
----
-# EPC QR Code
-
-An EPC QR Code (European Payments Council Quick Response Code) is a two-dimensional barcode used to initiate a [SEPA credit transfer (SCT)](https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/what-we-do/sepa-credit-transfer). The following guideline contains general information about this type of barcode and defines the data format for EPC QR Codes: [Quick Response Code - Guidelines to Enable the Data Capture for the Initiation of a SEPA Credit Transfer](https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/sites/default/files/kb/file/2022-09/EPC069-12%20v3.0%20Quick%20Response%20Code%20-%20Guidelines%20to%20Enable%20the%20Data%20Capture%20for%20the%20Initiation%20of%20an%20SCT_0.pdf).
-
-
-
-## Add a Bar Code to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **EPC QR Code**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **EPC QR Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-- **Auto Module**
-
- Gets or sets whether the Module property value should be calculated automatically based on the barcode size.
-
-- **Version**
-
- Gets or sets the bar code’s size.
-
-- **Include Quiet Zone**
-
- Gets or sets whether to add a blank space around the QR code.
-
-- **Logo**
-
- Specifies the image that overlays the QR code.
-
-- **Frame Options**
-
- Gets or sets the [frame for QR codes](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md#frames-for-qr-codes).
-
-## Specify the Data
-
-EPC QR Codes require data in a specific format. For more information, refer to the following European Payments Council guideline: [Quick Response Code - Guidelines to Enable the Data Capture for the Initiation of a SEPA Credit Transfer](https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/sites/default/files/kb/file/2022-09/EPC069-12%20v3.0%20Quick%20Response%20Code%20-%20Guidelines%20to%20Enable%20the%20Data%20Capture%20for%20the%20Initiation%20of%20an%20SCT_0.pdf).
-
-You can specify the barcode data in the following ways:
-
-### The Text property.
-
-Pass the data string to Text property. Each data element should be on a new line. Double-click the control to specify the content (editors in the Property grid do not support multi-line text):
-
-
-
-In the image above, the following data elements are specified:
-
-| Data Element | Value |
-|----------|-------------|
-| Service Tag:| BCD |
-| Version: | 001 |
-| Encoding: | 1 |
-| Identification:| SCT |
-| BIC: | BPOTBEB1 |
-| Beneficiary Name: | Red Cross of Belgium |
-| IBAN: | BE72000000001616 |
-| Transfer Amount:| EUR1 |
-| Transfer Reason:| CHAR |
-| Creditor Reference: | Empty line |
-| Remittance Information: | Urgency fund |
-| Information: | Empty line |
-
-
-This field is bindable. For more information on data binding, review the following help topic: [Bind Report Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md).
-
-### The ConvertDataToEPC function.
-
-Use the `ConvertDataToEPC` function from the Expression Editor to bind to the `Text` property.
-
-You can specify the data as shown below:
-
-```
-ConvertDataToEPC('Red Cross of Belgium', 'BE72000000001616', 'BPOTBEB1','20.0', '', 'Urgency fund', 'CHAR', 'Sample EPC QR code')
-```
-
-
-
-You can not change the default values for Version and Encoding with this function. The default value for the Version data element is `002` and `UTF-8` for the Encoding.
-
-## Display a “Zahlen mit Code” Frame
-
-You can also apply a frame with the words “Zahlen mit Code” (to the right from the bottom to the top) to an EPC QR Code. The frame is used to highlight the function of the codes and to secure the identification. For more information, refer to the following Payment Services Austria (PSA) document: [Application of QR-Code for initiating of credit transfers](https://zv.psa.at/de/download/qr-code/339-qr-code-und-bcd-definition-3-en/file.html).
-
-This frame already contains predefined settings according to the standard. To set this frame, go to Barcode Tasks → Symbology → FrameOptions, and select **Payment Services Austria Frame**.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-128-ean-128-ucc.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-128-ean-128-ucc.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3aac3ec8a9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-128-ean-128-ucc.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-title: GS1-128 - EAN-128 (UCC)
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# GS1-128 - EAN-128 (UCC)
-
-**GS1-128** (**EAN-128**) was developed to provide a worldwide format and standard for exchanging common data between companies.
-
-While other barcodes simply encode data with no respect for what the data represents, **GS1-128** encodes data and encodes what that data represents.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **EAN128**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **EAN 128**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **EAN 128**:
-
-* **Character Set**
-
- Specifies the set of symbols which can be used when setting the barcode's text.
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the barcode text that will be replaced with the **FNC1** functional character when the barcode's bars are drawn.
-
-* **Human-Readable Text**
-
- Specifies whether or not parentheses should be included in the barcode's text to improve the readability of the barcode's text.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-data-matrix.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-data-matrix.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bad10a3499..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-data-matrix.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: GS1- Data Matrix
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# GS1- Data Matrix
-
-The **GS1 Data Matrix** uses a special start combination to differentiate the **GS1 DataMatrix** symbol from other **Data Matrix ECC 200** symbols. This is achieved by using the **Function 1 Symbol Character** (**FNC1**) in the first position of the encoded data. It enables scanners to process the information according to the **GS1 System Rules**.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DataMatrixGS1**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **GS1 Data Matrix**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **GS1 Data Matrix**:
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the barcode text that will be replaced with the **FNC1** functional character when the barcode's bars are drawn.
-
-* **Human-Readable Text**
-
- Specifies whether or not parentheses should be included in the barcode's text to improve the readability of the barcode's text.
-
-* **Matrix Size**
-
- Specifies the barcode matrix size.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-databar.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-databar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3370ea153c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-databar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: GS1 - DataBar
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# GS1 - DataBar
-
-The **GS1 DataBar** barcode is based on a family of symbols often used in the **GS1 DataBar Coupon** (coupon codes commonly used in retail).
-
-These barcodes can encode up to **14** digits, which makes them suitable for **GTIN 8**, **12**, **13** and **14**.
-
-**GS1 DataBar Expanded** and **GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked** can encode up to **74** numeric or **41** alphanumeric characters, and provide the capability to utilize all **GS1 Application Identifiers** (e.g., expiration date, batch and serial number). These barcodes are often used in manufacturer coupons.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DataBar**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Data Bar**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Data Bar**:
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the barcode text that will be replaced with the **FNC1** functional character when the barcode's bars are drawn.
-
-* **Segments In Row**
-
- Specifies the number of data segments per row in the Expanded Stacked type of a GS1 DataBar barcode.
-
-* **Type**
-
- Specifies the type of a GS1 DataBar barcode.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-qr-code.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-qr-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 91b553a9dd..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-qr-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-title: GS1 QR Code
-author: Polina Tyureva
----
-# GS1 QR Code
-
-**GS1 QR Code** is a variant of the [QR Code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/QR_code) symbology that conforms to [GS1 General Specification](https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes-epcrfid-id-keys/gs1-general-specifications).
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **QRCodeGS1**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **GS1 QR Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **GS1 QR Code**:
-
-* **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether numeric, alpha-numeric or byte information should be used as the barcode's data.
-
-* **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the barcode's coding, to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC1 functional character.
-
-* **Logo**
-
- Specifies the image that overlays the QR code.
-
-* **Version**
-
- Specifies the barcode's size.
-
-* **Frame Options**
-
- Gets or sets the [frame for QR codes](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md#frames-for-qr-codes).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/industrial-2-of-5.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/industrial-2-of-5.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fa2fb7309..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/industrial-2-of-5.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Industrial 2 of 5
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Industrial 2 of 5
-
-**Industrial 2 of 5** is a low-density numerical barcode that is used in the photofinishing and warehouse sorting industries, as well as to sequentially number airline tickets.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Industrial2of5**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Industrial2of5**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Industrial 2 of 5**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail-package.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail-package.md
deleted file mode 100644
index da30470ffa..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail-package.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Intelligent Mail Package
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Intelligent Mail Package
-
-The **Intelligent Mail Package Barcode** (**IMPB**) was developed for the use on mail in the United States. Barcodes of this symbology are used only for packages as opposed to [Intelligent Mail](intelligent-mail.md) barcodes, which are used for postcards, letters, and flats.
-
-This barcode is capable of encoding package tracking information required for more efficient sorting and delivering of packages with the capability of piece-level tracking.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **IntelligentMailPackage**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Intelligent Mail Package**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **Intelligent Mail Package**:
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the barcode text that will be replaced with the **FNC1** functional character when the barcode's bars are drawn.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 979c4d6d99..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Intelligent Mail
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Intelligent Mail
-
-The **Intelligent Mail** (**IM**) code is a **65**-barcode for use on mail in the United States. This barcode is intended to provide greater information and functionality than its predecessors POSTNET and PLANET.
-
-The **Intelligent Mail** barcode has also been referred to as **One Code Solution** and **4-State Customer** barcode abbreviated **4CB**, **4-CB** or **USPS4CB**.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **IntelligentMail**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/interleaved-2-of-5.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/interleaved-2-of-5.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4033d2426b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/interleaved-2-of-5.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Interleaved 2 of 5
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Interleaved 2 of 5
-
-**Interleaved 2 of 5** is a higher-density numerical barcode based upon the **Standard 2 of 5** symbology. It is used primarily in the distribution and warehouse industry.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Interleaved2of5**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Interleaved 2 of 5**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Interleaved 2 of 5**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/matrix-2-of-5.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/matrix-2-of-5.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 760c127d19..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/matrix-2-of-5.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Matrix 2 of 5
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Matrix 2 of 5
-
-**Matrix 2 of 5** is a linear one-dimensional barcode. **Matrix 2 of 5** is a self-checking numerical-only barcode.
-
-Unlike the **Interleaved 2 of 5**, all of the information is encoded in the bars; the spaces are of a fixed width and used only to separate the bars. **Matrix 2 of 5** is used primarily for warehouse sorting, photo finishing, and airline ticket marking.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Matrix2of5**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Matrix 2 of 5**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Matrix 2 of 5**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/micro-qr-code.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/micro-qr-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d026714c69..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/micro-qr-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Micro QR Code
-author: Natalia Kazakova
----
-# Micro QR Code
-
-A **Micro QR Code** is a two-dimensional code. It is a more compact version of a standard [QR code](qr-code.md): a Micro QR Code can encode up to 35 numeric characters or 21 alphanumeric characters, enough to store a product ID or a short URL. In comparison, a standard QR code can contain up to 7,089 characters.
-
-Micro QR Codes are often used in industries such as electronics, medical devices, and retail, where space-efficient labeling is essential.
-
-
-
-Refer to the following article for more information: [Micro QR Code](https://www.qrcode.com/en/codes/microqr.html).
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Micro QR Code**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Micro QR Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Micro QR Code**:
-
-- **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether the barcode contains a number, an alphanumeric string, or a byte array.
-
-- **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the Micro QR code to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-- **Include Quiet Zone**
-
- Specifies whether to add a blank space around the Micro QR code to help separate the Micro QR code from neighboring elements.
-
-- **Version**
-
- Gets or sets the barcode’s version.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/msi-plessey.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/msi-plessey.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a15fac6fd..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/msi-plessey.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: MSI - Plessey
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# MSI - Plessey
-
-**MSI** was developed by the MSI Data Corporation, based on the original **Plessey Code**. **MSI**, also known as **Modified Plessey**, is used primarily to mark retail shelves for inventory control.
-
-**MSI** is a continuous, non-self-checking symbology. While an **MSI** barcode can be of any length, a given application usually implements a fixed-length code.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **CodeMSI**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **MSI**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **MSI**:
-
-* **MSI Checksum**
-
- Specifies the barcode's checksum type, which defines the appearance of checksum bars added to the barcode.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pdf417.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pdf417.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 805003ace8..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pdf417.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PDF417
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# PDF417
-
-**PDF417** (**Portable Data File**) is a stacked linear two-dimensional barcode used in a variety of applications; primarily transport, postal, identification card and inventory management. It has spawned an Open Source decoder project together with an Open Source encoder.
-
-The **PDF417** barcode is also called a **symbol** barcode and usually consists of **3** to **90** rows, each of which is like a small linear barcode.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **PDF417**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **PDF417**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **PDF417**:
-
-* **Columns**
-
- Specifies the number of barcode columns, which allows you to control the logic width of the barcode.
-
-* **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether textual information or a byte array should be used as the barcode's data.
-
-* **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the barcode's coding, to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-* **Rows**
-
- Specifies the number of barcode rows, which allows you to control the logic height of the barcode.
-
-* **Truncate Symbol**
-
- Specifies whether the special end-symbol should be appended to the barcode.
-
-* **Y to X Ratio**
-
- Specifies the height-to-width ratio of a logical unit's graphic representation.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pharmacode.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pharmacode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 10698ce337..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pharmacode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Pharmacode
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-# Pharmacode
-
-**Pharmacode** is a binary code developed by the German LAETUS GMBH company. The code is widely used in the pharmaceutical industry as a packaging control system. It can be either one-track or two-track.
-
-| One-Track Pharmacode | Two-Track Pharmacode |
-| :---: | :---: |
-|  |  |
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Pharmacode**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Pharmacode**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **Pharmacode**:
-
-* **Pharmacode Type**
-
- Specifies whether the **Pharmacode** has one or two tracks.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/postnet.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/postnet.md
deleted file mode 100644
index aad046aa92..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/postnet.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PostNet
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# PostNet
-
-**PostNet** was developed by the United States Postal Service (USPS) to allow faster mail sorting and routing. **PostNet** codes are the familiar and unusual looking barcodes often printed on envelopes and business return mail.
-
-Unlike most other barcodes, in which data is encoded in the width of the bars and spaces, **PostNet** actually encodes data in the height of the bars. That's why all the bars are of the same width, but not the same height.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **PostNet**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/qr-code.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/qr-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f0d49e5ed9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/qr-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-title: QR Code
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# QR Code
-
-A **QR Code** (**QR** is the abbreviation for **Quick Response**) is a two-dimensional code, readable by **QR** scanners, mobile phones with a camera, and smartphones. **QR Code** can encode textual, numeric and binary data.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control's **Symbology** property to **QR Code**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **QR Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **QR Code**:
-
-* **Auto Module**
- Gets or sets whether the Module property value should be calculated automatically based upon the barcode's size.
-
-* **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether numeric, alpha-numeric or byte information should be used as the barcode's data.
-
-* **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the barcode's coding, to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-* **Version**
-
- Specifies the barcode's size.
-
-* **Logo**
-
- Specifies the image that overlays the QR code.
-
-* **Frame Options**
-
- Gets or sets the [frame for QR codes](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md#frames-for-qr-codes).
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/sscc.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/sscc.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7914b767ec..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/sscc.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC)
-author: Boris Zaitsev
----
-# Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC)
-
-The **Serial Shipping Container Code** (SSCC) is the GS1 Identification Key used to identify a logistic unit.
-This unique identifier is composed of an Extension Digit, a GS1 Company Prefix, a Serial Reference, and a Check Digit.
-
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **SSCC**.
-
- 
-
-3. Assign a numeric value composed of 17 digits to the **Text** property. If the numeric value contains less than 17 digits, it is padded with zeros at the beginning so that the string value of the **Text** property contains exactly 17 characters. A numeric value with 17 digits is left intact. If 18 digits are specified, the last digit is truncated. A value with more than 18 digits causes an error.
-
-4. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-a.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-a.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a3758eb393..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-a.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC-A
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# UPC-A
-
-The **UPC-A** barcode is by far the most common and well-known symbology, especially in the United States. A **UPC-A** barcode is the barcode you will find on virtually every consumer item on the shelves of your local supermarket, as well as books, magazines, and newspapers. It is called simply, a "UPC barcode" or "UPC Symbol."
-
-
-
-
-The **UPC-A** barcode contains **12** digits, no letters or other characters. The first digit is the prefix signifying the product type. The last digit is the "check digit". The check digit is calculated using first eleven figures when the barcode is constructed. So, for the correct **UPC-A** you should specify only the first **11** digits.
-
-The recommended dimensions are shown in the picture. The standard allows magnification up to **200**%, and reduction of up to **80**% of the recommended size.
-
-There should be two quiet zones before and after the barcode. They provide reliable operation of the barcode scanner. The quiet zone recommended length is **2.97** mm for the barcode of standard width and height.
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCA**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e0.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e0.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 52aa4d55dc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e0.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC-E0
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# UPC-E0
-
-**UPC-E** is a variation of **UPC-A** which allows for a more compact barcode by eliminating "extra" zeros. Since the resulting **UPC-E** barcode is about half the size as an **UPC-A** barcode, **UPC-E** is generally used on products with very small packaging, where a full **UPC-A** barcode could not reasonably fit.
-
-The **UPC-E0** is a kind of **UPC-E** code with the number system set to **0**. In the human readable string of the barcode the first digit signifies the number system (always **0** for this code type), and the last digit is the check digit of the original **UPC-A** code.
-
-In the example below, the original **UPC-A** code is "**04210000526**". We should remove the leading zero when assigning the string to the control's property, since the code format itself implies its presence. The checksum digit (**4**) is calculated automatically, and the symbology algorithm transforms the rest of the numeral string. The result is **425261**, and it is encoded along with the number system prefix and the check digit into the scanner-readable form.
-
-
-
-
-Not every **UPC-A** code can be transformed into the **UPC-E0** (it must meet special requirements).
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCE0**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e1.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e1.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 45825b28f8..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e1.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC-E1
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# UPC-E1
-
-**UPC-E** is a kind of **UPC-A**, which allows a more compact barcode by eliminating "extra" zeros. Since the resulting **UPC-E** barcode is about half the size of the **UPC-A** barcode, **UPC-E** is generally used on products with a very small packaging where a full **UPC-A** barcode does not fit.
-
-The **UPC-E1** is a variation of **UPC-E** code with the number system set to "**1**". In the human readable string of the barcode the first digit signifies the number system (always **1** for this code type), the last digit is the check digit of the original **UPC-A** code.
-
-In the example below, the original **UPC-A** code is "**14210000526**". We should remove the leading "**1**" when assigning the string to the control's property, since the code format itself implies its presence. The checksum digit (**1**) is calculated automatically, and the symbology algorithm transforms the rest of the numeral string. The result is **425261**, and it is encoded along with the number system prefix and the check digit into the scanner-readable form.
-
-
-
-Not every **UPC-A** code can be transformed into the **UPC-E1** (it must meet special requirements).
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCE1**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-shipping-container-symbol-itf-14.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-shipping-container-symbol-itf-14.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d683c04b5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-shipping-container-symbol-itf-14.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC Shipping Container Symbol (ITF-14)
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# UPC Shipping Container Symbol (ITF-14)
-
-The **UPC Shipping Container Symbol** (**ITF-14**) barcode is used to mark packaging materials that contain products labeled with a **UPC** or **EAN** product identification number.
-
-This barcode provides a **GS1** implementation of an **Interleaved 2 of 5** barcode for encoding a **Global Trade Item Number** (an identifier for trade items developed by **GS1**). This barcode always uses a total of **14** digits.
-
-The thick black border around the symbol (the **Bearer Bar**) is intended to improve barcode reading reliability.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **ITF14**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **ITF-14**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **ITF-14**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-2.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-2.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cc384e4f8..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-2.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC Supplemental 2
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# UPC Supplemental 2
-
-**2**-digit supplemental barcodes should only be used with magazines, newspapers and other periodicals.
-
-The **2**-digit supplement represents the issue number of the magazine. This is useful so that the product code itself (contained in the main barcode) is constant for the magazine, so that each issue of the magazine doesn't have to have its own unique barcode. Nevertheless, the **2**-digit supplement can be used to track which issue of the magazine is being sold, for example, for sales analysis or restocking purposes.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCSupplemental2**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-5.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-5.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d45cec2b91..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-5.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC Supplemental 5
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# UPC Supplemental 5
-
-**5**-digit supplemental barcodes are used on books to indicate the suggested retail price.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCSupplemental5**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 05b6d7669a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Character Comb
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Character Comb
-
-## Overview
-The **Character Comb** control displays text so that each character is printed in an individual cell.
-
-
-
-To add a Character Comb to the report, drag the **Character Comb** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-The number of cells displayed by the control in Print Preview depends on the **Can Shrink** and **Auto Width** settings.
-
-* If both these properties are enabled, the number of cells corresponds to the number of characters in the control's text.
-* Otherwise, the number of cells corresponds to the specified cell size and the control size.
-
-See the [Content Layout and Position](#behavior) section to learn more on using these properties.
-
-You can also adjust the character comb's size to match its characters using the **Fit Bounds To Text** [toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md) button or context menu command:
-
-* If the **Word Wrap** option is enabled, the command keeps control content displayed in multiple lines. It decreases the control's height and adjusts the width to fit this content.
-
- 
-
-* If the **Word Wrap** option is disabled, the command adjusts the control's height and width to completely display the control's content in a single line. As a result, the number of cells corresponds to the number of characters.
-
- 
-
-When exporting this control to [third-party formats](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/exporting-from-print-preview.md), consider the following
-* When a report is exported to an [XLS](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/xls-specific-export-options.md) or [XLSX](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md) file, the cells of the Character Comb correspond to the cells of a resulting Excel sheet.
-* When a report is exported to a [CSV](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/csv-specific-export-options.md) (or [TXT](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/txt-specific-export-options.md)) file, the content of individual cells is separated (or spaced) by a specified **Separator** character.
-
-In most aspects, the Character Comb is similar to the [Label](Label.md) control from which it inherits most of its properties and its basic behavior. For general information about binding these controls to data and display summary function results, see the [Label](Label.md) topic. To learn about Character Comb specifics, see the following sections in this document.
-
-## Main Options
-The following properties are specific to the Character Comb control:
-
-* **Cell Vertical Spacing** and **Cell Horizontal Spacing**
-
- Specify the spacing between adjacent cells (measured in [report units](../../configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md)). These values do not depend on the specified border width of a control.
-
- The following image illustrates a Character Comb with **Cell Vertical Spacing** set to **15** and **Cell Horizontal Spacing** set to **5**.
-
- 
-
-* **Border Width**
-
- Specifies the width of cell borders in pixels, as a floating point value.
-
- When the cell spacing is set to zero, the borders of adjacent cells are merged (i.e., the actual border width is not doubled).
-
- The following images illustrate how cell spacing affects the **Border Width** property behavior:
-
- | Cell Spacing = 0 | Cell Spacing = 1 |
- |---|---|
- |  |  |
-
- When the control's content is to be printed on multiple pages, a page break horizontally splits the cell border based on the cell spacing setting, as shown below.
-
- | Cell Spacing = 0 | Cell Spacing > 0 |
- |---|---|
- ||  |
-
-* **Cell Size Mode**
-
- Specifies whether or not the cell size should depend on the current font size of a control. The following cell size modes are supported:
-
- * **Custom**
-
- The cell size is determined by the **Cell Height** and **Cell Width** property values and does not depend on the assigned font size.
-
- With this setting, the actual cell size is less than the specified **Cell Height** and **CellWidth** by the **Border Width** value.
-
- * **Auto Size**
-
- The cell size depends on the current font size of a control (the **Cell Height** and **Cell Width** properties are ignored).
-
- With this setting, the actual cell size does not depend on the specified border width of a control.
-
- * **Auto Height**
-
- Only the cell height depends on the current font size of a control (the **Cell Height** property is ignored), and the **Cell Width** value is specified manually.
-
- With this setting, the following behavior is expected:
-
- * The actual cell height does not depend on the specified border width of a control.
- * The actual cell width is the difference between the specified **Cell Width** and **Border Width** values.
-
- * **Auto Width**
-
- Only the cell width depends on the current font size of a control (the **Сell Width** property is ignored), and **Cell Height** value is specified manually.
-
- With this setting, the following behavior is expected:
-
- * The actual cell width does not depend on the specified border width of a control.
- * The actual cell height is the difference between the specified **Cell Height** and **Border Width** values.
-
-## Content Layout and Position
-This section describes the **Character Comb** properties that affect the control's position on a page and content layout.
-
-The following image illustrates the behavior of the **Auto Width** property that specifies whether or not the width of a control depends on its text.
-
-| AutoWidth = true | AutoWidth = false |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-The following image illustrates the behavior of the **Can Shrink** property that specifies whether or not the height of a control depends on its text.
-
-| CanShrink = true | CanShrink = false |
-|---|---|
-|  | |
-
-The **Text Alignment** property specifies the alignment of text within a control.
-
-| TextAlignment = Top Left | TextAlignment = Middle Center | TextAlignment = Bottom Right |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | |  |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a92fc281b6..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Check Box
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Check Box
-
-The **Check State** property specifies the checkbox's state.
-
-
-
-
-
-The **Checked** property indicates whether the checkbox is checked (displays a check mark) or not (is empty).
-
-The **Text** property specifies the checkbox's caption. Double-click the checkbox to invoke its in-place editor and type the caption text.
-
-
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-Drag a Boolean field from the [Field List](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto your report. This adds a new checkbox to your report and binds its **Check State** property to the dragged field.
-
-
-
-If you add a checkbox from the [Toolbox](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md), click the control's [smart tag](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md), expand the **CheckState** property's **Expression** drop-down list and select a data field. This [binds](../bind-controls-to-data.md) your control's **CheckState** property to a data source field.
-
-
-
-The data field value specifies the checkbox's state:
-
-* **True** or **1** - activates the **Checked** state;
-* **False** or **0** - activates the **Unchecked** state;
-* Any other value - activates the **Indeterminate** state.
-
-You can [bind](../bind-controls-to-data.md) your control's **CheckState** the checkbox caption to a data source field. Click the control's [smart tag](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md), expand the **Expression** drop-down list and select the data field.
-
-The **Expression** option's ellipsis button invokes the **Expression Editor**. This Editor allows you to construct a complex binding expression with two or more fields.
-
-
-
-Refer to the [Bind Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) topic for more information about the available data binding modes and how to create data-aware controls.
-
-## Interactivity
-
-Change the **Enabled** checkbox within the **Edit Options** group to specify if users can [change the checkbox state](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md) in Print Preview.
-
-
-
-You can create checkbox groups to make them behave like radio lists. To group checkboxes, set their **Group ID** option within the **Edit Options** group a group ID value.
-
-
-
-## Customization
-
-The **Glyph Options** property provides access to glyph settings.
-
-* **Style** - specifies a predefined glyph style.
-
- 
-
-* **Alignment** - specifies the glyph's alignment within the control.
-
- 
-
-* **Size** - specifies the glyph size.
-
-* **Custom Glyphs** - specifies a custom glyph image for each checkbox state (Checked/Unchecked/Indeterminate).
-
- 
-
- The **Open File** dialog is invoked when you specify custom glyphs.
-
- 
-
- The selected glyph image is saved to the report definition .repx file.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d15f3cbc6..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Label
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Label
-
-## Label Overview
-
-The **Label** control displays plain text in a report. Drag the **Label** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area to add a Label control to it.
-
-
-
-Double-click the label to invoke its in-place editor and enter the static text.
-
-
-
-Press CTRL+Enter to submit text changes and exit the label's in-place edit mode.
-
-## Bind to Data
-### Display Field Values
-
-You can [bind](../bind-controls-to-data.md) the label's **Text** property to a data field obtained from a report's data source. Click the control's smart tag, expand the **Expression** drop-down list and select the data field.
-
-
-
-Click the **Expression** option's ellipsis button to invoke the **Expression Editor**. You can use this editor to construct a complex binding expression from two or more data fields.
-
-
-
-You can also drag and drop a numeric or text field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) to create a new label bound to this field.
-
-
-
-See the [Bind Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) topic for more information.
-
-The **Process Duplicates Mode**, **Process Duplicates Target** and **Process Null Values** options enable you to hide a control when a duplicated or null value appears in an assigned data source.
-
-
-
-You can also use the **Format String** property to specify output values' [format](../../shape-report-data/format-data.md).
-
-
-
-### Display Summaries
-
-Specify a data range in the **Summary Running** property and select the summary function in the **Summary Expression Editor** to make the label display a [summary function's result](../../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md).
-
-
-
-## Adjust the Label Size and Content
-### Static Content
-
-You can change label size at design time to fit its static text. Right-click the label and select the **Fit Bounds To Text** toolbar button:
-
-* If the **Word Wrap** option is enabled, the command displays control content on multiple lines. It reduces control height and adjusts its width to fit its content.
-
- 
-
-* If the **Word Wrap** option is disabled and the control's content is partially visible, the command adjusts the control size to display this content.
-
- 
-
-The command's result also depends on the control's **Text Alignment** and **Right To Left** settings.
-
-Use the **Fit Text To Bounds** button to adjust the control's font size to fit its area. The **Word Wrap** option defines whether the text can occupy multiple lines or should be in a single line.
-
-
-
-These commands are not available in the following cases:
-
-* A label's text is an empty string;
-* A label's text is bound to data;
-* A label's **Angle** property is specified.
-
-Use the **Line Spacing** property to define the spacing between lines of text in a label. The image shows the difference between spacing:
-
-
-
-### Data-Bound Labels
-
-The **Can Grow** and **Can Shrink** properties allow you to increase or decrease the control's height according to its content in Print Preview mode.
-
-| Can Grow is enabled | Can Grow is disabled |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-
-| Can Shrink is enabled | CanShrink is disabled |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-The **Auto Width** property specifies whether to adjust a data-bound label's width to its content.
-
-You can also use the opposite **Text Fit Mode** property to adjust a control's font size to fit its boundaries in Print Preview. This property is not available if the **Can Grow**, **Can Shrink** or **Auto Width** option is enabled.
-
-| Text Fit Mode = None | Text Fit Mode = Grow Only | Text Fit Mode = Shrink Only | Text Fit Mode = Shrink And Grow |
-|---|---|---|---|
-|  |  |  |  |
-
-See the [Arrange Dynamic Report Content](../../lay-out-dynamic-report-content.md) topic for more information.
-
-### Convert Labels to Table
-
-You can convert multiple labels to a [table](../use-tables.md) to simplify control alignment.
-
-Hold CTRL or SHIFT and click labels to select them. Right-click any of the selected labels and select **Convert To Table** from the context menu. A table with one row is added to the report instead of the selected labels.
-
-
-
-The **Convert To Table** option is not available if any of the selected labels overlap horizontally.
-
-
-
-The created table occupies horizontal space from the leftmost label's left edge to the rightmost label's right edge, and vertical space from the topmost label's top edge to the lowest label's bottom edge.
-
-The horizontal gap between labels is included in the left cell.
-
-
-
-The table cells copy all property values from the labels.
-
-## Interactivity
-
-Check the **Enabled** option in the **Edit Options** category to allow users to [edit a label's content](../../provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md) in Print Preview mode.
-
-
-
-Click this label in a previewed document to invoke the editor.
-
-
-
-Use the label's **Interactive Sorting** option to allow users to click this label in Print Preview to sort report data. Set the **Target Band** property to the Group Header or Detail band, and specify the data field in the **Field Name** property.
-
-
-
-Refer to [Sort a Report in Print Preview](../../provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md) for a step-by-step tutorial.
-
-## Markup Text
-
-Enable the **Allow Markup Text** property to format the label's text with markup tags.
-
-
-
-**Label** supports the following tags:
-
-| Tag | End Tag | Supported in XLS / XLSX Export| Supported in DOCX Export| Description |
-| --- | ------- | --- | --- | ----------- |
-| **<br>** | **</br>** |  |  |Inserts a single line break. Enable the **WordWrap** property to use this tag. |
-| **<nbsp>** | - |  | | Inserts a space. |
-| **<color**=_value_**>** | **</color>** |  |  | Specifies the text color. |
-| **<backcolor**=_value_**>** | **</backcolor>** | | | Specifies the background color. |
-| **<size**=_value_**>** | **</size>** |  || Specifies the font size. |
-| **<b>** | **</b>** |  |  | Defines bold text. |
-| **<i>** | **</i>** |  |  |Defines italic text. |
-| **<s>** | **</s>** |  |  |Defines strikethrough text. |
-| **<u>** | **</u>** |  |  | Defines underlined text. |
-|**<r>**|**</r>**||| Defines regular text. This resets any bold, italic, underlined, or strikethrough formats specified with tags or applied in the control’s appearance settings.|
-|**<sub>**|**</sub>**|| | Specifies that the text is smaller and displayed lower than the previous character. Export to DOCX does not support nested sub elements. For example, double subscript: 2<sub>2<sub>2</sub></sub>|
-|**<sup>**|**</sup>**|| |Defines that the text is smaller and displayed higher than the previous character. Export to DOCX does not support nested sup elements. For example, double superscript: 2<sup>2<sup>2</sup></sup>|
-| **<image=**_value_**>** | - | | | Inserts an image from the report's named image collection. Supports both raster images and SVG images. Use the report's **Image Resources** property to provide images and reference them by their **Id**. The **image** tag's **size** attribute sets the image display pixel size. If the specified width/height exceeds the label's width/height, it is reduced to display the entire image. Specify the **size** attribute after the tag's value followed by the ";" character. |
-| **<href=**_value_**>** | **</href>** | | | Displays a hyperlink. The value string specifies the hyperlink source, and the string between the opening and closing tags is the text to display. |
-|**<font>**|**</font>**|||Specifies the font family. You can combine it with the color and size settings within a single tag.|
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3156274f8c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Page Break
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Page Break
-
-
-The **Page Break** control's sole purpose is to insert a page delimiter at any point within a report.
-
-You can add this control by dragging the **Page Break** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-This control is visually represented by a short line attached to the report's left margin.
-
-The Page Break control is useful when you need to insert a page break between controls within a [report band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) (for example, to divide subreports so that the second subreport starts printing on a new page).
-
-
-
-You can also insert a page break before or after a specific report band using the band's **Page Break** property.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 76224b713c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Page Info
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Page Info
-
-The **Page Info** control is used to display auxiliary information on report pages, such as date, time, page numbers or user name.
-
-To add a new Page Info control to a report, drag the **Page Info** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and drop it onto the required report band.
-
-
-
-Use the **Page Information** property to define the kind of information the control displays: page numbers, system date-time, or user name.
-
-
-
-For examples of different uses of this control, see the corresponding tutorials:
-
-* [Add Page Numbers](../../add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md)
-* [Display the User Name in a Report](../../add-extra-information/display-the-user-name-in-a-report.md)
-* [Display the Current Date and Time in a Report](../../add-extra-information/display-the-current-date-and-time-in-a-report.md)
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Because usually this information is displayed in the Page Header/Footer and Top/Bottom Margin bands, you cannot bind the **Page Info** property to a field from a data source. So, in order to display dynamic information, use the [Label](label.md) or [Rich Text](rich-text.md) controls instead.
-
-In addition, a format string can be applied to a control's contents. For example, you can change the control's format to **Page {0} of {1}** using the **Text Format String** property.
-
-
-
-When a report contains at least one [group](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md), you can specify individual page numbers for report groups by setting the **Running Band** property to the name of the required group.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ff4495c49..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Panel
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Panel
-
-The **Panel** control is a container that frames separate report controls and allows you to move, copy and paste them. The panel also visually unites report controls in Print Preview (for instance, with borders or a uniform color background).
-
-To add a panel to a report, drag the **Panel** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and drop it onto the required report band.
-
-
-
-Drop the desired report controls onto the panel to combine them to a group.
-
-
-
-You can use this panel to move, copy, change appearance settings, etc. instead of adjusting individual controls.
-
-
-
-The [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) displays controls placed onto a panel as its subordinate nodes.
-
-
-
-The panel cannot contain the following report controls:
-* [Pivot Grid](../use-charts-and-pivot-grids.md)
-* [Subreport](../use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md)
-* [Page Break](../use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md)
-* [Table of Contents](../use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md)
-* [Cross-Band Line and Box](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md)
-
-If a panel includes only one control, you can use the **Fit Bounds to Container** command in the context menu or in the **Layout** toolbar tab. This command resizes the control so that it occupies all the available container space (excluding borders).
-
-
-
-You can also enable the panel's **Can Shrink** property to automatically adjusts the panel's size to fit all the inner controls. For instance, this allows preventing blank areas when you [conditionally hide specific controls](../../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md).
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The Panel control cannot span several [report bands](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) as [cross-band controls](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md) can.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b5bdbdfdc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PDF Content
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# PDF Content
-
-The **PDF Content** control allows you to render PDF file content in two ways:
-
-* *Default*. Render each PDF file page as a separate report page.
-
- 
-
-* Embed PDF content into a report.
-
- 
-
- Refer to the following documentation section for more details: [Embed PDF File Content into a Report](#embed-pdf-file-content-into-a-report).
-
-## Add the PDF Content Control to a Report
-
-Drop the **PDF Content** item from the Toolbox onto a [band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) on the design surface.
-
-
-
-You can also copy a PDF document from an external application and paste it in your report, or drag a document and drop it onto the design surface.
-
-
-
-The dragged file's content is assigned to the control's **Source** property as [binary data](#specify-pdf-data).
-
-## Specify PDF Content
-
-Use one of the following methods:
-
-* [Specify binary PDF data](#specify-pdf-data)
-
- This data is stored in the report file. The source of this data does not need to be available when the report is rendered.
-
-* [Specify a reference to a PDF document](#specify-a-reference-to-a-pdf-document)
-
- The reference to the document is stored in the report definition file. The referenced document should be available when the report is rendered.
-
-### Specify PDF Data
-
-Expand the **PDF Content** control's smart tag, click the **Source** property's ellipsis button, and select a PDF file.
-
-
-
-When users save a report, the **Source** property value persists in the report file.
-
-You can also use [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md) to conditionally specify the **Source** property value or bind the property to a data source field. Refer to the following section for details: [Use Expressions](#use-expressions).
-
-### Specify a Reference to a PDF Document
-
-Expand the **PDF Content** control's smart tag, click the **Source URL** property's ellipsis button, and select a PDF file.
-
-
-
-To specify a PDF document location on the Web, assign a document URL to the **Source URL** property.
-
-
-
-You can also use [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md) to conditionally specify the **Source Url** property value or bind the property to a data source field. Refer to the following section for details: [Use Expressions](#use-expressions).
-
-When users save a report, the URL or path specified in the **Source URL** property is included in the report file. The PDF document should be available at the specified location when a report is printed or rendered in Preview.
-
-The **Source Url** property value takes precedence over the **Source** property value. If you specify both properties, **PDF Content** includes the content specified by **Source Url**. If the file specified in the **Source Url** property cannot be loaded, the PDF data from the **Source** property is used.
-
-### Use Expressions
-
-Expand the **PDF Content** control's smart tag and click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button below the **Source** or **Source URL** property.
-
-
-
-Use the invoked **Expression Editor** to create an expression that identifies the source of a PDF file.
-
-## Embed PDF File Content into a Report
-
-[Add](#add-the-pdf-content-control-to-a-report) the **PDF Content** control to a report, [specify](#specify-pdf-content) a PDF file location, and disable the control's **Generate Own Pages** property.
-
-
-
-### Use Cases
-
-* Create a report with PDF file content and headers / footers that are printed on PDF file pages.
-
-* Print pictures, bar codes, page numbers, a report watermark, and other elements over the content of a PDF file.
-
-* Create a report document with paper kind that differs from PDF pages paper kind. Refer to the following section for instructions: [Fit PDF File's Page Size to Report's Page Size](#fit-pdf-files-page-size-to-reports-page-size).
-
-* Append PDF file content to report content and add sequential numbering to all report pages. For this, add PDF file content as a subreport to your report as described in the following section: [Fit PDF File's Page Size to Report's Page Size](#fit-pdf-files-page-size-to-reports-page-size). Then, [add page numbers](../../add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md) to both the subreport and main report.
-
-* Design a pre-printed form and use PDF file as a watermark.
-
- If your PDF file contains one page, follow the steps below:
- 1. Embed this page into a report's *Detail* band.
- 2. Remove the report's margins to prevent duplication with PDF page margins.
- 3. Adjust the page size to make it fit the entire *Detail* band.
-
- If your PDF file contains multiple pages, do the following:
- 1. Create a subreport for each of the pages. Follow the instructions in this section: [Fit PDF File's Page Size to Report's Page Size](#fit-pdf-files-page-size-to-reports-page-size). Use the **PDF Content** control's **Page Range** property to specify the PDF file page that should be included to a subreport.
- 2. Include each of these subreports to one report.
-
-### Fit PDF File's Page Size to Report's Page Size
-
-A PDF file and a report to which you embed PDF file content might have different paper kind. PDF file pages can also be generated with double margins: page margins and report margins.
-
-This section explains how to set the same paper kind for a report and its embedded PDF file and how to include only the PDF file's page margins to the report. The main idea is to create a subreport that includes PDF pages in embedded mode, and then, add this subreport to the main report that contains initial content.
-
-1. Create a blank report. Set the report's **Paper Kind** property to the paper kind of the main report to which you want to embed PDF content.
-
-2. Drop the **PDF Content** control from the **Toolbox** onto the created report's _Detail_ band, specify a PDF file source, and disable the control's **Generate Own Pages** property.
-
- 
-
-3. Remove the report's margins and adjust the **PDF Content** control size to make PDF content fit the entire *Detail* band.
-
- 
-
-4. Add the report as a subreport to your main report. Use the [Subreport](subreport.md) control with the **Generate Own Pages** property enabled.
-
- 
-
- The following image demonstrates the main report's Preview:
-
- 
-
-## Limitations
-
-* PDF content is displayed as an image in Preview. Users cannot select text in PDF content. To allow users to select text, export the report to PDF.
-
-* You cannot add the **PDF Content** control to the following bands:
- * **Top Margin** / **Bottom Margin**
- * **Page Header** / **Page Footer**
- * **Group Header** / **Group Footer** bands (if their **Repeat Every Page** properties are enabled).
- * **Vertical Header** / **Vertical Detail** / **Vertical Total**
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7913f01152..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PDF Signature
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# PDF Signature
-
-**PDF Signature** is a control that adds a visual signature to a report exported to PDF.
-
-You can sign a report document when you [export it to PDF](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/exporting-from-print-preview.md). The signature information you specify is saved to the document's **PDF Signature Options**. The **PDF Signature** control visualizes the document signature information:
-
-* Certificate name
-* Distinguished name
-* Location
-* Signature date
-* Signature reason
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> For more information on how to create, export, and sign a report, refer to the following tutorial: [Reports with a Visual PDF Signature](../../create-reports/reports-with-visual-pdf-signature.md).
-
-## Add a Signature Control to a Report
-
-Drop the **PDF Signature** control from the **Toolbox** onto a report.
-
-
-
-## Report with Multiple Signatures
-
-The first **PDF Signature** control is added to a report with the **Display Document Signature** property enabled. This control visualizes the document signature information.
-
-Other **PDF Signature** controls are added with the **Display Document Signature** property disabled. When a report is exported to PDF, these controls are converted to signature form fields. Users can open an exported file in a PDF editor and put their signatures in these fields.
-
-
-
-Enable a control's **Display Document Signature** property to make it visualize the document's signature information. This property becomes disabled for all other signature controls.
-
-If all signature controls have the **Display Document Signature** property disabled, the signature information is added to an exported file but is not displayed.
-
-## Specify Signature Options
-
-Expand the control's smart tag and enable check boxes for the signature fields that you want to display.
-
-* **Image Display Mode**
-
- Specifies whether the control shows the signature image. The following property values are available:
-
- * **Show**
-
- The control shows a sample signature image. If an exported document is signed, the converted PDF form field shows the actual signature image.
-
- 
-
- * **Hide**
-
- The control does not show a signature image.
-
- 
-
- * **Show Certificate Name As Image**
-
- The control shows a sample certificate name in place of a signature image. When an exported document is signed, the converted PDF form field shows the actual certificate name.
-
- 
-
-* **Display Document Signature**
-
- Specifies whether the control displays the document signature information. For more information, refer to the following section: [Report with Multiple Signatures](#report-with-multiple-signatures).
-
-The signature control shows the **certificate name**, **distinguished name**, **location**, **signature date**, and **signature reason**. Disable the corresponding options in the control's smart tag to hide these fields.
-
- 
-
-Disable the **Show Captions** property to exclude captions from the fields listed above.
-
- | Show Captions Enabled | Show Captions Disabled |
- | --- | --- |
- |  |  |
-
-## Limitations
-
-The **PDF Signature** control is not exported to non-PDF formats. A placeholder is added to exported documents instead.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e6d604919..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Picture Box
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Picture Box
-
-## Overview
-
-Use the **Picture Box** control to add images to a report. The images can have one of the following formats: BMP, JPG, JPEG, GIF, TIF, TIFF, PNG, ICO, DIB, RLE, JPE, JFIF, EMF, WMF, SVG.
-
-To add the **Picture Box** control to a report, drag the **Picture Box** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-
-Specify one of the following properties to set an image:
-
-- **Image Source**
- Save the image to the report definition.
-- **Image Url**
- Only save a path to the image.
-
-
-
-## Assign an External Image
-
-Click the **Image Source** / **Image URL** property's ellipsis button to invoke the **Open File** dialog.
-
-
-
-The selected image or its URL is saved to the report definition **.repx** file.
-
-## Assign an Image from the Report's Image Collection
-
-Set the report's **Image Resources** property.
-
-
-
-Click the **Picture Box**'s smart tag. In the invoked menu, click the **Expression** option's ellipsis button to open the **Expression Editor**. Choose an image from the **Images** collection:
-
-
-
-
-## Bind a Picture Box to Data
-
-Use one of the following techniques to add the **Picture Box** control that obtains an image from a data source.
-
-- Click the control's smart tag. In the invoked menu, expand the **Expression** drop-down list for the **Image Source** property and select a data field.
-
- 
-
- You can bind the **Image Url** property to data in a similar way. In this instance, the URL that specifies the image location is obtained from the data source.
-
- Click the **Expression** option's ellipsis button to invoke the **Expression Editor**. Use this editor to construct a [binding expression](../../use-expressions.md) that can include two or more data fields.
-
-- Drag an image data field from the report's [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop it onto a report band.
-
- 
-
-- Right-click a data field in the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop it onto a report band. Select the **Picture Box** item in the invoked context menu.
-
- 
-
-
-See the [Bind Report Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) topic for more information about how to create data-aware controls.
-
-## SVG Support Limitations
-
-The **Picture Box** control does not support the following SVG content:
-
-- Gradient colors
-- Text (you can convert text to curves as a workaround)
-- Animations
-- External .css styles
-
-Export (except for PDF) has the following limitations:
-
-- SVG images are converted to metafiles because document viewers may not support SVG format.
-
-- SVG images are exported as PNG in the Microsoft Azure environment.
-
-
-The **Medium Trust** permission level does not support SVG.
-
-## Image Size Modes
-
-Use the **Sizing** property to specify an image's position in the Picture Box.
-
-
-
-This control supports the following image size modes:
-
-* **Normal**
-
- The image is displayed at the top left corner with its original dimensions. The image is clipped if it does not fit the control's boundaries.
-
- 
-
-* **Stretch Image**
-
- The image is stretched or shrunk to fill the control's width and height.
-
- 
-
-* **Auto Size**
-
- The control's dimensions are adjusted to the image's size.
-
- 
-
-* **Zoom Image**
-
- The image is resized proportionally without clipping it to fit the control dimensions.
-
- 
-
-* **Squeeze**
-
- The image is centered and shown full-size if the control dimensions exceed the image size. Otherwise, the image is resized to fit the control's boundaries.
-
- 
-
-* **Tile**
-
- The original image is replicated within the control starting from the top left corner. The replicated image is clipped if it does not fit the control's boundaries.
-
- 
-
-You can also use the **Image Alignment** property in the **Normal**, **Squeeze** and **Zoom Image** modes to specify the alignment in relation to the control's boundaries.
-
-## Image Orientation
-
-The **Use Image Metadata** option allows you to specify whether to take into account the Exif metadata orientation of the image displayed in the **Picture Box** control.
-
-The Exif orientation property helps applications display the image in its intended orientation, regardless of how it was captured by the camera. This property contains a numerical value that specifies how much a saved image should be rotated to achieve a correct viewing angle.
-
-For example, if you capture a photo in portrait mode (holding the camera vertically), the camera may save the image in a landscape orientation. This can lead to the image appearing sideways or upside down when viewed on a computer or other devices.
-
-When you set **Use Image Metadata** to true, the **Picture Box** control reads the orientation property value and displays the image according to this value.
-
-The example below illustrates the use of the **Use Image Metadata** option. The **Picture Box** displays an image whose orientation in Exif metadata is 90 degrees clockwise. If you enable the **Use Image Metadata** option property, the image is rotated 90 degrees clockwise to orientate it correctly.
-
-
-## Interactivity
-
-You can add a possibility to load/change an image and/or draw a signature in a picture box when it is displayed in Print Preview. To do this, enable the **Edit Options** | **Enabled** property.
-
-
-
-Click the picture box in a previewed document and an editor invokes.
-
-
-
-> [!Tip]
-> You can draw borders for the picture box to make the editor visible in Print Preview, if an image is not specified.
-
-Refer to the [Content Editing in Print Preview](../../provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md) topic for details and to the [Interactive E-Forms](../../create-reports/interactive-e-forms.md) tutorial to see how the E-Form demo report uses this picture box mode.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 43b0dc9810..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Rich Text
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Rich Text
-
-## Overview
-The **Rich Text** control displays formatted text (static, dynamic or mixed) in your report.
-
-To add this control to a report, drag the **Rich Text** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-You can load RTF or HTML content from an external file. Click the control's smart tag and select **Load File**.
-
-
-
-In the invoked **Open** dialog, use the drop-down list to define the file's extension (**.rtf**, **.docx**, **.txt**, **.htm** or **.html**), select the file and click **Open**.
-
-You can double-click the Rich Text to invoke its in-place editor and enter static text. Use the [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Font** group to format the text.
-
-
-
-Press CTRL+Enter to submit changes and exit the in-place editor.
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The Rich Text's content is exported as plain text only when exporting to XLS or XLSX format.
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-You can [bind](../../use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md) the control's **RTF** property to a data field obtained from a report's data source. Click the control's smart tag, expand the **Rtf Expression**'s drop-down list and select the data field.
-
-
-
-You can bind the control to a data field that provides HTML content in the same way. To do this, click the control's smart tag and use the **Html Expression**'s drop-down list.
-
-Click the **Rtf Expression** or **Html Expression** option's ellipsis button to invoke the **Expression Editor**. This editor allows you to construct a complex binding expression with two or more data fields.
-
-You can also drag and drop any field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) with the right mouse button and select the **Rich Text** menu item. This creates a new Rich Text control bound to this field.
-
-
-
-The Rich Text also enables you to merge data fields and static content in its text.
-
-
-
-See the [Bind Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) and [Use Embedded Fields](../use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md) topics for more information.
-
-## Markup Text
-
-### Supported Tags
-
-The table below lists the supported HTML tags. External links are processed for inline pictures and style sheets (CSS files). The ID and Class attributes are interpreted for all tags, including the unlisted ones. These attributes are used to specify a style for content within a certain tag.
-
-| Tag | Attributes | Notes |
----------|----------|---------
-| a | dir | |
-| b | dir | |
-| base | | |
-| basefont | size
color
face
dir | |
-| big | dir | |
-| blockquote | dir | |
-| br | dir | |
-| center | dir | |
-| code | dir | |
-| del | cite
datetime | |
-| div | page-break-before
page-break-after
page-break-inside
background-color
border (CSS)
dir | Only the **always** property value is supported for the **page-break-before** tag. |
-| em | dir | |
-| font | size
color
face
dir | |
-| h1-h6 | align
dir | |
-| head | | |
-| html | | |
-| hr | align
color
noshade
size
width | |
-| i | dir | |
-| ins | cite
datetime | |
-| img | align
src
height
width | If the **align** attribute is not specified, the image is considered as inline. |
-| li | type
value
dir | |
-| link | href
type
media
dir | |
-| meta | | |
-| ol | type
value
align
dir | |
-| p | align
dir | |
-| script | | Text inside this tag is ignored. |
-| small | | |
-| span | | |
-| strike | dir | |
-| strong | dir | |
-| style | | |
-| sub | dir | |
-| sup | dir | |
-| table | align
bgcolor
border
bordercolor
cellpadding
cellspacing
dir
width | The **dir** attribute reorders table columns. |
-| td | align
bgcolor
bordercolor
colspan
height
nowrap
rowspan
text-align
valign
width | The **align** tag is supported in the Internet Explorer only.
The **Rich Text** control's interpretation of the **bordercolor** attribute is different from the HTML browser. |
-| th | any allowed | |
-| tr | align
bgcolor
bordercolor
height
text-align
valign | The **align** attribute is supported in the Internet Explorer only. |
-| title | | Text inside this tag is ignored. |
-| u | dir | |
-| ul | dir | |
-
-### Unsupported Tags
-
-* <base> tag with _href_ attribute;
-* <div> tag with _border_, _align_ and _float_ CSS attribute;
-* <li> tag with _list-style-image_ CSS attribute;
-* <margin> tag;
-* <tab> tag;
-* <table> tag with _cols_ attribute;
-* <td> tab with _bordercolor_ and _nowrap_ attributes;
-* _!important_ declaration;
-* _word-wrap_ and _break-word_ css properties;
-* css3 shapes;
-* <ui> tag with _type_ attribute.
-
-### Export to Excel
-
-When a report is exported to XLS or XLSX, the following rich-text content is converted from **Rich Text** controls into Excel-native rich-text content:
-
-| | HTML Tags and RTF Equivalents |
-| --- | --- |
-| Text format | \, \, \, \, \, \ |
-| Line break | \
|
-| Non-breaking space | \ |
-| Font | \ |
-| Font size | \ |
-| Foreground color | \ |
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ffa537e608..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Subreport
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Subreport
-
-The **Subreport** control is used to embed other reports into the current report.
-
-To add this control to a report, drag the **Subreport** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-The Subreport control allows you to solve the following tasks:
-
-* **Reuse reports**, if there is a particular report structure (template) that needs to be included in many reports; for instance, a report header that always contains the same information (the company information, logo, date, etc.).
-
-* [Create master-detail reports](../../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md)
-* [Merge reports](../../merge-reports.md)
-
-Use one of the following properties to provide the report source:
-
-* **Report Source**
-
- Determines a report to be included as a subreport.
-
- If report classes of the application that invoked the Report Designer are compiled into one assembly, then they are available as items in this combo box.
-
-* **Report Source URL**
-
- Defines a URL of a report file (*.REPX), to use as a report source.
-
-Double-click a subreport to open its associated report in a new Report Designer tab.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8934fe0ada..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Table of Contents
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Table of Contents
-
-## Overview
-Once [bookmarks](../../add-navigation/add-bookmarks-and-a-document-map.md) have been assigned to specific report elements, you can generate a table of contents that displays page numbers containing the elements included into the document map.
-
-To implement a table of contents, drop the **Table Of Contents** control from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area. If the report does not contain a [Report Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) at the moment, it is created automatically so that the table of contents can be added to it.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates the difference in displaying information by a table of contents within a report and in a published document.
-
-
-
-
-## Table of Contents Structure
-The table of contents contains the following elements:
-
-1. A title that displays text and formatting options specified by the **Level Title** property.
-
-2. One or more document levels that provide individual formatting settings to specific nodes of a document map's tree. To access the collection of levels, use the **Levels** property.
-
- Unless levels have been added to a table of contents, a single default level is used to provide common settings to the elements of a document map for which no specific level has yet been assigned.
-
-Refer to the [Add a Table of Contents](../../add-navigation/add-a-table-of-contents.md) topic for a step-by-step tutorial.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ab40773d4a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add a Chart (Set Up Series Manually)
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Add a Chart (Set Up Series Manually)
-
-This document demonstrates how to add a chart to a report, provide data for chart series, and set up chart elements. This topic shows two chart series based on the same data source. You can use different data sources for different series.
-
-
-
-## Add a Chart to a Report
-
-1. Drop the **Chart** control from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the [Detail band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
- 
-
- The **Chart Designer** wizard is invoked. Disable the **Display the designer every time a new chart is added** option if you do not want to trigger the wizard the next time you create a chart.
-
- 
-
- Close the wizard at this stage.
-
-2. Click the chart's [smart tag](../../../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md) to bind the chart to data. Expand the **Data Source** property's drop-down and click **Add New Data Source**.
-
- 
-
-3. The invoked [Data Source Wizard](../../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) enables you to create a data source and [bind](../../bind-to-data.md) the chart to it.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Ensure that the report's **Data Source** property is set to **None** when you place a chart into the **Detail** band. Otherwise, the chart is repeated as many times as there are records in the report's data source.
-
-## Add Series to the Chart
-
-1. Select the chart. Switch to the **Chart Tools** toolbar tab and click **Run Designer**.
-
- 
-
-2. Add a new series to the chart.
-
- * Locate **Series** in the chart elements tree and click the plus button.
- * Select the series type (for example, **Bar**) from the invoked list.
-
- 
-
-3. Populate the created series with points.
-
- - Switch to the **Data** tab.
- - Select a data source from the drop-down list.
- - Drop data fields onto the **Argument** and **Value** cells to define the series' points.
-
- 
-
-4. Filter series data.
-
- - Switch to the **Properties** tab.
- - Click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button.
- - Construct filter criteria in the invoked **FilterString Editor** and click **OK**.
-
- 
-
-5. Create another series with the same settings. Select the **Point** view type for this series.
-
-## Customize the Chart
-
-Improve the chart's appearance:
-
-* Remove the chart legend, because the chart series are bound to the same data. Select **Legend** in the chart elements tree and disable the **Visibility** check box in the **Options** tab.
-
- 
-
-* Select the **Label** node under **Series 1** and disable the **Visibility** check box to hide point labels.
-* Customize the **Series 2** markers' appearance. Set **Size** to **12** and **Kind** to **Inverted Triangle** to replace the default circle with an upside down triangle.
-
- 
-
-* Customize the chart's appearance settings. For instance, select **Nature Colors** from the drop-down **Palette** list.
-
- 
-
-## View the Result
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to preview your report.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f4be2c3625..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add a Chart (Use a Series Template)
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-
-# Add a Chart (Use a Series Template)
-
-This document describes how to create a report with a **Chart** control bound to data and generate all series automatically based on a common template.
-
-
-
-## Add a Chart to a Report
-
-1. Drop the **Chart** control from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the [Detail band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
- 
-
- After you drop the chart, the **Chart Designer** is automatically invoked if its **Display the designer every time a new chart is added** option is enabled. Close the designer at this step.
-
-2. Open the [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Chart Tools** contextual tab and click **Add Data Source** to bind the chart to data.
-
- 
-
-
-3. The invoked [Data Source Wizard](../../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) enables you to assign a data source to the chart. Bind the chart to a data source as described in the [Bind to Data](../../bind-to-data.md) section.
-
-4. Click the chart's smart tag and make sure that the **Data Source** and **Data Member** properties were specified correctly.
-
- 
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The report's **Data Source** property should be set to **None** because the Chart is in the Detail band. When a report has its **Data Source** property specified, the Chart is repeated in preview as many times as there are records in the report data source.
-
-
-## Adjust the Series Template
-
-1. Switch to the **Chart Tools** toolbar tab and click **Run Designer**.
-
- 
-
-2. In the invoked **Chart Designer**, go to the **Data** tab to the right of the designer's window. Select a data source in the corresponding drop-down list and drag-and-drop the data fields onto the corresponding cells.
-
- The **Series** cell specifies a data field that should provide data for series names. A new series should be created for each record in this data field. Use the **Argument** and **Value** cells to define where to get data for point arguments and values.
-
- 
-
-3. Switch to the **Properties** tab and expand the **Series Template** option. The **Argument Data Member** and **Value Data Members** properties are automatically assigned to the corresponding data fields. Make sure that the **Argument Scale Type** and **Value Scale Type** properties are set to appropriate values.
-
- 
-
-## Customize the Chart
-Perform the following customization to improve the chart's appearance:
-
-* Use the chart's **Series Name Template** property to add text to the beginning or end of each series name. For example, set the **Begin Text** inner property to "GSP in ".
-* Set the **Labels Visibility** property to **False** to avoid overlapping series labels.
-* Specify the color settings used to draw the chart's series. For instance, select **Nature Colors** in the **Palette**'s drop-down list.
-
-## View the Result
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the resulting report.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/link-a-chart-and-a-pivot-grid.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/link-a-chart-and-a-pivot-grid.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c0935fb53..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/link-a-chart-and-a-pivot-grid.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Link a Chart and a Pivot Grid
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Link a Chart and a Pivot Grid
-
-This tutorial demonstrates how to use the Chart control to visualize the Pivot Grid control's data.
-
-## Create a Pivot Grid
-
-1. Drop the **Pivot Grid** control from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the [Detail band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
- 
-
-2. Open the [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Pivot Grid Tools** contextual tab and click **Add Data Source** to bind the pivot grid to data.
-
- 
-
-3. Navigate through the invoked [Data Source Wizard](../../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md)'s pages to set up the data source. See the [Bind to Data](../../bind-to-data.md) section for more information.
-
- After the data source is created, the Pivot Grid's **Data Source** and **Data Member** properties are assigned automatically.
-
-4. Switch the **Pivot Grid Tools** toolbar tab and click **Run Designer**. In the invoked Designer, click **Retrieve Fields** to obtain fields from the control's data source.
-
- 
-
-5. Switch to the **Layout** page and drag-and-drop the data fields onto the **Row Fields**, **Column Fields** and **Data Items** areas to define the Pivot Grid's layout.
-
- 
-
- Click **Apply** and close the Designer.
-
-## Link a Chart with the Pivot grid
-
-1. Drop the **Chart** control from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the Detail band below the Pivot Grid.
-
- 
-
-2. The **Chart Designer** is invoked automatically after you drop the Chart onto the Detail band. Switch to the **Data** tab at the right of the Designer's window and choose the Pivot Grid in the drop-down list.
-
- 
-
- This adjusts all the Chart's binding and layout settings automatically. Make sure that **Series**, **Argument** and **Value** cells are filled with the corresponding fields. Note that field values are generated based on the Pivot Grid's columns, rows, and data items.
-
- 
-
-3. Select the **Label** node under auto-generated series in the chart elements tree and switch to the **Options** tab. Disable the **Visibility** check box to avoid overlapping series labels.
-
- 
-
-4. (optionally) You can customize various settings that determine a linked Chart and Pivot Grid pair's common behavior. To do this, use the Chart's **Pivot Grid Data Source Options** property. This property is synchronized with the Pivot Grid's **Options Chart Data Source** property.
-
- 
-
-
-## View the Result
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the resulting report.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-in-reports.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-in-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 617b72ad2c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-in-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Use Charts in Reports
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Use Charts in Reports
-
-## Overview
-
-You can use the **Chart** control to add a chart to a report. This control provides 2D or 3D views to visualize data series (for instance, Bar, Point, Line, Pie and Doughnut, Area, etc.).
-
-| 2D Series View | 3D Series View |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-The **Chart** control can display multiple series.
-
-| Bar and Point Series | Nested Doughnut Series |
-|---|---|
-|  | |
-
-The **Chart** control contains various visual elements (diagrams, series, legends, primary and secondary axes, titles and labels, etc.). You can select these elements in the **Report Designer** and customize their settings in the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md).
-
-The Report Designer provides the Chart Designer that allows you to create and customize charts.
-
-
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-To provide data to a chart, use the **Data Source** property.
-
-You can assign a [Pivot Grid](../../create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md) to a chart's data source. This allows the **Pivot Grid** to supply data to the chart. Refer to the [Link a Chart and a Pivot Grid](link-a-chart-and-a-pivot-grid.md) topic for details.
-
-When the chart data source is not assigned, the chart obtains data from the report's data source
-
-A chart can display report data in the following ways:
-
-* Place a chart on the report header/footer band to display a summary for the detail report data.
-
- 
-
-* Place a chart on a group header/footer to visualize data in each report group. Refer to the [Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data](use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md) step-by-step tutorial for more information.
-
- 
-
-* The chart in the Detail band is printed as many times as there are records in the report's data source.
-
-Specify the following settings to provide data to a chart's series.
-
-* The **Argument Data Member** property specifies the data field that provides point arguments.
-* The **Value Data Members** property specifies the data fields that supply point values.
-
-You can specify these settings in the following ways:
-
-* **Bind each series individually**
-
- Add a new series to the chart and specify the argument and value data members. Refer to the [Add a Chart (Set Up Series Manually)](add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md) step-by-step tutorial for details.
-
-* **Create series dynamically**
-
- Assign the data field that contains series names to the chart's **Series Data Member** property and specify the argument and value data members using the series template. Refer to the [Add a Chart (Use a Series Template)](add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md) step-by-step tutorial for more information.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 32d07c3dfc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data
-
-This topic describes how to use charts to visualize grouped data in a report.
-
-
-
-In this tutorial, the report data is grouped against a data field (the report's group field). A chart is placed in the Group Footer band and is not bound to data. The report's data source is used to populate the chart with data.
-
-
-
-Follow the steps below to make each chart instance display data for its group.
-
-1. Select the chart. Open the [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Chart Tools** contextual tab and click **Run Designer**.
-
- 
-
-1. Add a new series. Click the plus button next to the **Series** item in the Chart Designer.
-
- 
-
- Select a series type.
-
- 
-
-1. Provide data for the argument and value axes.
-
- Switch to the created series' **Data** tab. Drop fields onto the **Argument** and **Value** areas.
-
- 
-
-1. Filter the chart. Go to the **Properties** tab. Click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button to invoke the FilterString Editor.
-
- 
-
- Add a filter condition. On the left side, specify the field by which chart data should be filtered.
-
- 
-
- On the right side, use a chart parameter to obtain a group value from the report's group field. Click the right side's icon until it turns into a question mark and select **Add Parameter** from the context menu to invoke the Add New Parameter dialog.
-
- 
-
- Set the **Binding** property to the report's group field and click **OK**.
-
- 
-
-Click OK in the FilterString Editor and in the Chart Designer to apply changes.
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs/data-shaping.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs/data-shaping.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aad75df6e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs/data-shaping.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Data Shaping
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Data Shaping
-
-## Calculate Totals
-
-The Cross Tab calculates the following automatic totals:
-
-* **Row Totals** - against outer row fields;
-* **Row Grand Totals** - against all the rows;
-* **Column Totals** - against outer column fields;
-* **Column Grand Totals** - against all the columns.
-
-
-
-You can use the [layout options](layout-and-print-options.md) to move rows and columns that display total values.
-
-If you want to [hide specific totals](layout-and-print-options.md#hide-specific-rows-and-columns), select any cell in the row/column and disable the **Row Visible**/**Column Visible** property.
-
-
-
-## Change the Summary Type
-
-The Cross Tab summarizes values of [data fields](cross-tab-fields.md#data-fields) and displays the results "as is" at the intersection of the corresponding rows and columns.
-
-Use the **Summary Type** property to specify the summary function calculated against a data field.
-
-
-
-Use the **Summary Display Type** property to display results' contribution to other cell values, for example, as a percentage of grand total values.
-
-
-
-## Sort Data
-
-The Cross Tab displays row and column field values in the ascending order. Use the **Sort Order** property to change the current sort order. Set this property to **None** to keep the same order as records in the Cross Tab's data source.
-
-
-
-You can also use the **Sort By Summary Info** property to arrange row/column field values based on grand totals values.
-
-1. Select a cell you want to sort and expand the **Sort By Summary Info** property in the [Property Grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md).
-1. Set the **Field Name** property to the name of an assigned data source's field. You can also define a field that is not currently displayed in the Cross Tab.
-1. Use the **Summary Type** property to specify which summary function to calculate. The summary type can differ from the summary type currently used in the Cross Tab.
-1. Use the **Sort Order** property to define the sort order.
-
- 
-
-## Group Data
-
-The Cross Tab displays unique values of column and row fields and does not group their values.
-
-
-
-Use the **Group Interval** property to combine original field values into categories (groups). For instance, you can group date-time values by year, month, quarter, day, hour.
-
-
-
-To group numeric values, set the **Group Interval** property to **Numeric** and use the **Group Interval Numeric Range** property to specify the interval length. For instance, set the range to **100** to group records by 100 orders.
-
-
-
-## Use Parameters
-
-The Cross Tab uses and displays values of data fields from an assigned data source. To provide values outside the data source, use internal Cross Tab parameters. Each parameter is stored in the **Parameters** collection.
-
-You can access the **Parameters** property in the Cross Tab's smart tag or in the Properties window.
-
-
-
-Click this property's ellipsis button and add parameters in the invoked Collection Editor. You can bind a Cross Tab parameter to a [report parameter](../../use-report-parameters.md) or to any data field available in a report.
-
-
-
-You can then use the created parameters to [filter the Cross Tab](#filter-data).
-
-## Filter Data
-
-Use the Cross Tab's **Filter String** property to invoke the **FilterString Editor** and specify the filter criteria.
-
-
-
-You can use the [Cross Tab's parameters](#use-parameters) in filter criteria.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d18543a1e3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)
-
-This topic describes how to provide data to report controls using the advanced **Mail Merge** binding method. This feature allows you to create templates in which data source values populate specific fields while other text remains constant (that is, allows you to combine static and dynamic content within the same control).
-
-## Embed Fields in a Control Text
-You can apply mail merge to the control's **Text** property only. Double-click the required control on the design surface to invoke the in-place editor. Insert data field names with square brackets to create embedded fields and use any prefixes or postfixes.
-
-
-
-You can embed a [parameter](../use-report-parameters.md)'s value into a control's content using the **[?ParameterName]** syntax.
-
-
-
-A database barrel icon is displayed above the control if embedded fields are valid in the current data context (specified by the report's **Data Source** and **Data Member** properties).
-
-For the [Rich Text](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md) control, you can select any text part and adjust its color and font options using the [Toolbar](../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Font** group.
-
-
-
-Embedded fields are replaced with values obtained from an assigned data source when previewing or exporting a report:
-
-
-
-Consider the following specifics and limitations when using embedded fields:
-
-* Field names should not use spaces to be interpreted correctly.
-* Mail Merge is not available for a table's nested fields in a master-detail hierarchy.
-* Embedded fields cannot be exported to [XLS](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/xls-specific-export-options.md) and [XLSX](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-winforms/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md) as values; they are always exported as plain text. We recommend using [text formats](../shape-report-data/format-data.md) instead if you need to accompany dynamic data with static text.
-
-## Format Embedded Fields
-The mail merge feature enables you to apply formats to embedded field values. Select a required data field and click the control's smart tag. Click the **Format String** property's ellipsis button, and in the invoked **Format String Editor**, choose a built-in format pattern.
-
-
-
-This adds the selected format to the target data field by separating it from the field name with the **!** symbol and applies this format to field values when previewing a document.
-
-
-
-## Supported Controls
-You can apply the mail merge feature to the **Text** of the following report controls:
-
-* [Barcode](../use-report-elements/use-bar-codes.md)
-* [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md)
-* [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md)
-* [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md)
-* [Rich Text](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md)
-* [Table Cell](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 995595cbd5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Gauges to a Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Add Gauges to a Report
-
-## Gauge Overview
-
-The **Gauge** control provides you with the capability to embed graphical gauges into your report.
-
-To add this control to the report, drag the **Gauge** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and drop it onto the report.
-
-
-
-Use the [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Gauge Tools** contextual tab to select a gauge's appearance.
-
-
-
-* **View**
-
- Specifies the type of the displayed gauge. The following view types are available:
-
- * **Linear**
-
- 
-
- Supported view styles: **Horizontal** and **Vertical**.
-
- * **Circular**
-
- 
-
- Supported view styles: **Full**, **Half**, **Quarter Left**, **Quarter Right** and **Three Fourth**.
-
-* **Theme**
-
- Specifies the gauge's color theme. The **Flat Light** and **Flat Dark** view themes are supported.
-
- 
-
-The following properties allow you to customize the gauge scale and specify its displayed values.
-
-* **Actual Value** - specifies the value displayed by a gauge.
-* **Target Value** - specifies the position of the target value marker.
-* **Maximum** - specifies the gauge's maximum value.
-* **Minimum** - specifies the gauge's minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-## Bind a Gauge to Data
-
-To [bind](../bind-controls-to-data.md) the gauge's displayed value to data, click the control's smart tag and in the invoked actions list, expand the **Expression** drop-down list for the **Actual Value** property and select the required data field.
-
-
-
-In the same way, you can bind the **Target Value**, **Minimum** and **Maximum** properties to data. To do this, expand the **Expression** drop-down list for the corresponding property and select the required data field.
-
-Clicking the **Expression** option's ellipsis button invokes the **Expression Editor**, in which you can construct a complex binding expression involving two or more data fields.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cece6e914..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Sparklines to a Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Add Sparklines to a Report
-
-## Sparkline Overview
-The **Sparkline** control displays a compact chart that is commonly used to illustrate the data flow for every row in a report.
-
-To add this control to the report, drag the **Sparkline** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and drop it onto the report.
-
-
-
-## Bind the Sparkline to Data
-You can connect the sparkline to individual data without accessing a report's data source. Click the control's smart tag, expand the **Data Source** drop-down list and select the required data source.
-
-
-
-The sparkline uses the report's data source if you do not specify the **DataSource** property.
-
-After that, specify the **Data Member** property and set the **Value Member** property to a data field that provides point values for the sparkline.
-
-To create a new data source for a sparkline, open the [Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Sparkline Tools** contextual tab and click the **Add Data Source** button. This invokes the [Data Source Wizard](../../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) that allows you to set up a required data source.
-
-## Adjust the Sparkline View
-You can select the sparlkline's view type in the **Sparkline Tools** toolbar tab's **View** gallery.
-
-
-
-Alternatively, you can click the sparkline's smart tag and select the required view type in the **View** drop-down list.
-
-The sparkline supports the **Line**, **Area**, **Bar** and **WinLoss** view types.
-
-The **View** property provides access to options that change the sparkline's appearance.
-
-
-
-Each view type has properties that define the extreme values' visibility:
-
-* **Highlight Start Point** and **Highlight End Point**;
-* **Highlight Min Point** and **Highlight Max Point**.
-
-Specific properties differ between view types, such as the **Highlight Negative Points** setting that is available only for the **Bar** sparkline.
-
-The following image illustrates a [table report](../../create-reports/table-reports.md) containing sparklines that provide maximum and minimum value indicators in their data range:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/bind-table-cells-to-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/bind-table-cells-to-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9820ccd4a5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/bind-table-cells-to-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind Table Cells to Data
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Bind Table Cells to Data
-
-You can create a table control with cells [bound](../bind-controls-to-data.md) to data fields obtained from a report's data source using the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md). Select data fields by clicking them while holding the CTRL or SHIFT key and drop them onto the Detail band.
-
-
-
-Drag and drop the same fields with the right mouse button to create column headers with the corresponding field names.
-
-
-
-You can bind individual table cells to data in the same ways as [Label](../use-basic-report-controls/label.md) controls. Dropping a data field onto an existing cell binds this cell to a corresponding field.
-
-
-
-Alternatively, click the cell's smart tag, expand the **Expression** drop-down list and select the required data field
-
-
-
-Clicking the **Expression** option's ellipsis button invokes the Expression Editor. This allows you to construct a complex binding expression involving two or more data fields.
-
-See the [Bind Report Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) topic to learn more about creating data-aware controls.
-
-The **Process Duplicates Mode** and **Process Duplicates Target** options enable you to merge cells with identical values.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 652204aec2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Hide Table Cells
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Hide Table Cells
-
-You can hide a specific table cell conditionally, for instance, based on a [report parameter](../../use-report-parameters.md) value.
-
-Right-click the **Parameters** section in the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and select **Add Parameter**.
-
-
-
-In the invoked **Add New Parameter** dialog, specify the parameter's name and description for Print Preview, and set the type to **Boolean**.
-
-
-
-Specify an [expression](../../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md) for the cell's **Visible** property to define a logical condition for displaying or hiding this cell.
-
-The image below demonstrates how to provide the visibility expression for the cell bound to the **CategoryID** field. For a report to display correctly, you should specify the same expression for the cell that displays the field caption in the Page Header.
-
-
-
-The **Process Hidden Cell Mode** property allows you to define how to distribute the remaining space between the table's visible cells.
-
-
-
-The image below illustrates how the original table looks like:
-
-
-
-The following modes are available to process hidden cells:
-
-* **StretchPreviousCell** - A cell to the left of the hidden cell is stretched to occupy the available space. If the hidden cell is the first in the row, the next cell is stretched.
-
- 
-
-* **StretchNextCell** - A cell to the right of the hidden cell is stretched to occupy the available space. If the hidden cell is the last in the row, the previous cell is stretched.
-
- 
-
-* **ResizeCellsEqually** - All visible cells are resized to divide the space that a hidden cell reserved equally.
-
- 
-
-* **ResizeCellsProportionally** - All visible cells are resized to proportionally divide the space that a hidden cell reserved based on their weights in the whole table width.
-
- 
-
-* **DecreaseTableWidth** - The table width is decreased, and visible cells are shifted to a hidden cell's location without changing their size.
-
- 
-
-* **LeaveEmptySpace** (the default mode) - A space remains at a hidden cell's location, and other cells are not affected.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/manage-table-structure.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/manage-table-structure.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fffde3ae3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/manage-table-structure.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Manage Table Structure
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Manage Table Structure
-
-## Insert Table Rows and Columns
-
-You can use the **Insert** group in the [toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Table Tools** contextual tab or the **Insert** context menu items to add new rows and columns. The added cells inherit the source cells' size and appearance settings.
-
-
-
-* **Insert Row Above**
-
- Inserts a row above the current cell and shifts the existing rows up if there is enough space above the table (otherwise, shifts the existing rows down).
-
- 
-
-* **Insert Row Below**
-
- Inserts a row below the current cell and shifts the existing rows down. This command increases the band height to accommodate all the rows if there is not enough space under the table.
-
- 
-
-* **Insert Column to Left**
-
- Inserts a new column to the left of the current cell and shifts the leftmost columns to the left (otherwise, shifts these columns to the right).
-
- 
-
-* **Insert Columns to Right**
-
- Inserts a new column to the right of the current cell and shifts the rightmost columns to the right. This command decreases all columns' width proportionally to accommodate all the columns if there is not enough space to the right of the table.
-
- 
-
-## Insert, Split and Merge Table Cells
-
-* **Insert Cell** (context menu item)
-
- Divides the current cell width in half and inserts a new cell to the right. The added cell copies the source cell's appearance settings.
-
- 
-
-* **Merge Cells**
-
- Merges the selected cells. This command is available if the selection has a rectangle form.
-
- 
-
-* **Split Cells**
-
- Invokes the **Split Cells** dialog where you can specify the number of columns and rows to split the selected cells. You can apply this change to each selected cell individually, or merge the cells and then split the resulting cell.
-
- 
-
-
-## Delete Table Elements
-
-Use the **Delete** group in the [toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Table Tools** contextual tab or the **Delete** context menu items to remove table elements.
-
-
-
-* **Delete Cell**
-
- Deletes a table cell and stretches the previous cell to occupy the remaining space. If this cell is the first in the row, the next cell is stretched.
-
- 
-
-* **Delete Row**
-
- Deletes a row and shifts the existing rows up.
-
- 
-
-* **Delete Column**
-
- Deletes a column and shifts the existing columns to the left.
-
- 
-
-* **Delete Table**
-
- Deletes the entire table.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e75bb30817..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Manipulate Table Elements
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Manipulate Table Elements
-
-## Select Table Elements
-
-You can click a table cell to select it and [access its settings](../manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md). To select multiple cells, hold the SHIFT or CTRL key and click cells.
-
-
-
-Use the arrow that appears when a mouse cursor hovers over the table edges to select an entire row or column.
-
-
-
-Click the  button at the table's left bottom corner to select the whole table. You can also use this button to move the table.
-
-The **Select** group in the [toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Table Tools** contextual tab also enables you to select the current row, the current column or the entire table.
-
-
-
-
-## Resize Table Elements
-
-You can resize a table or its cell by dragging the rectangle drawn on its edge or corner.
-
-The following column resizing modes are supported:
-
-* Resizing a column changes the next column's width without affecting the other columns (keeps the table dimensions intact).
-
- 
-
-* Resizing a column while holding the CTRL key changes the next columns' width while maintaining their proportion to the overall table (keeps the table dimensions intact).
-
- 
-
-* Resizing a column while holding the SHIFT key shifts the next columns without changing their size.
-
- 
-
-The following row resizing modes are supported:
-
-* Resizing a row changes the next row's width without affecting the other rows (keeps the table dimensions intact).
-
- 
-
-* Resizing a row while holding the SHIFT key shifts the next rows without changing their size.
-
- 
-
-You can set the same size for multiple table columns or rows. Select the required rows or the whole table, right-click the selected area and choose **Distribute Rows Evenly**.
-
-
-
-If the cell's content is partially visible in the resulting row, this row automatically increases its height to fit its content and also adjusts the other rows accordingly.
-
-You can resize columns equally in a similar way by selecting the columns or the table itself and choosing **Distribute Columns Evenly** in the context menu.
-
-
-
-## Reorder Table Rows and Cells
-
-You can change the order of table rows and cells. Switch to the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) window, select a row or cell and drag it to a new position.
-
-
-
-The Report Explorer highlights the possible drop targets when you drag an element over them.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can move table rows and cells only within the same parent control.
-
-## Apply Styles to Table Elements
-
-Select a table element and switch to the **Property Grid**. Expand the **Styles** group and set the **Style** property to the style name.
-
-
-
-As an alternative, you can drag a style from the Report Explorer onto an element.
-
-
-
-## Stretch Table Cells
-
-You can stretch a cell so that it occupies several rows and columns.
-
-- Stretch a cell across several columns
- Remove a neighboring cell by pressing DELETE or selecting **Delete** | **Cell** in the context menu and resize the remaining cells.
-
- 
-
-- Stretch a cell across several columns
- Use a table cell's **Row Span** property to specify the number of rows the table cell spans.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > For the **RowSpan** property to work properly, the spanned cells should have the same width.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d3136d9b5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Table Overview
-author: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Table Overview
-
-The **Table** control displays information in a tabular format and allows you to create [table reports](../../create-reports/table-reports.md).
-
-You can add a table control by dragging the **Table** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-You can also create two tables simultaneously, for instance, one that shows column titles in the Page Header and one that shows regular information in the Detail band. Select the **Table** item in the Toolbox and draw a rectangle across these bands.
-
-
-
-The table control contains one or more rows. Each row contains one or more cells. See the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) for a table structure example.
-
-
-
-You can double-click the cell to invoke its in-place editor and type the desired static text.
-
-
-
-You can adjust the font size of a cell's static text to fit into the cell's boundaries. Use the **Fit Text to Bounds** button in the [toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Text** contextual tab, or right-click this cell and select **Fit Text to Bounds** in the context menu.
-
-
-
-Refer to [Bind Table Cells to Data](bind-table-cells-to-data.md) to learn about providing dynamic content to table cells.
-
-A table cell is like an [Label](../use-basic-report-controls/label.md) control - it provides the same options for text formatting, alignment, appearance, interactivity, etc.
-
-You can change the line spacing in a table cell. For this, set the **Line Spacing** property to the desired value. The image shows the difference between spacing:
-
-
-
-You can also make a table cell act as a container for other report controls by dropping the required control from the toolbox on this cell.
-
-
-
-If a table cell includes only one control, you can right-click this control and use the **Fit Bounds to Container** command in the context menu. The same command is available in the toolbar's **Layout** tab. This command resizes the control so that it occupies all the available cell space (excluding borders).
-
-
-
-To transform a table into a set of Label controls, right-click a table or any of its cells and select **Convert To Labels**. Table cells containing other controls are converted to [Panel](../use-basic-report-controls/panel.md) controls.
-
-
-
-You can assign different [visual styles](../../customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md) for even and odd table rows to improve readability.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 442c5bf7aa..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Use Report Parameters
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Use Report Parameters
-
-Report parameters allow you to filter report data dynamically.
-
-
-
-## Supported Features/Capabilities
-
-* Built-in parameter types (String, Date, Number, Boolean, and GUID)
-
- 
-
-* [Multi-value parameters](use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md) (filter report data against multiple criteria)
-
- 
-
-* [Cascading parameters](use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md) (filter a parameter’s value list against selections made in a different parameter)
-
- 
-
-* [Date-range parameters](use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md) (filter report data against a specified time period)
-
- 
-
-* [Static parameter values](use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md) (create pre-defined (static) parameter value lists)
-
- 
-
-* [Dynamic parameter values](use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md) (load parameter values from a data source dynamically)
-
- 
-
-Refer to the following documentation section for more details: [Create a Report Parameter](use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md).
-
-## Reference Report Parameters
-
-Once you [create](use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md) a parameter, you can reference it in your report’s [filter string](shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md) to filter underlying report data.
-
-
-
-You can also reference the parameter in a report control’s [expression](use-expressions.md) or its **Text** property.
-
-
-
-When used in this manner, you can filter data displayed within an individual report control (such as [Label](use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md)) conditionally.
-
-You can also bind data source parameters to report parameters and filter data at the data source level. Refer to the following help topic for more information: [Reference Report Parameters](use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md).
-
-## Specify Parameter Values
-
-Available report parameters appear within a report’s **Print Preview** window (inside the [Parameters panel](use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md)). Use this panel to specify desired parameter values:
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 18ba48ebf7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Cascading Report Parameters
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Cascading Report Parameters
-
-You can create cascading parameters to filter a list of predefined parameter values based on values in another parameter.
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> Refer to the following topics for information on how to create a list of predefined parameter values:
-> * [Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md)
-> * [Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md)
-
-Follow the steps below to create cascading parameters in the [Report Designer](../../report-designer-for-winforms.md):
-
-1. [Create a report parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md) you want to use to filter values of another parameter.
-
- 
-
-2. Create a report parameter whose values you want to filter. Click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button in the **Add New Parameter** dialog and specify a filter string that references the parameter you created in the first step.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > In a filter string for a parameter's look-up values, you can reference only those parameters that you created before the parameter whose look-up values you want to filter. You can use the **Report Parameters Editor** to change the order in which you created the parameters. To invoke the editor, right-click the **Parameters** node in the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and select **Edit Parameters**.
-
-3. In the report's smart tag, click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button. In the invoked **FilterString Editor**, specify an expression that uses both parameters to filter report data:
-
- 
-
-The following image illustrates cascading parameters where the **Product** parameter values are filtered by the selected **Category**.
-
-
-
-## Cascading Parameters Filtering Specifics
-
-Cascading parameters can be filtered on the database level (server side) or on the application level (client side). For the following datasources, such parameters are filtered on the database level:
-
-* [SQL Database](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md)
-* [MongoDB Instance](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-mongodb-instance.md)
-* [Entity Framework](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md)
-
-In case of SQL databases, database level filter operations do not work for stored procedures and custom SQL queries. For such queries, filters are always applied on the application level.
-
-When your report is bound to one of the above datasources, and you change the value of the primary parameter (for example, the **Category** parameter in the image above), your application does the following:
-
-* Makes a request to a database.
-* Applies a filter on the database level (for example, filters the values of the Products parameter based on the Category parameter value).
-* Loads the filtered data to your report.
-
-You can also apply filter operations for the mentioned datasources on the application level. For this, disable the **Use Server Side Filtering** property (locataed in a parameter's **Value Source** category).
-
-For the rest of the datasources, filter operations for cascading parameters are always applied on the application level.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4903cde63c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create a Report Parameter
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Create a Report Parameter
-
-This topic demonstrates how to create a report parameter in the [Report Designer](../../report-designer-for-winforms.md). The topic also describes the [options](#parameter-options) you can specify for a report parameter.
-
-## Create a Report Parameter in the Report Designer
-
-In the **Report Designer**, you can create a parameter from the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), [Properties window](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md), or [FilterString Editor](../use-expressions/expressions-overview.md#filterstring-editor). The created parameter appears in the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md)'s **Parameters** node.
-
-
-
-### Create From the Field List
-
-Right-click the **Parameters** node in the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and select **Add Parameter**.
-
-
-
-Specify [parameter options](#parameter-options) in the invoked **Add New Parameter** dialog and click *OK*.
-
-
-
-### Create From the Properties Window
-
-Select a report and click the **Parameters** property's ellipsis button in the [Properties window](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md).
-
-
-
-Click **Add** in the invoked **Report Parameters Editor** dialog to add a new parameter. Specify [parameter options](#parameter-options) and click *OK*.
-
-
-
-### Create From the FilterString Editor
-
-You can create a parameter when you construct a condition in the [FilterString Editor](../use-expressions/expressions-overview.md#filterstring-editor). Choose the **Select a parameter** field, click the field, and select **Add Parameter** in the invoked context menu.
-
-
-
-Specify [parameter options](#parameter-options) in the invoked **Add New Parameter** dialog and click *OK*.
-
-
-
-## Parameter Options
-
-### Name
-
-The name by which you can [reference a parameter in a report](reference-report-parameters.md). Note that report parameters should have unique names.
-
-### Description
-
-A parameter description that appears on a report's **Print Preview** in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
-
-
-### Visible
-
-Specifies whether a parameter is visible in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
-
-
-You can assign an [expression](../use-expressions.md) to this option. The example below specifies an expression that shows/hides a parameter based on a value of another parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
-### Enabled
-
-Specifies whether a parameter editor is enabled or disabled in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md). You can set this option to **No** to make a parameter's [default value](#default-value) read-only.
-
-
-
-You can also assign an [expression](../use-expressions.md) to this option. The example below specifies an expression that enables/disables a parameter's editor based on a value of another parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
-### Type
-
-The type of parameter values. The following types are available:
-
-* String;
-* Date and Time;
-* Date;
-* Time;
-* Number (16-bit integer);
-* Number (32-bit integer);
-* Number (64-bit integer);
-* Number (floating point);
-* Number (double-precision floating point);
-* Number (decimal);
-* Boolean;
-* GUID (Globally Unique Identifier).
-
-### Default Value
-
-A parameter's default value. This value is displayed in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md) when you open a report's **Print Preview**.
-
-You can specify an [expression](../use-expressions.md) for this option. For example, set this option to **Now()** to use the current date as a date parameter's default value.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can use only [constants](../use-expressions/expression-language.md#constants), [operators](../use-expressions/expression-language.md#operators), and date-time / logical / math / string [functions](../use-expressions/expression-language.md#functions) in an expression for a parameter's default value.
-
-### Allow Null Value
-
-When the **Allow Null Value** option is enabled, you can leave the parameter's value unspecified.
-
-
-
-### Allow Multiple Values
-
-When the **Allow Multiple Values** option is enabled, you can specify multiple values for a report parameter.
-
-
-
-### Select All Values
-
-Enable the **Select All Values** option to use all elements from a [custom set of values](#value-source) as a parameter's [default value](#default-value).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can specify the **Select All Values** option only when the **Allow Multiple Values** option is enabled.
-
-### Value Source
-
-Use the **Value Source** option to specify a custom set of values a parameter can accept. You can create a static list of values, load values from a data source, or specify a date range. Refer to the following topics for more details:
-
-* [Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md)
-* [Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md)
-* [Date Range Report Parameters](date-range-report-parameters.md)
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f8f08494c0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Date Range Report Parameters
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Date Range Report Parameters
-
-This topic describes how to create **date range** and **time range** parameters and filter a report’s data by the specified date or time values.
-
-
-
-## Create a Date Range Parameter in the Report Designer
-
-Follow the steps below to add a range parameter to a report in the [Report Designer](../../report-designer-for-winforms.md):
-
-1. [Create a report parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md).
-2. In the *Add New Parameter* dialog, specify parameter options:
-
- - **Parameter type**: *Date and Time*, *Date*, or *Time*
- - **Value Source**: *Range Parameters*
-
- The **Start Parameter** and **End Parameter** sections that appear allow you to configure options to create a date or time range:
-
- 
-
-3. You can change the *Name* and initial static *Value* for the **Start Parameter** and **End Parameter**. To specify an [expression](../use-expressions.md) instead of a static value, the **Value** option's ellipsis button and use the **Expression Editor** dialog:
-
- 
-
-4. [Reference the created range parameter](reference-report-parameters.md). You can reference this parameter in the report’s filter string, in expressions, and in a control's **Text** property. You can also bind control and data source parameters to report parameters.
-
- We recommend that you use the following functions with range parameters in expressions and filter strings:
-
- - `InDateRange(Date, FromDate, ToDate)` - equivalent to the `FromDate <= Date && Value < Date` expression.
- - `InTimeRange(Time, FromTime, ToTime)` - equivalent to the `FromTime <= Time && Time < ToTime` expression (including cases where the range spans midnight, such as 23:00-01:00).
- - `OutOfTimeRange(Time, FromTime, ToTime)` - equivalent to the `FromTime > Time || Time => ToTime` expression (including cases where the range spans midnight, such as 23:00-01:00).
-
- The image below filters the report's data by the following filter string:
-
- `InDateRange([ShippedDate], ?paramDateRange_Start, ?paramDateRange_End) `
-
- 
-
-
-When you switch to the report's **Print Preview** tab, the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md) displays the newly created range parameter. Click the editor to set a range. The editor type depends on the parameter type:
-
-**An editor for "Date" and "Date and Time" range parameters:**
-
-
-
-**An editor for "Time" range parameters:**
-
-
-
-After you submit start and end values, the report document shows filtered data. The report below shows the **ShippedDate** field filtered by the date range parameter:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 833de77c9d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Multi-Value Report Parameters
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Multi-Value Report Parameters
-
-This document describes how to create a multi-value parameter and use this parameter to [filter report data](../shape-report-data/filter-data.md).
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> Refer to this help article for information on how to use multi-value parameters in an SQL query: [Specify Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md#PassMultiValueParameterValueToQuery).
-
-## Create a Multi-Value Parameter in the Report Designer
-
-Follow the steps below to create a multi-value parameter in the [Report Designer](../../report-designer-for-winforms.md):
-
-1. [Create a report parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md) and enable the **Allow multiple values** option.
-
- 
-
-1. Specify a list of predefined values for the parameter. You can create a static list of values or load values from a data source. Refer to the following topics for instructions on how to do it:
-
- * [Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md)
- * [Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md)
-
-## Filter a Report's Data by a Multi-Value Parameter
-
-To filter a report's data by a multi-value parameter, use the **Is any of** operator for this parameter in the report's filter string:
-
-
-
-The filtered report is displayed after you specify parameter values.
-
-
-
-## Specify Default Values for a Multi-Value Parameter
-
-A multi-value parameter's default values are selected automatically when you open a report's **Print Preview**:
-
-
-
-Use one of the following methods to specify default values:
-
-* Assign an array of values to the **Default Value** option.
-
- 
-
-* Enable the **Select all values** property to populate the parameter value with all items from the parameter's value source (static or dynamic).
-
- 
-
-> [!TIP]
-> Disable a report's **Request Parameters** property to avoid the **Waiting for parameter values** message on the report's **Print Preview** and display the report with default parameter values.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Ensure that the type of default values match the parameter type when you specify these values for the parameter.
-
-## Create an Optional Multi-Value Parameter
-
-Optional parameters allow you to filter report data only if parameter values are specified. Otherwise, if parameter values are not set, the parameter is ignored.
-
-
-
-Do the following to make a multi-value parameter optional.
-
-1. Create a multi-value report parameter and specify its **Allow null value**, **Default Value**, and **Select all values** options as shown below:
-
- 
-
- | Option | Value |
- | --- | --- |
- | **Allow null value** | **true** |
- | **Default Value** | Not specified |
- | **Select all values** | **false** |
-
-2. Disable the report's **Request Parameters** property.
-
- 
-
-3. Assign the following filter condition to the report's filter string:
-
- ```
- ?category Is Null or [Category ID] In (?category)
- ```
-
- 
-
- > [!TIP]
- > You can also use the filter string shown above to filter report data at the data source level. Refer to this help article for more information: [Filter Data at the Data Source Level](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b976c4a15..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
----
-title: The Parameters Panel
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# The Parameters Panel
-
-The **Parameters** panel allows you to specify parameter values in a report's **Print Preview**.
-
-
-
-## Submit Parameter Values
-
-When you open a report's **Print Preview**, the **Parameters** panel displays default parameter values and descriptions.
-
-
-
-Specify parameter values and click **Submit** to generate the report's **Print Preview**. Set the report's **RequestParameters** property to **false** to display a report document for the default parameter values when you open the **Print Preview**.
-
-## Reset Parameter Values to Defaults
-
-Click the **Reset** button to reset parameter values to defaults.
-
-
-
-## Hide the Parameters Panel
-
-To remove the **Parameters** panel from a report's **Print Preview**, disable the **Visible** option for all report parameters in the **Report Parameters Editor**.
-
-
-
-When you hide the **Parameters** panel, the report's **Print Preview** is generated with the default parameter values.
-
-## Customize the Parameters Panel
-
-You can unite report parameters into expandable groups, place parameters side-by-side, add separators, and more.
-
-| Default panel | Customized panel |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-### Use the Report Parameters Editor
-
-Right-click the **Parameters** node in the **Field List** and select **Edit Parameters**.
-
-
-
-This action invokes the **Report Parameters Editor**.
-
-
-
-Use the menu on the left to create and customize parameters, groups, and separators.
-
-#### Customize a Parameter
-
-Specify the **Label orientation** property to choose the position of a parameter label relative to an editor.
-
-
-
-| Label orientation = Horizontal (Default) | Label orientation = Vertical |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-#### Create and Customize a Group
-
-Click the **Add group** button to create a new group.
-
-
-
-Use the **Up** and **Down** buttons to change the order of parameters and groups, and place parameters inside or outside a group.
-
-
-
-You can also drag-and-drop parameters and groups inside the menu to achieve the same result.
-
-
-
-To customize a group, select it and use its editors on the right to set up the group appearance. The following example unites the **customerName** and **companyName** parameters into a group called **Select a customer**.
-
-
-
-| Default panel | Panel with a group |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-Besides a title, you can also specify the following properties to customize the group appearance:
-
-| Orientation = Vertical (Default) | Orientation = Horizontal |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-| Show expand/collapse button = false (Default) | Show expand/collapse button = true |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-| Expanded = true (Default) | Expanded = false |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-| Show title = true (Default) | Show title = false |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-| Show borders = true (Default) | Show borders = false |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-#### Add a Separator
-
-Click the **Add separator** button to create a separator.
-
-
-
-Similar to parameters and groups, you can use the **Up** and **Down** buttons or drag-and-drop separators inside the menu to specify the location for these separators relative to other elements.
-
-
-
-The example below shows the **Parameters** panel with a separator between the **Company Name** and **Customer Name** parameters.
-
-| Default panel | Panel with a separator |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c83978f7ac..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Reference Report Parameters
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# Reference Report Parameters
-
-After you [create a report parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md), you can reference this parameter in the [report's filter string](#reference-in-a-reports-filter-string), [in expressions](#reference-in-expressions), and [in a control's Text property](#reference-in-a-controls-text-property). You can also bind control and data source parameters to report parameters. Refer to the sections below for more details.
-
-## Reference in a Report's Filter String
-
-You can reference a report parameter in the report's filter string. This allows you to conditionally filter the report's data loaded from a data source.
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> When you use a report's filter string to filter data, all the data is loaded from a data source before the filter is applied. If you use a large dataset, filter data at the data source level. Refer to the following topic for more information: [Filter Data at the Data Source Level](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md).
-
-## Reference in Expressions
-
-You can reference a report parameter in [expressions](../use-expressions.md) of [controls](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls.md) and [calculated fields](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md).
-
-
-
-This allows you to conditionally change the data a control or calculated field displays.
-
-You can use the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) to create an [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) control that displays only a parameter value. To do this, drag the parameter from the **Field List** and drop it onto the report's band.
-
-
-
-You can also use parameters in expressions to specify the visibility of a report's bands or conditionally change a control's appearance.
-
-
-
-Refer to the following topics for more information:
-
-* [Conditionally Change a Band's Visibility](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md)
-* [Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md)
-
-## Reference in a Control's Text Property
-
-You can use a report parameter in a control's **Text** property.
-
-
-
-This allows you to create a placeholder (embedded field) that is substituted by a parameter value.
-
-
-
-Refer to the following topic for information on embedded fields: [Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)](../use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md).
-
-## Bind Control Parameters to Report Parameters
-
-You can create parameters for the [CrossTab](../use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs.md) and [Chart](../use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-in-reports.md) controls and bind these parameters to report parameters. This allows you to conditionally filter data at the control level. Refer to the following topic for details on how to filter data for the **Сhart** control: [Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data](../use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md).
-
-You can also specify a parameter for the [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) control and bind this parameter to report parameters. This allows you to pass parameter values from the main report to the subreport and conditionally change the subreport's data and appearance.
-
-## Bind Data Source Parameters to Report Parameters
-
-You can create parameters for data sources and bind them to report parameters. The table below contains information about which tasks this allows you to solve, a data source for which the task can be solved, and links to documentation sections you can reference for details.
-
-| Task | Data Source | Documentation |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| **Filter data at the data source level** | SQL Data Source
Entity Framework Data Source
MongoDB Data Source | [Bind a Report to a Database](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md)
[Bind a Report to an Entity Framework Data Source](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md)
[Bind a Report to a MongoDB Instance](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-mongodb-instance.md) |
-| **Pass report parameters to a stored procedure** | SQL Data Source
Entity Framework Data Source | [Specify Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md)
[Bind a Report to an Entity Framework Data Source](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md) |
-| **Pass report parameters to a method that loads data** | Object Data Source | [Bind a Report to an Object Data Source](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md) |
-
-When you bind a report to the JSON Data Source, you can specify a URI from which a JSON file should be loaded. You can bind path parameters, query parameters, and header parameters to report parameters to conditionally configure HTTP requests to the web service endpoint. Refer to the following topic for details: [Bind a Report to JSON Data](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cfb43ccde9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values
-
-You can create a report parameter that uses a list of values from a data source. When you open a report's **Print Preview**, you can select a value from this list in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
-
-
-## Create a List of Predefined Values in the Report Designer
-
-Follow the steps below to create a parameter with a list of dynamic values in the [Report Designer](../../report-designer-for-winforms.md):
-
-1. Create a report parameter as described in this topic: [Create a Report Parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md).
-2. Set the parameter's **Value Source** option to **Dynamic List**. Additional fields appear in the **Add New Parameter** dialog and allow you to specify a data source for parameter values.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify the **Data Source**, **Data Adapter** (for a **DataSet** only), and **Data Member** options. **Value Member** defines a data field that supplies values to the parameter. **Display Member** defines a data field that stores value descriptions displayed in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > The data member's value type should match the specified parameter **Type**.
-
- Use the **Filter String** property to filter parameter values or implement [cascading parameters](cascading-report-parameters.md). Specify the **Sort Order** and **Sort Member** properties to sort parameter values in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md)'s editor.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9116db77f3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values
-
-You can create a list of predefined values for a report parameter. When you open a report's **Print Preview**, you can select a value from this list in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
-
-
-## Create a List of Predefined Values in the Report Designer
-
-Follow the steps below to create a parameter with a list of predefined static values in the [Report Designer](../../report-designer-for-winforms.md):
-
-1. Create a report parameter as described in this topic: [Create a Report Parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md).
-2. Set the parameter's **Value Source** option to **Static List**. A grid appears in the **Add New Parameter** dialog and allows you to specify a list of static parameter values. Each value should have a description. This description is displayed in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/adding-details-about-a-report/create-or-modify-watermarks-of-a-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/adding-details-about-a-report/create-or-modify-watermarks-of-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a85b16de66..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/adding-details-about-a-report/create-or-modify-watermarks-of-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create or Modify Watermarks of a Report
-legacyId: 116390
----
-# Create or Modify Watermarks of a Report
-
-DevExpress Reporting allows you to display text and picture watermarks on report pages. You can also specify an expression that assigns different watermarks to pages.
-
-* How to add watermarks.
-
-* How to specify watermark settings.
-
-* How to use pre-printed forms.
-
-## Add a Watermark to a Report
-
-Right-click the report, and in the invoked context menu, click the **Watermark...** link. In the invoked **Watermarks** dialog, add a new watermark and click either the **Text Watermark** or **Picture Watermark** tab, depending on the type of watermark you wish to add.
-
-## Specify Text Watermark Settings
-
-Specify the following settings:
-
-
-
-* Text
-
- The watermark’s text.
-
-* Direction
-
- The incline of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Font
-
- The font of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Color
-
- The foreground color of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Size
-
- The size of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Bold
-
- Formats the watermark’s text as bold.
-
-* Italic
-
- Formats the watermark’s text as italic.
-
-* Position
-
- Specifies whether a watermark should be printed behind or in front of page content.
-
-* Transparency
-
- The transparency of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Id
-
- The unique identifier of a watermark used to specify the watermark in the WatermarkId property (See the Manage Watermark Collection section for details).
-
-* Page Range
-
- The range of pages which contain a watermark.
-
-Click **OK** to add a watermark to the watermark collection. The added watermark is automatically displayed in the report in Preview mode.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> A report can display only one watermark on a report page.
-
-## Specify Picture Watermark Settings
-
-Specify an image. Click the **Load image** option’s **Image** button.
-
-In the invoked **Select Picture** dialog, select the file containing the image that you wish to use as a watermark and click **Open**.
-
-Specify the following picture options:
-
-
-
-* Size Mode
-
- The mode in which a picture watermark is displayed.
-
-* Tiling
-
- Specifies whether a picture watermark should be tiled.
-
-* Horizontal Alignment
-
- Specifies the horizontal alignment of the watermark.
-
-* Vertical Alignment
-
- Specifies the vertical alignment of the watermark.
-
-* Position
-
- Specifies whether a watermark should be printed behind or in front of page content.
-
-* Transparency
-
- The transparency of the watermark’s image. The **Transparency** property is unavailable when you specify an SVG image.
-
-* Id
-
- The unique identifier of a watermark used to specify the watermark in the WatermarkId property (See the Manage Watermark Collection section for details).
-
-* Page Range
-
- The range of pages which contain a watermark.
-
-Click **OK** to add a watermark to the watermark collection. The added watermark is automatically displayed in the report in Preview mode.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> A report can display only one watermark on a report page.
-
-## Combine Text and a Picture in One Watermark
-
-You can display both text and a picture in one watermark.
-
-For example, create a watermark and specify its text and picture settings. Set position of the text to In front and the position of the picture to Behind.
-
-As a result, in [Preview](../../document-preview.md) mode the image is displayed behind the table, while the text is in front of the content:
-
-
-
-## Display a Specific Watermark in a Report
-
-The report's **Watermark Id** property allows you to specify a watermark from the collection to display in the report by the watermark's unique identifier (the Id option's value of the watermark). This property has a priority over the watermark’s **Page Range** property.
-
-## Display Watermarks According to the Specified Condition
-
-Bind **Watermark Id** to an expression to apply watermarks stored in the collection to specific report pages.
-
-Create the “First page watermark”, “Even page watermark”, and “Odd page watermark” watermarks with the following settings:
-
-
-
-Specify the expression in the report’s **Watermark Id** property:
-
-`Iif([Arguments.PageIndex]=0,'Watermark1',Iif([Arguments.PageIndex]%2=0,'Watermark2','Watermark3'))`
-
-
-
-The image below shows the result.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ba931a358b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind a Report to a Database
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116270
----
-# Bind a Report to a Database
-This document describes the steps required to connect a report to a database.
-
-To bind a report to a database, do the following.
-1. [Create a new report](../../basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md).
-2. Right-click the report and select **Edit...** in the context menu. In the invoked dialog, expand the **Data Source** drop-down and click the **Add New** button.
-
- 
-
-3. On the first page of the invoked **Data Source Wizard**, specify the data connection to be used. If it is absent in the list containing existing connections, select **No, I'd like to specify the connection parameters myself** and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-4. On the next page, specify the data source type. Select **Microsoft SQL Server** and click **Next** to proceed.
-
- 
-
-5. This page allows you to specify connection string parameters specific to the selected data source provider. Depending on the data provider selected, it may be necessary to specify additional connection options (such as authentication type and database name) on this page.
-
- 
-
- Click **Next** to proceed.
-6. If server authentication is required for the selected database type, the next page will prompt you to specify whether or not you want to save the user credentials along with the connection string.
-
- Select the required option and click **Next**.
-
- 
-7. On the next page, you can construct an SQL query to obtain data from the database, or select a stored procedure.
-
- To construct an SQL query, click **Run Query Builder...**
-
- 
-8. In the invoked [Query Builder](../../../interface-elements/query-builder.md) window, select an item from the list of available tables on the left and drop it onto the list of data tables to be used.
-
- 
-9. Enable the check box near the added table to include all of its fields in the data view.
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to exit the **Query Builder**. Click **Finish** to exit the **Data Source Wizard**.
-
- The newly created SQL data source will be displayed in the **Components** node of the [Report Explorer](../../../interface-elements/report-explorer.md). Additionally, the hierarchy of the data source will be reflected by the [Field List](../../../interface-elements/field-list.md).
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 994c6e84dd..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind a Report to an Entity Framework Data Source
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116271
----
-# Bind a Report to an Entity Framework Data Source
-This document describes the steps required to connect a report to data provided by an Entity Framework data context.
-
-To bind a report to an Entity Framework data source, do the following:
-
-# Create a Report
-
-[Create a new report](../../basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md).
-## Select a Data Source and Specify Data Context
-
-Right-click the report and select **Edit...** in the context menu. In the invoked dialog, expand the **Data Source** drop-down and click the **Add New** button.
-
-
-
-The first page of the invoked **Data Source Wizard** allows you to specify the data source type. Select **Entity Framework** and click **Next** to proceed.
-
-
-
-On the next page, select the required data context from the list of available data contexts and click **Next**.
-
-
-
-## Select a Connection String
-
-On the next page, specify a connection string used to establish a data connection. The following options are available:
-### Default Connection String
-
-Choose the default connection string if it is specified in the application’s configuration file.
-
-
-### Custom Connection String
-
-Specify a custom connection string in the connection string editor and choose whether or not to store the string in the application’s configuration file.
-
-
-
-### Predefined Connection String
-
-Select an existing connection string available in the current project.
-
-
-
-## Add Stored Procedures (Optionally)
-
-The following wizard page is available only if the current entity data model contains stored procedures. To bind to a stored procedure, click **Add**. Then, in the invoked window, select a required stored procedure and click **OK**.
-
-
-
-Configure the parameters to be passed to the selected stored procedure. Be sure to specify the correct parameter **Type**. Click **Finish** to exit the wizard.
-
-
-
-## Result
-
-The newly created Entity Framework data source will be displayed in the **Components** node of the [Report Explorer](../../../interface-elements/report-explorer.md). Additionally, the hierarchy of the data source will be reflected by the [Field List](../../../interface-elements/field-list.md).
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6956a863af..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind a Report to an Object Data Source
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116272
----
-# Bind a Report to an Object Data Source
-This document describes the steps required to connect a report to an object data source.
-
-To bind a report to an object data source, do the following.
-1. [Create a new report](../../basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md).
-2. Right-click the report and select **Edit...** in the context menu. In the invoked dialog, expand the **Data Source** drop-down and click the **Add New** button.
-
- 
-3. The first page of the invoked **Data Source Wizard** allows you to specify the data source type. Select **Object Binding** and click **Next** to proceed.
-
- 
-4. Next, select an assembly that contains the class type definition of the data source. To exclude irrelevant assemblies from this list, select the **Show only highlighted assemblies** check box.
-
- 
-5. On the following wizard page, select a data source type. To exclude irrelevant classes from this list, select the **Show only highlighted types** check box.
-
- 
-6. On the next wizard page, select whether you need to retrieve the actual data from the data source or obtain the data source schema (enabling you to edit the report layout without having access to the actual underlying data). Select the second option and click **Next** to proceed.
-
- 
-7. The following page allows you to select a data source constructor to be used to create an instance of the data source. To exclude irrelevant constructors from the list, select the **Show only highlighted constructors** check box.
-
- 
-8. On this wizard page, you can specify the parameters for the selected constructor. To specify the constructor parameter's value, use the **Value** column. Enable the check box in the **Expression** column to make it possible to specify the parameter expression using the **Expression Editor**. In this case, you can pass an existing report parameter to the member or even create a new report parameter using the in-place editor.
-
- 
-
- Click **Finish** to exit the wizard.
-
-The newly created object data source will be displayed in the **Components** node of the [Report Explorer](../../../interface-elements/report-explorer.md). Additionally, the hierarchy of the data source will be reflected by the [Field List](../../../interface-elements/field-list.md).
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/calculated-fields.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/calculated-fields.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d500bc18c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/calculated-fields.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculated Fields
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116278
----
-# Calculated Fields
-This document demonstrates how to add a _calculated field_ to a report. The main purpose of calculated fields is to perform pre-calculations of virtually any level of complexity over data fields based on a specific expression.
-
-In the Report Designer, a calculated field is similar to an ordinary data field (e.g., you can [bind controls to it](binding-report-controls-to-data.md), and [group](../shaping-data/grouping-data.md), [sort](../shaping-data/sorting-data.md) and [filter](../shaping-data/filtering-data.md) your report against it).
-
-To add a calculated field to your report, follow the instructions below.
-1. To create a calculated field, in the [Field List](../../interface-elements/field-list.md), right-click any item inside the data source, and in the invoked menu, select **Add Calculated Field**.
-
- 
-2. In the Field List, select the created field and switch to the [Properties Panel](../../interface-elements/properties-panel.md). Make sure to change the **Field Type** property to an appropriate value.
-
- 
-3. Then, create an expression for the calculated field.
-
- Click the ellipsis button for the **Expression** property to invoke the **Expression Editor**. You can also invoke this dialog by right-clicking the calculated field within the Field List and selecting **Edit Expression...**
-
- 
-
- Click **Fields** to see the field list. To add a data field or [report parameter](report-parameters.md) to this expression, double-click the required name. A data field is inserted into the expression's text using its name in **[**square brackets**]**, and parameters are inserted using the "**Parameters.**" prefix before their names. Use the toolbar to add operators between field names.
-
- To close the dialog and save the expression, click **OK**.
-4. Finally, drag the calculated field from the Field List onto the required [band](../../report-elements/report-bands.md) like an ordinary data field.
-
- 
-
-The report with a calculated field is now ready. Switch to the [Print Preview](../../document-preview.md) tab and view the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/create-a-table-of-contents.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/create-a-table-of-contents.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f25222c26..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/create-a-table-of-contents.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create a Table of Contents
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116343
----
-# Create a Table of Contents
-This tutorial describes how to create a report with a table of contents, which is automatically created based on the [bookmarks](add-bookmarks.md) existing in a report.
-
-To insert a table of contents into a report, do the following.
-1. Drop the [Table Of Contents](../../report-elements/report-controls.md) control from the [Toolbox](../../interface-elements/control-toolbox.md) onto the [Report Header Band](../../report-elements/report-bands.md).
-
- 
-
- Alternatively, you can double-click the control in the Toolbox. In this case, if the report does not contain a Report Header, it will be created automatically, so that the table of contents can be added to it.
-2. Double-click the title of the table of contents and specify its text.
-
- 
-3. To customize the title's appearance, use the **Level Title** option's settings available in the [Properties Panel](../../interface-elements/properties-panel.md).
-
- 
-4. To customize the appearance of all other levels, use the **Level Default** option's settings.
-
- 
-5. To customize a specific level individually, add a corresponding item to the **Levels** collection of the table of contents.
-
- 
-
- After adding a new level, you can access and customize its properties.
-
-The table of contents are now ready. Switch to the [Print Preview](../../document-preview.md) and view the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data/formatting-data.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data/formatting-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 572c22055a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data/formatting-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Formatting Data
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116284
----
-# Formatting Data
-This topic describes how to change value formatting of [report elements](../../report-elements/report-controls.md) in the Report Designer. For instance, you can format a numeric value as a currency, display a date/time value in one of the standard forms depending on the culture, etc.
-
-To apply value formatting for a [data-bound control](../providing-data/binding-report-controls-to-data.md)'s content, do the following.
-1. Right-click the control, and select **Edit...** in the context menu. In the invoked dialog, click the ellipsis button for the **Format String** property.
-
- 
-2. In the invoked **Format String Editor**, select one of the predefined standard formats or specify a custom one.
-
- 
-
- To quit the dialog and apply the changes, click **OK**.
-
-In a similar way, you can apply formatting to a control's **Bookmark**, **Navigation URL** and **Tag** properties using the [Properties Panel](../../interface-elements/properties-panel.md). Note that the set of bindable properties depends on the control type.
-
-
-
-When a summary function is applied to a control's dynamic content, value formatting is specified separately as described in the [Calculating Summaries](calculating-summaries.md) document.
-
-Independently from general and summary value formatting, you can specify a native XSLX format string, which is preserved when the report is exported to XLSX. You can do this using a control's **Xlsx Format String** property.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/document-map-panel.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/document-map-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cec660eb9e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/document-map-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Document Map Panel
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116451
----
-# Document Map Panel
-The **Document Map** panel is an interactive table of contents, which reflects a report's structure in a tree-like form and provides quick navigation through its [bookmarks](../creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/add-bookmarks.md).
-
-
-
-If a report contains at least one control with a specified bookmark, the **Document Map** is displayed by default. You can then toggle this panel's visibility state using the **Document Map** button  in the [Toolbar](preview-toolbar.md). If a report does not contain bookmarks, this panel cannot be shown.
-
-Click a bookmark in the **Document Map** to navigate the Print Preview to the corresponding element in a report document.
-
-Note that after exporting a report to the PDF format, the **Document Map** is exported as well.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/export-document-dialog.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/export-document-dialog.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 80c1d9ef0a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/export-document-dialog.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Export Document Dialog
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116448
----
-# Export Document Dialog
-The Print Preview allows you to view and edit various format-specific options, and then export a report to one of the supported third-party formats. There are two options for [exporting](~/interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/print-preview/print-preview-for-wpf/exporting/exporting.md) a document. The first way is to export a document to a file on disk using the **Export Document** dialog.
-
-
-
-Another approach is to utilize the **Send via E-Mail** dialog to export a document and send the resulting file via e-mail.
-
-
-
-To invoke these dialogs, click the arrow for the **Export...**  or **Send...**  button, respectively, and choose the required format from the drop-down list. If you simply click one of these buttons, the dialogs will provide settings for the PDF format. Then, you can always change the export format directly in the dialogs using the dedicated **Export Format** drop-down lists.
-
-The following third-party export formats are supported.
-* PDF (Portable Document Format)
-* HTML (HyperText Markup Language)
-* MHT (Web archive, single file)
-* RTF (Rich Text Format)
-* XLS (Microsoft® Word® 97 - 2003 document)
-* XLSX (Office® Open XML document)
-* CSV (Comma-Separated Values file format)
-* TXT (Plain text)
-* Image (BMP, GIF, JPEG, PNG, TIFF, EMF or WMF format)
-
-In the dialogs, you need to specify the path where the resulting file should be saved. The **Export Document** dialog additionally prompts you to choose whether or not to open the file after exporting.
-
-The dialogs also allow you to specify advanced export options for the selected format. To access and customize these format-specific options, click the **More Options** link.
-
-
-
-Specify the required options and click **OK** to initiate the export of a report and save the resulting file. After closing the **Send via E-Mail** dialog, the saved file will be attached to a new empty message in the default mail program.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/parameters-panel.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/parameters-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d5f7078546..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/parameters-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Parameters Panel
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116449
----
-# Parameters Panel
-The **Parameters** panel allows you to specify [report parameters](../creating-reports/providing-data/report-parameters.md) before generating a report preview.
-
-
-
-Specify values of the required report parameters using the corresponding parameter editors and click **Submit** to view the resulting report preview. After changing the current values, you can revert back the previously selected values by clicking **Reset**.
-
-If a report contains at least one visible parameter, this panel is displayed by default. To manually change the panel's visibility state, click the **Parameters** button  in the [Toolbar](preview-toolbar.md). If a report doesn't contain any visible parameters, the **Parameters** panel cannot be shown.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/preview-toolbar.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/preview-toolbar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bb68baba1..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/preview-toolbar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Preview Toolbar
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116447
----
-# Preview Toolbar
-The **Preview Toolbar** provides quick access to commands related to report viewing, editing and publishing.
-
-
-
-All available commands can be divided into the following sections.
-* [File Command](#file)
-* [Print Commands](#print)
-* [Navigation Commands](#navigation)
-* [Zoom Commands](#zoom)
-* [Export Commands](#export)
-* [Document Commands](#document)
-
-
-
-## File Command
-Use the following command to save a report to the file.
-
-| Icon | Command | Desctiption |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Save | Invokes the **Save As** dialog allowing you to save a report document to a file. |
-
-
-
-## Print Commands
-The following commands allow you to change a report page's settings and print a report document.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Print | Invokes the **Print** dialog allowing you to specify the necessary settings and print a report document. |
-|  | Quick Print | Prints a report document using the default settings. |
-|  | Page Setup | Invokes the **Page Setup** dialog allowing you to adjust report page settings. |
-|  | Scale | Invokes the **Scale** dialog allowing you to stretch or shrink report content to a percentage of its normal size or the number of pages. |
-
-
-
-## Navigation Commands
-Use these commands to navigate through a report document.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | First Page | Switches to the first report page. |
-|  | Previous Page | Switches to the previous report page. |
-|  | Next Page | Switches to the next report page. |
-|  | Last Page | Switches to the last report page. |
-
-
-
-## Zoom Commands
-Use these commands to zoom a report document.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Zoom Out | Decreases a report document's current zoom factor. |
-|  | Zoom In | Increases a report document's current zoom factor. |
-|  | Zoom | Zooms a report document to a specific zoom factor from the drop-down list. |
-
-
-
-## Export Commands
-Use these commands to export a report document to one of the supported third-party formats.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Export | Invokes the [Export Document](export-document-dialog.md) dialog allowing you to export a report document into one of the supported third-party formats and save the resulting file on a hard drive. |
-|  | Send | Invokes the [Send via E-Mail](export-document-dialog.md) dialog allowing you to export a report document into one of the supported third-party formats, save the resulting file on a hard drive and attach this file to a new empty message in the default mail program. |
-
-
-
-## Document Commands
-Use these commands to change the visibility state of the Designer's panels and dialogs.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Parameters | Shows/hides the [Parameters Panel](parameters-panel.md) where you can specify report parameters before report preview generation is started. |
-|  | Document Map | Shows/hides the [Document Map Panel](document-map-panel.md), which reflects a report document's structure in a tree-like form. |
-|  | Thumbnails | Shows/hides report thumbnails used to quickly navigate between document pages. |
-|  | Editing Fields | Highlights all editing fields to quickly discover which of the document elements are editable. |
-|  | Search | Shows the [Search Panel](search-panel.md), which allows you to find a specified text throughout a report document. |
-|  | Watermark | Invokes the **Watermark** dialog that allows you to add a text watermark to a report or turn a picture into a report's background. |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/search-panel.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/search-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c531ef91d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/search-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Search Panel
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116450
----
-# Search Panel
-The **Search** panel allows you to find specific text throughout a report document.
-
-
-
-To invoke the **Search** panel, click the **Search** button  in the [Toolbar](preview-toolbar.md) or press CTRL+F.
-
-In the search box on the left, input the text to find. Click the **Settings** button to invoke the dedicated submenu allowing you to specify whether or not to use case-sensitive search, and whether you are required to match the whole word during the search.
-
-
-
-To start searching, or search down again, click **Next**, or press ENTER or CTRL+G. To search backward, click **Previous** or press CTRL+SHIFT+G.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/control-toolbox.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/control-toolbox.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fba3fe7c8..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/control-toolbox.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Control Toolbox
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116215
----
-# Control Toolbox
-The **Control Toolbox** contains all available [report controls](../report-elements/report-controls.md) and allows end-users to add them to the report being edited. Report controls can display both static and [dynamic](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-report-controls-to-data.md) information of different kinds (simple or formatted text, pictures, tables, etc.) and adjust a report layout (organize controls within panels, insert page brakes, etc.)
-
-The available report controls can be divided into the following categories.
-* [General Content](#generalcontent)
-* [ExtendedData](#extendeddata)
-* [Report Layout](#reportlayout)
-* [Document Statistics](#documentstatistics)
-
-To learn how to add a control from the **Toolbox** to a report, see the [Adding Controls to a Report](#addingcontrols) section.
-
-
-
-## General Content
-The following controls are most commonly used to display data in a report.
-
-| Icon | Control Name |
-|---|---|
-|  | Label |
-|  | Check Box |
-|  | Rich Text |
-|  | Picture Box |
-|  | Table |
-|  | Character Comb |
-|  | Barcode |
-|  | Zip Code |
-|  | Gauge |
-
-
-
-## Extended Data
-The following controls are connected to data individually, without accessing a report's data source.
-
-| Icon | Control Name |
-|---|---|
-|  | Chart |
-|  | Pivot Grid |
-|  | Sparkline |
-
-
-
-## Report Layout
-The following controls allow you to draw shapes in a report and customize the report layout.
-
-| Icon | Control Name |
-|---|---|
-|  | Line |
-|  | Shape |
-|  | Page Break |
-|  | Cross-Band Line |
-|  | Cross-Band Box |
-|  | Panel |
-|  | Subreport |
-
-
-
-## Document Statistics
-The dynamic content of the following controls is not obtained from a data source.
-
-| Icon | Control Name |
-|---|---|
-|  | Page Info |
-|  | Table Of Contents |
-
-
-
-## Adding Controls to a Report
-To add a control from the Toolbox to a report, do one of the following.
-* Double-click an item in the Toolbox to create the corresponding control at the default position.
-* Drag-and-drop an item from the Toolbox onto the required position within a report.
-
- 
-* Select an item in the Toolbox, and then indicate the bounding rectangle by holding down the left mouse button.
-
- 
-
-If you need to perform selection, re-arranging or resizing operations, select the **Pointer** item ().
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/design-surface.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/design-surface.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b197eca933..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/design-surface.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Design Surface
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116220
----
-# Design Surface
-The **Design Surface** displays a report that is currently being edited in the Report Designer.
-
-
-
-The Design Surface includes the following principal elements.
-* [Rulers](#rulers)
-* [Band Captions](#bandcaptions)
-* [Context Menus](#contextmenus)
-* [In-place Editors](#inplaceeditors)
-
-
-
-## Rulers
-The horizontal and vertical rulers display tickmarks in the [measurement units](../creating-reports/basic-operations/change-measurement-units-of-a-report.md) specified for a report. Click an element to evaluate its size and location using the rulers.
-
-The vertical ruler also allows you to change the band height by moving its top and bottom sliders.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Band Captions
-In the Report Designer, each report band carries a caption, tab title and color, which depend on the band kind. These captions are not printed in the resulting report document and are only visible at design time.
-
-
-
-To access band properties, select the band by clicking its caption, and then switch to the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md).
-
-
-
-## Context Menus
-The context menu provides quick access to the most commonly used actions that depend on the element for which it is invoked. For example, it allows you to insert new bands, cut/copy/paste/delete report controls, etc. For certain report controls, the context menu also includes the **Edit...** option, which invokes the dialog with complex settings (such as data binding settings, formatting, etc.) To invoke this menu, right-click a report element or the report editing surface.
-
-
-
-
-
-## In-place Editors
-An in-place editor allows you to edit the content of a text-oriented control (Barcode, Check Box, Label, Table Cell or Zip Code) by double-clicking it.
-
-
-
-To learn how to use the in-place editor to supply dynamic data to a control, see [Using Mail Merge](../creating-reports/providing-data/using-mail-merge.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/field-list.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/field-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 99cc824ed0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/field-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Field List
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116216
----
-# Field List
-The **Field List** panel is intended to display the structure of the data source to which a report is currently bound. This panel can also be used to create new bound [report controls](../report-elements/report-controls.md), manage [calculated fields](../creating-reports/providing-data/calculated-fields.md) and [parameters](../creating-reports/providing-data/report-parameters.md).
-
-
-
-This document consists of the following sections.
-* [Creating Bound Report Elements](#binding)
-* [Managing Calculated Fields](#calcfields)
-* [Managing Report Parameters](#parameters)
-
-
-
-## Creating Bound Report Elements
-After [binding a report to data](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md), the Field List shows the structure of the report's data source assigned to the **Data Source** property. Then, the Field List can be used to add new bound controls.
-
-To add a new bound report element, click a desired field item in the Field List, and then drag-and-drop it onto the report band. This creates an appropriate control bound to the selected data field.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Managing Calculated Fields
-The Field List allows you to create [calculated fields](../creating-reports/providing-data/calculated-fields.md) by building expressions based on the values of data fields, report parameter values, etc.
-
-To add a calculated field to a report, right-click any item inside the data member node, and in the invoked context menu, select **Add Calculated Field**.
-
-
-
-To edit settings of the created calculated field, select them and go to the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md). You can also right-click the calculated field and use commands available in the context menu.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Manging Report Parameters
-The Field List shows existing [report parameters](../creating-reports/providing-data/report-parameters.md) and allows you to add new ones to the report.
-
-To create a parameter, right click the **Parameters** node or any of its sub-nodes, and in the context menu, select **Add Parameter**.
-
-
-
-You can customize report parameters using the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md) or commands available in the context menu in the same way as you customize calculated fields.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/group-and-sort-panel.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/group-and-sort-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index be5348abe4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/group-and-sort-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Group and Sort Panel
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116218
----
-# Group and Sort Panel
-The **Group and Sort Panel** allows you to quickly apply [grouping](../creating-reports/shaping-data/grouping-data.md) and [sorting](../creating-reports/shaping-data/sorting-data.md) to report data.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If a report is not bound to a data source, the **Group and Sort Panel** is inactive.
-
-To create a new sorting or grouping criterion, click the **Add a Sort** or **Add a Group** buttons, respectively. Then, select the desired data source field in the invoked drop-down list.
-
-
-
-After adding the grouping criterion, the Group Header band is automatically created. You can manually specify whether to display the corresponding Group Header and Group Footer using the **Show Header** and **Show Footer** check boxes.
-
-You can choose the sorting mode (ascending or descending) or disable sorting in the **Sort Order** drop-down list.
-
-The **Group and Sort Panel** also allows you to change the precedence of multiple grouping and sorting criteria using the **Move Up** and **Move Down** buttons.
-
-To remove a grouping or sorting criterion, select it and click the **Remove** button.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/localization-editor.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/localization-editor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f3e7d3a8ec..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/localization-editor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Localization Editor'
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Localization Editor
-
-The Localization Editor allows you to change the text of the localizable textual properties for all the controls in a report.
-
-
-
-The left panel allows you to change the report's language or add a new language to start localization.
-The right panel contains a grid that displays the property name, the text specified for that property in the default language, and the text for the selected language. Text strings of the selected language are editable.
-
-## Invoke the Localization Editor
-
-Use one of the following actions:
-
-* Switch to the **View** Toolbar tab. Click the **dialog box launcher** in the **Localization** group.
-
- 
-
-* Click the **Localization** property's ellipsis button in the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md).
-
- 
-
-## Use the Localization Editor
-
-* To add a new language, click the _plus_ button in the right panel. All values for the new language are set to the default language's values.
-
-* Change the text and click the **OK** button to close the editor and apply your changes.
-
-> [!Tip]
-> When the Localization Editor is invoked, the grid in the right panel displays values for the report controls' **Text** properties. You can click the filter icon in the **Property** column header to modify a filter and select other properties or clear the filter to show all textual properties.
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/properties-panel.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/properties-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a07fd89ef..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/properties-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Properties Window
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116219
----
-# Properties Window
-
-Use the Properties window to view, discover, and change the properties of selected report [elements](../report-elements.md).
-
-
-
-Switch to the **View** ribbon tab, expand the **Windows** group, and click **Properties** to show or hide the Properties window.
-
-
-
-## Select a Report Element
-
-Do one of the following to select a report element and show its properties in the Properties window:
-
-* Select a report element from the drop-down list at the top of the Properties window.
-
- 
-
-* Click a report element on the [design surface](design-surface.md).
-
- 
-
-* Select a report element in the [Report Explorer](report-explorer.md).
-
- 
-
-## Category Tabs
-
-The Properties window splits properties into category tabs and sorts them alphabetically.
-
-
-
-## Favorite Properties
-
-The Favorites tab contains the most used (or “favorite”) properties.
-
-
-
-Use the **Favorite Properties Editor** to add properties to the Favorites tab. Click the **Edit Favorite Properties...** menu item to open the **Favorite Properties Editor** that lists the report controls. Check/uncheck properties to modify these controls’ favorite property lists.
-
-
-
-## Change Property Values
-
-A marker near each property indicates whether a property value differs from its default value.
-
-
-
-Right-click a property’s editor to reset the value.
-
-
-
-## Specify Expressions
-
-The Properties window allows you to set expressions that specify property values. Click the `f` button to specify an expression in the invoked Expression Editor.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Search for Properties
-
-The integrated search box allows you to find properties. When you type within the search box, the Properties window filters the list and displays properties that match the entered text.
-
-
-
-If you type two substrings separated by a space character, these substrings are considered as individual search criteria. The Properties window shows the properties that match either of these substrings. To find properties that contain both substrings, enclose the typed string in quotation marks or type "+" before the second substring (for instance, **foreground +color**).
-
-Type "-" to exclude properties that contain a specific substring (for instance, **border -color**).
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/query-builder.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/query-builder.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3eeb55d128..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/query-builder.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Query Builder
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 114869
----
-# Query Builder
-The **Query Builder** provides a visual interface for constructing SQL queries and enables you to solve a variety of tasks.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The Query Builder is not available for [object](../report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source.md), [Entity Framework](../report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md) and [Excel](../report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source.md) data sources.
-
-The document consists of the following sections.
-* [Run the Query Builder](#runquerybuilder)
-* [Select Tables](#selecttables)
-* [Join Tables](#jointables)
-* [Edit Parameters](#editparameters)
-* [Filter Data](#filterdata)
-* [Shape Data](#shapedata)
-* [Enable Custom SQL Editing](#customsql)
-* [Preview Results](#previewresults)
-
-## Run the Query Builder
-You can invoke the **Query Builder** from the [query customization](../report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/customize-the-query.md) page of the [Report Wizard](../report-wizard.md) when creating a new data-bound report or when [binding an existing one to a database](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md). To do this, select the **Query** item and click the **Run Query Builder** button.
-
-
-
-You can also use the Query Builder to add queries to an existing SQL data source, as well as to edit existing queries. To do this, right-click the data source in the [Report Explorer](report-explorer.md) and select **Manage Queries** in the context menu.
-
-
-
-In the invoked **Manage Queries** dialog, click **Add** to add a new query. To edit an existing query, click the ellipsis button.
-
-
-
-Finally, click the **Run Query Builder** button in the invoked **Data Source Wizard**.
-
-## Select Tables
-To add a specific data table or view to a query, drag the corresponding item from the list of available tables and drop it onto the list of data tables to be used.
-
-
-
-Enable check boxes for the table fields that you want to include in the query result set.
-
-
-
-Each table provides the context menu, which allows you to rename the table or remove it from the query.
-
-
-
-To search for a specific table or view, click the list of available tables on the left and start typing the search name.
-
-
-
-## Join Tables
-You can join multiple tables within the same query. The Query Builder automatically highlights tables related to any of the previously added tables. Drag-and-drop a subordinate table in the same way as a principal table to include it in a query and automatically create an inner join relation based on a key column.
-
-
-
-Another way to join tables is to click the  button in a row corresponding to a key column.
-
-To customize the relationship, click the corresponding ellipsis button. Use the **Join Editor** to select the join type (**Left Outer** or **Inner**), applied logical operator (**Equals to**, **Is less than**, etc.) and column key fields.
-
-
-
-A left outer join returns all the values from an inner join along with all values in the "left" table that do not match to the "right" table, including rows with NULL (empty) values in the key field.
-
-If tables do not have a relationship at the database level, you can manually join tables. In this case, when you drag-and-drop the required table onto the list of tables to be used, the **Join Editor** is automatically invoked allowing you to construct a custom **join** relationship.
-
-After executing the query, it will return a "flat" table composed of data records selected based on the specified join options.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Although joining different tables within a single query may be required in some scenarios, creating hierarchical data sources generally results in better performance (in general, [master-detail reports](../report-types/master-detail-report-(detail-report-bands).md) are generated faster than similar-looking reports created by grouping "flat" data sources).
-
-## Edit Parameters
-Click the **Edit Parameters** button to invoke the **Query Parameters** dialog, which allows you to add and remove [query parameters](../creating-reports/providing-data/query-parameters.md) as well as specify parameter settings.
-
-
-
-For each query parameter, the following properties are available.
-* **Name** - specifies the name used to refer a parameter.
-* **Type** - specifies the data type of the parameter's value.
-* **Expression** - determines whether the actual parameter value is static or generated dynamically.
-* **Value** - specifies the actual value of a query parameter. If the **Expression** option is enabled, the actual parameter value is produced dynamically by calculating an associated expression, which is particularly useful when you need to map the query parameter value to the value of a [report parameter](../creating-reports/providing-data/report-parameters.md).
-
-The created parameters will be then available on the [Configure Query Parameters](../report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md) wizard page.
-
-For general information on query parameters, see [Query Parameters](../creating-reports/providing-data/query-parameters.md).
-
-## Filter Data
-To specify filter criteria, click the **Filter...** button in the Query Builder. This invokes the **Filter Editor**, which provides the following capabilities.
-
-
-* **Filter Tab**
-
- The editor contains the **Filter** tab allowing you to specify filter conditions for resulting data. Filter criteria can be assigned [query parameters](../creating-reports/providing-data/query-parameters.md) or bound to [report parameters](../creating-reports/providing-data/report-parameters.md).
-* **Group Filter Tab**
-
- The **Group Filter** tab allows you to specify filter conditions for grouped and aggregated data. If data is not grouped, the second tab is disabled.
-* **Other Options**
-
- Using this editor, you can limit the number of resulting data rows. If data is sorted, you can specify how many rows to skip before retrieving the specified number of rows.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Depending on the selected data provider, it can be impossible to take into account the skip setting in the provider-specific SQL string.
-
- Another option enables you to include only distinct values into the resulting set.
-
-## Shape Data
-The Query Builder displays the column list under the data source editor, which provides various shaping options.
-
-
-
-The following options are available.
-* **Column**
-
- Specifies the selected column.
-
- You can choose a required column in the drop-down list or create a column expression by clicking the ellipsis button for the corresponding column.
-
- 
-* **Table**
-
- Specifies the table containing the selected column.
-
- This option indicates **(All Tables)** if an expression is specified for the corresponding column.
-* **Alias**
-
- Specifies a custom column name (alias).
-
- This option is available only for columns that are included in a query.
-* **Output**
-
- Specifies whether or not the column is included into the query’s resulting set.
-* **Sorting Type**
-
- Specifies whether to preserve the original order of data records within the column, or sort them (in ascending or descending order).
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > When binding to XML files, the Query Builder does not support sorting by aggregate functions, DISTINCT and SELECT ALL statements, and custom SQL.
-* **Sort Order**
-
- This option becomes available after applying sorting to the data column records.
-
- It defines the priority in which sorting is applied to multiple columns (the less this number is, the higher the priority).
-
- For example, if column **A** has the sort order set to **1** and column **B** has it set to **2**, the query will be first sorted by column **A** and then by the column **B**.
-
- Changing this setting for one column automatically updates the sort order of other columns to avoid a conflict of priorities.
-* **Group By**
-
- Specifies whether or not the query’s result set should be grouped by this column.
-* **Aggregate**
-
- Specifies whether or not the column's data records should be aggregated.
-
- The following aggregate functions are supported.
- * Count
- * Max
- * Min
- * Avg
- * Sum
- * Count Distinct
- * Avg Distinct
- * Sum Distinct
-
- Applying any of these functions to a column will discard individual data records from the query result set, which will only include the aggregate function result.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You should apply aggregation/grouping to either all columns or to none of them.
-
-## Enable Custom SQL Editing
-If custom SQL editing is enabled by your software provider, the Query Builder contains the **Allow Edit SQL** check box. Selecting this option disables the visual features of the Query Builder and allows users to specify the custom SQL string manually.
-
-
-
-## Preview Results
-You can preview the result of the query execution in the form of a tabular data sample by clicking the **Preview Results** button.
-
-This opens the **Data Preview** window displaying the query result set limited by the first 1000 data records.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/report-design-analyzer.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/report-design-analyzer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 782f1e78ce..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/report-design-analyzer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Report Design Analyzer'
----
-# Report Design Analyzer
-
-The Report Design Analyzer shows errors, warnings, and information messages that help users create or enhance a report layout in the [End-User Report Designer](../../report-designer-for-wpf.md).
-
-
-
-## Invoke the Report Design Analyzer
-
-Do one of the following to invoke the **Report Design Analyzer**:
-
-* Select **Report Design Analyzer** from the **Windows** drop-down menu in the **View** toolbar tab.
-
- 
-
-* Click the bell icon in the status bar.
-
- 
-
-## Filter Messages
-
-You can filter messages by one of the following categories:
-
-
-
-* **Report Layout**
-
- Layout-related messages (for instance, in cases when report controls overlap each other or extend beyond the report's printable area).
-
-* **Report Creation**
-
- Messages about report creation (for instance, notifications about invalid property values or unreachable sources of content).
-
-* **Report Scripts**
-
- Messages that highlight issues in report scripts (for instance, errors in script syntax).
-
-* **All**
-
- All of the above-mentioned messages.
-
-## Correct the Issues
-
-Each message contains a recommendation on how to correct an issue. Click the Plus icon in front of the message to expand the recommendation.
-
-
-
-The message's **Source** column contains a reference to the control or script that caused the issue. Click the reference to navigate to this control or script.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/report-explorer.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/report-explorer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d8aefcb0b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/report-explorer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Explorer
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116217
----
-# Report Explorer
-The **Report Explorer** reflects a report's structure in a tree-like form providing easy access to [report elements](../report-elements.md). Additionally, the Report Explorer contains the **Components** node, which displays non-visual report components such as data objects created when [binding a report to a data source](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md). You can also use the Report Explorer to manage [styles](../creating-reports/appearance-customization/understanding-style-concepts.md) and [formatting rules](../creating-reports/appearance-customization/conditionally-change-a-controls-appearance.md) available for a report.
-
-
-
-To access and edit settings of a report element or component, select it in the Report Explorer and switch to the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md). You can also right-click elements and components to invoke their context menu.
-
-
-
-In the Report Explorer, data-aware controls are marked with a special database icon.
-
-
-
-You can manage styles and formatting rules using commands available in context menus. To invoke a context menu, right-click the corresponding root node or its sub-node.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/script-editor.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/script-editor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fd1decdff6..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/script-editor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Script Editor
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116221
----
-# Script Editor
-The **Script Editor** allows you to write code for specific event handlers in the [Report Designer](../../report-designer-for-wpf.md) to adjust the behavior of [report controls](../report-elements/report-controls.md), [bands](../report-elements/report-bands.md) or the report itself.
-
-
-
-This topic describes the basics of using scripts, the Script Editor interface and shows how to use scripting in a report. The document consists of the following sections.
-* [Scripting Overview](#overview)
-* [Maintaining Scripts](#maintaining)
-
-
-
-## Scripting Overview
-The Script Editor provides you with the capability to write and execute scripts at runtime when a report is generated. Scripting is made available to extend the standard functionality as far as may be required.
-
-The Script Editor supports **C#** and **Visual Basic .NET** scripting languages. This means that the scripting language is independent from the language used to create the report. You can specify the language using the **Script Language** property. The selected scripting language should be the same for all scripts used in a report.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Maintaining Scripts
-Each report element has its own set of events, which are individual for each element type. To handle an event of a report element, do one of the following.
-* Select the required report element (e.g., on the [Design Surface](design-surface.md)). In the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md), expand the **Scripts** property and click the plus button for the event.
-
- 
-* Click the **Scripts** button () in the [Toolbar](toolbar.md) to display the Script Editor. Choose the required report element in the dedicated drop-down list at the left top of the Script Editor. Then, select one of the available events in another list at the right top.
-
- 
-
-After the event is specified, a code template is automatically generated in the current scripting language and added in the Script Editor.
-
-
-
-To check for errors in the report's script, click the **Validate** button. The validation result is displayed in the errors panel at the bottom of the Script Editor. Double-click the error item in the panel's list to go to the corresponding line of code. If all scripts are valid, the errors panel is empty.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/toolbar.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/toolbar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a81245547f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/toolbar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Toolbar
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116214
----
-# Toolbar
-The **Toolbar** allows you to easily perform various report commands, which are divided into the following sections.
-* [Report Commands](#report)
-* [Edit Commands](#edit)
-* [Font Commands](#font)
-* [Arrange Commands](#arrange)
-* [Editors Commands](#editors)
-
-
-
-
-
-## Report Commands
-Use these commands to save and load report layouts.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | New | [Creates a new report](../creating-reports/basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md) using the [Report Wizard](../report-wizard.md). |
-|  | Open | Invokes the **Open** dialog that allows you to select the report layout [to be opened](../creating-reports/basic-operations/back-up-the-report-layout.md). |
-|  | Save | [Saves the current report](../creating-reports/basic-operations/back-up-the-report-layout.md) to the default file. |
-|  | Save as | Invokes the **Save** dialog that allows you to select a file to which the current report layout [should be saved](../creating-reports/basic-operations/back-up-the-report-layout.md). |
-
-
-
-## Edit Commands
-Use the following commands to delete the selected report elements, place them to the clipboard, paste them onto report bands and cancel previous actions.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Delete | Deletes the selected report elements. |
-|  | Cut | Cuts the selected report elements to the clipboard. |
-|  | Copy | Copies the selected report elements to the clipboard. |
-|  | Paste | Pastes the contents of the clipboard to the selected report band. |
-|  | Undo | Cancels the last change made to the report. |
-|  | Redo | Reverses the results of the last undo action. |
-
-
-
-## Font Commands
-Use these commands to easily customize font, color, formatting and alignment settings.
-
-| Icon | Command(s) | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Font Name | Specifies the font name of the selected elements. |
-|  | Font Size | Specifies the font size of the selected elements. |
-|  | Foreground Color | Specifies the foreground color of the selected elements. |
-|  | Background Color | Specifies the background color of the selected elements. |
-|  | Bold, Italic, Underline, Strikeout | Applies/removes bold formatting, italic formatting, underlining and strike through to/from the selected elements. |
-|  | Left, Center, Right, Justify | Specifies the horizontal text alignment of the selected elements. |
-|  | Top, Center, Bottom | Specifies the vertical text alignment of the selected elements. |
-
-
-
-## Arrange Commands
-These commands allow you to change the order of stacked elements.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Bring to Front | Brings the selected elements to the front of a group of stacked elements or moves the selected elements one step closer to the front. |
-|  | Send to Back | Sends the selected elements to the back of a group of stacked elements or moves the selected elements one step toward the back. |
-
-
-
-## Editors Commands
-Use the following commands to invoke the **Watermak** dialog, **Page Setup** dialog or **Script Editor**.
-
-| Icon | Command | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | Watermark | Invokes the [Watermark dialog](../creating-reports/adding-details-about-a-report/create-or-modify-watermarks-of-a-report.md) that allows you to add a text watermark to a report or turn a picture into a report's background. |
-|  | Page Setup | Invokes the [Page Setup dialog](../creating-reports/basic-operations/adjust-page-layout-settings.md) that allows you to modify the paper size, orientation and margins. |
-|  | Scripts | Shows or hides the [Script Editor](script-editor.md) that allows you to write code for specific event handlers. |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-elements/report-controls.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-elements/report-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a80fc4572..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-elements/report-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Controls
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116267
----
-# Report Controls
-In general, _report controls_ allow you to present information of different kinds (e.g., simple or formatted text, pictures, tables, etc.) in your static and [dynamic](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-report-controls-to-data.md) reports, and to [adjust your report's layout](../creating-reports/basic-operations/adjust-the-layout-of-report-elements.md) (by organizing controls within panels, and inserting page breaks at the required positions).
-
-The following table lists the available controls (in the same order as in the [Toolbox](../interface-elements/control-toolbox.md)).
-
-| Icon | Description |
-|---|---|
-|  | The most basic **Label** control is intended to display static or dynamic text or both in your report. In addition, it can be used to [calculate standard summary functions](../creating-reports/shaping-data/calculating-summaries.md) across a data field. |
-|  | The **Check Box** control is intended to display True/False or Checked/Unchecked/Indeterminate states in a report by displaying (or not) a check mark, which can be accompanied by a text description. |
-|  | The **Rich Text** control allows you to display formatted text in your report. It can display static or dynamic text or both. You can also load content to the Rich Text from an external TXT or RTF file (which can contain images). |
-|  | The **Picture Box** control is intended to display images of numerous formats in a report. An image can be loaded from an external file, from a [bound data source](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md), or from a web location using the specified URL. |
-|  | The **Panel** control is a container that frames separate report controls to allow them to be easily moved, copied and pasted, and visually unite them in the [report's preview](../document-preview.md) (with borders or a uniform color background). |
-|  | The **Table** control is designed to arrange information in a [tabular layout](../report-types/table-report.md). It may contain any number of **rows** comprised of individual **cells**. Both rows and cells can be selected and customized individually. In most aspects, a cell is similar to a Label, but can also contain other controls (e.g., Picture Box or Rich Text). |
-|  | The **Character Comb** control displays text so that each character is printed in an individual cell. |
-|  | The **Line** control draws a line of a specified direction, style, width and color. It can be used for both decoration and visual separation of report sections. The Line cannot cross [report bands](report-bands.md), as opposed to the Cross-band Line control. |
-|  | The **Shape** control allows you to embed simple graphic objects into your report. You can choose one of the multiple predefined shapes (e.g., rectangles, ellipses, arrows, polygons, crosses and brackets of various kinds). |
-|  | The **Barcode** control transforms its content into a barcode of the specified type. Multiple standard barcode types are supported. |
-|  | The **Zip Code** control renders a numeric postal code that is used to identify the mail address in some countries. This control is not related to the Zone Improvement Plan (ZIP) code used by the United States Postal Service. |
-|  | The **Chart** is a sophisticated control used to embed graphs into your report. It graphically represents a series of points using numerous 2D or 3D chart types. A Chart can be populated with points both manually (by specifying arguments and values for each point) and dynamically (by connecting it to the [report's data source](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md) or binding it to a separate one). See [Chart with Static Series](../report-types/chart-with-static-series.md) and [Chart with Dynamic Series](../report-types/chart-with-dynamic-series.md) for more information. |
-|  | The **Gauge** control provides you with the capability to embed graphic gauges into your report. |
-|  | The **Sparkline** control displays a compact chart that is commonly used to reflect the flow of data for every row in a report. |
-|  | The **Pivot Grid** control represents dynamic data (obtained from an underlying [data source](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md)) in a cross-tabulated form to create [cross-tab reports](../report-types/cross-tab-report.md), similar to Pivot Tables in Microsoft Excel®. Column headers display unique values from one data field, and row headers - from another field. Each cell displays a summary for the corresponding row and column values. By specifying different data fields, you can see different totals. This allows you to get a compact layout for a complex data analysis. |
-|  | The **Subreport** control allows you to include other reports in your current report. To learn more, see [Master-Detail Report (Subreports)](../report-types/master-detail-report-(subreports).md). |
-|  | The **Table Of Contents** control generates a [table of contents](../creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/create-a-table-of-contents.md) based on [bookmarks](../creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/add-bookmarks.md) specified for report elements. |
-|  | The **Page Info** control is intended to [add page numbers and system information to a report](../creating-reports/adding-details-about-a-report/add-page-numbers-and-system-information-to-a-report.md) (the current date and time or the current user name) into your report. As with many other controls, you can format this control's content. |
-|  | The **Page Break** control's sole purpose is to insert a page delimiter at any point within a report. |
-|  | The **Cross-band Line** control allows you to draw a line through several [report bands](report-bands.md). This can be useful if you need to visually emphasize a section consisting of multiple band areas. In other aspects, it is similar to a regular Line. |
-|  | The **Cross-band Box** control allows you to draw a rectangle through several [report bands](report-bands.md). This can be useful if you need to visually encompass a section consisting of multiple band areas. |
-
-To learn how to create report controls and change their layout, refer to [Create and Delete Report Elements](../creating-reports/basic-operations/create-and-delete-report-elements.md) and [Adjust the Layout of Report Elements](../creating-reports/basic-operations/adjust-the-layout-of-report-elements.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/cross-tab-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/cross-tab-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fca332e0e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/cross-tab-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Cross-Tab Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116209
----
-# Cross-Tab Report
-This tutorial describes the steps needed to create a _cross-tab report_ using the [Pivot Grid](../report-elements/report-controls.md) control. This feature should not be confused with the [master-detail report](master-detail-report.md) or [table report](table-report.md). Additionally, the document demonstrates how to visualize data displayed in the Pivot Grid by linking it with the [Chart](../report-elements/report-controls.md) control.
-
-## Create a Cross-Tab Report
-To create a cross-tab report, do the following.
-1. [Create a new empty report](../creating-reports/basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md).
-2. Drop the [Pivot Grid](../report-elements/report-controls.md) control from the [Toolbox](../interface-elements/control-toolbox.md) onto the report's [Detail band](../report-elements/report-bands.md).
-
- 
-3. To bind the Pivot Grid to a data source, right-click it and select **Edit...** in the context menu. In the invoked dialog, expand the **Data Source** drop-down and click the **Add New** button.
-
- 
-4. The invoked **Data Source Wizard** will guide you through the process of assigning a data source to the grid. For detailed instructions on the Wizard's steps, refer to [Binding a Report to Data](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md), as this process is similar.
-
- After the data source is created, it is assigned to the pivot grid's **Data Source** property. Its **Data Member** property defines from which table or view of the data source the grid obtains its data.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Since you have placed a Pivot Grid in the Detail band, the report's **Data Source** property should not be set. Otherwise, the Pivot Grid will be repeated at the preview as many times as there are records in the data source.
- >
- > 
-5. Once again, right-click the Pivot Grid and select **Run Designer...** in the invoked context menu.
-
- 
-6. In the invoked **PivotGrid Designer**, click **Retrieve Fields**.
-
- 
-7. Then, switch to the **Layout** section in the navigation bar on the left.
-
- Drag and drop the required fields to the **Row Fields**, **Column Fields** and **Data Items** areas.
-
- 
-
- Click **Apply** and close the editor.
-8. In the last step, you can set your report's **Vertical Content Splitting** option to **Smart**. This will split the grid's columns precisely by their borders in the Print Preview.
-
- 
-
-The cross-tab report is now ready. Switch to the [Print Preview](../document-preview.md) tab and view the result.
-
-
-
-## Integrate with a Chart Control
-The next step is to visualize data displayed in the Pivot Grid using a Chart control. To accomplish this, perform the following steps.
-1. Drop the [Chart](../report-elements/report-controls.md) control from the [Toolbox](../interface-elements/control-toolbox.md) onto the report's [Detail band](../report-elements/report-bands.md) below the Pivot Grid. After you drop the Chart, the **Chart Designer** is automatically invoked.
-2. In the Designer, remove an already existing series by clicking the corresponding button.
-
- 
-3. Then, go to the **Data** tab at the right of the Designer's window and choose the Pivot Grid in the dedicated drop-down list.
-
- 
-4. After this, all the Chart's binding and layout settings are automatically adjusted. Make sure that **Series**, **Argument** and **Value** cells have been automatically filled with the corresponding fields. Note, values for these fields are generated based on the Pivot Grid's columns, rows and data items, respectively.
-
- 
-5. To avoid the overlapping of series labels, select the auto-generated series in the chart elements tree, and in the **Options** tab, disable the **Labels Visibility** check box.
-
- 
-6. If required, you can customize various settings that determine the common behavior for a bridged Chart and Pivot Grid pair. To do this, use the Chart's **Pivot Grid Data Source Options** property. This property, in turn, is linked to the **Options Chart Data Source** property of the associated Pivot Grid.
-7. Finally, reset the report's **Vertical Content Splitting** option and switch to the [Preview Tab](../document-preview.md) to see the result.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/label-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/label-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e7075a2d08..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/label-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Label Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116203
----
-# Label Report
-This tutorial describes the steps required to create a label report containing employee badges.
-
-To accomplish this task, do the following.
-1. Click the **New** button on the [Toolbar](../interface-elements/toolbar.md) or the plus button next to the report tab headers to [create a new report](../creating-reports/basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md).
-2. The invoked [Report Wizard](../report-wizard.md) will guide you through the process of creating a label report. For detailed instructions on wizard steps, refer to [Label Report](../report-wizard/label-report.md).
-3. After performing the above steps you will see that the report's Detail band is divided into three different areas. The first area at the left-hand side indicates the actual available band area for controls to be placed within it. The gray area at the right-hand side is intended for the columns in which labels will be displayed, so it cannot be occupied by controls. Finally, the white area specifies an indent between the available and reserved areas.
-
- 
-4. [Bind a report to a data source](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md) containing information about employees.
-5. Then, drop the required fields from the [Field List](../interface-elements/field-list.md) onto the available Detail band's area, and adjust the layout.
-
- 
-
-The label report is now ready. Switch your report to the [Print Preview](../document-preview.md) tab and view the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/table-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/table-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 156b7dcc63..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/table-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Table Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116202
----
-# Table Report
-This tutorial describes how to create a _table report_, which means that the report's data is arranged into a table-like layout. This feature should not be confused with the [master-detail report](master-detail-report.md) or [cross-tab report](cross-tab-report.md).
-
-To create a table report, follow the steps below.
-1. [Create a new report](../creating-reports/basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md) and [bind it to a data source](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md).
-2. To add a [Page Header](../report-elements/report-bands.md) to the report, right-click on the report's surface, and in the invoked context menu, select **Insert Band** and then **Page Header**.
-
- 
-3. Next, add two [Table](../report-elements/report-controls.md) controls to the report's Page Header and Detail band.
-
- To do this, drag the Table control from the [Toolbox](../interface-elements/control-toolbox.md) and drop it onto the Page Header Band. Then, add a table to the Detail band in the same way.
-
- 
-
- One table will be used as a header, and the other one - for the report's detail information.
-4. Type the headers into the upper table's cells. Then, bind the corresponding cells in the detail section to the appropriate data fields by expanding the **Data Bindings** option and setting the **Text** property.
-
- 
-5. Finally, you can customize various properties of the tables to improve their appearance. For example, in the [Properties Panel](../interface-elements/properties-panel.md), you can define the **Borders** property, as well as the **Background Color** property. To customize cell text options, specify the **Font** property.
-
- A noteworthy feature is the capability to specify [odd and even styles](../creating-reports/appearance-customization/use-odd-and-even-styles.md) for the detail table.
-
-The table report is now ready. Switch to the [Print Preview](../document-preview.md) tab, and view the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 41339b5f0f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Wizard
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116225
----
-# Report Wizard
-The Report Wizard is a powerful tool that allows you to easily create reports based on built-in templates. It is automatically invoked when [adding a new report](creating-reports/basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md) in the [Report Designer](../report-designer-for-wpf.md).
-
-
-
-The Report Wizard provides three different ways to setup your report.
-* [Empty Report](report-wizard/empty-report.md)
-
- Choose this option to create a new blank report that is not bound to data and doesn't contain any report controls.
-* [Data-bound Report](report-wizard/data-bound-report.md)
-
- This option allows you to easily create a report bound to a desired data source (database, Entity Framework, object data source or excel data source) and generate its layout from scratch. While setting up the report, you can group and sort data, add totals, apply one of the predefined report style, etc.
-* [Label Report](report-wizard/label-report.md)
-
- Select this report type if you need to print out labels. In the Label Report Wizard, choose a required paper supplier and label type, and the report will be adjusted automatically. After completing the wizard, you get an empty report that clearly indicates label boundaries and properly positions labels within paper sheets.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f704023dd..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Connect to a Database
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116226
----
-# Connect to a Database
-The topics in this section describe the steps required to connect a report to a database using the [Report Wizard](../../report-wizard.md).
-
-
-
-The following data source types are supported:
-
-* Microsoft SQL Server
-* Microsoft Access 97
-* Microsoft Access 2007
-* Microsoft SQL Server CE
-* Oracle
-* Amazon Redshift
-* Google BigQuery
-* Teradata
-* Firebird
-* IBM DB2
-* MySQL
-* Pervasive PSQL
-* PostgreSQL
-* SAP HANA
-* SAP Sybase Advantage
-* SAP Sybase ASE
-* SQLite
-* VistaDB
-* VistaDB5
-* XML file
-
-This task includes the following steps:
-
-* [Select a Data Connection](connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md)
-* [Specify a Connection String](connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md)
-* [Save the Connection String](connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md)
-* [Customize the Query](connect-to-a-database/customize-the-query.md)
-* [Configure Query Parameters](connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md)
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9700533b40..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Configure Query Parameters
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 118018
----
-# Configure Query Parameters
-On this wizard page, you can manage parameters that are used in queries and/or stored procedures selected on the previous wizard page, as well as specify parameter values.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Choose Columns to Display in a Report](../choose-columns-to-display-in-a-report.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/customize-the-query.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/customize-the-query.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c712dda64c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/customize-the-query.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Customize the Query
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116230
----
-# Customize the Query
-On this page, you can construct an SQL query to obtain data from the database or select a stored procedure.
-* [Construct a Query](#query)
-* [Select a Stored Procedure](#storedprocedure)
-
-
-
-## Construct a Query
-To construct an SQL query, do the following.
-1. Select the **Query** option and click the **Run Query Builder** button.
-
- 
-2. In the invoked [Query Builder](../../../interface-elements/query-builder.md) window, select an item from the list of available tables on the left and drop it onto the list of data tables to be used.
-
- 
-3. Enable the check box near the added table to include all of its fields in the data view.
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to exit the **Query Builder**.
-
- For more information on the Query Builder, refer to the [Query Builder](../../../interface-elements/query-builder.md) document.
-
-
-
-## Select a Stored Procedure
-To use a stored procedure, choose the **Stored Procedure** option and then select the required stored procedure from the list.
-
-
-
-If the selected query or stored procedure contains any [parameters](../../../creating-reports/providing-data/query-parameters.md), you will be required to define their values on the next wizard page: [Configure Query Parameters](configure-query-parameters.md).
-
-Otherwise, clicking **Next** will open the next Report Wizard page: [Choose Columns to Display in a Report](../choose-columns-to-display-in-a-report.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f065c38f12..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Save the Connection String
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116229
----
-# Save the Connection String
-If the data connection uses server authentication, this wizard page allows you to choose whether to save the user credentials along with the connection string.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Customize the Query](customize-the-query.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a85c50751e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Connection
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116227
----
-# Select a Data Connection
-On this page, you can choose whether to use one of the existing data connections or create a new one.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page. If you select one of the available connections from the list, go to the [Customize the Query](customize-the-query.md) page. Otherwise, proceed to the [Specify a Connection String](specify-a-connection-string.md) page to create a custom connection string and manually specify its parameters.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 18b6f20590..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify a Connection String
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116228
----
-# Specify a Connection String
-
-This page allows you to specify connection string parameters specific to the selected data source provider.
-
-Next, specify the connection options required for the selected provider type (e.g., authentication type and database name).
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to one of the next wizard pages, depending on whether or not the created connection uses server authentication.
-* [Save the Connection String](save-the-connection-string.md) - if server authentication is required, this page allows you to specify whether or not to save user credentials along with the connection string.
-* [Customize the Query](customize-the-query.md) - if server authentication is not required, proceed to constructing the query.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fec6f19a2e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind to a Stored Procedure
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116263
----
-# Bind to a Stored Procedure
-This wizard page allows you to add stored procedures to the data source and configure their parameters. Note that this page is available only if the current Entity Framework model provides at least one stored procedure.
-
-To add a stored procedure, click **Add** and in the invoked dialog, select the required stored procedure from the list of available procedures.
-
-
-
-Next, specify stored procedure parameter values, which can be either static or generated by appropriate expressions.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page. If you have added more than one stored procedures on this page or if the current Entity Framework model additionally provides data tables, go to the [Select a Data Member](select-a-data-member.md) page. Otherwise, proceed to the [Choose Columns to Display in a Report](../choose-columns-to-display-in-a-report.md) page.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/configure-filters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/configure-filters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 459b0cbbe7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/configure-filters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Configure Filters
-author: Margarita Zakhodyaeva
----
-# Configure Filters
-
-This wizard page allows you to define any number of [filter criteria](../../../../report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions.md) for your data source.
-
-The **Filter Editor** is displayed after choosing an entity on this wizard page.
-
-
-
-Use this editor to define the selected entity's filter criteria. The filter string can also reference [report parameters](../../../creating-reports/providing-data/report-parameters.md).
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-connection-string.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-connection-string.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f507d7b7a4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-connection-string.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Connection String
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116261
----
-# Select a Connection String
-
-This page allows you to specify a connection string used to establish a data connection. The following options are available:
-
-## Default Connection String
-
-Choose the default connection string if it is specified in the application’s configuration file.
-
-
-
-## Custom Connection String
-
-Specify a custom connection string in the connection string editor and choose whether or not to store the string in the application’s configuration file.
-
-
-
-## Predefined Connection String
-
-Select an existing connection string available in the current project.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page. If the current Entity Framework model provides stored procedures, go to the [Bind to a Stored Procedure](bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md) page; otherwise, proceed to the [Configure Filters](configure-filters.md) page.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-data-member.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-data-member.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fcaac96052..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-data-member.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Member
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116920
----
-# Select a Data Member
-This wizard page allows you to select one of the available data members that will provide data to your report.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Configure Filters](configure-filters.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-the-data-context.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-the-data-context.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c7a500ebd6..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-the-data-context.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select the Data Context
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116260
----
-# Select the Data Context
-This page allows you to select a required Entity Framework data context that will provide data to a report.
-
-On this page, select a data context from the list of existing data contexts. You can also populate this list with data contexts from a separate assembly. To do this, click **Browse...**, and in the invoked **Open** dialog, select the required assembly.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select the Connection String](select-a-connection-string.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/choose-columns.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/choose-columns.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 70aa434b23..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/choose-columns.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Choose columns
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116250
----
-# Choose columns
-On this wizard page, you can select required columns and specify their settings.
-
-To select a column, enable the corresponding **Selected** check box. Use **Name** to specify the custom column name and **Type** to choose the column type.
-
-
-
-This page also allows you to preview the resulting data by clicking the **Preview...** button.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Choose Columns to Display in a Report](../choose-columns-to-display-in-a-report.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-a-worksheet-table-or-named-region.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-a-worksheet-table-or-named-region.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ef8ea5a1d0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-a-worksheet-table-or-named-region.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Worksheet, Table or Named Region
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116249
----
-# Select a Worksheet, Table or Named Region
-> [!NOTE]
-> This wizard page appears only if you selected a Microsoft Excel Workbook on the previous page.
-
-This wizard page allows you to select one of the available worksheets, tables or named regions that will provide data for a report.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Choose columns](choose-columns.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-an-excel-workbook-or-csv-file.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-an-excel-workbook-or-csv-file.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a0c7a48523..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-an-excel-workbook-or-csv-file.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select an Excel Workbook or CSV file
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116247
----
-# Select an Excel Workbook or CSV file
-On this wizard page, select a required Microsoft Excel workbook (the XLS, XLSX and XLSM formats are supported) or CSV file. To do this, click the ellipsis button and locate the source file, or enter the full path to this file.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Specify Import Settings](specify-import-settings.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/specify-import-settings.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/specify-import-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 18f3152135..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/specify-import-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify Import Settings
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116248
----
-# Specify Import Settings
-On this wizard page, you can specify required import settings. This page provides access to different settings depending on whether you have selected an Excel Workbook or CSV file.
-
-## Import Settings for an Excel Workbook
-The following settings are available if an Excel workbook has been selected.
-
-
-* **Use values of the first rows as field names** - Specifies whether values of the first row should be imported as field names. If this option is disabled, values of the first row will be imported as data and field names will be generated automatically.
-* **Skip empty rows** - Specifies whether or not to include empty rows to the resulting data source.
-* **Skip hidden rows** - Specifies whether or not to include hidden rows to the resulting data source.
-* **Skip hidden columns** - Specifies whether or not to include hidden columns to the resulting data source.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select a Worksheet, Table or Named Region](select-a-worksheet-table-or-named-region.md).
-
-## Import Settings for a CSV file
-The following settings are available if a CSV file has been selected.
-
-
-* **Use values of the first rows as field names** - Specifies whether or not values of the first row should be imported as field names. If this option is disabled, values of the first row will be imported as data and field names will be generated automatically.
-* **Skip empty rows** - Specifies whether or not to include empty rows to the resulting data source.
-* **Trim Blanks** - Specifies whether to delete all leading and trailing empty spaces from each value in the source CSV file.
-* **Encoding** - Specifies the character encoding in the source CSV file. If the corresponding **Detect automatically** check box is enabled, this setting's value is automatically determined.
-* **Newline type** - Specifies the line break type in the source CSV file. If the corresponding **Detect automatically** check box is enabled, this setting's value is automatically determined.
-* **Value separator** - Specifies a character used to separate values in the source CSV file. If the corresponding **Detect automatically** check box is enabled, this setting's value is automatically determined.
-* **Culture** - Specifies culture information used to import data from the source CSV file.
-* **Text Qualifier** - Specifies the character that encloses values in the source CSV file.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Choose columns](choose-columns.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-constructor.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-constructor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 51b05dc59a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-constructor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Source Constructor
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116244
----
-# Select a Data Source Constructor
-On this wizard page, select a data source constructor to be used to create an instance of the data source.
-
-
-
-Enable the **Show only highlighted constructors** check box to exclude irrelevant constructors from the list. Otherwise, all available constructors will be shown.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Specify the Constructor Parameters](specify-the-constructor-parameters.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-member.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-member.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a2d396f1b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-member.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Source Member
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116241
----
-# Select a Data Source Member
-This wizard page allows you to select whether you want bind to the entire object or to its public member (method or property).
-
-
-
-Select the **Show only highlighted members** check box to exclude irrelevant members from the list. Otherwise, all available members will be shown.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page. If you select binding to the entire object, proceed to the [Select the Data Binding Mode](select-the-data-binding-mode.md) page. If you choose one of the available public members, go to the [Specify the Member Parameters](specify-the-member-parameters.md) page.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d7553cd4d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select a Data Source Type
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116240
----
-# Select a Data Source Type
-On this wizard page, select a required data source type.
-
-
-
-To exclude irrelevant classes from the list, select the **Show only highlighted types** check box. If you disable this check box, all available data source types will be shown.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select a Data Source Member](select-a-data-source-member.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-an-assembly.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-an-assembly.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 27e66596bf..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-an-assembly.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select an Assembly
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116239
----
-# Select an Assembly
-On this wizard page, select an assembly that contains the class type definition of the data source.
-
-
-
-To exclude irrelevant assemblies from the list, select the **Show only highlighted assemblies** check box. If you disable the check box, all available data source types will be shown.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select a Data Source Type](select-a-data-source-type.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-the-data-binding-mode.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-the-data-binding-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e9c1ef468b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-the-data-binding-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select the Data Binding Mode
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116243
----
-# Select the Data Binding Mode
-On this wizard page, you can choose one of the following data binding modes.
-* **Retrieve the data source schema** - Select this option to retrieve only the data source schema from the specified object and edit the report layout without having access to the actual underlying data.
-* **Retrieve the actual data** - Select this option to automatically create an instance of the data source type and obtain its actual data.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard once you select the data binding mode.
-* [Choose Columns to Display in a Report](../choose-columns-to-display-in-a-report.md) - if you select the first option, go to choosing columns to display in a report.
-* [Select a Data Source Constructor](select-a-data-source-constructor.md) - this page allows you to choose a required constructor to create an instance of the data source.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-constructor-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-constructor-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e7ee078612..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-constructor-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify the Constructor Parameters
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116245
----
-# Specify the Constructor Parameters
-On this wizard page, you can specify the constructor parameters.
-
-To specify the constructor parameter's value, use the **Value** column. Enable the check box in the **Expression** column to make it possible to specify the parameter expression using the **Expression Editor**. In this case, you can pass an existing report parameter to the constructor or create a new one using the in-place editor.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Choose Columns to Display in a Report](../choose-columns-to-display-in-a-report.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-member-parameters.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-member-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a086c11230..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-member-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify the Member Parameters
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116242
----
-# Specify the Member Parameters
-On this wizard page, you can specify the member parameters.
-
-To specify the member parameter's value, use the **Value** column. Enable the check box in the **Expression** column to make it possible to specify the parameter expression using the **Expression Editor**. In this case, you can pass an existing report parameter to the member or create a new one using the in-place editor.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Select the Data Binding Mode](select-the-data-binding-mode.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/enter-the-report-title.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/enter-the-report-title.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bc693b93ea..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/enter-the-report-title.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Enter the Report Title
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116237
----
-# Enter the Report Title
-On this page, specify the title for the report and click **Finish** to exit the wizard.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/select-the-data-source-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/select-the-data-source-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 06934e24cf..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/select-the-data-source-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select the Data Source Type
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116231
----
-# Select the Data Source Type
-This wizard page allows you to select the required data source type.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page once you select the data source type.
-* [Connect to a Database](connect-to-a-database.md)
-* [Connect to an Entity Framework Data Source](connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to an Object Data Source](connect-to-an-object-data-source.md)
-* [Connect to an Excel Data Source](connect-to-an-excel-data-source.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/specify-summary-options.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/specify-summary-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bf01b4ee3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/specify-summary-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify Summary Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116234
----
-# Specify Summary Options
-This wizard page allows you to specify totals for each data group or for the entire report. The specified totals will be displayed after corresponding groups and in the report footer.
-
-The page displays all available numerical and date-time fields that are not used to group data. You can select desired functions using the check box table.
-
-
-
-There are instances when data fields contain empty values. If you don't want to take these values into account when calculating totals, select the **Ignore NULL values** check box. Otherwise, these values will be treated as zeros for numeric fields and the earliest system date for date-time fields.
-
-You can stop the wizard at this step by clicking **Finish**. If you do so, your report will look similar to the one in the image below.
-
-
-
-If you want to further customize your report, click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Choose a Report Layout](choose-a-report-layout.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/empty-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/empty-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index be41f92855..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/empty-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Empty Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116222
----
-# Empty Report
-The **Report Wizard** allows you to create reports of three kinds: **empty reports**, [data-bound reports](data-bound-report.md) and [label reports](label-report.md). To create a new blank report, select **Empty Report** and click **Finish**.
-
-
-
-The created report is not bound to a data source and doesn't contain any report controls. The following image demonstrates the default layout of this report.
-
-
-
-You can then [bind the report to a required data source](../creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md) and [construct the report layout](../creating-reports/basic-operations/adjust-the-layout-of-report-elements.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 00b25d06c3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Label Report
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116224
----
-# Label Report
-The **Report Wizard** allows you to create reports of three kinds: [empty reports](empty-report.md), [data-bound reports](data-bound-report.md) and **label reports**. To generate a label report, select **Label Report** and click **Next**.
-
-
-
-After completing the Label Report Wizard, you will get a blank report that generates labels of a specifc size. The report designer will indicate the label boundaries and properly position labels within paper sheets. You can then populate the label area with the required content and print out your labels.
-
-Label creation consists of the following two steps.
-* [Select the Label Type](label-report/select-the-label-type.md)
-* [Customize the Label Options](label-report/customize-the-label-options.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report/customize-the-label-options.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report/customize-the-label-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index dfe6773d02..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report/customize-the-label-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Customize the Label Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116258
----
-# Customize the Label Options
-This wizard page is intended to manually adjust label settings that were automatically specified in the previous step based on the selected supplier and product.
-
-Editors on this page allow you to choose the **Page Size** and freely customize label parameters. The pane on the right-hand side provides a label dimensions preview.
-
-
-
-Click **Finish** to complete report creation.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report/select-the-label-type.md b/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report/select-the-label-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 011c8422cc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report/select-the-label-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select the Label Type
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 116257
----
-# Select the Label Type
-This wizard page is intended to select one of the numerous predefined label types.
-
-On this page, you can choose the proper supplier from the **Label product** combo box and a particular product from the **Product number** list. The selected type defines the label's size and layout, as well as the default page type for this label.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed to the next wizard page: [Customize the Label Options](customize-the-label-options.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/add-watermarks-in-the-collection-editor.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/add-watermarks-in-the-collection-editor.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bfe9c91f5..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/add-watermarks-in-the-collection-editor.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/behind-image-position.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/behind-image-position.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1dd5805c5e..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/behind-image-position.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/bind-watermarks-to-expression--ui.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/bind-watermarks-to-expression--ui.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 84ace8855f..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/bind-watermarks-to-expression--ui.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/disable-messages-that-belong-to-error-source.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/disable-messages-that-belong-to-error-source.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b240f6e80..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/disable-messages-that-belong-to-error-source.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eud-specify-picture-watermark-settings.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eud-specify-picture-watermark-settings.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c6e0cb319b..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eud-specify-picture-watermark-settings.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-ReportWizard-SelectDataSourceType.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-ReportWizard-SelectDataSourceType.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 299c3d6663..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-ReportWizard-SelectDataSourceType.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-expand-message.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-expand-message.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fbb3f82a7..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-expand-message.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-filter-messages.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-filter-messages.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ea66e07cd..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-filter-messages.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-navigate-to-control.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-navigate-to-control.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6069eceddf..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf-navigate-to-control.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b93f1276b..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-report-design-analyzer-wpf.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-report-bands-design-time-default-layout.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-report-bands-design-time-default-layout.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 852b847598..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-report-bands-design-time-default-layout.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-watermark-editor-picture.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-watermark-editor-picture.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a42150f380..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-watermark-editor-picture.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-watermark-editor.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-watermark-editor.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 59420f2cf0..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/eurd-win-watermark-editor.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/filter-messages-by-type.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/filter-messages-by-type.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 659167d9d5..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/filter-messages-by-type.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120136.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120136.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 95ba88dc5f..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120136.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120163.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120163.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a7615f8f21..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120163.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120164.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120164.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c40d9ed826..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120164.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120165.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120165.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 89139d08f2..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120165.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120167.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120167.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fcfa39a2cf..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120167.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120173.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120173.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 301639277f..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120173.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120174.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120174.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 15c6f949a4..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120174.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120175.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120175.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c12e42c40..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120175.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120177.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120177.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7359e6cd5c..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120177.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120178.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120178.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c8e0917f0..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120178.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120179.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120179.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d6464bbf5..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120179.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120186.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120186.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c79a27dbf3..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120186.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120187.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120187.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fd18adb820..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120187.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120301.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120301.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cf2c19c95..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120301.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120302.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120302.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 704307b6f7..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120302.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120432.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120432.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 41b4985da4..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img120432.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img123769.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img123769.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a288b7651..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img123769.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img123770.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img123770.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d1144164e1..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img123770.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img124137.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img124137.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b0b1a9134..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img124137.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img125689.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img125689.png
deleted file mode 100644
index db718e4c32..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img125689.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img126936.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/img126936.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 640e25689b..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/img126936.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/infront-text-position.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/infront-text-position.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 688393edb2..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/infront-text-position.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-expand-message@2x.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-expand-message@2x.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e34db2849..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-expand-message@2x.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-navigate-to-control@2x.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-navigate-to-control@2x.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c814cd259b..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-navigate-to-control@2x.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-win.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-win.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 768c95e488..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/report-design-analyzer-win.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/images/wpf-bind-watermarks-to-expression--ui.png b/reporting-for-desktop/images/wpf-bind-watermarks-to-expression--ui.png
deleted file mode 100644
index da96583387..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-desktop/images/wpf-bind-watermarks-to-expression--ui.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-desktop/toc.yml b/reporting-for-desktop/toc.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd50cb8ae6..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-desktop/toc.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,864 +0,0 @@
-items:
-- name: Report Designer for WinForms
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms.md
- items:
- - name: First Look at the Report Designer
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/first-look-at-the-report-designer.md
- - name: Add New Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-new-reports.md
- - name: Open Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/open-reports.md
- - name: Save Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/save-reports.md
- - name: Introduction to Banded Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/introduction-to-banded-reports.md
- - name: Bind to Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data.md
- items:
- - name: Bind a Report to a Database
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Stored Procedure
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-stored-procedure.md
- - name: Specify Query Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an XML File
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-xml-file.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an Entity Framework Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an Object Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an Excel Workbook
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-excel-workbook.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a CSV File
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-csv-file.md
- - name: Bind a Report to JSON data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a MongoDB Instance
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-mongodb-instance.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an XPO Persistent Object
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\bind-to-data\bind-a-report-to-an-xpo-persistent-object.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Join-Based Federated Data Source
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\bind-to-data\bind-a-report-to-a-join-based-federated-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Union-Based Federated Data Source
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\bind-to-data\bind-a-report-to-a-union-based-federated-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Transformation-Based Data Source
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\bind-to-data\bind-a-report-to-a-transformation-based-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Federated Master-Detail Data Source
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\bind-to-data\bind-a-report-to-a-federated-master-detail-data-source.md
- - name: Data Binding Modes
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md
- - name: Create Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports.md
- items:
- - name: Table Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/table-reports.md
- - name: Vertical Reports
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\create-reports\vertical-reports.md
- - name: Master-Detail Reports with Detail Report Bands
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md
- - name: Master-Detail Reports with Subreports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md
- - name: Hierarchical Reports
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\create-reports\hierarchical-reports.md
- - name: Invoices
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/invoices.md
- - name: Invoices from Templates
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/invoices-from-templates.md
- - name: Cross-Tab Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md
- - name: Balance Sheets
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/balance-sheets.md
- - name: Labels and Badges
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/labels-and-badges.md
- - name: Multi-Column Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/multi-column-reports.md
- - name: Interactive E-Forms
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/interactive-e-forms.md
- - name: Reports with Cross-Band Content and Populated Empty Space
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/reports-with-cross-band-content-and-populated-empty-space.md
- - name: Reports Merged with PDF
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/reports-merged-with-pdf.md
- - name: Reports with Embedded PDF Content
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/reports-with-embedded-pdf-content.md
- - name: Reports with a Visual PDF Signature
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/create-reports/reports-with-visual-pdf-signature.md
- - name: Configure Design Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/configure-design-settings.md
- items:
- - name: Change a Report's Measurement Units
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md
- - name: Change a Report's Page Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-page-settings.md
- - name: Enable the Right-To-Left Layout
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/configure-design-settings/enable-the-right-to-left-layout.md
- - name: Use Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements.md
- items:
- - name: Manipulate Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements.md
- items:
- - name: Add Controls to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-controls-to-a-report.md
- - name: Select Report Elements and Access Their Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md
- - name: Move and Resize Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md
- - name: Apply Styles to Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/apply-styles-to-report-elements.md
- - name: Copy Report Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/copy-report-controls.md
- - name: Reuse Report Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/reuse-report-controls.md
- - name: Arrange Report Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md
- - name: Convert Labels to Table
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/convert-labels-to-table.md
- - name: Add Report Controls to Containers
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-report-controls-to-containers.md
- - name: Validate the Report Layout
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/validate-the-report-layout.md
- - name: Keyboard Shortcuts
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/keyboard-shortcut.md
- - name: Bind Report Controls to Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md
- - name: Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md
- - name: Update Report Data Bindings
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/update-report-data-bindings.md
- - name: Use Basic Report Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls.md
- items:
- - name: Label
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md
- - name: Character Comb
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md
- - name: Rich Text
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md
- - name: Check Box
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md
- - name: Picture Box
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md
- - name: Subreport
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md
- - name: Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md
- - name: Page Break
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md
- - name: Table of Contents
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md
- - name: Page Info
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md
- - name: PDF Content
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md
- - name: PDF Signature
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md
- - name: Use Tables
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables.md
- items:
- - name: Table Overview
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md
- - name: Bind Table Cells to Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/bind-table-cells-to-data.md
- - name: Manage Table Structure
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/manage-table-structure.md
- - name: Manipulate Table Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md
- - name: Hide Table Cells
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md
- - name: Use Barcodes
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes.md
- items:
- - name: Add Barcodes to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md
- - name: Barcode Recognition Specifics
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/bar-code-recognition-specifics.md
- - name: Aztec Code
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/aztec-code.md
- - name: Codabar
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/codabar.md
- - name: Code 11 (USD-8)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-11-usd-8.md
- - name: Code 128
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-128.md
- - name: Code 39 (USD-3)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-usd-3.md
- - name: Code 39 Extended
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-extended.md
- - name: Code 93
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93.md
- - name: Code 93 Extended
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93-extended.md
- - name: Deutsche Post Leitcode
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-leitcode.md
- - name: Deutsche Post Identcode
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-identcode.md
- - name: EAN 13
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-13.md
- - name: EAN 8
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-8.md
- - name: ECC200 - Data Matrix
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ecc200-data-matrix.md
- - name: GS1 - DataBar
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-databar.md
- - name: GS1- Data Matrix
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-data-matrix.md
- - name: GS1-128 - EAN-128 (UCC)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-128-ean-128-ucc.md
- - name: Industrial 2 of 5
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/industrial-2-of-5.md
- - name: Intelligent Mail
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail.md
- - name: Intelligent Mail Package
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail-package.md
- - name: Interleaved 2 of 5
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/interleaved-2-of-5.md
- - name: Matrix 2 of 5
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/matrix-2-of-5.md
- - name: MSI - Plessey
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/msi-plessey.md
- - name: PDF417
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pdf417.md
- - name: Pharmacode
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pharmacode.md
- - name: PostNet
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/postnet.md
- - name: QR Code
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/qr-code.md
- - name: Micro QR Code
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/micro-qr-code.md
- - name: GS1 QR Code
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-qr-code.md
- - name: EPC QR Code
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/epc-qr-code.md
- - name: SSCC (Serial Shipping Container Code)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/sscc.md
- - name: UPC Shipping Container Symbol (ITF-14)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-shipping-container-symbol-itf-14.md
- - name: UPC Supplemental 2
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-2.md
- - name: UPC Supplemental 5
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-5.md
- - name: UPC-A
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-a.md
- - name: UPC-E0
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e0.md
- - name: UPC-E1
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e1.md
- - name: Use Charts and Pivot Grids
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids.md
- items:
- - name: Use Charts in Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-in-reports.md
- - name: Add a Chart (Set Up Series Manually)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md
- - name: Add a Chart (Use a Series Template)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md
- - name: Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md
- - name: Link a Chart and a Pivot Grid
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-charts-and-pivot-grids/link-a-chart-and-a-pivot-grid.md
- - name: Use Cross Tabs
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs.md
- items:
- - name: Cross Tab Overview
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs/cross-tab-overview.md
- - name: Cross Tab Fields
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs/cross-tab-fields.md
- - name: Data Shaping
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs/data-shaping.md
- - name: Layout and Print Options
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs/layout-and-print-options.md
- - name: Cross Tab Appearance
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-cross-tabs/cross-tab-appearance.md
- - name: Use Gauges and Sparklines
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines.md
- items:
- - name: Add Gauges to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md
- - name: Add Sparklines to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md
- - name: Draw Lines and Shapes
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes.md
- items:
- - name: Draw Lines
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md
- - name: Draw Shapes
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md
- - name: Draw Cross-Band Lines and Boxes
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md
- - name: Use Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters.md
- items:
- - name: Create a Report Parameter
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md
- items:
- - name: Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md
- - name: Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md
- - name: Multi-Value Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md
- - name: Cascading Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md
- - name: Date Range Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md
- - name: Reference Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md
- - name: The Parameters Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md
- - name: Shape Report Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data.md
- items:
- - name: Filter Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data.md
- items:
- - name: Filter Data at the Report Level
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md
- - name: Filter Data at the Data Source Level
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md
- - name: Limit the Number of Records to Display
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/filter-data/limit-the-number-of-records-to-display.md
- - name: Group and Sort Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data.md
- items:
- - name: Sort Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md
- - name: Group Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md
- - name: Sort Data by a Custom Field
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md
- - name: Group Data by a Custom Field
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md
- - name: Sort Groups by a Summary Function's Result
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-groups-by-a-summary-function-result.md
- - name: Format Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/format-data.md
- - name: Specify Conditions for Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements.md
- items:
- - name: Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md
- - name: Conditionally Change a Label's Text
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-label-text.md
- - name: Conditionally Change a Band's Visibility
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md
- - name: Conditionally Filter Report Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-filter-report-data.md
- - name: Conditionally Suppress Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md
- - name: Limit the Number of Records per Page
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/limit-the-number-of-records-per-page.md
- - name: Display Average Values in Charts
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/display-average-values-in-charts.md
- - name: Calculate Summaries
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries.md
- items:
- - name: Calculate a Summary
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md
- - name: Calculate a Weighted Average
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-weighted-average.md
- - name: Calculate an Advanced Summary
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-an-advanced-summary.md
- - name: Calculate Carried Forward/Brought Forward
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-carriedforward-broughtforward.md
- - name: Count Elements and Values
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values.md
- items:
- - name: Display Row Numbers in a Report, Group or Page
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md
- - name: Count the Number of Records in a Report or Group
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md
- - name: Count the Number of Groups in a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md
- - name: Use Calculated Fields
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields.md
- items:
- - name: Calculated Fields Overview
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md
- - name: Calculate an Aggregate Function
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-an-aggregate-function.md
- - name: Lay out Dynamic Report Content
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/lay-out-dynamic-report-content.md
- items:
- - name: Maintain the Band Location on a Page
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-band-location-on-a-page.md
- - name: Keep Content Together
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/keep-content-together.md
- - name: Maintain the Size and Content of Data-Bound Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-size-and-content-of-data-bound-controls.md
- - name: Anchor Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/anchor-controls.md
- - name: Suppress Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/suppress-controls.md
- - name: Customize Appearance
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/customize-appearance.md
- items:
- - name: Appearance Properties
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/customize-appearance/appearance-properties.md
- - name: Report Visual Styles
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md
- - name: Report Style Sheets
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/customize-appearance/report-style-sheets.md
- - name: Add Navigation
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-navigation.md
- items:
- - name: Add Page Numbers
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md
- - name: Add Cross-References and Hyperlinks
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-navigation/add-cross-references-and-hyperlinks.md
- - name: Add Bookmarks and a Document Map
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-navigation/add-bookmarks-and-a-document-map.md
- - name: Add a Table of Contents
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-navigation/add-a-table-of-contents.md
- - name: Provide Interactivity
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity.md
- items:
- - name: Create Drill-Down Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/create-drill-down-reports.md
- - name: Create Drill-Through Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/create-drill-through-reports.md
- - name: Sort a Report in Print Preview
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md
- - name: Edit Content in Print Preview
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md
- - name: Add Extra Information
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-extra-information.md
- items:
- - name: Add Watermarks to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-extra-information/add-watermarks-to-a-report.md
- - name: Display the User Name in a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-extra-information/display-the-user-name-in-a-report.md
- - name: Display the Current Date and Time in a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/add-extra-information/display-the-current-date-and-time-in-a-report.md
- - name: Merge Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/merge-reports.md
- items:
- - name: Add a Report to the End/Beginning
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/merge-reports/add-a-report-to-the-end-beginning.md
- - name: Use Data-Driven Page Sequence
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/merge-reports/use-data-driven-page-sequence.md
- - name: Use Expressions
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions.md
- items:
- - name: Expressions Overview
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/expressions-overview.md
- - name: Expression Language
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/expression-language.md
- - name: Functions in Expressions
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md
- - name: "How to: Use Expressions"
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/how-to-use-expressions.md
- - name: Data Binding Modes
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md
- - name: Use Report Scripts
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/use-report-scripts.md
- - name: Print, Preview and Export Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/preview-print-and-export-reports.md
- - name: Report Designer Tools
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools.md
- items:
- - name: Report Wizard
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md
- items:
- - name: Choose a Report Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/choose-a-report-type.md
- - name: Blank Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/blank-report.md
- - name: Table Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report.md
- items:
- - name: Select the Data Source Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/select-the-data-source-type.md
- - name: Choose Fields to Display in a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/choose-fields-to-display-in-a-report.md
- - name: Add Grouping Levels
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/add-grouping-levels.md
- - name: Specify Summary Options
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/specify-summary-options.md
- - name: Specify Report Page Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/specify-report-page-settings.md
- - name: Choose a Report Color Scheme
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/choose-a-report-color-scheme.md
- - name: Set the Report Title
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-report/set-the-report-title.md
- - name: Vertical Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/vertical-report.md
- - name: Cross-Tab Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/cross-tab-report.md
- - name: Labels
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels.md
- items:
- - name: Select the Data Source Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/select-the-data-source-type.md
- - name: Select the Label Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/select-the-label-type.md
- - name: Customize the Label Options
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/labels/customize-the-label-options.md
- - name: Template
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/template.md
- items:
- - name: Choose a Report Template
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/template/choose-a-report-template.md
- - name: Select the Data Source Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/template/select-the-data-source-type.md
- - name: Map Report Template Fields
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/template/map-report-template-fields.md
- - name: Specify Report Template Options
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/template/specify-report-template-options.md
- - name: Data Source Wizard
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md
- items:
- - name: Connect to a Database
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database.md
- items:
- - name: Select a Data Connection
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md
- - name: Specify a Connection String
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md
- - name: Save the Connection String
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md
- - name: Create a Query or Select a Stored Procedure
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/create-a-query-or-select-a-stored-procedure.md
- - name: Configure Query Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md
- - name: Connect to an Entity Framework Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Select the Data Context
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-the-data-context.md
- - name: Select a Connection String
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-connection-string.md
- - name: Bind to a Stored Procedure
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md
- - name: Select a Data Member
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-data-member.md
- - name: Configure Filters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/configure-filters.md
- - name: Connect to an Object Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Select an Assembly
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-an-assembly.md
- - name: Select a Data Source Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-type.md
- - name: Select a Data Source Member
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-member.md
- - name: Specify the Member Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-member-parameters.md
- - name: Select the Data Binding Mode
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-the-data-binding-mode.md
- - name: Select a Data Source Constructor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-constructor.md
- - name: Specify the Constructor Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-constructor-parameters.md
- - name: Connect to an Excel Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Select an Excel Workbook or CSV file
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-an-excel-workbook-or-csv-file.md
- - name: Specify Import Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/specify-import-settings.md
- - name: Select a Worksheet, Table or Named Range
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\report-designer-tools\data-source-wizard\connect-to-an-excel-data-source\select-a-worksheet,-table-or-named-range.md
- - name: Choose Columns
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/choose-columns.md
- - name: Connect to a JSON Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Specify JSON Data Location
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/specify-json-data-location.md
- - name: Configure Web Service Endpoint Request
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/configure-web-service-endpoint-request.md
- - name: Select Data Fields
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-json-data-source/select-data-fields.md
- - name: Connect to an XPO Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Choose an Entity Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/choose-an-entity-type.md
- - name: Select a Data Connection
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/select-a-data-connection.md
- - name: Specify a Connection String
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/specify-a-connection-string.md
- - name: Save the Connection String
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-an-xpo-data-source/save-the-connection-string.md
- - name: Connect to a Federated Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/connect-to-a-federated-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Create a Federated Query
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-for-winforms\report-designer-tools\data-source-wizard\connect-to-a-federated-data-source\create-a-federated-query.md
- - name: No Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/no-data.md
- - name: Query Builder
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md
- - name: Toolbox
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md
- - name: Toolbar
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/toolbar.md
- - name: UI Panels
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels.md
- items:
- - name: Report Explorer
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md
- - name: Field List
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md
- - name: Report Gallery
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-gallery.md
- - name: Property Grid (Tabbed View)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-tabbed-view.md
- - name: Property Grid (Non-Tabbed View)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/property-grid-non-tabbed-view.md
- - name: Group and Sort Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/group-and-sort-panel.md
- - name: Report Design Analyzer
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-design-analyzer.md
- - name: Localize Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-winforms/localize-reports.md
-- name: Report Designer for WPF
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf.md
- items:
- - name: Report Types
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types.md
- items:
- - name: Static Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/static-report.md
- - name: Table Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/table-report.md
- - name: Label Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/label-report.md
- - name: Multi-Column Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/multi-column-report.md
- - name: Master-Detail Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/master-detail-report.md
- - name: Master-Detail Report (Detail Report Bands)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/master-detail-report-(detail-report-bands).md
- - name: Master-Detail Report (Subreports)
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/master-detail-report-(subreports).md
- - name: Report with PDF Content
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/report-with-pdf-content.md
- - name: Cross-Tab Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/cross-tab-report.md
- - name: Parametrized Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/parametrized-report.md
- - name: Chart with Static Series
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/chart-with-static-series.md
- - name: Chart with Dynamic Series
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-types/chart-with-dynamic-series.md
- - name: Creating Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports.md
- items:
- - name: Basic Operations
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/basic-operations.md
- items:
- - name: Create a New Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/basic-operations/create-a-new-report.md
- - name: Change Measurement Units of a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/basic-operations/change-measurement-units-of-a-report.md
- - name: Create and Delete Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/basic-operations/create-and-delete-report-elements.md
- - name: Adjust the Layout of Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/basic-operations/adjust-the-layout-of-report-elements.md
- - name: 'Control Positioning '
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/basic-operations/control-positioning.md
- - name: Adjust Page Layout Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/basic-operations/adjust-page-layout-settings.md
- - name: Back Up the Report Layout
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/basic-operations/back-up-the-report-layout.md
- - name: Providing Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data.md
- items:
- - name: Binding a Report to Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data.md
- items:
- - name: Bind a Report to a Database
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an Entity Framework Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an Object Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an Excel Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-a-report-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-excel-data-source.md
- - name: Binding Report Controls to Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/binding-report-controls-to-data.md
- - name: Using Mail Merge
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/using-mail-merge.md
- - name: Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/report-parameters.md
- - name: Query Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/query-parameters.md
- - name: Calculated Fields
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/providing-data/calculated-fields.md
- - name: Shaping Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data.md
- items:
- - name: Grouping Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data/grouping-data.md
- - name: Sorting Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data/sorting-data.md
- - name: Filtering Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data/filtering-data.md
- - name: Calculating Summaries
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data/calculating-summaries.md
- - name: Formatting Data
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/shaping-data/formatting-data.md
- - name: Appearance Customization
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/appearance-customization.md
- items:
- - name: Understanding Style Concepts
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/appearance-customization/understanding-style-concepts.md
- - name: Use Odd and Even Styles
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/appearance-customization/use-odd-and-even-styles.md
- - name: Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/appearance-customization/conditionally-change-a-controls-appearance.md
- - name: Conditionally Hide Bands
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/appearance-customization/conditionally-hide-bands.md
- - name: Conditionally Change a Label's Text
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/appearance-customization/conditionally-change-a-labels-text.md
- - name: Report Navigation and Interactivity
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity.md
- items:
- - name: Add Bookmarks
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/add-bookmarks.md
- - name: Create a Table of Contents
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/create-a-table-of-contents.md
- - name: Create Hyperlinks
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/create-hyperlinks.md
- - name: Add a Cross-Reference
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/add-a-cross-reference.md
- - name: Enable Content Editing in Print Preview
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/report-navigation-and-interactivity/enable-content-editing-in-print-preview.md
- - name: Adding Details about a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/adding-details-about-a-report.md
- items:
- - name: Add Page Numbers and System Information to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/adding-details-about-a-report/add-page-numbers-and-system-information-to-a-report.md
- - name: Create or Modify Watermarks of a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/adding-details-about-a-report/create-or-modify-watermarks-of-a-report.md
- - name: Scripting
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/creating-reports/scripting.md
- - name: Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-elements.md
- items:
- - name: Report Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-elements/report-controls.md
- - name: Report Bands
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-elements/report-bands.md
- - name: Interface Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements.md
- items:
- - name: Toolbar
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/toolbar.md
- - name: Control Toolbox
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/control-toolbox.md
- - name: Field List
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/field-list.md
- - name: Report Explorer
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/report-explorer.md
- - name: Group and Sort Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/group-and-sort-panel.md
- - name: Properties Window
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/properties-panel.md
- - name: Design Surface
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/design-surface.md
- - name: Report Design Analyzer
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/report-design-analyzer.md
- - name: Localization Editor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/localization-editor.md
- - name: Query Builder
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/interface-elements/query-builder.md
- - name: Report Wizard
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard.md
- items:
- - name: Empty Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/empty-report.md
- - name: Data-bound Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report.md
- items:
- - name: Connect to a Database
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database.md
- items:
- - name: Select a Data Connection
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/select-a-data-connection.md
- - name: Specify a Connection String
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/specify-a-connection-string.md
- - name: Save the Connection String
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/save-the-connection-string.md
- - name: Customize the Query
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/customize-the-query.md
- - name: Configure Query Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-a-database/configure-query-parameters.md
- - name: Connect to an Entity Framework Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Select the Data Context
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-the-data-context.md
- - name: Select a Connection String
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-connection-string.md
- - name: Bind to a Stored Procedure
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/bind-to-a-stored-procedure.md
- - name: Select a Data Member
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/select-a-data-member.md
- - name: Configure Filters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-entity-framework-data-source/configure-filters.md
- - name: Connect to an Object Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Select an Assembly
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-an-assembly.md
- - name: Select a Data Source Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-type.md
- - name: Select a Data Source Member
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-member.md
- - name: Specify the Member Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-member-parameters.md
- - name: Select the Data Binding Mode
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-the-data-binding-mode.md
- - name: Select a Data Source Constructor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/select-a-data-source-constructor.md
- - name: Specify the Constructor Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-object-data-source/specify-the-constructor-parameters.md
- - name: Connect to an Excel Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source.md
- items:
- - name: Select an Excel Workbook or CSV file
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-an-excel-workbook-or-csv-file.md
- - name: Specify Import Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/specify-import-settings.md
- - name: Select a Worksheet, Table or Named Region
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/select-a-worksheet-table-or-named-region.md
- - name: Choose columns
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/connect-to-an-excel-data-source/choose-columns.md
- - name: Select the Data Source Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/select-the-data-source-type.md
- - name: Choose Columns to Display in a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/choose-columns-to-display-in-a-report.md
- - name: Add Groping Levels
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/add-groping-levels.md
- - name: Specify Summary Options
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/specify-summary-options.md
- - name: Choose a Report Layout
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/choose-a-report-layout.md
- - name: Choose a Report Style
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/choose-a-report-style.md
- - name: Enter the Report Title
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/data-bound-report/enter-the-report-title.md
- - name: Label Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report.md
- items:
- - name: Select the Label Type
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report/select-the-label-type.md
- - name: Customize the Label Options
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/report-wizard/label-report/customize-the-label-options.md
- - name: Document Preview
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview.md
- items:
- - name: Preview Toolbar
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/preview-toolbar.md
- - name: Export Document Dialog
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/export-document-dialog.md
- - name: Parameters Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/parameters-panel.md
- - name: Search Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/search-panel.md
- - name: Document Map Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-for-wpf/document-preview/document-map-panel.md
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/csv-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/csv-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0109804277..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/csv-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: CSV Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115376
----
-# CSV Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to CSV format, you can specify CSV-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Encoding**
-
- Specifies the encoding of the text-based file to which a report is exported.
-* **Text Export Mode**
-
- Specifies whether to use the formatting of data fields in the bound data source for cells in the exported document. If this option is set to **Text**, all data fields are exported to the CSV file as strings with the corresponding formatting embedded into those strings. If the option is set to **Value**, all formatting will be lost in the resulting document.
-* **Quote Strings with Separators**
-
- Specifies whether strings with separators should be placed in quotation marks in the exported document.
-* **Separator**
-
- Specifies a symbol used to separate text elements (comma by default).
-* **Skip Empty Rows**
-
- Specifies whether to include empty rows into the resulting file.
-* **Skip Empty Columns**
-
- Specifies whether to include empty columns into the resulting file.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/docx-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/docx-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e6176988a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/docx-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: DOCX Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 118919
----
-# DOCX Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to DOCX format, you can specify DOCX-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Export Mode**
-
- Specifies how a document is exported to DOCX. The following modes are available.
- * The **Single file** mode allows export of a document to a single file without dividing it into pages.
- * The **Single file page-by-page** mode allows export of a document to a single file divided into pages. In this mode, the **Page range** option is available.
-
-* **Page Range**
-
- Specifies a range of pages which will be included in the resulting file. Use commas to separate page numbers. Use hyphens to set page ranges.
-
-* **Table Layout**
-
- The table-based layout is the default layout for reports exported in **Single File** mode. You can also use the **Table Layout** option to enable this layout for reports exported in **Single File Page By Page** mode. When you export a report to **DOCX** with the table-based layout, a table with merged cells is created to mimic the original layout of the report's controls.
-
-* **Keep Row Height**
-
- This option is enabled if you enable the **Table Layout** option. If you edit content inside the table after the export, the table cells grow to fit the new content size. Thus, the resulting document can differ from the initial document in **Print Preview**. To avoid this effect, enable the **Keep Row Height** option. If the option is set to **false** (the default value), row heights are not fixed. If you add a new line of text to a cell, the line increases the cell's row height.
-
-* **Rasterize Images**
-
- Specifies whether to rasterize vector images, such as pictures, charts, or barcodes.
-
-* **Rasterization Resolution**
-
- Specifies the image resolution for raster images.
-
-
-* **Export Page Breaks**
-
- Specifies whether to include page breaks in the exported DOCX file.
-* **Export Watermarks**
-
- Specifies whether the exported document should include watermarks (if they exist).
-
-## Document Options
-The **Document Options** complex property contains options which specify the **Document Properties** of the created DOCX file. Click the complex property's header to access its nested options.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/html-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/html-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index efcbff8dbf..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/html-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: HTML Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115377
----
-# HTML Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to HTML format, you can specify HTML-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Export Mode**
-
- Specifies how a document is exported to HTML. The following modes are available.
- * The **Single File** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, without preserving the page-by-page breakdown.
- * The **Single File PageByPage** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, while preserving the page-by-page breakdown. In this mode, the **Page Border Color**, **Page Border Width** and **Page Range** options are available.
-* **Page Border Color**
-
- Specifies the color of page borders.
-* **Page Border Width**
-
- Specifies the width (in pixels) of page borders.
-* **Page Range**
-
- Specifies a range of pages which will be included in the resulting file. To separate page numbers, use commas. To set page ranges, use hyphens.
-* **Rasterization Resolution**
-
- Specifies the image resolution for raster images.
-* **Title**
-
- Specifies the title of the created document.
-* **Table Layout**
-
- Specifies whether to use table or non-table layout in the resulting document.
-* **Use HRef Hyperlinks**
-
- Specifies whether to enable the use of standard HTML link references in document navigation.
-* **Allow URLs with JS Content**
-
- Specifies whether the JavaScript code can be placed in URLs in the resulting HTML document.
-* **Remove Secondary Symbols**
-
- Specifies whether to remove all secondary symbols (for instance, **Space**, **Carriage Return**, etc.) in the resulting document to reduce its size.
-* **Export Watermarks**
-
- Specifies whether to export watermarks to HTML along with the rest of the document content.
-* **Character Set**
-
- Specifies the character set for the HTML document.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/image-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/image-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 759f45f7ef..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/image-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Image Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115378
----
-# Image Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to an image, you can specify Image-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Export Mode**
-
- Specifies how a document is exported to an image. The following modes are available.
- * The **Single File** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, without preserving the page-by-page breakdown.
- * The **Single File PageByPage** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, while preserving the page-by-page breakdown. In this mode, the **Page Border Color**, **Page Border Width** and **Page Range** options are available.
-* **Page Border Color**
-
- Specifies the color of page borders.
-* **Page Border Width**
-
- Specifies the width (in pixels) of page borders.
-* **Page Range**
-
- Specifies a range of pages which will be included in the resulting file. To separate page numbers, use commas. To set page ranges, use hyphens.
-* **Resolution**
-
- Specifies the required image resolution (in dpi).
-* **Format**
-
- Specifies an image format to export a document. Available formats are BMP, GIF, JPEG, PNG, EMF, WMF and TIFF.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/mht-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/mht-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d9933c332..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/mht-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-title: MHT Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115379
----
-# MHT Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to MHT format, you can specify MHT-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Export Mode**
-
- Specifies how a document is exported to MHT. The following modes are available.
- * The **Single File** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, without preserving the page-by-page breakdown.
- * The **Single File PageByPage** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, while preserving the page-by-page breakdown. In this mode, the **Page Border Color**, **Page Border Width** and **Page Range** options are available.
-* **Page Border Color**
-
- Specifies the color of page borders.
-* **Page Border Width**
-
- Specifies the width (in pixels) of page borders.
-* **Page Range**
-
- Specifies a range of pages which will be included in the resulting file. To separate page numbers, use commas. To set page ranges, use hyphens.
-* **Title**
-
- Specifies a title of the created MHT file.
-* **Character Set**
-
- Specifies the encoding name used in the exported document.
-* **Table Layout**
-
- Specifies whether to use table or non-table layout in the resulting document.
-* **Use HRef Hyperlinks**
-
- Specifies whether to enable the use of standard HTML link references in document navigation.
-* **Allow URLs with JS Content**
-
- Specifies whether the JavaScript code can be placed in URLs in the resulting HTML document.
-* **Remove Secondary Symbols**
-
- Specifies whether to remove all secondary symbols (for instance, **Space**, **Carriage Return**, etc.) in the resulting document to reduce its size.
-* **Export Watermarks**
-
- Specifies whether to export watermarks to HTML along with the rest of the document content.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/pdf-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/pdf-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c927c8c56..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/pdf-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PDF Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115380
----
-# PDF Export Options
-
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to PDF, you can specify PDF-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-
-## General Options
-
-* **Signatures**
-
- Provides access to digital signatures. Select a signature to sign the document on export to PDF.
-* **Convert Images to Jpeg**
-
- Specifies whether all bitmaps contained in the document should be converted to JPEG format during export to PDF.
-* **Show Print Dialog on Open**
-
- Specifies whether the **Print** dialog should be displayed when the resulting PDF file is opened in an appropriate application.
-* **Never Embedded Fonts**
-
- Specifies font names which should not be embedded into the resulting file. To separate fonts, use semicolons.
-* **Export Editing Fields To AcroForms**
-
- Specifies whether to convert a report's editing fields to interactive forms.
-
-* **Image Quality**
-
- Specifies the document's image quality level. The higher the quality, the bigger the file, and vice versa.
-* **PDF A Compatibility**
-
- Specifies document compatibility with the **PDF/A** specification.
-* **Page Range**
-
- Specifies a range of pages which will be included in the resulting file. To separate page numbers, use commas. To set page ranges, use hyphens.
-* **Rasterization Resolution**
-
- Specifies the image resolution for raster images.
-
-## Document Options
-The **Document Options** complex property contains options which specify the **Document Properties** of the created PDF file. Click the complex property's header to access its nested options.
-
-
-
-## PDF Password Security Options
-This complex property allows you to adjust the security options of the resulting PDF file.
-
-
-* **Open Password**
-
- Specifies the password for opening the exported PDF document.
-* **Encryption Level**
-
- Specifies the algorithm used to encrypt PDF content.
-* **Permissions Password**
-
- Specifies the PDF permissions password for the document.
-* **PDF Permissions Options**
-
- Provides access to the options which specify the permissions for printing, changing, copying, and accessing the exported document.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/rtf-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/rtf-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b184bd6dc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/rtf-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: RTF Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115381
----
-# RTF Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to RTF, you can specify RTF-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Export Mode**
-
- Specifies how a document is exported to RTF. The following modes are available.
- * The **Single File** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, without preserving the page-by-page breakdown.
- * The **Single File PageByPage** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, while preserving the page-by-page breakdown. In this mode, the **Page Range** and **Export Watermark** options are available.
-* **Page Range**
-
- Specifies a range of pages which will be included in the resulting file. To separate page numbers, use commas. To set page ranges, use hyphens.
-* **Rasterization Resolution**
-
- Specifies the image resolution for raster images.
-* **Export Page Breaks**
-
- Specifies whether to include page breaks in the exported RTF file.
-
-* **Export Watermarks**
-
- Specifies whether watermarks (if they exist) should be included into the resulting file.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/text-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/text-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 56d53e08cb..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/text-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Text Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115382
----
-# Text Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to TXT format, you can specify TXT-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Encoding**
-
- Specifies the encoding used in the exported document.
-* **Quote Strings with Separators**
-
- Specifies whether strings with separators should be placed in quotation marks in the exported document.
-* **Separator**
-
- Specifies a symbol to separate text elements (TAB by default).
-* **Text Export Mode**
-
- Specifies whether to use the formatting of data fields in the bound data source for cells in the exported document. If this option is set to **Text**, all data fields are exported to the text file as strings with the corresponding formatting embedded into those strings. If the option is set to **Value**, all formatting will be lost in the resulting document.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/xls-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/xls-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 62d7e2fb60..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/xls-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
----
-title: XLS Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115383
----
-# XLS Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to XLS format, you can specify XLS-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Export Mode**
-
- Specifies how a document is exported to XLS.
-* **Suppress 256 Columns Warning**
-
- Specifies whether to suppress the exception that raises when trying to export a document to an XLS file with more than 256 columns.
-* **Suppress 65536 Rows Warning**
-
- Specifies whether to suppress the exception that raises when trying to export a document to an XLS file with more than 65536 rows.
-* **Workbook Color Palette Compliance**
-
- Specifies the color palette compatibility mode with different workbook versions. The workbook palette can store no more than **56** colors. If you select the **ReducePaletteExactColors** value, original color values are kept, but only the first **56** colors are included in the palette. Choose **AdjustColorsToDefaultPalette** to degrade the color values to match the **56** standard colors of the default workbook palette.
-* **Export Hyperlinks**
-
- Specifies whether hyperlinks should be exported to the XLS document.
-* **Page Range**
-
- Specifies a range of pages which will be included in the resulting file. To separate page numbers, use commas. To set page ranges, use hyphens.
-* **Raw Data Mode**
-
- Specifies whether to enable the raw data export mode. In this mode, only a document's actual data is exported to XLS, ignoring non-relevant elements, such as images, graphic content, font and appearance settings.
-* **Sheet Name**
-
- Specifies the name of the sheet in the created XLS file.
-* **Show Grid Lines**
-
- Specifies whether grid lines should be visible in the resulting XLS file.
-* **Text Export Mode**
-
- Specifies whether value formatting should be converted to the native XLS format string (if it is possible), or embedded into cell values as plain text.
-* **Rasterize Images**
-
- Specifies whether to rasterize vector images, such as pictures, charts, or barcodes.
-* **Rasterization Resolution**
-
- Specifies the image resolution for raster images.
-* **Fit To Printed Page Width**
-
- Shrinks the width of the exported document's printout to one page.
-* **Fit To Printed Page Height**
-
- Shrinks the height of the exported document's printout to one page.
-* **Ignore Errors**
-
- Specifies the document errors to be ignored in a resulting XLS file.
-* **Right To Left Document**
-
- If you use right-to-left fonts in a report, enable the **Right-to-Left Document** option to use the right-to-left layout for sheets in the exported XLS file.
-
-## Document Options
-The **Document Options** complex property contains options which specify the **Document Properties** of the created XLS file. Click the complex property's header to access its nested options.
-
-
-
-## Encryption Options
-This complex property allows you to adjust the encryption options of the resulting XLS file.
-
-
-* **Type**
- Specifies one of the following encryption types:
- * Strong (default) type uses the **Agile Encryption** mechanism.
- * Compatible type uses the **Standard Encryption** that is compatible with Excel 2007.
-* **Password**
- Sets a password for the exported XLS file. XLS files support **ARC4** encryption (except for **RC4CryptoAPI**). Passwords for XLS files are stored as plain text in report definitions. Ensure that only trusted parties have access to report definition files.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b56db9ddaf..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
----
-title: XLSX-Specific Export Options
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115384
----
-# XLSX-Specific Export Options
-Before [exporting a document](export-a-document.md) to XLSX format, you can specify XLSX-specific options in the **Export Options** panel.
-
-
-* **Export Mode**
-
- Specifies how a document is exported to XLSX. The following modes are available.
- * The **Single File** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, without dividing it into pages.
- * The **Single File PageByPage** mode allows exporting a document to a single file, while preserving the page-by-page breakdown. In this mode, the **Page Range** option is available.
-* **Export Hyperlinks**
-
- Specifies whether to include hyperlinks into the resulting file.
-* **Page Range**
-
- Specifies a range of pages which will be included in the resulting file. To separate page numbers, use commas. To set page ranges, use hyphens.
-* **Raw Data Mode**
-
- Specifies whether to enable the raw data export mode. In this mode, only a document's actual data is exported to XLSX, ignoring non-relevant elements, such as images, graphic content, font and appearance settings.
-* **Sheet Name**
-
- Specifies the name of the sheet in the created XLSX file.
-* **Show Grid Lines**
-
- Specifies whether grid lines should be visible in the resulting XLSX file.
-* **Text Export Mode**
-
- Specifies whether value formatting should be converted to the native XLSX format string (if it is possible), or embedded into cell values as plain text.
-* **Rasterize Images**
-
- Specifies whether to rasterize vector images, such as pictures, charts, or barcodes.
-* **Rasterization Resolution**
-
- Specifies the image resolution for raster images.
-* **Fit To Printed Page Width**
-
- Shrinks the width of the exported document's printout to one page.
-* **Fit To Printed Page Height**
-
- Shrinks the height of the exported document's printout to one page.
-* **Ignore Errors**
-
- Specifies the document errors to be ignored in a resulting XLS file.
-* **Right To Left Document**
-
- If you use right-to-left fonts in a report, enable the **Right-to-Left Document** option to use the right-to-left layout for sheets in the exported XLSX file.
-
-## Document Options
-The **Document Options** complex property contains options which specify the **Document Properties** of the created XLSX file. Click the complex property's header to access its nested options.
-
-
-
-## Encryption Options
-This complex property allows you to adjust the encryption options of the resulting XLSX file.
-
-
-* **Type**
- Specifies one of the following encryption types:
- * Strong (default) type uses the **Agile Encryption** mechanism.
- * Compatible type uses the **Standard Encryption** that is compatible with Excel 2007.
-* **Password**
- Sets a password for the exported XLSX file. Passwords for XLSX files are stored as plain text in report definitions. Ensure that only trusted parties have access to report definition files.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/passing-parameter-values.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/passing-parameter-values.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b2e0f23136..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/passing-parameter-values.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify Parameter Values
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115385
----
-# Specify Parameter Values
-A report may contain parameters that allows you to control the data displayed in the document.
-
- 
-
- **Parameters**
-
-To invoke the **Preview Parameters** panel, click the **Parameters** button on the Document Viewer side panel. This panel allows you to specify parameter values that apply when the document preview generation starts.
-
-Use parameter editor to specify a parameter value and click **Submit**. After changing the current values, you can return to the original values by clicking **Reset**.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/printing.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/printing.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c928fd092..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/printing.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Print
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115404
----
-# Print
-The Web Document Viewer supports pixel perfect document rendering, that is, it displays a report document exactly how it appears on paper. The Web Document Viewer renders the report in PDF and invokes the **Print** dialog of the browser PDF plug-in.
-
-
-
-**Print**
-
-
-
-**Print Page**
-
-To print the entire document, click the **Print** button on the Viewer toolbar. Click the **Print Page** button to print the currently displayed document page.
-
-When you click any of these buttons, the Document Viewer attempts to detect the browser PDF plug-in and use it for printing.
-
-If the PDF plug-in is installed and enabled, its **Print** dialog is invoked. To print the document, specify the settings in this dialog and click **Print**.
-
-The Document Viewer also displays a dialog that allows you to download the PDF file in case the PDF plug-in is disabled or not installed, or print action fails. The resulting PDF file contains a script that starts printing the document immediately after it is opened in a compatible viewer.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/navigate-between-pages.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/navigate-between-pages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 14636cce20..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/navigate-between-pages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Navigate Between Pages
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115369
----
-# Navigate Between Pages
-To navigate to a specific page of a document, select the page number in the dropdown list in the Document Viewer toolbar. Use buttons to navigate to the first, previous, next or last page.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/navigate-using-bookmarks.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/navigate-using-bookmarks.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e04a326895..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/navigate-using-bookmarks.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Navigate Using Bookmarks
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115370
----
-# Navigate Using Bookmarks
-If a report contains bookmarks, the **Document Map** tab is displayed, and you can use it to navigate between bookmarks.
-
-
-
-**Document Map**
-
-To open the panel that contains the document map, click the **Document Map** tab in the Document Viewer side panel. Click the bookmark in the document map to display a page with that bookmark. A document element associated with the bookmark is highlighted.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/search-for-a-specific-text.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/search-for-a-specific-text.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f4299ac47..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/search-for-a-specific-text.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Search for Text
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115373
----
-# Search for Text
-To search for text in a document, click the **Search** tab in the Document Viwer side panel or the **Search** button in the toolbar.
-
-
-
-**Search**
-
-
-
-The **Search** panel allows you to enter a string to find and specify whether to use case-sensitive search and whether it is required to match the whole word during the search. To start the search, press ENTER or click the **Search** button. Click **Stop** to stop the search process. You can use the **up** and **down** buttons to navigate the document's search results.
-
-The **Search** panel displays a list of matching words in the document. You can click the item in the **Search Result** list to navigate to the location in the document and highlight the element that contains the match.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/zooming.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/zooming.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bace11b84d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/zooming.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Zoom
-author: Anna Gubareva
-legacyId: 115387
----
-# Zoom
-To zoom in or out of a document, click the **Zoom In** or **Zoom Out**
- button on the Document Viewer toolbar. These buttons change the current zoom factor by 5 percent.
-
- 
-
- Zoom In
-
-
-
-Zoom Out
-
-You can enter the desired zoom factor in the combobox editor or select one of the zoom factor presets in the drop-down list.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/add-watermarks-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/add-watermarks-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 29fa64266d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/add-watermarks-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Watermarks to a Report
----
-# Add Watermarks to a Report
-
-DevExpress Reporting allows you to display text and picture watermarks on report pages. You can also specify an expression that assigns different watermarks to pages.
-
-This tutorial includes information about the following tasks:
-
-* How to add watermarks.
-
-* How to specify watermark settings.
-
-* How to use pre-printed forms.
-
-
-
-## Add a Watermark to a Report
-
-Switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel and expand the **Watermark** node in the **Appearance** category. Click the Add button to create a watermark.
-
-
-
-Specify watermark options, depending on the type of watermark you wish to add.
-
-### Specify Text Watermark Settings
-
-* Watermark Id
-
- The unique identifier of a watermark used to specify the watermark in the WatermarkId property (See the Manage Watermark Collection section for details).
-
-* Font Name
-
- The font of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Size
-
- The size of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Unit
-
- Specifies text measurement system.
-
-* Bold
-
- Formats the watermark’s text as bold.
-
-* Italic
-
- Formats the watermark’s text as italic.
-
-* Foreground Color
-
- The foreground color of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Text
-
- The watermark’s text.
-
-* Text Transparency
-
- The transparency of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Text Direction
-
- The incline of the watermark’s text.
-
-* Text Position
-
- Specifies whether a watermark should be printed behind or in front of page content.
-
-* Page Range
-
- The range of pages which contain a watermark.
-
-The added watermark is automatically displayed in the report in Preview mode.
-
-### Specify Picture Watermark Settings
-
-* Watermark Id
-
- The unique identifier of a watermark used to specify the watermark in the WatermarkId property (See the Manage Watermark Collection section for details).
-
-* Image Source
-
- Specifies the image that you wish to use as a watermark.
-
-* Image Position
-
- Specifies whether a watermark should be printed behind or in front of page content.
-
-* Image Transparency
-
- The transparency of the watermark’s image. The **Transparency** property is unavailable when you specify an SVG image.
-
-* Image View Mode
-
- The mode in which a picture watermark is displayed.
-
-* Image Tiling
-
- Specifies whether a picture watermark should be tiled.
-
-* Image Alignment
-
- Specifies the horizontal or vertical alignment of the watermark.
-
-* Page Range
-
- The range of pages which contain a watermark.
-
-The added watermark is automatically displayed in the report in Preview mode.
-
-## Supply a Preprinted Form
-
-You can use a picture watermark as a template, to display an image of the preprinted form on the report's body at design time.
-
-To display a watermark at design time, expand the **Design** category and enable the **Draw the Watermark** property.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates a report with a watermark shown at design time that contains a template of a preprinted form.
-
-
-
-Place report controls on the report's body according to the layout of the preprinted form.
-
-
-
-## Supported Image Formats
-
-A picture watermark supports the following formats:
-
-* BMP
-* JPG / JPEG / JPE / JFIF
-* GIF
-* TIF / TIFF
-* PNG
-* ICO
-* DIB
-* RLE
-* EMF / WMF
-* SVG
-
-## Combine Text and a Picture in One Watermark
-
-You can display both text and a picture in one Watermark. Use the **Text Position** and **Image Position** options of the watermark to specify whether the text and picture should be displayed behind or in front of page content.
-
-For example, create a watermark and specify its text and picture settings. Set position of the text to **InFront** and position of the picture to **Behind**:
-
-As a result, the image is displayed behind the table, while the text is in front of the content:
-
-
-
-## Display Watermarks According to the Specified Condition
-
-Bind the report's **Watermark Id** options to an expression to apply watermarks stored in the collection to specific report pages. This option allows you to apply a specific watermark to a page based on the **Watermark Id** or expression binding.
-
-
-
-For example, the following expression adds the created “First page watermark”, “Even page watermark”, and “Odd page watermark” watermarks to the first, odd, and even pages of a report:
-
-`Iif([Arguments.PageIndex]=0,'watermark1',Iif([Arguments.PageIndex]%2=0,'watermark2','watermark3'))`
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/display-the-current-date-and-time-in-a-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/display-the-current-date-and-time-in-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d5b89fda6b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/display-the-current-date-and-time-in-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Display the Current Date and Time in a Report
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Display the Current Date and Time in a Report
-
-This tutorial demonstrates how to insert the current system date and time into a report using the [PageInfo](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control.
-
-
-
-Do the following to include information about the current date and time into a report:
-
-1. The current date and time are usually displayed in the [Report Header](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band. To add it to the report, click **Insert Report Header Band** in the context menu.
-
- 
-2. Drop the [PageInfo](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control from the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the **Report Header** band.
-
- 
-3. Set the control's **Page Information** property to *Current Date and Time*.
-
- 
-4. To apply a format string to the control's contents, type **Created at {0:h:mm tt dd MMMM yyyy}** into its **Text Format String** property.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/display-the-user-name-in-a-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/display-the-user-name-in-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1294b9fdbc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/display-the-user-name-in-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Display the User Name in a Report
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Display the User Name in a Report
-
-This tutorial demonstrates how to insert the current user name in a report using the [PageInfo](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control.
-
-
-
-Do the following to insert the user name into a report:
-
-1. The user name is usually displayed in the [Report Header](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band. To add it to the report, click **Insert Report Header Band** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
-2. Drop the [PageInfo](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control from the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the **Report Header** band.
-
- 
-
-3. Set the control's **Page Information** property to *User Name*.
-
- 
-4. Next, to apply a format string to the control's contents, type **Current User: {0}** into its **Text Format String** property.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-a-table-of-contents.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-a-table-of-contents.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 513806ff26..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-a-table-of-contents.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create a Table of Contents
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Create a Table of Contents
-This tutorial describes the steps to create a report with a table of contents. A table of contents is automatically created based on the [bookmarks](add-bookmarks-and-a-document-map.md) existing in a report.
-
-To create a table of contents in a report, do the following.
-1. From the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md), drop the [Table of Contents](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md) control onto the [Report Header band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
- 
-2. Double-click the title of the table of contents and specify its text.
-
- 
-3. To customize the title appearance, use the **Level Title** option's settings available in the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel.
-
- 
-4. To customize the appearance of all other levels, use the **Level Default** option's settings.
-
- 
-5. To customize a specific level individually, add a corresponding item to the **Levels** collection of the table of contents and customize its properties.
-
- 
-
-The following image demonstrates the result in [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md):
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-bookmarks-and-a-document-map.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-bookmarks-and-a-document-map.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6179a8eb5f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-bookmarks-and-a-document-map.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Bookmarks and a Document Map
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add Bookmarks and a Document Map
-
-This document describes how to use bookmarks for mapping the report elements' hierarchy to the Document Map that is displayed in a [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), and speeds up the navigation through complex reports.
-
-The example below is based on the following report:
-
-
-
-This report displays products that are [grouped](../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md) by the **CategoryName** field.
-
-The following image illustrates the resulting report with a hierarchical Document Map. Clicking any bookmark navigates the Print Preview to the document section containing the associated element.
-
-
-
-Use the following steps to generate a Document Map in your grouped report.
-
-1. Select the label placed in the **Group Header** band and switch to the [Expressions](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel. Click the **Bookmark** property's ellipsis button, and in the invoked [Expression Editor](../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), select the **CategoryName** data field.
-
- 
-
- In the legacy binding mode (if the Designer does not provide the **Expressions** panel), you can specify this property in the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel's **Data Bindings** category.
-
- 
-2. In the same way, select the label in the **Detail** band and bind its **Bookmark** property to the **ProductName** data field.
-
- 
-
- Most of the reporting controls (for example, [Table](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md), TableCell, [CheckBox](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md), etc.) supports the **Bookmark** property.
-3. Set the same label's **Parent Bookmark** property to the label in the group band. This arranges bookmarks into a parent-child structure reflecting the report elements' hierarchy in the Document Map.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Avoid cyclic bookmarks that occur when you assign two bookmarks as parents to each other. In this scenario, an exception raises when you attempt to create the report document.
-4. Select the report itself and assign text to its **Bookmark** property to determine the root node's caption in the **Document Map**.
-
- 
-
- The root bookmark displays the report name if you do not specify this property.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Duplicated bookmarks are suppressed to prevent adding multiple bookmarks with the same name to a final document. You can disable the report's **Bookmark Duplicate Suppress** property to allow duplicated bookmarks.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-cross-references-and-hyperlinks.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-cross-references-and-hyperlinks.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9366af8d67..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-cross-references-and-hyperlinks.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Cross-References and Hyperlinks
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add Cross-References and Hyperlinks
-
-This document describes how to make an element navigate to other elements in a report or external resources by clicking it in a Print Preview.
-
-## Add Cross-References
-You can improve report navigation using a cross-reference because the link's target is in the same document.
-
-You can add a cross-reference for a [report control](../use-report-elements.md) by setting the following properties:
-
-1. Set the **Navigation Target** property to *_self* to specify that the link is in the same document.
-
-2. Set the **Navigation Url** property to the target control's **Name** property value.
-
- 
-
-In this case, the control behaves like a link meaning that the cursor automatically changes to a hand in a report's preview when hovering the control. You can make a control resemble a link by specifying its [appearance properties](../customize-appearance/appearance-properties.md) (for example, change the text's color to blue and underline it).
-
-
-
-The link uses the first occurrence if there are multiple instances of an object marked as a link's target.
-
-> [!TIP]
-> A report's cross-references are preserved when [exporting it to PDF](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md).
-
-## Add Hyperlinks
-A hyperlink means that a link's target is outside the report.
-
-You can use any control as a link by setting the **Navigation Url** property to the required target document's URL.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Remember to use the "http://" or "https://" prefix when specifying the URL.
-
-You can make a control resemble a link by specifying its [appearance properties](../customize-appearance/appearance-properties.md) (for instance, set the underlined text and blue color).
-
-The cursor automatically changes to a hand when hovering the control in a report's preview.
-
-
-
-Use the link's **Navigation Target** property to specify where to open the target document (in the same preview window, in a new blank window, etc.).
-
-> [!TIP]
-> A link's behavior is preserved when [exporting a report](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to most of the available formats (in particular to PDF, HTML, MHT, RTF and Excel).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d4b9d3ffbb..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Page Numbers
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add Page Numbers
-
-The tutorial describes how to add page numbers to your reports.
-
-## Add Page Numbers
-Do the following to add page numbers to a report:
-
-- Create a [PageFooterBand](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) in your report. To do this, select **Insert Page Footer Band** in the context menu.
-
- 
-- Drop the [PageInfo](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control from the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) to the **Page Footer** band.
-
- 
-- To change the control's display format, specify the **Text Format String** property (e.g., **Page {0} of {1}**, to display the current page number out of the total number of pages) in the **Page Info Tasks** category.
-
- 
-
-The following image illustrates the resulting report:
-
-
-
-## Add Page Numbers for Groups
-Do the following to make your report display page numbers for groups or detail reports:
-
-- Add the **Group Footer** band. To do this, select **Insert Group Footer Band** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You can force the group header and/or the group footer to be repeated on each page, using the GroupBand's **Repeat Every Page** property.
-- Next, force each new group to start on a separate page. Otherwise, group page numbers will be calculated incorrectly.
-
- To do this, select the Group Footer, and set its **Page Break** property to *After the Band*.
-
- 
-- Drop the [PageInfo](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control from the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the **Group Footer** (or **Group Header**) band.
-
- 
-- Select the created control, and set its **Running Band** property to *GroupHeader1*.
-
- 
-
- > [!TIP]
- > You can use the **Text Format String** and **Page Information** properties to adjust the way the control represents its contents.
-
-The following image illustrates the resulting report:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-new-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-new-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a6c60f19c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/add-new-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add New Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add New Reports
-
-This topic explains how to create a new report in the Report Designer.
-
-> [!Note]
-> Before you start, make sure to [back up the current report](save-reports.md).
-
-## Create a New Blank Report
-
-In the designer [menu](report-designer-tools/menu.md), click **New**.
-
-
-
-The created report contains three [bands](introduction-to-banded-reports.md) - **Top Margin**, **Detail**, and **Bottom Margin**. Refer to the [Use Report Elements](use-report-elements.md) section for information on how to add controls to the report.
-
-
-## Create a New Report Using the Report Wizard
-
-In the designer [menu](report-designer-tools/menu.md), click **New via Wizard**.
-
-
-
-Go through the wizard's pages to get a predesigned report. For more information about this option, refer to [Report Wizard](report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md).
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c57cad3714..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind a Report to a Database
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Bind a Report to a Database
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to bind a report to a database and specify a master-detail relationship between data source queries.
-
-## Add a New Data Source
-
-1. [Create a new blank report](../../report-designer/add-new-reports.md).
-1. Invoke the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **Add Data Source**.
-
- 
-
- The menu contains this command if your software vendor has registered data connections in the application.
-
-1. Select **Database** in the invoked [Data Source Wizard](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) and click **Next**. Available database types depend on the data connections registered in the application for the Data Source Wizard.
-
- 
-
-1. Select the data connection and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-1. Choose which tables, views and/or stored procedures to add to a report and click **Next**. Select two or more tables to [create a master-detail report](../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md).
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You can also create [custom queries](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-database.md) to shape data at the data source level. Select **Queries** and click the plus button to add a new query.
- >
- > The invoked [Query Builder](../report-designer-tools/query-builder.md) allows you to join multiple tables, filter, sort, and group their data, and calculate various aggregate functions.
-
-
-1. Set master-detail relationships on this wizard page. Hover the master table name, click the plus button and choose the detail table.
-
- 
-
- Select the required key fields (columns) to connect tables.
-
- 
-
- Click **Finish** to close the Data Source Wizard.
-
-
-## Use an Existing Data Source
-
-You can bind your report to a predefined data source. Open the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel, click the **Add DataSource** button and select a data source from the drop-down list.
-
-
-
-The Field List reflects the added SQL data source and its hierarchy. You can select the data source to edit it.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-federated-master-detail-data-source.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-federated-master-detail-data-source.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 82a34409e7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-federated-master-detail-data-source.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind a Report to a Federated Master-Detail Data Source
-owner: Boris Zaitsev
----
-# Bind a Report to a Federated Master-Detail Data Source
-
-This topic describes how to create a federated data source that retrieves data from multiple data sources and sets the master-detail relationship between the queries.
-
-## Create a Report and Data Sources
-
-1. [Create a new blank report](../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/empty-report.md).
-
-2. [Add a SQL data source](../../../articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md) that retrieves data from the `Customers` table of the **Northwind** database.
-
-3. [Add a JSON data source](../../../articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md) that retrieves product data from the **nwind.json** file. The **nwind.json** file is included in the sample web project if you create it from the Visual Studio template.
-
-The Field List pane in the End-User Report Designer appears as follows:
-
-
-
-## Create Data Federation
-
-1. Invoke the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **Add Data Source**.
-
- 
-
-
-1. Select **Data Federation** in the invoked [Data Source Wizard](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-1. On the next page, enable check boxes for the SQL data source's table and the JSON data source. The selected items are included in data federation as separate queries.
-
- 
-
-1. Click the **+ (plus) element** command element in the **Configure master-detail relationships** pane, and specify the master-detail relationship as shown below:
-
- 
-
- Click **Finish** to complete the Data Source Wizard.
-
-1. The Data Source Wizard creates a new **FederationDataSource** that includes two queries with a master-detail relationship. The [Field List](../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) reflects the data source's structure.
-
- 
-
-The Data Source Wizard specifies query names as follows:
-* If the initial data source contains data at the root level (as the JSON data source), the federated query's name is equal to the data source name.
-* If the initial data source contains one or more queries (as the SQL data source), the federated query's name consists of the data source name and query name separated by an underscore.
-
-## Manage the Federation Data Source
-
-You can rename the query in the **Manage Queries** dialog. To invoke the dialog, click the **Manage Queries** button.
-
-
-
-The **Manage Queries** dialog appears.
-
-
-
-Click the query name in the list to invoke the text editor and change the name.
-
-
-
-The **Manage Queries** dialog allows you to add, modify, or delete queries.
-
-To add a new query, click the **Add query** drop-down in the bottom left corner and select the
-query type: Join, Union, or Transform. The Query Builder is invoked to help you construct a new query.
-
-To edit a query, select the query name in the list and click the **Edit button** that appears in the selected item. The Query Builder window is invoked to help you edit a query.
-
-To delete a query, select the query name in the list and click the **Delete button** that appears in the selected item. The query is deleted without confirmation.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Once you rename the query, update the **Data Member** properties for the DetailReport band and the Report itself.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-join-based-federated-data-source.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-join-based-federated-data-source.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e8882c8df2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-join-based-federated-data-source.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind a Report to a Join-Based Federated Data Source
-owner: Boris Zaitsev
----
-# Bind a Report to a Join-Based Federated Data Source
-
-This topic describes how to create a federated data source that joins data from multiple data sources into a single query.
-
-## Create a Report and Data Sources
-
-1. [Create a new blank report](../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/empty-report.md).
-
-2. [Add a SQL data source](../../../articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md) that retrieves data from the `Invoices` view of the **Northwind** database.
-
-3. [Add a JSON data source](../../../articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md) that retrieves customer data from the [https://raw.githubusercontent.com/DevExpress-Examples/DataSources/master/JSON/customers.json](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/DevExpress-Examples/DataSources/master/JSON/customers.json) location.
-
- 
-
-## Create Data Federation
-
-1. Invoke the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **Add Data Source**.
-
- 
-
-
-1. Select **Data Federation** in the invoked [Data Source Wizard](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-1. On the next page, click the **+ (plus) button** and select **Join** to add a Join query.
-
- 
-
-1. In the invoked [Query Builder](../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md), drag and drop the table from the SQL data source onto the design surface.
-
- 
-
-1. Drag and drop the JSON data source onto the design surface.
-
- 
-
-1. Click a field in one table and drag it to the related field in another table to create a Join relationship.
-
- 
-
-1. Select the line that indicates a relationship and click the Edit button in the upper right corner of the design surface to invoke the Relation Properties editor.
-
- 
-
- The editor allows you to change the join type and operator.
-
-1. Select the data fields that you want to include in the result set.
-
- 
-
- You can specify a different name for a field. Click the field's **Alias** cell and enter the field name.
-
-
-1. Click the **+ (plus) button** to add a field to the query. Click the field's **f-button** to switch to the Expression edit mode.
-
- 
-
-1. Click the **ellipsis (...)** in the field to invoke the [Expression Editor](../use-expressions.md) and construct an expression for the field value:
-
- ```
- [Invoices.UnitPrice] * [Invoices.Quantity]
- ```
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to close the Expression Editor.
-
-1. Specify _Amount_ as the alias for the newly created calculated field.
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to close the Query Builder.
-
-1. Click **Finish** to complete the Data Source Wizard.
-
- 
-
- The Wizard creates a new **FederationDataSource** that includes a single query.
-
-## Manage the Federation Data Source
-
-The federation data source is shown in the Field List.
-
-
-
-When you create a federated query, its name is set to the name of the first table added to the query. You can rename the query in the **Manage Queries** dialog. To invoke the dialog, click the **Manage Queries** button.
-
-
-
-The **Manage Queries** dialog appears.
-
-
-
-Click the query name in the list to invoke the text editor and change the name.
-
-
-
-The **Manage Queries** dialog allows you to add, modify, or delete queries.
-
-To add a new query, click the **Add query** drop-down in the bottom left corner and select the query type: Join, Union, or Transform. The Query Builder is invoked to help you construct a new query.
-
-To edit a query, select the query name in the list and click the **Edit button** that appears in the selected item. The Query Builder window is invoked to help you edit the query.
-
-To delete a query, select the query name in the list and click the **Delete button** that appears in the selected item. The query is deleted without confirmation.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Once you rename the query, update the report's **Data Member** property.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-transformation-based-data-source.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-transformation-based-data-source.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 83c8ac2da4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-transformation-based-data-source.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind a Report to a Transformation-Based Data Source
-author: Boris Zaitsev
----
-
-# Bind a Report to a Transformation-Based Data Source
-
-If the data source contains hierarchical data, it can be transformed to flatten nested fields and display them as separate fields. If the data column is an array, you can unfold its values and display a new row of data for each element of the array.
-
-The following image illustrates the transformation applied to a complex JSON data source.
-
-
-
-This help topic describes how to use the **Transformation** query of the **Federation Data Source** to flatten a JSON Data Source that contains nested data (collection property).
-
-## Create a Report and Data Sources
-
-1. [Create a new blank report](../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/empty-report.md).
-
-1. [Add a JSON data source](../../../articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md) that uses the following JSON string:
-
- ```
- [
- {
- "CategoryId": 1,
- "CategoryName": "Beverages",
- "Description": "Soft drinks, coffees, teas, beers, and ales",
- "Products": [
- {
- "ProductId": 1,
- "ProductName": "Chai",
- "SupplierId": 1,
- "CategoryId": 1,
- "QuantityPerUnit": "10 boxes x 20 bags",
- "UnitPrice": 18.0000,
- "UnitsInStock": 39,
- "UnitsOnOrder": 0,
- "ReorderLevel": 10,
- "Discontinued": false,
- "Supplier": null
- },
- {
- "ProductId": 2,
- "ProductName": "Chang",
- "SupplierId": 1,
- "CategoryId": 1,
- "QuantityPerUnit": "24 - 12 oz bottles",
- "UnitPrice": 19.0000,
- "UnitsInStock": 17,
- "UnitsOnOrder": 40,
- "ReorderLevel": 25,
- "Discontinued": false,
- "Supplier": null
- }
- ]
- },
- {
- "CategoryId": 2,
- "CategoryName": "Condiments",
- "Description": "Sweet and savory sauces, relishes, spreads, and seasonings",
- "Products": [
- {
- "ProductId": 3,
- "ProductName": "Aniseed Syrup",
- "SupplierId": 1,
- "CategoryId": 2,
- "QuantityPerUnit": "12 - 550 ml bottles",
- "UnitPrice": 10.0000,
- "UnitsInStock": 13,
- "UnitsOnOrder": 70,
- "ReorderLevel": 25,
- "Discontinued": false,
- "Supplier": null
- },
- {
- "ProductId": 4,
- "ProductName": "Chef Anton's Cajun Seasoning",
- "SupplierId": 2,
- "CategoryId": 2,
- "QuantityPerUnit": "48 - 6 oz jars",
- "UnitPrice": 22.0000,
- "UnitsInStock": 53,
- "UnitsOnOrder": 0,
- "ReorderLevel": 0,
- "Discontinued": false,
- "Supplier": null
- }
- ]
- }
- ]
- ```
-The created JSON data source is displayed in the Field List pane:
-
-
-
-## Create Data Federation
-
-1. Invoke the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **Add Data Source**.
-
- 
-
-
-1. Select **Data Federation** in the invoked [Data Source Wizard](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-1. On the next page, click the **+ (plus) button** and select **Transform** to add a Transformation query.
-
- 
-
-1. The invoked [Query Builder](../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md) displays the columns that you can transform.
-
- 
-
-1. Select the **Transform** check box next to the column you need to unfold and flatten. You can specify the aliases for the generated columns.
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to close the Query Builder window.
-
-1. Click **Finish** to create the data source.
-
- 
-
-The **Field List** displays the created Federation Data Source.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-union-based-federated-data-source.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-union-based-federated-data-source.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 08a20192df..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-union-based-federated-data-source.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind a Report to a Union-Based Federated Data Source
-author: Boris Zaitsev
----
-
-# Bind a Report to a Union-Based Federated Data Source
-
-This topic describes how to create a union-based federated data source that combines two tables from different data sources by appending rows from one table to another.
-
-## Create a Report and Data Sources
-
-1. [Create a new blank report](../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/empty-report.md).
-
-2. [Add a SQL data source](../../../articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md) that retrieves data from the `Customers` table of the **Northwind** database.
-
-3. [Add a JSON data source](../../../articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md) that retrieves supplier data from the [https://services.odata.org/v4/northwind/northwind.svc/Suppliers](https://services.odata.org/v4/northwind/northwind.svc/Suppliers) location.
-
- 
-
-## Create Data Federation
-
-1. Invoke the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **Add Data Source**.
-
- 
-
-
-1. Select **Data Federation** in the invoked [Data Source Wizard](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-1. On the next page, click the **+ (plus) button** and select **Union** to add a Union query.
-
- 
-
-1. In the invoked [Query Builder](../../../articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md), drag and drop the table from the SQL data source onto the design surface.
-
- 
-
-1. Drag and drop the JSON data source onto the design surface.
-
- 
-
-1. The query includes only fields that have identical names and types in the original sources. You can specify a different name for a field. Click the field's **Alias** cell and enter the new field name, if necessary.
-
- You can select the **Union All** checkbox in the bottom left to prevent the removal of duplicate entries from the query result.
-
- Click **OK** to close the Query Builder window.
-
-1. Click **Finish** to complete the Data Source Wizard.
-
- 
-
- The Wizard creates a new **FederationDataSource** that includes similar data from both data sources.
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-## Manage the Federation Data Source
-
-When you create a federated query, its name is set to the name of the first table added to the query. You can rename the query in the **Manage Queries** dialog. To invoke the dialog, click the **Manage Queries** button.
-
-
-
-The **Manage Queries** dialog appears.
-
-
-
-Click the query name in the list to invoke the text editor and change the name.
-
-
-
-The **Manage Queries** dialog allows you to add, modify, or delete queries.
-
-To add a new query, click the **Add query** drop-down in the bottom left corner and select the query type: Join, Union, or Transform. The Query Builder is invoked to help you construct a new query.
-
-To edit a query, select the query name in the list and click the **Edit button** that appears in the selected item. The Query Builder window is invoked to help you edit a query.
-
-To delete a query, select the query name in the list and click the **Delete button** that appears in the selected item. The query is deleted without confirmation.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Once you rename the query, update the report's **Data Member** property.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e26d54d52a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Bind a Report to an Object Data Source'
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Bind a Report to an Object Data Source
-
-This topic describes how to bind a report to object data at design time.
-
-## Add a New Data Source
-
-1. Select **Add Data Source** from the [designer menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md).
-
- 
-
- This invokes the [Data Source Wizard](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md).
-
-2. Choose **Object** and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify data source settings on the next screen.
-
- 
-
- * Select a data object or constructor from the list. If you select a data object, its default constructor is used.
-
- 
-
- * Select the method that should provide data or select **Entire Object** to bind the report to the object's fields.
-
- 
-
- * Specify constructor and/or data member parameters, if required.
-
- 
-
- You can use expressions to provide data source parameter values. Click the  button to switch the parameter's editor to the expression mode. Specify an expression in the parameter's editor, or click the parameter's ellipsis button to launch the [Expression Editor](../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md). You can use [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md) in expressions to specify an input value for a data source parameter.
-
- 
-
-Click **Finish** to close the Data Source Wizard.
-
-Once you finished the wizard, the data source becomes available in the [Report Explorer](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md)'s **Data Sources** node. The [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) reflects the data source structure.
-
-
-
-## Configure Parameters
-
-Choose an **ObjectDataSource** component in the Field List and click **Edit Parameters**. Reconfigure the parameters on the invoked wizard page and click **Finish** to apply the changes.
-
-
-
-For more information on how to set up an object data source, refer to the [Data Source Wizard](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a1b111a86a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Bind a Report to JSON Data'
-author: Mary
----
-
-# Bind a Report to JSON Data
-
-This topic describes how to bind a report to JSON data.
-
-## Add a New Data Source
-
-1. Invoke the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **Add Data Source...**.
-
- 
-
- This invokes the Data Source Wizard.
-
-2. Choose the **JSON** option and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-3. The next wizard page allows you to specify whether you want to use an existing data connection or create a new data connection.
-
- 
-
- If you prefer to create a new data connection, specify its settings. You can use a Web Service Endpoint, a filename, or a string with JSON data. In this example, the JSON data is obtained from a [JSON sample data location](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/DevExpress-Examples/DataSources/master/JSON/customers.json).
-
- 
-
- Specify request parameters (username and password, path parameters, query parameters, or HTTP headers).
-
- - A path parameter appends a path element to a JSON endpoint URI.
- - A query parameter specifies a HTTP request parameter that is passed to a JSON endpoint.
- - A header parameter adds a custom HTTP header to JSON endpoint requests.
-
- 
-
- You can click the parameter's  button and use an expression to set the parameter value.
-
- - Click the **Value** property's ellipsis button. Specify the expression in the invoked [Expression Editor](../use-expressions/expressions-overview.md#expression-editor) and click **OK**.
-
- 
-
- - Expressions can include [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md). In the **Expression Editor**, expand **Parameters**, select a report parameter to which you want to bind the path parameter, query parameter, or header parameter, and click **OK**.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > The Data Source Wizard sends a request to the endpoint with the specified parameters to populate the data source and build the data source schema. Ensure that the parameters are always set to the values that the endpoint expects. Otherwise, the Data Source Wizard generates an error on the next steps.
- > For instance, if a user specifies the name of a JSON file in a parameter, specify the default file name in order to avoid an error.
-
- Path parameters, query parameters, and header parameters are included in endpoint requests in the same order as they are listed. Move a parameter up or down in the list to change its position in endpoint requests.
-
- The **Resulting URI** read-only field shows how the resulting JSON URI looks.
-
- 
-
-4. This wizard page also shows the specified JSON data's structure. You can choose all nodes or a subset of nodes.
-
- 
-
- Uncheck the data fields that your report does not require.
-
- After you finish the wizard, it creates the **JsonDataSource** component. This component retrieves the checked data fields that the selected JSON element includes. The [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) reflects the data source structure.
-
- 
-
-
-## Customize the JSON Data Source Schema
-
-Choose the **JsonDataSource** component in the Field List and click **Edit Schema...**. Reconfigure data fields in the invoked wizard page.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 65c69761d3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify Query Parameters
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Specify Query Parameters
-
-This document provides general information on query parameters and describes common ways of utilizing parametrized SQL queries to filter data at the data source level.
-
-## Query Parameters Overview
-A query parameter holds an external value that is inserted into an SQL statement before query execution. This value can be either static or dynamically generated by an associated expression.
-
-The query parameter value is inserted into the resulting SQL query string in the "\@QueryParameterName" placeholder's position.
-
-Query parameters are used in the following scenarios:
-
-* When filtering report data at the data source level using the [Query Builder](../report-designer-tools/query-builder.md).
-
- The Query Builder helps you construct SQL queries when creating a new data-bound report or [binding an existing report to an SQL data source](bind-a-report-to-a-database.md),
-
- 
-
- You can add queries to an existing SQL data source or edit existing queries:
-
- 
-
- You can filter the constructed queries using query parameters. Expand the **Parameters** section in the **Query Builder** to add a new query parameter.
-
- 
-
- Expand the **Query Properties** section and click the **Filter** property's ellipsis button to invoke the Filter Editor and filter data using the created query parameters.
-
- 
-
- The criteria based on the specified query parameters are added as an SQL statement's WHERE part.
-
-* When binding a report to a stored procedure provided by an SQL data source.
-
- The Data Source Wizard include the following page.
-
- 
-
- If you select a stored procedure, the wizard creates a query parameter for each procedure parameter and allows you to configure the query parameters in the next **Configure query parameters** page.
-
- 
-
-## Configure Query Parameters
-The following properties are available for each query parameter:
-
-* **Name** - specifies the parameter's name.
-* **Type** - specifies the parameter value's data type.
-* **Expression** - determines whether the actual parameter value is static or generated dynamically.
-* **Value** - determines the query parameter's actual value. If the **Expression** option is enabled, the actual parameter value is produced dynamically by calculating an associated expression. This is useful when you map the query parameter value to the [report parameter](../use-report-parameters.md) value. Refer to the next document section for more information.
-
-## Provide the Query Parameter Value
-Below, you can see how a value is specified for a query parameter within the Data Source Wizard's page. You can also specify query parameter values in the Report Wizard or the Query Parameters dialog in the same way.
-
-* **Specifying a static value**
-
- Choose a query parameter's value type and set a static value to the **Value** property according to the selected type.
-
- 
-
-* **Providing a dynamic value**
-
- Create a complex expression by expanding the **Type** property's drop-down list and selecting **Expression**.
-
- 
-
- Click the **Value** property's ellipsis button and construct an expression in the invoked [Expression Editor](../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md). You can map a report parameter that already exists in a report to a query parameter.
-
- 
-
-## Pass a Multi-Value Parameter Value to a Query
-You can map [multi-value parameters](../use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md) to query parameters.
-For instance, the following query selects the orders whose IDs can be found within the values the _\@OrderID_ query parameter provides.
-
-
-
-## Pass a Multi-Value Report Parameter Value to a Stored Procedure
-You cannot pass a [multi-value parameter](../use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md) value to a stored procedure directly. Use one of the following expression functions:
-
-* Use the [Join() expression function](../use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md) to convert the array of parameter values to a string if you use MS SQL Server, MySQL or Oracle database systems.
-
- 
-
-* Use the [CreateTable() expression function](../use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md) to prepare a table using values of several multi-value parameters.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3be9e43d8f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Change Report Measurement Units
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Change Report Measurement Units
-
-Most metrics of report elements (element locations, dimensions, and margins) can be expressed in units that correspond to one of the following systems of measurement.
-
-* **Imperial system**: hundredths of an inch, inches.
-
- This is the default system that is assigned to each new report.
-* **Metric system**: tenths of a millimeter, millimeters.
-* **Screen coordinates**: pixels.
-
-To assign a system of measurements to a report, use its **Measure Units** property. You can specify this property in the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel.
-
-
-
-When system of measurement changes, the Report Designer recalculates property values, and updates the layout of all report elements. The system of measurement determines the minimum increment with which an element's [location and size](../use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md) can be changed.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-page-settings.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-page-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 24002284b7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-page-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Change Report Page Settings
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Change Report Page Settings
-
-You can use default printer settings or specify page settings in Report Designer.
-
-
-## Specify the Report Page Settings
-
-You can specify the report page settings in the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel. Expand the **Page Settings** category to access the options:
-
-
-
-You can set the page orientation and modify the margins. The margin values are expressed in the report's [measurement units](change-a-report-measurement-units.md). You can select from the predefined paper sizes (**Paper Kind** property), choose **Custom** and create your own paper size.
-
-These settings affect the report layout. After the settings change, you may notice red highlights which indicate that the controls go beyond the page width.
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/enable-the-right-to-left-layout.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/enable-the-right-to-left-layout.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b534351fb0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/enable-the-right-to-left-layout.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Enable the Right-To-Left Layout
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Enable the Right-To-Left Layout
-
-The report and most of the report controls provide the **Right to Left** and **Right to Left Layout** property.
-
-
-
-## Right to Left
-
-The property specifies content layout within a control (for most controls, this property affects the direction of their text, and for the [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md), this property also affects the check box position within the control).
-
-* **Disabled**
-
- 
-
-* **Enabled**
-
- 
-
-Initially all report controls have this property set to **Inherit**, and when you enable it for a report, the setting is enabled for all report controls.
-
-The following controls support this feature:
-
-* [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md)
-* [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md)
-* [Page Info](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md)
-* [Panel](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md)
-* [Cross Tab](../create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md)
-* Pivot Grid (deprecated)
-* [Table](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md)
-* [Table of Contents](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md)
-
-For the **Panel** and **Table** controls, this option affects contained controls.
-
-## Right to Left Layout
-
-When the **Right To Left** property of a report is set to **Yes**, you can also enable the **Right To Left Layout** property that specifies the position of controls within [report bands](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md). Enabling the right-to-left layout will also swap the page margins of a document (you are not allowed to place controls outside the right page margin).
-
-
-
-The coordinates of report controls remain unchanged, only the point and direction of reference change (the X coordinate is calculated based on the top right corner).
-
-The right-to-left layout is preserved when exporting a report to any [supported format](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 61152b7d07..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Create Reports
-
-This section contains tutorials that explain how to create different reports.
-
-## Basic Reports
-
-### [Table Reports](create-reports/table-reports.md)
-
-
-### [Vertical Reports](create-reports/vertical-reports.md)
-
-
-### [Letters](create-reports/letters.md)
-
-
-## Reports with Hierarchical Data
-
-### [Master-Detail Reports with Detail Report Bands](create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md)
-
-
-### [Master-Detail Reports with Subreports](create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md)
-
-
-### [Hierarchical Reports](create-reports/hierarchical-reports.md)
-
-
-## Invoice Reports
-
-### [Invoices](create-reports/invoices.md)
-
-
-## Cross-Tab Reports
-
-### [Cross-Tab Reports](create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md)
-
-
-
-## Multi-Column Reports
-
-### [Labels and Badges](create-reports/labels-and-badges.md)
-
-
-### [Multi-Column Reports](create-reports/multi-column-reports.md)
-
-
-## Interactive Reports
-
-You can add interactive elements to your report to customize it in Print Preview:
-
-### [Interactive E-Forms](create-reports/interactive-e-forms.md)
-
-
-> [!Note]
-> See the [Provide Interactivity](provide-interactivity.md) section for information on how to provide drill-down and drill-through functionality in your reports.
->
-> See [Use Report Parameters](use-report-parameters.md) for instructions on how to submit parameter values in Print Preview to customize your reports.
-
-## Layout Features
-
-### [Reports with Cross-Band Content and Populated Empty Space](create-reports/reports-with-cross-band-content-and-populated-empty-space.md)
-
-
-### [Reports with PDF content](create-reports/reports-merged-with-pdf.md)
-
-
-### [Reports with a Visual PDF Signature](create-reports/reports-with-visual-pdf-signature.md)
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 12c1612bce..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Cross-Tab Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Cross-Tab Reports
-
-A cross-tab report displays complex multi-dimensional data, such as summary statistics, surveys, and market research information. This report uses a Cross Tab control that calculates automatic summaries and grand totals across grouped rows and columns.
-
-
-
-## Add a Cross Tab Control and Bind to Data
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md).
-
-2. Drop the **Cross Tab** control from the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the [Detail band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
- 
-
- You cannot place a Cross Tab in another report control ([Table Cell](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) or [Panel](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md)).
-
-3. Invoke the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **Add Data Source...**.
-
- 
-
- Navigate through the invoked [Data Source Wizard](../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md)'s pages to set up the data source. See the [Bind to Data](../bind-to-data.md) section for more information.
-
-4. Select the entire Cross Tab control. For this, click the designer surface outside the control and drag the mouse to the control until the entire control is selected.
-
- 
-
-5. Bind the Cross Tab control to the data source. In the [Properties Panel](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) expand the **CROSS TAB TASKS** section and specify the **Data Source** and **Data Member** properties.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Ensure that a report's **Data Source** property is not set if you place the Cross Tab in the Detail band. Otherwise, the Cross Tab data is printed as many times as there are rows in the report data source.
-
-
-## Define Cross Tab Fields
-
-1. In the **Properties Panel**, expand the **DATA** section and click **plus** in the **ROW FIELDS** section to add a Row Field. Select the field name from the drop-down list:
-
- 
-
- You can repeat these steps to add another row field.
-
-2. In the **Properties Panel**, expand the **DATA** section and click **plus** in the **COLUMN FIELDS** section to add a Column Field. Select the field from the drop-down list:
-
- 
-
- You can repeat these steps to add another column field.
-
-
-3. In the **Properties Panel**, expand the **DATA** section and click **plus** in the **DATA FIELDS** section to add a Data Field. Select the field from the drop-down list:
-
- 
-
-
-The resulting cross-tab control looks as follows:
-
-
-
-
-## Specify Group Settings
-
-Select the Cross Tab cell bound to the `OrderDate` field and click its smart tag. Set the **GroupInterval** property to `DateQuarter` to group data by quarters.
-
-
-
-Switch to the **Report Viewer** to preview the result:
-
-
-
-## Format Data
-
-1. Format the currency data. Hold down CTRL, and select the following cells:
-
- - the cell bound to the `ExtendedPrice` field
- - the cells that display column and row totals
- - the cells that display column and row grand totals
-
- 
-
- Switch to the Properties window and set the `TextFormatString` property to **{0:c}**.
-
- 
-
-2. Select the cell bound to the `OrderDate` field:
-
- 
-
- Set the **Text Format String** option to `Quarter {0}`.
-
- 
-
-Switch to the Report Viewer to observe the result:
-
-
-
-
-## Customize Appearance
-
-1. Select the entire Cross Tab control, switch to the Properties window, and expand the **STYLES** section. Expand the **GENERAL STYLE** section and set the Border Color to 160, 160, 160. This value applies to all Cross Tab cells.
-
- 
-
-2. Expand sections for the **HEADER AREA**, **DATA AREA** and **TOTAL AREA** styles and adjust the appearance as your needs dictate.
-
-## Adjust the Content Size
-
-Select the column bound to the **FullName** field and set the `ColumnAutoWidthMode` property to **ShrinkAndGrow**. The column width varies depending on the content.
-
-
-
-## Adjust the Report Layout
-
-Specify the **Landscape** page orientation and set the **Vertical Content Splitting** option to `Smart` to prevent content from being split across pages.
-
-
-
-## Observe the Result
-
-Switch to the **Report Viewer**. The resulting report is shown below:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/hierarchical-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/hierarchical-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 71b9e4f12a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/hierarchical-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Hierarchical Reports
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Hierarchical Reports
-
-This tutorial describes how to use the [detail band](../../report-designer/introduction-to-banded-reports.md)'s **Hierarchy Print Options** property to create a hierarchical report.
-
-
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md).
-
-1. [Bind the report](../bind-to-data.md) to a data source.
-
- 
-
- Each record in the data source should include a field that defines the parent-child relationship and thus builds the hierarchy.
-
-1. Arrange controls on the report.
-
- - Add the [Report Header](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) and [Page Header](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) bands (see the **Manage Report Bands | Add Bands** section in the [Introduction to Banded Reports](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) document for details).
-
- - Add [data-bound labels](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) to the **Detail** band.
-
- 
-
- Switch to [PREVIEW](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see an intermediate result.
-
- 
-
-1. Switch back to **DESIGN**, select the **Detail** band, and type in "hier" in the **Search field** to navigate to the **Hierarchy Print Options** property pane.
-
- 
-
- Set the following options:
-
- - **Key Field Name** and **Parent Field Name**, or **Child List Field Name**
- Set the **Key Field Name** and **Parent Field Name** properties if your report's data has the Id-ParentID related fields.
- Set the **Child List Field Name** property if your report's data is recursive. Assign the collection of child objects (records) if they have the same type as the parent objects (records).
-
- - **Indent**
- Specify the child level node offset.
-
- - **Keep Together with First Child**
- Specify whether to print a parent node together with its first child node on the next page if these nodes do not fit at the end of a page.
-
-1. Preview the result.
-
- 
-
- As you can see in the image above, the **Detail** band that contains child rows is printed with the specified indent. However, the row (the sum of the label widths) does not fit the page now.
-
-1. Align labels.
-
- - Anchor the first data-bound label to the Detail band's left and right edges. Set the label's **Anchor Horizontally** property to **Both**.
-
- 
-
- - Anchor the rest of the data-bound labels to the right edge of the Detail band (their container). Set their **Anchor Horizontal** property to **Right**.
-
- 
-
-1. Preview the result.
-
- 
-
-1. Add a **drill-down control** to expand/collapse child rows.
- - Add a [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) control to the **Detail** band at the left-most position.
-
- 
-
- - Set the **Check Box** control's glyph options and remove the unnecessary "checkBox1" text. You can specify different images to indicate the checkbox state. In the **Custom Glyphs** section, specify the  image for the **Checked** state, and the  image for the **Unchecked** state.
-
- 
-
- - Set the **Detail** band's **Drill Down Control** property to the added **Check Box** control.
-
- 
-
- - Click the **f-button** next to the **Check Box** control to invoke the **Expression Editor**, and assign the following expression to the **Check State** property:
- ```
- Iif( [ReportItems.Detail1.DrillDownExpanded], 'Checked', 'Unchecked')
- ```
-
- 
-
- - Preview the result:
-
- 
-
-1. Sort report data.
-
- Use the Detail band's **Sort Fields** property to sort data.
-
- 
-
- Preview the result:
-
- 
-
-1. Highlight root nodes.
-
- To format rows based on their nesting level, use the `CurrentRowHierarchyLevel` variable in expressions. Specify the following expressions for the **Detail** band's appearance properties:
-
- **Background Color**:
- ```
- Iif([DataSource.CurrentRowHierarchyLevel] == 0, Rgb(231,235,244), ?)
- ```
- **Font | Bold**:
- ```
- [DataSource.CurrentRowHierarchyLevel] == 0
- ```
-
- 
-
- Preview the result:
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/interactive-e-forms.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/interactive-e-forms.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f525ec1e41..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/interactive-e-forms.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Interactive E-Forms
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Interactive E-Forms
-
-This tutorial describes how to create an electronic form and make it fillable directly in Print Preview before printing or exporting it.
-
-
-
-To get started with this tutorial, [create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md).
-
-## Add Form Fields
-
-Add the [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) controls to the report and arrange them according to the form's template. Set the labels' **Text** property to the form's field names.
-
-
-
-## Add Fillable Cells
-
-Use the [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md) control for the form's text fields. This control displays letters in individual cells and allows end users to fill these cells in Print Preview.
-
-1. Drop the **Character Comb** item from the Toolbox onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Select all the added controls, clear their text, switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel and expand the **Layout** category. Adjust cell settings, such as **Cell Width**, **Cell Height**, **Cell Horizontal Spacing**, etc.
-
- 
-
-3. Expand the **Behavior** category, select the **Edit Options** section and set the controls' **Enabled** property to **Yes** to enable content editing in Print Preview.
-
- 
-
-## Add Check Box Editors
-
-1. Add two [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) controls to the report for selecting a gender (_Male/Female_ fields). Then, change their text and appearance settings.
-
- 
-
-2. To enable switching check box states in Print Preview, expand the **Behavior** category, select the **Edit Options** section and set the **Enabled** property to **Yes** as you did before. To allow selecting only one option at a time, combine these check boxes into a logical group by specifying the same value for the **Group ID** property.
-
- 
-
-## Add the Signature Editor
-
-1. Add the [Picture Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) control for the form's _Signature_ field.
-
- 
-
-2. Switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel and adjust control's appearance settings. Expand the **Behavior** category and select the **Edit Options** section. Set the **Enabled** property to **Yes** and the **Editor Name** property to signature to enable drawing in Print Preview.
-
- 
-
-## Get the Result
-The e-form report is now ready. Switch to [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-To highlight all editing fields available in the form, click the  **Highlight Editing Fields** button on the Print Preview toolbar. Clicking a field invokes the appropriate editor.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/invoices.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/invoices.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 00cf6ee51d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/invoices.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Invoices
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Invoices
-
-This tutorial describes how to create a simple invoice report displaying information about customers and their orders. You can perform similar steps to create various invoice layouts depending on your requirements.
-
-
-
-## Create a Report and Bind It to Data
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md).
-
-2. Invoke the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **Add Data Source...**.
-
- 
-
-3. Select **Database** on the first page of the invoked Data Source Wizard and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-4. Select a data connection on the next page.
-
- 
-
-5. On the same page, you can choose which tables, views and/or stored procedures to add to the report.
-
- Obtain data from two different tables to display information about customers and orders at the same hierarchical level in the report. Click the plus button for the **Queries** category to create a custom query. In the invoked [Query Builder](../report-designer-tools/query-builder.md), add the required data tables to a query and join them based on a key column.
-
- 
-
-6. On the same wizard page, select the data view providing order details for listing products included in each order in the invoice.
-
- 
-
-7. On the same page, specify a master-detail relationship between the queries. Select the required key fields (columns) to connect tables.
-
- 
-
-8. Click **Finish** to complete the wizard.
-
-After these steps, make sure that an appropriate data member is assigned to the report.
-
-
-
-## Prepare the Master Report Layout
-Create the master report layout to display basic information about customers and their orders.
-
-1. Switch to the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop the required data fields onto the [Detail band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md). New controls of appropriate types are automatically created and bound to the corresponding fields.
-
- 
-
-2. Drop [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) controls from the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the band to display static captions for specific data fields.
-
- 
-
-3. Double-click the added labels one after another and enter the required text.
-
- 
-
-4. Use the [Line](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md) control to separate data.
-
- 
-
-## Prepare the Detail Report Layout
-Perform the following steps to create a detail report and construct its layout to show the order details in a tabular form:
-
-1. From the the report's context menu, select the **Insert Detail Report Band** command to create a [Detail Report Band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
-
-2. Select the Detail Report band and select the master-detail relationship's name in the **Data Member** property's drop-down list.
-
- 
-
-3. Add dynamic content to the detail report. Go to the **Field List**, select the data fields while holding down CTRL or SHIFT and drag-and-drop them onto the Detail band. This automatically creates a [Table](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) control with table cells bound to the corresponding fields.
-
- You should drag-and-drop fields from the category corresponding to the master-detail relationship to correctly generate the detail report's data.
-
- 
-
-4. Add the Group Header band to the detail report to display captions for table columns. Select the Detail Report band and click **Insert Group Header Band** in the context menu.
-
- 
-
-5. To create column headers, drop the [Table](../use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md) control from the **Toolbox** onto the Group Header band and enter the required text in the table's cells.
-
- 
-
-6. Select the Detail Report band, expand the **Behavior** category and set the band's **Page Break** property to **After the Band** to print each order on a separate page.
-
- 
-
-## Create a Calculated Field
-This section demonstrates how to create a [custom field](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields.md) whose values are calculated using a pre-defined expression.
-
-Do the following to evaluate an extended price based on the price, quantity and discount values obtained from a database:
-
-1. In the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), select the detail table and click **Add calculated field**.
-
- 
-
-2. Click the **Edit** button for the calculated field and change its name to **ExtendedPrice**. Click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button, and in the invoked [Expression Editor](../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), construct the expression based on the **UnitPrice**, **Quantity** and **Discount** fields.
-
- 
-
-3. You can use the created calculated field as an ordinary data field. Add a cell to a table in the Detail band and drop the calculated field onto this cell. Additionally, create one more table cell in the Group Header for displaying the corresponding caption.
-
- 
-
-
-## Format Data
-The next step is to specify report elements' [value formatting](../shape-report-data/format-data.md) to improve displaying their incoming data.
-
-1. In the master report's Detail band, select controls bound to date fields while holding down CTRL. Switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel, expand the **Data** category and click the **Text Format String** property's ellipsis button. In the invoked **Format String Editor**, activate the **DateTime** category and select the format, for example, display dates as a month (name) followed by the day (number) and year (four digits).
-
- 
-
-2. Select the table cell bound to the **Discount** data field in the detail report's Detail band. Expand the **Cell Tasks** category, click the **Text Format String** property's ellipsis button, and in the invoked **Format String Editor**, apply the **Percent** format. In this case, field values are multiplied by 100 and displayed with a percent symbol.
-
- 
-
-3. In the detail report's Detail band, select the cells bound to the **UnitPrice** and **ExtendedPrice** fields. Invoke the **Format String Editor** once again and choose the format preset from the **Currency** category (for instance, **c2**).
-
-## Calculate a Summary
-Do the following to calculate a total price for each order as a sum of **Extended Price** values:
-
-1. Add the Group Footer band to the detail report in the same way as the Group Header.
-
-2. Drop the Label control onto the added band and expand the **Label Tasks** category in the Properties panel. Select the **Summary** section and set the **Running** property to **Report** to calculate the summary for the entire detail report and click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), specify the following expression to calculate the total price:
-
- 
-
-3. Use the **Text Format String** property to format the summary's value (for instance, set it to **Total: {0:c2}**).
-
- 
-
-## Sort Data
-Perform the following steps to sort data in the detail report:
-
-1. Select the **Detail** band in the detail report. Select the **Sort Fields** section in the **Detail Tasks** category and add a new sort field to sort the detail report's data by the required data field.
-
- 
-
-2. Click the  or  buttons to define the sort order within the group (ascending or descending). Use the  button to disable sorting in grouped data.
-
-
-## Customize the Report Appearance
-Do the following to customize the report and its elements' appearance:
-
-1. Click the gray area around the design surface to select the report, and in the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel, specify the font settings. These settings are distributed to all report elements.
-
- 
-
-2. You can adjust a control's font independently from its parent (for instance, make summary values bold).
-
- 
-
-3. Change specific controls' (bound to date fields, price fields, etc.) text alignment using the **Text Alignment** property.
-
- 
-
-4. Create a global [visual style](../customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md) to apply it afterwards to multiple controls. Switch to the [Report Explorer](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) panel, select the **Styles** node and click the plus button  to add a new report visual style.
-
- 
-
-5. Select the created style and click the **Properties**  button in the Report Explorer. This opens the Properties panel where you can adjust the settings of the selected style.
-
- 
-
-6. Select report elements, expand the **Styles** category and choose a style in the **Style** property's drop-down list to apply the style to the selected elements.
-
- 
-
-7. You can provide different appearances to alternating (odd and even) table rows in the detail report. Select the table and expand the **Styles** property in the Property Grid. Invoke the drop-down list for the **EvenStyle** property and select **New**.
-
- 
-
- Specify the created style's appearance settings (for example, background color).
-
-## Add Additional Information
-Do the following to provide additional information to your invoices, such as the report name and current date:
-
-1. Add the Page Header band to the master report to display the required information on each invoice page.
-
-2. Drop the Label control from the **Toolbox** onto the Page Header, double-click the control and type "**Invoice**". Specify the required appearance settings (font, foreground color, etc.).
-
- 
-
-3. Add the [Page Info](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control to the Page Header band to display system date in the report.
-
- 
-
-4. Expand the **Page Info Tasks** category and set the **Page Information** property to **Current Date and Time**. Click the **Text Format String** property's ellipsis button, and in the invoked **Format String Editor**, select a date format as in the **Format Data** section above.
-
- 
-
-## View the Result
-The invoice report is now ready. Switch to [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/labels-and-badges.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/labels-and-badges.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b5ff72281e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/labels-and-badges.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Labels and Badges
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Labels and Badges
-
-This tutorial describes the steps to create a label report that contains employee badges.
-
-
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) and [bind it](../bind-to-data.md) to a required data source (for instance, to a table that contains information about employees).
-
-2. Open the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) and click **New via Wizard**.
-
- 
-
-3. The wizard guides you through the process of creating a label report. Refer to [Label Report](../report-designer-tools/report-wizard/label-report.md) for detailed instructions on the wizard's steps.
-
- 
-
-4. After performing the above steps you will see that the report's Detail band is now divided into three differently colored areas. The first area at the left-hand side indicates the actual available band area for controls to be placed within it. The gray area at the right-hand side is intended for the columns in which labels will be displayed, so it cannot be occupied by controls. Finally, the white area specifies an indent between the available and reserved areas.
-
- 
-
-5. Drop the required fields from the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto the available Detail band's area and adjust the layout.
-
- 
-
- If required, you can apply [mail merge](../use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md) to combine several fields within the same [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) control.
-
- For the [Picture Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) control, you can set its **Sizing** property to **Zoom Image**.
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the resulting report.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/letters.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/letters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5589093c53..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/letters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Letters
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Letters
-
-This tutorial describes the steps to create a mail merge report, in which data fields are embedded into a label's text that is replaced with corresponding data values on preview or export.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md).
-
-2. [Bind the report](../bind-to-data.md) to a required data source.
-
-3. Drop the [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) control from the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the [Detail](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band.
-
- 
-
-4. Add the required text to the control and embed data fields' names into it, surrounded by **[** square brackets **]**, as shown in the following image:
-
- 
-
-For more information about mail merge, refer to [Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)](../use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md).
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a7ca88cdd..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Master-Detail Report with Detail Report Bands
-author: Natalia Kazakova
----
-# Master-Detail Report with Detail Report Bands
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to display hierarchical data in a master-detail report using nested [Detail Report bands](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md). This technique is effective if your data source contains a master-detail relationship. Another technique is described in the following topic: [Master-Detail Reports with Subreports)](master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md).
-
-
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md).
-
-2. [Bind the report](../bind-to-data.md) to the required data source and set up a master-detail relationship as described in the [Bind a Report to a Database](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md) topic.
-
-3. Drop data fields of the main table from the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto the [Detail](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band.
-
- 
-
-4. Right-click the report and select **Insert Band**→**DetailBand** to create a [Detail Report Band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
- 
-
- Select the Detail Report band and select the master-detail relationship's name in the **Data Member** property's drop-down list.
-
- 
-
-5. Switch to the **Field List**, select the data fields while holding down CTRL or SHIFT and drag-and-drop them onto the Detail band.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You should drag-and-drop fields from the category corresponding to the master-detail relationship to correctly generate the detail report's data. Otherwise, the report will display only the first record of the detail table as many times as there are records in this table.
-
-6. Customize the report's [appearance](../customize-appearance.md) and [format values](../shape-report-data/format-data.md).
-
-Switch to [Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the resulting report.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 05d168d092..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Master-Detail Reports with Subreports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Master-Detail Reports with Subreports
-
-This tutorial demonstrates how to create a master-detail report using the [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) control. This approach is useful if your data source does not contain master-detail relationship or you prefer to store master and detail reports in different files. Another approach is described at [Create a Master-Detail Report (Use Detail Report Bands)](master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md).
-
-
-
-## Create a Master Report
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md) to use it as a master report.
-
-2. [Bind the report](../bind-to-data.md) to a required data table.
-
-3. Drop the required data fields from the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto the [Detail](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band.
-
- 
-
-## Create the Detail Report
-
-1. [Add one more blank report](../add-new-reports.md) to use it as a detail report.
-
-2. [Bind it to data](../bind-to-data.md). For instance, use another table of the same database as for the master report.
-
-3. Switch to the **Field List**, select the data fields while holding down CTRL or SHIFT and drag-and-drop them onto the Detail band.
-
- 
-
-4. Add parameter to the detail report. Select the **Parameters** section in the **Field List** and click **Add parameter**.
-
- 
-
-5. Click the **Edit** button for the created parameter and specify the parameter's **Name** and **Type** as well as disable the **Visible** property.
-
- 
-
-6. Switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel, expand the the control's **Tasks** category and click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button.
-
- In the invoked [Filter Editor](../report-designer-tools/filter-editor.md), construct an expression where the required data field is compared to the created parameter. To access the parameter, invoke the drop-down list on the right and select **Parameter**.
-
- 
-
-7. Click **Save** | **Save As** in the designer [menu](../report-designer-tools/menu.md) to [save the detail report](../save-reports.md) to the server-side report storage. In the invoked standard **Save** dialog, specify the folder and file name.
-
- 
-
-
-
-## Embed the Subreport
-
-1. Click the corresponding tab in the bottom left corner of the Design Surface to switch back to the master report.
-
- 
-
-2. Drop the [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) control from the [Toolbox](../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the **Detail** band.
-
- 
-
-3. Expand the **Subreport Tasks** category and select the previously saved detail report in the **Report Source URL** property's drop-down list.
-
- 
-
- You can double-click the added subreport to open the detail report.
-
-4. Bind the subreport's parameter used as a filter criterion to the master report's corresponding data field, which serve as a source of the parameter value. To do this, expand the **Data** category, select the **Parameter Bindings** section and add a new parameter binding. In the binding properties list, specify the data field to which you want to bind a subreport parameter and the name of the parameter that you want to bind.
-
- 
-
-6. Customize the report's [appearance](../customize-appearance.md) and [format values](../shape-report-data/format-data.md).
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the resulting report.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/multi-column-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/multi-column-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5350ad77d0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/multi-column-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Multi-Column Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Multi-Column Reports
-
-This document describes how to arrange report data in multiple columns, which can be used to create mailing labels, business cards or multi-column directories.
-
-
-
-## Settings
-To access the multi-column settings of a report's Detail band, switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel and expand the **Detail Tasks** or the **Behavior** category.
-
-
-
-**Mode**
-
-Enables you to select one of the following modes:
-
-* **None**
-
- Disables the multi-column layout.
-
-* **Use Column Count**
-
- Makes the report display a specific number of columns based on the **Column Count** value. When this property is set to **1**, the report looks as though its multi-column layout is disabled.
-
-* **Use Column Width**
-
- Makes the report columns have a specific width based on the **Column Width** value. With this setting, the report displays as many columns as it is possible according to the specified column width, column spacing and report page size.
-
-**Column Spacing**
-
-Specifies the distance between adjacent columns. This value is measured in [report units](../configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md).
-
-**Layout**
-
-Specifies the preferred direction for arranging report data within columns.
-
-* **First Across, then Down**
-
- The report data is arranged horizontally and is wrapped to the next row on reaching the right page margin.
-
- 
-
- When the report data is grouped, the multi-column layout is applied to each group individually.
-
- 
-
-* **First Down, then Across**
-
- The report data is arranged vertically and is wrapped to the next column on reaching the bottom page margin.
-
- 
-
- When the report data is grouped, you can make each group start on a new column by setting the **Page Break** property of the Group Footer to **After the Band**.
-
- 
-
-## How It Works
-The following image illustrates a report designer with a multi-column layout applied to the report:
-
-
-
-In multi-column mode, the report's design surface is limited to the area defined by the column width. This is the only area intended to contain report controls.
-
-The rest of this surface defines the space on a page remaining for printing columns and column spacing area.
-
-In the above image, the report data in the Detail band is contained within a [Panel](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md) that provides borders around the enclosed content.
-
-
-
-You can also specify a custom background color for the Panel. To learn how to change this color dynamically (based on the report's underlying data), see [Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md).
-
-When the report data is [grouped](../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md) (as in the above image), and the **First Down, then Across** multi-column layout is used, you can make each group start on a new column. To do this, set the **Page Break** property of the Group Footer to **After the Band** or **After the Band, Except for the Last Entry**. When there is no data to display in the Group Footer, set the band height to zero.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-merged-with-pdf.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-merged-with-pdf.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 67b3bbdbf7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-merged-with-pdf.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Reports Merged with PDF
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Reports Merged with PDF
-
-This tutorial describes how to add PDF content to a report.
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> The [Master-Detail Reports with Subreports)](master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md) topic describes another way to create a report that merges different documents.
-
-## Create a Report Layout
-
-Create a report that should include PDF content.
-
-
-
-In this tutorial, the report shows a purchase order. A **Detail Report** band displays order details and customer information. An inner **Detail Report** band lists products included in an order.
-
-
-
-## Add PDF Content
-
-Add a PDF document for each product listed in an order.
-
-1. Add a **Detail Report** band at the location where you want to place PDF content. As PDF content is rendered on separate pages, the report from this tutorial includes this band at the bottom. Bind the new band to the same data member as in the [Create a Report Layout](#create-a-report-layout) section above.
-
- 
-
-1. Select the added **Detail Report** band and specify its **Data Source** and **Data Member**.
-
- 
-
-1. Drop the **PDF Content** item from the **Toolbox** onto the added band.
-
- 
-
-1. Bind the dropped control to the source of PDF data. Select the control, switch to the [Properties Panel](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), click the **Source** property's marker, and select **Source Expression**. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, select the data source field that stores PDF documents and click **OK**.
-
- 
-
- > [!TIP]
- > Other options are available to bind the **PDF Content** control to PDF data:
- > * **Bind to a PDF file**
- > Specify the file's URL in the control's **Source URL** property. The specified file should be available when a report is generated.
- > * **Save the PDF content in the report**
- > Click the **Source** property's ellipsis button and select the file from which to load the content.
-
-The report is ready and can be viewed in the **Preview** tab. Each PDF document is printed on a separate page and uses its own page settings.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-cross-band-content-and-populated-empty-space.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-cross-band-content-and-populated-empty-space.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 082f71e336..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-cross-band-content-and-populated-empty-space.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Reports with Cross-Band Content and Populated Empty Space'
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Reports with Cross-Band Content and Populated Empty Space
-
-This document describes how to create a report with the following layout options:
-
-- Print part of the content across bands (the blue panel);
-- Populate the empty space between the detail and footer information with blank rows.
-
-
-
-## Initial Report
-
-In this tutorial, the report [groups data](../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data.md) by a data source field (the report's group field).
-
-
-
-The _GroupFooter_ band is displayed at the bottom of the page (the **Print At Bottom** property is enabled). There is an empty space between the **Detail** band's data and the footer.
-
-
-
-## Add Line Numbers
-
-1. Select the first cell in the [Detail band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md)'s table and click **Insert Column to the Left** from the cell's context menu.
-
- 
-
-2. Select the new cell and set **Summary**/**Running** to _Group_.
-
- 
-
-3. Switch to the **Expressions** tab and click the **Text** property's ellipsis button. Specify the _sumRecordNumber()_ expression in the invoked Expression Editor.
-
- 
-
- Each row now includes a number.
-
-
-
-## Populate the Empty Space
-
-Populate the empty space between the _Detail_ band's data and the footer.
-
-Select the _Detail_ band and enable the **Fill Empty Space** property.
-
-
-
-The empty space is now populated with numbered lines.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Set the **Text** properties of the _Detail_ band's controls to display static text within the added lines.
-
-## Add Cross-Band Data
-
-Add a panel with recipient details across the entire group. Place the panel on a separate _Group Header_ band that is printed on the background of other bands.
-
-1. Select the report and select **Insert Group Header** from the report's context menu
-
- 
-
- > [!Tip]
- > Choose a _Page Header_ band instead of the _Group Header_ to display the cross-band content on an entire page.
-
-2. Select the added band and enable the **Print Across Bands** property. This displays the band content on the background of the _GroupHeader1_, _Detail_, and _GroupFooter1_ bands.
-
- 
-
-3. The report's group field is in the _GroupHeader1_ band's **Group Fields** collection. The new band is above **GroupHeader1** and does not participate in the report's group. Move the group field to the new band.
-
- * Select _GroupHeader1_ and remove the group field from **Group Fields**.
-
- 
-
- * Select the new band and add the group field to **Group Fields**.
-
- 
-
-4. Add a [Panel](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md) control to the _Group Header_. Specify the panel's **Background Color** and drop fields onto the panel.
-
- 
-
-5. Adjust the panel's width and height. The height should match the page height, as the footer is printed at the bottom of the page (the _Group Footer_'s **Print At Bottom** property is enabled).
-
- 
-
-6. Switch to Print Preview. The panel is printed on the background of the group content.
-
- 
-
-1. Resize the content in other bands to print it side-by-side with the panel.
-
- 
-
-See the final report in Print Preview.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-embedded-pdf-content.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-embedded-pdf-content.md
deleted file mode 100644
index aa0bfbfafe..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-embedded-pdf-content.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Reports with Embedded PDF Content
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# Reports with Embedded PDF Content
-
-This tutorial explains how to use the [PDF Content](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md) control to do the following:
-
-* Append PDF file pages to a report and make their paper kind the same as in the inital report.
-* Add sequential page numbers to the report and PDF file pages.
-* Include additional information in the embedded PDF file pages.
-
-The image below shows an invoice report that contains information about order items.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates the first PDF file page embedded to the invoice report. This page has the same paper kind as the initial report. [Report controls](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls.md) are used to add item title, item price, line, logo image, and sequential page numbers to this page.
-
-
-
-To create the above report with PDF content, follow the steps described in these sections:
-
-* [Create the Main Report](#create-the-main-report)
-* [Create a Report with PDF Content](#create-a-report-with-pdf-content)
-* [Add the Report with PDF content to the Main Report](#add-the-report-with-pdf-content-to-the-main-report)
-
-## Create the Main Report
-
-1. Open the [Report Designer](../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md) and [add a new blank report](../add-new-reports.md).
-2. Design the report layout. In this tutorial, we create an invoice report that contains information about order items.
-
- 
-
- To supply the report with data, use the following JSON string:
-
- ```
- {
- "InvoiceNumber": 241756,
- "OrderDate": "2018-04-23T18:25:43.511Z",
- "Customer": {
- "Name": "Walters",
- "HomeOffice_Line": "200 Wilmot Rd",
- "HomeOffice_City": "Deerfield",
- "HomeOffice_StateName": "IL",
- "HomeOffice_ZipCode": "60015"
- },
- "Store": {
- "Address_City": "Anaheim",
- "Address_Line": "1720 W La Palma Ave",
- "Address_StateName": "CA",
- "Address_ZipCode": "83709"
- },
- "Employee": {
- "FullName": "Harv Mudd"
- },
- "PONumber": "122023",
- "ShipMethod": 0,
- "OrderTerms": "15 Days",
- "OrderItems": [
- {
- "ProductName": "SuperLED 42",
- "ProductPrice": 1050,
- "ProductUnits": 2,
- "Discount": 50,
- "Total": 2050
- },
- {
- "ProductName": "SuperLED 50",
- "ProductPrice": 1100,
- "ProductUnits": 5,
- "Discount": 500,
- "Total": 5000
- },
- {
- "ProductName": "Projector PlusHD",
- "ProductPrice": 600,
- "ProductUnits": 5,
- "Discount": 250,
- "Total": 2750
- },
- {
- "ProductName": "HD Video Player",
- "ProductPrice": 220,
- "ProductUnits": 10,
- "Discount": 200,
- "Total": 2000
- }
- ],
- "ShippingAmount": 375,
- "TotalAmount": 12175
- }
- ```
-
-The following image illustrates the main report's **Preview**:
-
-
-
-## Create a Report with PDF Content
-
-1. Create a new blank report. Remove the report's margins.
-
- 
-
-2. Drop the [PDF Content](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md) control from the **Toolbox** onto the *Detail* band.
-
- 
-
-3. Select the control, navigate to the [Properties panel](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), click **Source** or **Source URL** property's ellipsis button, and select PDF file. In this demo, we use the following PDF specification: [Specification.pdf](https://github.com/DevExpress-Examples/DataSources/blob/master/Specification.pdf).
-
- 
-
-4. Disable the control's **Generate Own Pages** property. Adjust the control size to make PDF content fit the entire *Detail* band. For this, set the *Detail* band's **Height** to *1095* and the control's **Width** and **Height** to *849* and *1095*.
-
- 
-
-5. [Bind](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md) the report to the JSON data below and set the report's **Data Member** property to *OrderItems*.
-
- ```
- {
- "InvoiceNumber": 241756,
- "OrderDate": "2018-04-23T18:25:43.511Z",
- "Customer": {
- "Name": "Walters",
- "HomeOffice_Line": "200 Wilmot Rd",
- "HomeOffice_City": "Deerfield",
- "HomeOffice_StateName": "IL",
- "HomeOffice_ZipCode": "60015"
- },
- "Store": {
- "Address_City": "Anaheim",
- "Address_Line": "1720 W La Palma Ave",
- "Address_StateName": "CA",
- "Address_ZipCode": "83709"
- },
- "Employee": {
- "FullName": "Harv Mudd"
- },
- "PONumber": "122023",
- "ShipMethod": 0,
- "OrderTerms": "15 Days",
- "OrderItems": [
- {
- "ProductName": "SuperLED 42",
- "ProductPrice": 1050,
- "ProductUnits": 2,
- "Discount": 50,
- "Total": 2050
- },
- {
- "ProductName": "SuperLED 50",
- "ProductPrice": 1100,
- "ProductUnits": 5,
- "Discount": 500,
- "Total": 5000
- },
- {
- "ProductName": "Projector PlusHD",
- "ProductPrice": 600,
- "ProductUnits": 5,
- "Discount": 250,
- "Total": 2750
- },
- {
- "ProductName": "HD Video Player",
- "ProductPrice": 220,
- "ProductUnits": 10,
- "Discount": 200,
- "Total": 2000
- }
- ],
- "ShippingAmount": 375,
- "TotalAmount": 12175
- }
- ```
-
-6. Place two [labels](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md), a [line](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md), and a [picture box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) on the PDF page header as shown below:
-
- 
-
- Use the following locations and sizes:
-
- | Control Name | Location | Size |
- | --- | --- | --- |
- | label1 | 105, 94 | 280, 44 |
- | label2 | 105, 138 | 118, 30 |
- | line1 | 105, 69 | 687, 20 |
- | pictureBox1 | 647, 24 | 145, 45 |
-
-7. Set the line's **Width** and **Fore Color** to *2* and orange (*rgb(255,165,0)*) respectively. Assign the following image to the picture box's **Image Source** property:
-
- 
-
- Set the image's **Sizing** property to *Stretch Image*.
-
- Make the label1's font bold. Set up label appearance as shown in the table below:
-
- | Control Name | Font | Font Size | Text Property's Expression | Text Format String |
- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
- | label1 | Segoe UI | 21 | *ProductName* | - |
- | label2 | Segoe UI | 12 | *ProductPrice* | {0:$0} |
-
- 
-
- To display a product name and price of each order item on a corresponding PDF file page, set the PDF Content **Page Range** property's [expression](../use-expressions.md) to *[DataSource.CurrentRowIndex] + 1*.
-
-8. Add the [Page Info](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control to the PDF page footer. Use the following settings for this control:
-
- | Location | Size | Font | Font Size | Text Alignment | Text Format String |
- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
- | 0, 1045 | 849, 50 | Segoe UI | 12 | Middle Center | Page {0} of {1} |
-
- 
-
-Open **Preview** to show the result. The image below shows the report's first page:
-
-
-
-## Add the Report with PDF Content to the Main Report
-
-1. Add a footer to the main report.
-
- 
-
-2. Add the [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) control to the footer. Assign the report with PDF content to the control's **Report Source URL** property. Enable the control's **Generate Own Pages** property.
-
- 
-
-3. Add the [Page Info](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control to the report's **Bottom Margin** band. Set the control's **Text Alignment** propery to *Middle Center* and the **Text Format String** property to *Page {0} of {1}*.
-
- 
-
-Open **Preview** to show the result.
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-visual-pdf-signature.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-visual-pdf-signature.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b9e37c820..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-visual-pdf-signature.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Reports with a Visual PDF Signature
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-# Reports with a Visual PDF Signature
-
-This tutorial describes how to create a report with a visual PDF signature.
-
-
-
-## Create a Report Layout
-
-1. Drop the **Rich Text** control from the report controls Toolbox tab onto the **Detail** band.
-
- 
-
-2. Double-click the control and insert the [DevExpress Website Terms of Use](https://www.devexpress.com/aboutus/legal.xml) text.
-
- 
-
-3. Select the **Detail** band. From the context menu, select the **Insert Report Footer Band** command. Enable the footer band's **Print at Bottom** property.
-
- 
-
-4. Drop the **Pdf Signature** control from the report controls Toolbox tab onto the **Report Footer** band.
-
- 
-
-5. Place the **Label** control to the left of the **Pdf Signature** control and add the following text: _I have read and accept this Website Terms of Use statement_.
-
- 
-
-Open **Preview** to show the result.
-
-
-
-## Export and Sign the Report
-
-You can sign a report with a visual signature on export to PDF if an application contains an available signature. To sign the report on export, select a signature from the **Signature** drop-down list in [PDF Export Options](../../document-viewer/exporting/pdf-specific-export-options.md).
-
-You can also sign the exported document in a PDF editor. To do this, follow the steps below:
-
-1. In **Preview**, expand the list with export formats and select **PDF**.
-
- 
-
-2. Open the exported document in a PDF editor and sign it.
-
- 
-
-Save and reopen the document to show the final result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/table-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/table-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bbb81df7c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/table-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Table Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Table Reports
-
-This tutorial describes how to create a data-bound report that displays information in a tabular format. Table reports should not be confused with hierarchical [master-detail reports](master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md), nor with [cross-tab reports](cross-tab-reports.md).
-
-
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md).
-
-2. [Bind the report](../bind-to-data.md) to a required data source.
-
-3. Add the [Page Header](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band to the report to print the column headers at the top of every document page. To do this, select the **Insert Page Header** Band command from the report's context menu.
-
- 
-
-4. Switch to the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), select data fields, hold `Shift` when you drag fields and drop them onto the report design area. This creates a data table with data field names.
-
- 
-
-5. To provide dynamic content to the report, select data fields and drop them onto the Detail band in the Field list.
-
- 
-
- This creates a table with the same number of cells as the number of fields selected with each cell bound to the appropriate data field.
-
-6. Click an empty place on the report's surface and draw a rectangle around the table to select it.
-
- 
-
- Alternatively, you can select one cell and press `Esc` to move one level up and select an entire row.
-
-7. Expand the **Appearance** category and specify the **Font**, **Text Alignment**, and **Borders** properties to customize table appearance.
-
- 
-
-8. Define a currency format for the **UnitPrice** cell. Select the cell and click the **Text Format String** property's ellipsis button. Select the appropriate format in the invoked **Format String Editor** editor and click **OK**.
-
- 
-
-9. To further improve table readability, you can apply different visual styles to odd and even rows. See [Report Visual Styles](../customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md) to learn more.
-
- 
-
- See the [Use Tables](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) section to learn how to add or remove table rows and cells, and how to convert table cells to separate label controls.
-
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the generated report.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/vertical-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/vertical-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cb77c919f0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/create-reports/vertical-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Vertical Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Vertical Reports
-
-This tutorial describes how to use vertical bands to create a report where record fields are arranged vertically and data records are printed horizontally.
-
-
-
-# Design a Report in Report Wizard
-
-1. [Create a new report](../add-new-reports.md) or [open an existing one](../open-reports.md).
-
-1. Open the Web Report Designer's menu. Select **Design in Report Wizard**.
-
- 
-
-1. In the invoked Report Wizard, select **Vertical Report** and click **Next**.
-
- 
-
-1. Select a data source for the report.
-
- 
-
-1. Select queries and data fields to include in the report. Add summary fields.
-
- 
-
- - Select data fields:
- 
- - Add summary fields:
- 
-
-1. Specify page settings (Landscape orientation) and set the title (Profit and Loss).
-
- 
-
-1. Click **Finish** to open the generated report in the Report Designer.
-
- 
-
-The wizard adds report controls to the following [bands](../../report-designer/introduction-to-banded-reports.md):
-
-- **Vertical Header band**
- Contains a table with a single column that displays data field headers.
-- **Vertical Details band**
- Contains a table with a single column that is printed as many times as there are records in the report's data source.
-- **Vertical Total band**
- Contains a table with a single column that has as many labels in cells as there are summary functions you specified for each field in the Report Wizard.
-
-Switch to the Preview mode to see the result.
-
-
-
-> [!Tip]
-> You can create a vertical report without using the Report Wizard. Click **Insert Vertical Header Band** from the report's context menu.
->
-> Refer to the [Introduction to Banded Reports](../../report-designer/introduction-to-banded-reports.md#vertical-bands) topic for more information.
-
-## Set Vertical Table Options
-
-You can set the following options to modify the vertical table:
-
-* Set the Vertical Header band's **Repeat Every Page** property to false to display field headers once - on the first report page.
-
- 
-
-* Set the Vertical Detail band's **Band Layout** property to **Across Then Down** to print the data records that do not fit a page on the same page, otherwise, they are printed on the next page.
-
- 
-
-* Add a field to the **Sort Fields** group to sort the report's data.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/customize-appearance/appearance-properties.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/customize-appearance/appearance-properties.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 36e13ab203..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/customize-appearance/appearance-properties.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Appearance Properties
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Appearance Properties
-
-This document describes the purpose and implementation of the appearance properties - a special set of properties that allow you to customize the appearance of a report or any of its elements.
-
-## Properties Overview
-
-Every report element ([control](../use-report-elements.md) or [band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md)), and a report itself, has a set of properties that specify its appearance. They are listed in the following table.
-
-| Property name | Description |
-|---|---|
-| **BackgroundColor** | Gets or sets a background color to a report element and its child controls. |
-| **BorderColor** | Gets or sets a border color to a report element and its child controls. |
-| **BorderDashStyle** | Gets or sets a border dash style to a report element and its child controls. |
-| **Borders** | Gets or sets borders (top, right, bottom,left), which should be visible for a report element and its child controls. |
-| **BorderWidth** | Gets or sets a border width to a report element and its child controls. |
-| **Font** | Gets or sets the font options (its name, size, etc.) to a report element and its child controls. |
-| **ForegroundColor** | Gets or sets the foreground color to a report element and its child controls. |
-| **Padding** | Gets or sets the indent values which are used to render the contents of a report element and its child controls. |
-| **TextAlignment** | Gets or sets the text alignment to a report element and its child controls. |
-
-## Access Appearance Properties
-
-Use the Report Designer's [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel to access the appearance properties.
-
-
-
-## Property Value Inheritance
-
-By default, appearance properties for every control or a band are set to empty values, which means that their real values are obtained from a control's parent, or a parent of its parent and so on.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The appearance properties may not be used by all descendants of the current report element for which they are defined. For example, the **PageBreak** element ignores the **BackColor** property.
-
-To reset values of these properties, click the  button to the right of the editor, and in the invoked popup menu, select **Reset**. Then, the control's actual appearance will be determined by the appropriate properties settings of its parent.
-
-
-
-If a report element has a [style](report-visual-styles.md) assigned to it, the priority of the properties defined by this style is determined by the **StylePriority** property. Note that when a [conditional formatting](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md) is involved, the appearance it defines is of greater priority than the properties described above.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e8a4282c36..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Visual Styles
-owner: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Report Visual Styles
-
-This topic describes how to combine [appearance properties](appearance-properties.md) into styles and apply them to report elements.
-
-## Create a Report Style
-
-Use the following approaches to create a visual style in your report:
-
-- **Use the Properties Panel**
-
- Expand the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel's **Styles** category, click the drop-down list for the **Style** property and select **Create a New Style**.
-
- 
-
-- **Use the Report Explorer**
-
- Switch to the [Report Explorer](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) panel, select the **Styles** node and click the plus button  to add a new report visual style.
-
- 
-
- To access the collection of added report visual styles, expand the **Styles** category in the [Report Explorer](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md).
-
-
-## Assign a Style to a Report Element
-
-Drag a report style from the Report Explorer onto a report control. This assigns the style to the report element's **Style** property.
-
-
-
-
-## Assign Odd and Even Styles
-
-You can use the **Odd Style** and **Even Style** properties to apply different styles to alternating rows in a report.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Customize a Style
-
-Select a style and click the **Properties**  button in the Report Explorer.
-
-
-
-This opens the Properties panel where you can adjust the settings of the selected style. All the report elements apply the updated style immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Style Inheritance
-
-Nested elements inherit their parent element's style if they do not have an applied style.
-
-## Override Styles
-
-You can specify a different value for a report element's appearance property to override the corresponding property value in the report element's style.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you apply [conditional formatting](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md), its appearance property values have a higher priority than both the individually specified properties and the style's properties.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/first-look-at-the-report-designer.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/first-look-at-the-report-designer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cf5611c719..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/first-look-at-the-report-designer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
----
-title: First Look at the Report Designer
-owner: Anna Vekhina
----
-# First Look at the Report Designer
-
-
-
-The [Design Surface](report-designer-tools/design-surface.md) displays a report's structure and contents. You can use the tools on the Report Designer's panels to design the report:
-
-- use the [Menu](report-designer-tools/menu.md) to manage and set up reports;
-
-- drop report controls from the [Toolbox](report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) to the design surface;
-
-- access report editing commands in the [Main Toolbar](report-designer-tools/toolbar.md);
-
-- use the [Properties](report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel to set up the report controls;
-
-- use the [Expressions](report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel to provide data to the report controls and conditionally shape data;
-
-- access the report's data source schema in the [Field List](report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel;
-
-- access the report's elements in the [Report Explorer](report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) panel.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/introduction-to-banded-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/introduction-to-banded-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 949a705210..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/introduction-to-banded-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Introduction to Banded Reports
-owner: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Introduction to Banded Reports
-
-## Report Bands
-
-A report layout consists of bands that contain report controls and define their location on document pages. A blank report contains the following bands:
-
-- The **Detail Band** displays recurring contents from the report's data source. This band is printed as many times as there are records available in a data source unless you filtered the data.
-
- Every report must have a detail band, and you cannot delete it.
-
-- The top and bottom page **Margin bands**. These bands are repeated once on every document page.
-
-
-
-You can also add the following bands:
-
-- **Report Header** and **Report Footer**
-
- The **Report Header** is the report's first band (margins are "out-of-page" zones). Use this band to display the report's name, company logo, [date of creation, username](add-extra-information.md), etc.
-
- The **Report Footer** is placed before the Page Footer and Bottom Margin on the report's last page. You can use the Report Footer band for report [summaries](shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md) or conclusions.
-
-- **Page Header** and **Page Footer**
-
- These bands are at the top and bottom of every page in a report. They display information that should be printed on every page.
-
-- **Group Header** and **Group Footer**
-
- These bands are above and below each [group](shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data.md).
-
-> [!TIP]
-> Only the detail and group bands can be used to display dynamic data source contents. Other bands display titles, summaries, and [extra information](add-extra-information.md).
-
-The following image illustrates a sample report layout and the [Report Explorer](report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) panel that reflects the report's structure:
-
-
-
-## Add a Detail Band to a Master-Detail Band
-
-Use the **detail report band** to create hierarchical [master-detail reports](create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md). Detail report bands provide detailed information about each record in the master report's detail band. You can create such reports when master-detail relationships are defined between data source tables:
-
-
-
-A detail report band is a separate report (subreport) with its own data source and different bands. A report can have any number of detail reports that can also be nested.
-
-The following image illustrates a master-detail report and the [Report Explorer](report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) panel that reflects the report's structure:
-
-
-
-## Vertical Bands
-
-You can replace the Detail band with the **Vertical Header**, **Vertical Detail** and **Vertical Total** bands to display record fields vertically and print data records horizontally - from left to right.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your report's Detail band contains report controls, this band and all these controls are lost when you add a vertical band (the same behavior takes place in the opposite situation).
-
-The following vertical bands are available:
-
-- **Vertical Header**
-
- Contains headers of the report's data fields. These headers are arranged one after another in a vertical direction.
-
-- **Vertical Details**
-
- Displays recurring contents from the report's data source. This band is printed as many times as there are available records in a data source, unless you filtered the data. The records are displayed one after another in a horizontal direction.
-
-- **Vertical Total**
-
- This band is placed at the rightmost position (leftmost when RTL is enabled). You can use the Vertical Total band for report summaries or conclusions.
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> See [Vertical Reports](create-reports/vertical-reports.md) for details on how to use vertical bands.
-
-## Create Band Copies
-
-You can create functional copies of a band, for example, to display different contents based on a specific condition. To do this, add **sub-bands** to bands.
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> See [Laying out Dynamic Report Contents](shape-report-data/lay-out-dynamic-report-content.md) for details on how to specify the location of bands' content on document pages.
-
-## Manage Report Bands
-### Collapse Bands in the Report Designer
-
-Select a band and click on the band's tab title to collapse or expand the band.
-
-
-
-### Hide Bands in the Report Document
-
-
-You can avoid printing a band's content in a document. To do this, set the band's **Visible** property to **false**. Select the band and set this property in the [Properties Panel](report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md).
-
-
-
-### Remove Bands
-
-Select a band on the report design surface and press DELETE. This removes the band and all its content.
-
-### Add Bands
-
-To add a band, select the report or any of its bands on Designer Surface, right-click to invoke the context menu and select a band.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/anchor-controls.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/anchor-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bd2c571f45..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/anchor-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Anchor Controls
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Anchor Controls
-
-You can anchor a control to the top, bottom, or both edges of its parent container using the **Anchor Horizontally** and **Anchor Vertically** properties.
-
-
-
-* **Anchor Horizontally = None**
-
- 
-
-* **Anchor Horizontally = Right**
-
- 
-
-* **Anchor Horizontally = Both**
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/keep-content-together.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/keep-content-together.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 77af5fa582..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/keep-content-together.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Keep Content Together
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Keep Content Together
-
-You can choose whether a control's content can be split across several pages using its **Keep Together** property.
-
-
-
-| **Keep Together = No** | **Keep Together = Yes** |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-Enabling this property for a single control makes the same band's controls behave like this option is enabled.
-
-Use the band's **Keep Together** property to enable this feature for all controls within a specific band.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This feature is not available for the [Chart](../use-report-elements/use-charts.md), [Sparkline](../use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md) and [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) controls.
-
-In a master-detail report, you can print the detail band on the same page as the detail report band using the detail band's **Keep Together with Detail Reports** property.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-band-location-on-a-page.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-band-location-on-a-page.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f0de67668..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-band-location-on-a-page.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Maintain the Band Location on a Page
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Maintain the Band Location on a Page
-
-Use the [Group and Report Footer](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md)'s **Print at Bottom** property to choose whether these bands should appear at the bottom of a page or immediately after the previous band.
-
-
-
-| **Print at Bottom = No** | **Print at Bottom = Yes** |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-
-Use the Page Header and Footer's **Print On** property to avoid printing these bands on the same page with a Report Header and/or Footer.
-
-
-
-* **Print On = All Pages**
-
- 
-
-* **Print On = Not With Report Header**
-
- 
-
-Use the Group Header and Footer's **Repeat Every Page** property to repeat these bands on every page.
-
-
-
-* **Repeat Every Page = No**
-
- 
-
-* **Repeat Every Page = Yes**
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-size-and-content-of-data-bound-controls.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-size-and-content-of-data-bound-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fdd8d9929e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-size-and-content-of-data-bound-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Maintain the Size and Content of Data-Bound Controls
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Maintain the Size and Content of Data-Bound Controls
-
-Use the control's **Can Grow** and **Can Shrink** properties to make a data-bound control automatically adjust its height to its contents.
-
-
-
-| **Can Grow = No** | **Can Grow = Yes** |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-| **Can Shrink = No** | **Can Shrink = Yes** |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This feature does not work with [anchoring](anchor-controls.md) enabled, as well as for labels that are used to display [summary function results](../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md).
-
-Use the **Auto Width** property to make a data-bound [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) or [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md) automatically adjust its width to its content. This option behavior depends on the control's current horizontal alignment (**Text Alignment** property value).
-
-* **Text Alignment = Left**
-
- 
-
-* **Text Alignment = Right**
-
- 
-
-* **Text Alignment = Center**
-
- 
-
-The control's **Word Wrap** property allows you to make a control display its contents in multiple lines when it does not fit into the control's dimensions.
-
-| Auto Width = No, Word Wrap = No | Auto Width = No, Word Wrap = Yes |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-| Auto Width = Yes, Word Wrap = No | Auto Width = Yes, Word Wrap = Yes |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-
-You can also use the opposite **Text Fit Mode** property to adjust a label or table cell's font size to fit the control's bounds. Images below show how the **Text Fit Mode** property affects the label's font size.
-
-
-
-| Text Fit Mode = None | Text Fit Mode = Grow Only | Text Fit Mode = Shrink Only | Text Fit Mode = Shrink And Grow |
-|---|---|---|---|
-|  |  |  |  |
-
-This property is not available in the following cases:
-
-* The **Can Grow**, **Can Shrink** or **Auto Width** option is enabled;
-* The label's **Angle** property is specified;
-* The control's **Anchor Horizontally** or **Anchor Vertically** property is set to **Both**.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/suppress-controls.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/suppress-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e2abe70c5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/suppress-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Suppress Controls
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Suppress Controls
-
-## Avoid Duplicated and Empty Values
-
-When identical or null values appear in a report's data source, you can suppress these values in a report using the following properties:
-
-* **Process Duplicates Mode**
-
- Specifies how to process report controls with identical values (leave them as is, merge, suppress, or suppress and shrink).
-
-* **Process Null Values**
-
- Specifies how to process report controls receiving null values from a data source (leave them as is, suppress, or suppress and shrink).
-
-* **Process Duplicates Target**
-
- Specifies whether to process duplicate the control's **Text** or **Tag** property values.
-
-
-
-These properties are available for the following controls:
-
-* [Barcode](../use-report-elements/use-bar-codes.md)
-* [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md)
-* [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md)
-* [Rich Text](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md)
-* [Table Cell](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md)
-* [Picture Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md)
-
-## Conditionally Suppress a Control
-
-You can suppress a control when a specified logical condition is met by specifying the required **Visible** property expressions as described in the [Conditionally Suppress Controls](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md) topic.
-
-In this case, a space remains in the band at the control's location. You can avoid this by placing these controls onto an [Panel](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md) and setting its **Can Shrink** property to **true**.
-
-
-
-For this feature to work correctly, consider the following:
-
-* Specify the **Visible** property's expression to the controls in the panel (and not to the panel itself).
-* Do not assign borders to the panel container. Otherwise, they are printed when the panel's content is suppressed.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/localize-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/localize-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 99cf0a1649..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/localize-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Localize Reports
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Localize Reports
-
-The Report Designer enables you to localize a report for different languages and cultures and save localized values to the report file.
-
-## Use Properties Panel
-
-Perform the following actions to localize a report:
-
-1. Specify a report language other than _Default_:
-
- 
-
- The **Language** drop-down list contains all available locales. The report's languages are highlighted in bold.
-
-2. Change the controls' property values. You can move and resize a control.
-
- 
-
-3. Save the report.
-
-When you load a localized report, use the **Language** drop-down list to switch to the localized version.
-
-## Use Localization Editor
-
-The [Localization Editor](report-designer-tools/localization-editor.md) allows you to change text strings in the report and expedite the translation process.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 19d4cdc234..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Merge Reports
----
-# Merge Reports
-
-You may have report pages that do not fit within an entire report template in the following cases:
-
-* [Title pages or custom pages at the end of the report](merge-reports/add-a-report-to-the-end-beginning.md);
-* [Charts within a table report](merge-reports/use-data-driven-page-sequence.md);
-
-You can create pages in a separate report and merge them into your base report. This enables you to print and export merged pages as a single document, and preserve the original report page settings and orientation.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports/add-a-report-to-the-end-beginning.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports/add-a-report-to-the-end-beginning.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 30440daef0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports/add-a-report-to-the-end-beginning.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add a Report to the End/Beginning
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Add a Report to the End/Beginning
-
-Follow the steps below to add a separate report to the end of another report and print it as a single job.
-
-
-
-1. From the context menu, select the **Insert Report Footer Band**.
-
- 
-
-2. Drag a [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) item from the Toolbox onto the created Report Footer band.
-
- 
-
- > [!Tip]
- > To add a report to the beginning of another report (for instance, to add a title page), use the **Report Header** band instead.
-3. In the Subreport's **Tasks** group, set the **Report Source Url** parameter to the report that you want to insert.
-
- 
-
-4. Enable the **Generate Own Pages** option in the Subreport's **Behavior** group to print the embedded report on separate pages and use its own page settings.
-
- 
-
-5. Switch to Preview mode to see the combined report.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports/use-data-driven-page-sequence.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports/use-data-driven-page-sequence.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c7e3a6f2f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/merge-reports/use-data-driven-page-sequence.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Use Data-Driven Page Sequence'
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Use Data-Driven Page Sequence
-
-This topic describes how to combine a table report that uses Portrait page orientation and a chart report that uses Landscape page orientation.
-
-
-
-Follow the steps below to create a combined report:
-
-## Create a Chart Report
-
-1. Create a report that shows data in the chart form. [Bind](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md) the report to a data source. Set the report's **Landscape** property to **true** to enable the Landscape page orientation.
-
- 
-
-1. Add a parameter to your chart report to identify which data to use for the chart. Switch to the **Field List** tab and click the **Parameters** node's plus button.
-
- 
-
-1. Click the created parameter's edit button and set its **Name** and **Type**, and uncheck the **Visible** option.
-
- 
-
-1. Switch to the report's **Properties** tab. Click the **Filter String** option's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-1. In the [Filter Editor](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md) dialog, construct an expression to compare the key data field to the created parameter.
-
- 
-
-1. Save the report.
-
-## Create the Base Report
-
-1. Create a report [bound](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md) to the same data source as the chart report, and arrange a layout like the one shown below:
-
- 
-
-2. Invoke the context menu and and click **Insert Group Footer Band**.
-
- 
-
-3. Drag a [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) item from the Toolbox onto the added group footer band.
-
- 
-
-4. Select the subreport control. In the **Subreport Tasks** group, set the **Report Source Url** parameter to the chart report.
-
- 
-
-5. Enable the **Generate Own Pages** option to print the embedded report on separate pages and use its own page settings.
-
- 
-
-6. Bind the subreport's parameter used as a filter criterion to the master report's data field that serves as a source of the parameter value. Expand the **Data** category, select the **Parameter Bindings** section and add a new parameter binding. In the binding properties list, specify the data field to bind a subreport parameter to, and the parameter you want to bind.
-
- 
-
-7. Switch to Preview mode to see the combined report.
-
- 
-
-Your base report's **Table of Contents** and **Document Map** include bookmarks from the embedded report. Use the **Parent Bookmark** property to specify the nesting level for the embedded report's bookmarks.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/open-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/open-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 629cd24cbc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/open-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Open Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Open Reports
-
-Click **Open** in the [menu](report-designer-tools/menu.md) to invoke the **Open Report** dialog.
-
-
-
-The dialog displays reports from the report storage. You can enter text in the search field to filter the report list.
-Select a report and click **Open**.
-
-
-
-You can use the **Open Report** dialog to search for a report.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/preview-print-and-export-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/preview-print-and-export-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a6a5ae251..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/preview-print-and-export-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Preview, Print and Export Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Preview, Print and Export Reports
-
-## Preview a Report
-To switch a report to the print preview mode, click the **Preview** button on the [toolbar](report-designer-tools/toolbar.md). You will see your report populated with data and broken down into pages.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> To learn more about the options available in the print preview mode, refer to the [Document Viewer](../document-viewer.md) section of this documentation.
-
-
-## Print a Report
-
-When in the Preview mode, you can use toolbar commands to print out your report.
-
-
-
-## Export a Report
-When in the Preview mode, you can export your report to files in different formats.
-
-
-
-
-The following documents describe the basics of report exporting and format-specific export options.
-* [Export a Document](../document-viewer/exporting/export-a-document.md)
-* [CSV-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/csv-specific-export-options.md)
-* [HTML-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/html-specific-export-options.md)
-* [Image-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/image-specific-export-options.md)
-* [MHT-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/mht-specific-export-options.md)
-* [PDF-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/pdf-specific-export-options.md)
-* [RTF-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/rtf-specific-export-options.md)
-* [Text-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/text-specific-export-options.md)
-* [XLS-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/xls-specific-export-options.md)
-* [XLSX-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md)
-* [DOCX-Specific Export Options](../document-viewer/exporting/docx-specific-export-options.md)
-
-## Hide Report Controls in Documents Exported to Specific Formats
-
-You can specify the **Can Publish Options** setting in the Properties grid to exclude report controls from certain export formats.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates the resulting XLXS document with and without page information:
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/create-drill-down-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/create-drill-down-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f4b7a3af2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/create-drill-down-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create Drill-Down Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Create Drill-Down Reports
-
-This tutorial describes how to create a drill-down report. Clicking a link in such a report displays the previously hidden detailed information in the same report:
-
-
-
-Do the following to create a drill-down report:
-
-1. [Create a master-detail report using Detail Report bands](../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md).
-2. Drop a label onto the report's detail band. Clicking this label should expand or collapse the hidden report details.
-3. Select the [detail report band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md), open the **Behavior** category and expand the drop-down menu for the band's **Drill-Down Control** property in the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel.
-
- This menu displays all report controls located in the report band that is one level above the current band. Select the label in the menu to make the label expand or collapse the detail report's band when clicked in the Print Preview.
-
- 
-
- You can also specify the band's **Drill-Down Expanded** property to define whether or not the band is initially expanded. This property is enabled by default.
-4. Select the label and click the **f-button** to invoke the [Expression Editor](../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md).
-
- 
-
- The Expression Editor allows you to enter an expression that displays different text based on the detail report's `DrillDownExpanded` property value.
-
- ```
- Iif( [ReportItems.Detail1.DrillDownExpanded],'Hide Details' ,'Show Details' )
- ```
-
- 
-
-5. Preview the report.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/create-drill-through-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/create-drill-through-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e7cff870d9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/create-drill-through-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create Drill-Through Reports
----
-# Create Drill-Through Reports
-
-Follow this tutorial to create a _drill-through report_ (a user can click a Category entry to invoke a detail report with Products). This report type keeps the original report compact while still allowing access to more detailed information.
-
-The tutorial involves two main steps:
-
-- Add a master-detail relationship between "Categories" and "Products" reports within one project.
-- Use detail report parameters to filter records based on the selected category.
-
-## Add a Master-Detail Relationship between Reports
-
-Define a master-detail relationship between _Category_ and _Product_ reports within a single project:
-
-- Select the XRControl's element (**Table Cell** in this example) in the main report.
-- Set its **Action** property to **Navigate to Report**.
-- Assign the **Report Source URL** property to a detail report instance.
-
-
-
-If you switch to **Preview**, you can click on a _Category_ value in the table. The **Preview** window navigates to the detail report that contains all _Product_ entries. The next step explains how to filter this list.
-
-
-
-You can click "Categories Report" below the Document Viewer toolbar and navigate back to the original report.
-
-
-
-## Specify Parameter Binding to Display Required Data
-
-You can specify parameters during detail report navigation. Use the **Parameter Bindings** property to limit displayed records (such as products) to a selected category.
-
-Click the **Parameter Bindings** property and select the detail report parameter. Set **Binding** to the data field or parameter of the original report. In this example, **Binding** is set to the _CategoryID_ field.
-
-
-
-Set the following filter string in the detail report to display product records for the selected category.
-
-
-
-## Result
-
-Switch to **Preview** and click on a category entry in the master report. The **Preview** navigates to the detail report that displays only products related to the selected category.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 625a7af765..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Edit Content in Print Preview
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Edit Content in Print Preview
-
-This document provides information about interactive document editing in Print Preview that enables you to customize field values directly in a previewed document before printing or exporting it.
-
-## Content Editing Overview
-When content editing is enabled for a report control (either unbound or data-aware), it is possible to customize the corresponding field values in Print Preview.
-
-To enable content editing for a report control, expand the **Behavior** category, select the **Edit Options** section and set the **Enabled** property to **Yes**.
-
-
-
-When the **Enabled** property is set to **Yes** and the **ReadOnly** property is set to **No**, the control's content can be edited in Print Preview (clicking a field will invoke the appropriate editor).
-
-To highlight all editing fields available in a document, click the **Editing Fields**  button on the Print Preview toolbar. This button is disabled when there are no such fields in a document.
-
-
-
-### Content Editing Specifics
-
-When enabling content editing in your report, consider the following.
-
-* The changes made to a control's content in Print Preview have no effect on other parts of the document (e.g., the related summary results, grouping, sorting, bookmarks and other settings that have already been processed before generating the document).
-* A control's **Can Grow** setting is ignored for editing fields.
-
- Multi-line values can only be entered when no mask is applied to an editing field. The editing area of a field cannot exceed the original dimensions of a control.
-* Values entered into editing fields are reset back to their defaults after refreshing the document (e.g., when submitting [report parameter](../use-report-parameters.md) values and expanding or collapsing data in a [drill-down report](create-drill-down-reports.md)).
-* It is impossible to edit content of a control that has its **Drill-Down Control** property specified.
-* Field values entered in Print Preview for controls placed onto the Top Margin and Bottom Margin bands are not preserved when the report is exported to TXT or CSV, as well as the following formats as a single file.
-
- * HTML
- * MHT
- * RTF
- * XLS
- * XLSX
- * image
-
-To learn about the specifics of editing different kinds of content, see the following sections in this document.
-
-* [Text Editors](#text-editors)
-* [Character Comb Editors](#character-comb-editors)
-* [Check Box Editor](#check-box-editor)
-* [Image Editors](#image-editors)
-
-
-## Text Editors
-The [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md), [Table Cell](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) and [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md) controls can be assigned editors to customize their content in Print Preview.
-
-To enable content editing for these controls, expand the **Behavior** category, select the **Edit Options** section and set the **Enabled** property to **Yes**.
-
-
-
-The following editors can be used to customize a field's content in Print Preview.
-
-* **Default Editor**
-
- By default, the **Editor Name** property is not specified, and a memo edit is used as a standard editor.
-
- 
-* **Specific Value Editors**
-
- You can assign a specific editor to a control using its **Editor Name** property.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > This option is disabled for the **Character Comb** control.
-
- 
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If a table cell contains other controls, its editing is disabled (but not the editing of the controls contained in this cell), which is illustrated in the following image.
->
-> 
-
-## Character Comb Editors
-
-The **Character Comb** control displays text so that each character is printed in an individual cell.
-
-
-
-Specify the Character Comb's **Edit Options** | **Editor Name** property to use a text editor, as described in the [Text Editors](#text-editors) section above.
-
-## Check Box Editor
-The [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) control's value can be edited in Print Preview.
-
-To enable content editing for a check box, expand the **Behavior** category, select the **Edit Options** section and set the **Enabled** property to **Yes**.
-
-
-
-In Print Preview, the control's behavior depends on the **Group ID** setting.
-
-* When this property is set to **null** or an empty string value, a check box can be switched either to the "checked" or "unchecked" state (the "intermediate" state is not supported) independently on other available check boxes.
-
- 
-
-* Otherwise, the field editor behaves like a radio button, and editors with the same **Group ID** value belong to a single logical group (i.e., only one option can be selected within a group at a time).
-
-## Image Editors
-
-Image editors are used to customize the [Picture Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) report control's content in Print Preview.
-
-To enable content editing for a picture box, expand the **Behavior** category, select the **Edit Options** section and set the **Enabled** property to **Yes**.
-
-
-
-Use the control's **Editor Name** property to assign one of the following image editors.
-
-* **Image Editor**
-
- Allows you to load an image and specify the image's size options.
-
- 
-
-* **Signature Editor**
-
- Allows you to specify brush options and draw a signature.
-
- 
-
-* **Image and Signature Editor** (default)
-
- Allows you to load an image and draw a signature. The image's size options and brush options are available.
-
- 
-
-All the image editors listed above can include the  menu item. This item is available only when the Picture Box control has an original image.
-
-## Export Editable Fields to PDF AcroForms
-
-Enable the report's **Export Options | PDF Export Options | Export Editing Fields to AcroForms** property to export [text fields](#text-editors), [check boxes](#check-box-editor), [character combs](#character-comb-editors), and [image editors](#image-editors) to PDF as editable form fields (**AcroForms**).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cd9d8dc72..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Sort a Report in Print Preview
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Sort a Report in Print Preview
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to enable sorting report data in Print Preview.
-
-
-
-In this tutorial, we will start with the following report displaying products [grouped](../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md) by category names.
-
-
-
-You can implement interactive sorting for both the detail data and report groups.
-
-## Sort Report Groups
-To enable sorting report groups in Print Preview, select the label displaying product category names located in the **Group Header** band and switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel.
-
-
-
-Expand the **Behavior** category, select the **Interactive Sorting** section, and set the **Target Band** property to *GroupHeader1*. Set the **Field Name** property to *CategoryName*.
-
-Switch to the **Preview** tab to sort report groups by the **CategoryName** field. When a mouse pointer hovers over the category name, it changes to a hand indicating the sorting capability. The arrow displayed at the element's right edge indicates the sorting order.
-
-
-
-## Sort Detail Data
-To enable sorting data in the Detail band, select the table cell displaying the **Product Name** title and switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel.
-
-
-
-Set the **Target Band** property to *Detail* and expand the **Sort Fields** section and add a new sort field to sort detail data by the product name. Set the table cell's **Field Name** property to the _ProductName_ field.
-
-On switching to the Preview tab, you can now sort data in the Detail band by the **ProductName** field.
-
-
-
-If you provide interactive sorting to multiple fields, clicking another field clears all the previously applied data sorting. Hold the SHIFT key while clicking to preserve the existing sorting settings and thus sort against multiple fields.
-
-To disable data sorting against a specific field, hold the CTRL key on its caption click.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Reports embedded into the current report using the [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) control do not support interactive data sorting.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/chart-designer.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/chart-designer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b879a5961a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/chart-designer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Chart Designer
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Chart Designer
-
-## Chart Designer Overview
-
-The **Chart Designer** allows you to quickly create and customize [charts](../use-report-elements/use-charts.md) in the [End-User Report Designer](../../report-designer.md).
-
-
-
-To invoke the Chart Designer, click the **Run Designer** button over the chart control.
-
-
-
-The Chart Designer consists of three main parts that are described below.
-
-## Chart Structure
-
-The **Chart Structure** tree enables you to explore and manage a structure of a chart and its elements.
-
-When you click a chart element in the tree, the designer's **Properties** panel displays settings of this element.
-
-To create a new series, click the plus  button for the **Series** collection and select a required series type in the invoked window.
-
-
-
-To add elements to other collections (**Titles**, **Legends**, etc.), simply click the plus  button.
-
-To delete an element, select it and click the **Remove** .
-
-## Chart Layout
-
-The **Chart Layout** area displays the preview of the created chart.
-
-
-
-This part also provides the following buttons:
-
-| Icon | Description |
-|---|---|
-|| Reverses the most recent action. |
-|| Performs the action you have previously undone. |
-
-##Chart Properties
-
-The **Properties** panel allows you to view and change settings of a chart and its elements. Changing any property updates the chart layout to display the current state.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 52428292b0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400947'
-title: Data Source Wizard
-owner: Anna Gubareva
-seealso: []
----
-# Data Source Wizard
-
-The Data Source Wizard enables you to add data sources to a report.
-
-
-
-This wizard is available in the Report Designer if corresponding data connections are registered.
-
-Click the **Add Data Source...** command in the Designer's menu to run the Data Source Wizard.
-
-
-
-On the start page, choose the data source type and click **Next** to proceed:
-
-* [Specify Data Source Setting (Database)](data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-database.md) if you selected **Database**;
-* [Specify Data Source Setting (JSON)](data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-json.md) if you selected **JSON**.
-* [Specify Data Source Setting (Object)](data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-object.md) if you selected **Object**.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-database.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-database.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d935b2ecd..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-database.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400950'
-title: Specify Data Source Settings (Database)
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Specify Data Source Settings (Database)
-
-This page appears if you selected **Database** on the start page.
-
-
-
-## Choose a Data Connection
-
-Select a data connection from the list.
-
-
-
-## Choose Queries
-
-Check tables, views and/or stored procedures to include them in a data source as separated queries.
-
-
-
-You can also check specific data fields.
-
-
-
-To join multiple data tables and shape the resulting data, click the **Queries** category's plus button to invoke the [Query Builder](../query-builder.md) and create a custom query.
-
-
-
-If you enabled custom SQL queries, the plus button invokes a context menu. You can choose whether to run the Query Builder or Custom SQL Editor.
-
-
-
-You can click the  button to customize the query or the  button to remove the query.
-
-Once you finished the wizard, the data source becomes available in the [Report Explorer](../ui-panels/report-explorer.md)'s **Data Sources** node. The [Field List](../ui-panels/field-list.md) reflects the data source structure.
-
-
-
-## Configure Master-Detail Relationships
-
-This step is available when you selected several tables or queries.
-
-To create a master-detail relationship, hover the master table name, click the plus button and choose the detail table.
-
-
-
-Select the required key fields (columns) to connect tables.
-
-
-
-Click **OK** to close the **Master-Detail Relation Editor**.
-
-After the wizard is completed, the Field List reflects the master-detail hierarchy.
-
-
-
-## Configure Query Parameters
-
-This step is available if you selected a parameterized stored procedure or created a custom query.
-
-Select a query and click the plus button to add a new parameter.
-
-
-
-Click the  button to customize the parameter or the  button to remove it.
-
-You can use the following approaches to specify a parameter value:
-
-* **Assign a static value**
-
- Select a query parameter's type from the **Type** drop-down list and specify a value based on the selected type.
-
- 
-
-* **Provide a dynamic parameter value**
-
- Set the **Type** option to **Expression** and specify the **Result Type**. Click the **Value** option's ellipsis button and construct an expression in the invoked.
-
- 
-
- If you design the current report in the wizard, you can map a query parameter to an existing report parameter. To do this, use the **?parameterName** syntax.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-json.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-json.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d9245e3742..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-json.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400951'
-title: Specify Data Source Settings (JSON)
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Specify Data Source Settings (JSON)
-
-This page appears if you selected **JSON** on the start page.
-
-
-
-## Select an Existing Data Connection
-
-Select the first option and choose a data connection from the list.
-
-
-
-## Create a New Data Connection
-
-Select the second option to create a new connection.
-
-
-
-Specify the connection name and select the JSON source type.
-
-* **Web Service Endpoint (URI)**
-
- 
-
- You can also specify the Web Service Endpoint's request parameters (username and password, path parameters, query parameters, or header parameters).
-
- 
-
-* **JSON String**
-
- 
-
- You can also use the **Upload JSON** button to load content from the selected JSON file.
-
-## Select Data Fields
-
-At this step, the wizard shows the JSON schema. Check the data fields you want to include in your report.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-object.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-object.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d8a3ca4e2c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-object.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify Data Source Settings (Object)
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Specify Data Source Settings (Object)
-
-This page appears if you selected **Object** on the wizard's start page.
-
-
-
-## Choose an Object
-
-Select a data object or constructor from the list. If you select a data object, its default constructor is used.
-
-
-
-## Choose a Data Member
-
-Select the method that should provide data or select **Entire Object** to bind the report to the object's fields.
-
-
-
-## Configure Parameters
-
-Specify constructor and/or data member parameters, if required.
-
-
-
-You can use expressions to provide data source parameter values. Click the  button to switch the parameter's editor to the expression mode. Specify an expression in the parameter's editor, or click the parameter's ellipsis button to launch the [Expression Editor](../expression-editor.md). You can use [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md) in expressions to specify an input value for a data source parameter.
-
-
-
-To return to the value mode, click the  button again.
-
-
-
-Click **Finish** to close the Data Source Wizard.
-
-Once you finished the wizard, the data source becomes available in the [Report Explorer](../ui-panels/report-explorer.md)'s **Data Sources** node. The [Field List](../ui-panels/field-list.md) reflects the data source structure.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/design-surface.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/design-surface.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 921e009fbe..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/design-surface.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Design Surface
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Design Surface
-
-The **Design Surface** displays a report that is being edited in the [Web Report Designer](../../report-designer.md).
-
-
-
-## Rulers
-
-The horizontal and vertical rulers display tickmarks in your report's specified [measurement units](../configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md). Click an element to evaluate its size and location using the rulers.
-
-The horizontal ruler also allows you to modify the report's side margins (the report's **Margins** property value) by moving the left and right sliders on the ruler.
-
-
-
-You can move a report band's vertical ruler resizing rectangles to change its height.
-
-
-
-## Band Captions
-
-In the Report Designer, each [report band](../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) carries a caption, the tab title and color, which depends on the band kind. These captions are not printed in the resultant report document and are only visible at design time.
-
-You can expand or collapse a band's content at design time by clicking the tab on the left side of the band.
-
-
-
-To access a band's properties, click the band's caption and switch to the [Properties Panel](ui-panels/properties-panel.md).
-
-## Context Menus
-
-Context menus provide quick access to actions for the selected report element. Right-click a report element to invoke the context menu:
-
-
-
-Context menus allow you to do the following:
-
-* Add new bands, if you selected a report.
-
- 
-
-* Manage cells, rows, and columns in a table.
-
- 
-
-* Change element layout (for example, align elements to each other, snap to grid, change content alignment).
-
- 
-
-Context menus are also available in [Field List](ui-panels/field-list.md) and [Report Explorer](ui-panels/report-explorer.md) windows.
-
-## Smart Tags
-
-When you select a report element (report, band, or report control), a smart tag and expression button are displayed next to the element on the Design Surface:
-
-.
-
-The expression button invokes the [Expression Editor](ui-panels/expressions-panel.md).
-
-The smart tag opens a panel with the element's most commonly used properties:
-
-
-
-The smart tag contains properties from the element's **Task** group of the Properties Panel. Note that complex properties (for example, `Symbology` for a Barcode control) need to be configured in the **Properties Panel**.
-
-## Data Binding Indication
-
-The Report Designer displays a database barrel icon above [data-bound](../use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md) report controls.
-
-You can click the [Validate Bindings](../use-report-elements/validate-report-data-bindings.md) toolbar button to highlight report controls with invalid [expression/data bindings](../use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md). This allows you to determine if the specified expression has an incorrect syntax or uses non-existing data source fields.
-
-
-
-## In-Place Editors
-
-In-place editors allow you to edit the text-oriented controls' content ([Barcode](../use-report-elements/use-bar-codes.md), [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md), [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md), [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md), [Table Cell](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md)) by double-clicking them.
-
-
-
-You can switch between a report's **Design** and **Preview** mode using the corresponding buttons in the [Main Toolbar](toolbar.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c87ce2be0a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Expression Editor
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Expression Editor
-
-This document describes how to use the **Expression Editor** to specify expressions in the [Report Designer](../../report-designer.md).
-
-Invoke the **Expression Editor** from a property's popup menu in the [Properties Panel](ui-panels/properties-panel.md). Click the property's marker and select the **_PropertyName_ Expression**.
-
-
-
-If a property's editor displays an ellipsis button, you can click this button to invoke the **Expression Editor** and specify an expression that evaluates to the property's value.
-
-
-
-The **Expression Editor** offers a choice of functions, operators, data source fields, report elements, constants, and variables to create an expression.
-
-
-
-An expression can span multiple lines.
-
-
-
-You can add single-line or multi-line comments in the following format: `/* comment text */`.
-
-
-
-The **Expression Editor** highlights an expression's syntax and supports intelligent code completion (it suggests functions and available data elements as you type).
-
-
-
-An error icon appears if an expression contains errors. Hover the mouse pointer over this icon to invoke a pop-up notification that shows the location of the error.
-
-
-
-See the [Expression Language](../use-expressions/expression-language.md) topic for the expression syntax description.
-
-## Expression Syntax
-
-Take into account the following syntax conventions when using the Expression Editor:
-
-* Reference a data field in the expression by enclosing its name in the square brackets (for example, **[ProductName]**).
-
-* Insert [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md) and [query parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md) by typing a question mark before their names (for instance, **?parameter1**).
-
-* Denote string values with apostrophes. Type a double apostrophe to embed an apostrophe into an expression's text (for example, **'It''s sample text'**).
-
-* Enclose date-time constants with hashtags (**[OrderDate] >= #1/1/2016#**).
-
-* Use a question mark to specify a null reference (one that does not refer to any object) (**[Region] != ?**).
-
-* If an expression involves the use of different types, you can convert them to the same type using dedicated functions (for instance, **Max(ToDecimal([Quantity]),[UnitPrice])**).
-
-## Using the Expression Editor
-
-When [expression bindings](../use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md) are enabled in your reports, the Report Designer contains the [Expressions](ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) tab allowing you to assign values to various element properties. Clicking any property's ellipsis button invokes the Expression Editor, in which you can specify custom expressions with the available data fields.
-
-
-
-In the [data binding](../use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md) mode, you can use the Expression Editor in the following cases:
-
-* **Edit a Calculated Field's Expression**
-
- Access a [calculated field](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md)'s settings in the Field List and click **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-* **Specify a Query Parameter's Value**
-
- In the [Configure Query Parameters](data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-database.md) wizard page, set the parameter type to **Expression** and click the **Value** property's the ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-* **Construct a Formatting Rule's Condition**
-
- Access the [formatting rule](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md)'s settings in the [Properties](ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel and click the **Condition** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/filter-editor.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/filter-editor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cb07ff251..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/filter-editor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Filter Editor
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Filter Editor
-
-This document describes the Filter Editor available in the [End-User Report Designer](../../report-designer.md).
-
-## Filter Editor Overview
-
-The **Filter Editor** provides a visual interface for constructing filter criteria of varying complexity with an unlimited number of filter conditions combined by logical operators.
-
-
-
-A filter condition consists of three parts:
-
-* A field of a data source to which a report is bound.
-* Criteria operator, such as **Equals**, **Is less than**, **Is between**, etc.
-* A static operand value, another data field or a report parameter.
-
-You can arrange specific conditions into groups with **And**, **Or**, **No And** , and **Not Or** operators.
-
-## Invoke the Filter Editor
-You can invoke the Filter Editor in one of the following ways:
-
-* In the [Properties](ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel, click the ellipsis button for the report's **Filter String** property to filter data at the report level.
-
- 
-
-* In the [Query Builder](query-builder.md), click the ellipsis button for the **Filter** or **Group Filter** property to filter data at the data source level.
-
- 
-
-
-## Tree-Like Filtering
-
-The Filter Editor displays filter criteria as a tree where individual nodes specify simple filter conditions. The root node is the logical operator combining all the conditions.
-
-Click the plus button next to the operator to add a new condition or group.
-
-
-
-You can select the required data field and comparison operator from the corresponding drop-down lists and enter an operand value in the dedicated value box.
-
-
-
-Expand the drop-down menu for a value placeholder and select **Property** or **Parameter** to compare a data field with another data field or a report parameter. Then, click the converted placeholder and select the required item.
-
-
-
-You can change the logical operator by clicking it and selecting the desired type.
-
-
-
-Click the filter condition's  button to delete it.
-
-## Text-Based Filtering
-
-In the advanced mode, the Filter Editor allows you to type a filter string manually.
-
-
-
-Refer to the [Expression Language](../use-expressions/expression-language.md) topic for the list of available operators and functions and for details on their usage.
-
-This editor supports intelligent code completion (suggesting functions and available data columns as you type).
-
-
-
-The  icon appears if a condition contains any errors.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/localization-editor.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/localization-editor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 67f31df3ea..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/localization-editor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Localization Editor
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Localization Editor
-
-The Localization Editor allows you to change the text of the localizable textual properties for all the controls in a report.
-
-
-
-The top panel allows you to change the report's language, add a new language to start localization or delete a language.
-
-The main panel contains a grid that displays the text in the default language and the corresponding text in the selected language. Each row represents the **Text** property of a report element. When you click a grid row, the Designer view navigates to the report element on the Report Designer surface and highlights the element
-
-The text strings for the selected language are editable. When a user finishes editing text, the Report Designer displays the updated text.
-
-## Invoke the Editor
-
-Click **Localization** in the Report Designer menu:
-
-
-
-## Use the Editor
-
-1. Select the language in the combo box in the top panel. The languages with localization strings in the report are highlighted in bold.
-2. Enter the text in the Search field in the top panel or scroll the main panel to find the text you want to change. The report's design surface scrolls to display the selected control and highlights it.
-3. Enter the new text. The text is applied to the report control and reflected in the report layout.
-4. Save the report.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/master-detail-relation-editor.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/master-detail-relation-editor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 72e2ad92c1..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/master-detail-relation-editor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Master-Detail Relation Editor
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Master-Detail Relation Editor
-
-When a data source contains two or more [queries](data-source-wizard/specify-data-source-settings-database.md), clicking the  button in the [Field List](ui-panels/field-list.md) will invoke the **Master-Detail Relation Editor**.
-
-
-
-Using this editor, you can define master-detail relationships between queries by specifying their corresponding key fields.
-
-
-
-This allows you to create hierarchical data sources that are used to create nested [master-detail reports](../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Although it is also possible to [join different tables](query-builder.md) within a single query, creating hierarchical data sources is preferred in most cases to provide better performance (in general, master-detail reports are generated faster than similar-looking reports created by grouping "flat" data sources).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/menu.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/menu.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 40532089b2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/menu.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Main Menu
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Main Menu
-
-The Web Report Designer menu is invoked by clicking the menu button in the upper-left corner of the designer's user interfaces.
-
-
-
-Note that some of the menu commands listed in this topic are only available when specific conditions are met. Visibility conditions for such commands are provided in the command description.
-
-The menu contains the following commands.
-
-
-| Command | Icon | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-| New || Creates a report and opens it in a new tab. This command is only available when the Report Designer is provided with a report storage. |
-| New via Wizard || Invokes the [Report Wizard](report-wizard.md) to create a new report. This command is only available when the Report Designer is provided with a report storage. |
-| Open || Invokes the **Open Report** dialog to retrieve a report from the list of [saved reports](../save-reports.md) and [open](../open-reports.md) it in a new tab. This command is only available when the Report Designer is provided with a report storage. |
-| Design in Report Wizard || Invokes the [Report Wizard](report-wizard.md) to edit the current report and generate the report layout. |
-| Add Data Source || Invokes the [Data Source Wizard](data-source-wizard.md) to create a new data source and configure it. This command is only available when the Report Designer is provided with a set of default data connections. |
-| Localization || Invokes the [Localization Editor](localization-editor.md) that allows you to change the text of the localizable textual properties for all the controls in a report. |
-| Save || [Saves](../save-reports.md) the current report. This command is only available when the Report Designer is provided with a report storage.|
-| Save As || Invokes the **Save Report** dialog to save the current report to the report storage under a new URL. This command is only available when the Report Designer is provided with a report storage. |
-| Exit || Closes the [Web Report Designer](../../report-designer.md). |
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4dafd6edae..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Query Builder
-owner: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Query Builder
-
-The **Query Builder** is a visual queries editor. You can invoke it from the [Data Source Wizard](data-source-wizard.md).
-
-## Select Tables
-Drag and drop a specific table or view onto the Query Builder design surface to include it into a query result set.
-
-
-
-The Query Builder provides a toolbar with the following commands:
-
-| Icon | Description |
-|---|---|
-|  | Removes the selected table or view from the query. |
-|  | Reverses the most recent action. |
-|  | Performs the previously undone action. |
-
-Enable check boxes for the table columns you want to include into the query result set.
-
-
-
-Use the search box to find a table or view by name.
-
-
-
-## Join Tables
-The Query Builder allows you to join tables and/or views. Use drag and drop to connect corresponding columns (key fields). The connected columns should have identical data types.
-
-
-
-Click the data relation to display the **Relation Properties** section. Properties in this section define the join type (**Inner** or **Left Outer**) and applied logical operator.
-
-
-
-A left outer join returns all the values from an inner join along with all values in the "left" table that do not match to the "right" table and includes rows with NULL (empty) values in the key field.
-
-If you select the left outer join, the relationship line displays an arrow which points at the "right" table of the join clause.
-
-
-
-The executed query returns a "flat" table which joins different tables within a single query. The specified join options define which data records compose the query result set.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> We recommend you to use [hierarchical data sources](master-detail-relation-editor.md) because the reporting engine generates master-detail reports faster than similar-looking reports which obtains data from "flat" data sources.
-
-## Filter Data
-Expand the **Query Properties** section to display the query options.
-
-
-
-The query provides the following options:
-
-* **Name**
-
- Specifies a custom query name (alias).
-* **Filter**
-
- Runs the [Filter Editor](filter-editor.md) where you can specify filter conditions for the resulting data. Filter criteria may contain [query parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md).
-* **Group Filter**
-
- Runs the Filter Editor where you can specify filter conditions for grouped and aggregated data. This option is enabled only for grouped data.
-* **Select All (*)**
-
- Specifies whether to include all columns from the selected tables and/or views to the query result set, regardless of their individual settings.
-
- The default value is **No**.
-
-* **Select Top**
-
- Specifies the number of first records to include to the query result set. The default value is **0** and indicates that the query result set contains all records that meet all other filter conditions.
-
-* **Offset**
-
- Specifies the number of records to skip before the report engine retrieves data. This option is available only for sorted data.
-
-* **Select distinct**
-
- Specifies whether to include only distinct values to the result set.
-
- The default value is **No**.
-
-## Shape Data
-Select a table or view and click a data column to display the data column options.
-
-
-
-The **Column Properties** section contains the following options:
-
-* **Name**
-
- Indicates the column name which the Query Builder obtains from the database.
-* **Type**
-
- Indicates the column's data type.
-
- The Query Builder provides information about the maximum string length for string columns.
-* **Alias**
-
- Specifies a custom column name (alias).
-
- Include a column into a query to enable this option.
-* **Output**
-
- Specifies whether to include the column into the query result set.
-* **Sort Type**
-
- Specifies whether to preserve the original data records' order within the column, or sort them (in an ascending or descending order).
-* **Sort Order**
-
- Apply sorting to the data column's records to enable this option.
-
- It defines the sorting priority for multiple columns (the less this number is, the higher the priority).
-
- For example, set the sort order to **1** for the column **A** and set it to **2** for the column **B**. The Query Builder first sorts the query by column **A** and then by the column **B**.
-
- All columns' sort order automatically updates when you change this setting for one column. It allows you to avoid conflict of priorities.
-
-* **Group By**
-
- Specifies whether to group the query result set by this column.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You should apply grouping and/or aggregation to each selected column.
-
-* **Aggregate**
-
- Specifies whether to aggregate the column's data records.
-
- You can use the following aggregate functions: **Count**, **Max**, **Min**, **Avg**, **Sum**, **CountDistinct**, **AvgDistinct**, **SumDistinct**.
-
- The Query Builder discards individual data records from the query result set and keep only the aggregate function result when you apply any of these functions.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Use aggregation/grouping either for all selected columns or for none of them. The Query Builder applies grouping to all selected columns automatically if you apply the aggregation to one column. The Query Builder resets grouping against other columns when you remove all aggregation functions.
-
-## Use Query Parameters
-
-Use the **Parameters** section to add, remove and edit [query parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md).
-
-
-
-Each query parameter provides the following properties:
-
-* **Name**
-
- Specifies the query parameter's name.
-
-* **Type**
-
- Specifies the parameter value's data type.
-
- Set this property to **Expression** to generate parameter values dynamically.
-
-* **Result Type**
-
- Specifies the data type of the expression's result value.
-
- This property is enabled if the query parameter's type is **Expression**.
-
-* **Value**
-
- Determines the query parameter's actual value.
-
- You can specify a static actual value according to the selected value's data type.
-
- Alternatively, construct an expression to generate actual parameter values dynamically. Click this property's ellipsis button to invoke the [Expression Editor](../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md) and create an expression. This ellipsis button is enabled if you set the query parameter's type to **Expression**.
-
-
-## Preview Results
-Click the **Preview Results** button to test a query on the actual data's limited subset at any time.
-
-The opened **Data Preview** screen displays the first **100** data records of the query result set.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fa779526fb..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Wizard
-owner: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Report Wizard
-
-The Report Wizard enables you to create reports or modify existing reports based on predefined templates.
-
-
-
-The Designer's Menu has the following commands:
-
-* **New via Wizard** - runs the Report Wizard and creates a new report.
-* **Design in Report Wizard** - runs the Report Wizard and modifies the current report.
-
-
-
-
-## Report Wizard Pages
-
-The following image shows the wizard's navigation structure:
-
-
-
-The Wizard has a navigation panel that does the following:
-
-* displays the entire page list
-* highlights the current page
-* grays out disabled pages
-* allows you to switch between pages
-
-
-
-
-## Select the Report Type
-
-On the start page, choose the report type you want to create.
-
-* [Empty Report](report-wizard/empty-report.md)
-
- Creates a blank report that is not bound to a data source. Choose this option to design your report from scratch without the wizard.
-
-* [Table Report](report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report.md)
-
- Creates a [table report](../create-reports/table-reports.md) and binds it to data.
-
-* [Vertical Report](report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report.md)
-
- Creates a [vertical report](../create-reports/vertical-reports.md) and binds it to data.
-
-* [Label Report](report-wizard/label-report.md)
-
- Creates badges, business cards, price tags and other label types.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/empty-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/empty-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 98229e977f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/empty-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Empty Report
-owner: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Empty Report
-
-To create an empty report, [run the Report Wizard](../report-wizard.md), select **Empty Report** and click **Finish**.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates the newly added empty report's layout.
-
-
-
-Refer to the [Use Report Elements](../../use-report-elements.md) section for details on how to add controls to the report, and the [Bind to Data](../../bind-to-data.md) section for details on how to provide data.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/label-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/label-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f463a6d232..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/label-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400954'
-title: Label Report
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Label Report
-
-Select **Label Report** on the start page to create a report with labels.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to go to the **Specify Page Settings** page.
-
-## Select the Label Type
-
-Choose a label standard from the **Label Product** drop-down list. Select a label type from the **Product Number** drop-down list. The type defines the label's default size, layout, and paper type.
-
-
-
-## Customize Label Parameters
-
-At this step, you can customize the page size and label settings.
-
-
-
-Click **Finish** to complete report creation.
-
-
-## Result
-
-After the wizard is finished, it divides the report's [Detail band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) into three differently colored areas:
-
-* The area at the left-hand side indicates the actual band area where you can place [controls](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls.md).
-* The gray area at the right-hand side defines the space where label columns are repeated. Do not place controls in this area.
-* The white space specifies the indent between labels.
-
-
-
-To provide report data, use the [Data Source Wizard](../data-source-wizard.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 251b940b3d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400956'
-title: Table and Vertical Report
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Table and Vertical Report
-
-Select **Table Report**/**Vertical Report** on the start page to create a [table](../../create-reports/table-reports.md)/[vertical](../../create-reports/vertical-reports.md) report and bind it to data.
-
-
-
-The wizard includes the following steps:
-
-* [Select Data Source](table-and-vertical-report/select-data-source.md)
-* [Specify Data Source Setting (Database)](table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-database.md) / [Specify Data Source Settings (JSON)](table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-json.md) / [Specify Data Source Settings (Object)](table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-object.md)
-* [Define Report Layout](table-and-vertical-report/define-report-layout.md)
-* [Specify Page Settings](table-and-vertical-report/specify-page-settings.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/define-report-layout.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/define-report-layout.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 64d9f2993c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/define-report-layout.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400959'
-title: Define Report Layout
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Define Report Layout
-
-On this page, you can specify options to generate the report layout.
-
-
-
-## Select Queries
-
-Select queries for the report and its detail reports. If you selected the **Table Report** and bound it to a database, the query list can also contain master-detail relationships.
-
-Table Report:
-
-
-
-
-Vertical Report:
-
-
-
-* If you select one query, the wizard assigns it to the report's **DataMember** property.
-* If you select two or more queries, the wizard creates the [Detail Report Band](../../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) for each query at the same hierarchical level and assigns the band's **DataMember** property to the corresponding query.
-* If you select a master-detail relationship, the wizard creates the [Detail Report Band](../../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) under the corresponding master report and assigns the band's **DataMember** property to this relationship's name.
-
-## Select Data Fields
-
-Choose data fields from the selected queries to display them in the report.
-
-Table Report:
-
-
-
-Vertical Report:
-
-
-
-Click **Finish** if you do not need to group fields and/or display summaries. The created report looks similar to the image below.
-
-Table Report:
-
-
-
-Vertical Report:
-
-
-
-## Add Group Fields
-
-Click the **Add Group** button and select data fields in the drop-down list.
-
-Table Report:
-
-
-
-Vertical Report:
-
-
-
-Use arrow buttons to change the group order.
-
-The following image demonstrates group types:
-
-
-
-You can stop the wizard at this step and get the report layout similar to the image below.
-
-Table Report:
-
-
-
-Vertical Report:
-
-
-
-## Add Summary Fields
-
-To add a summary, select a data field (numeric, date-time or Boolean) and summary function(s).
-
-Table Report:
-
-
-
-Vertical Report:
-
-
-
-* Table Reports display summaries in the Report Footer an Group Footers.
-* Vertical Reports display summaries in the Vertical Total band.
-
-Select the **Ignore null values** checkbox to do not take data fields' empty values into account. Otherwise, these values are treated as zeros for numeric and Boolean fields and the earliest system date is used for date-time fields.
-
-Table Report:
-
-
-
-Vertical Report:
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/select-data-source.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/select-data-source.md
deleted file mode 100644
index eec9cdc449..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/select-data-source.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400957'
-title: Select Data Source
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Select Data Source
-
-On this wizard page, you can select an existing data source or create a new data source.
-
-## Select an Existing Data Source
-
-Select the first option and choose a data source from the list.
-
-
-
-
-* If you create a new report, the list displays the Report Designer's predefined data sources.
-* If you edit an existing report, the list contains the Report Designer's predefined data sources and data sources added to the current report with the [Data Source Wizard](../../data-source-wizard.md).
-
-If the report and Report Designer have data sources with identical names, this list displays the report's data source.
-
-Click **Next** to go to the [Define Report Layout](define-report-layout.md) page.
-
-## Create a New Data Source
-
-Choose _'No, I'd like to create a new data source'_ and select the data source type.
-
-
-
-> [!Note]
-> You can create new data sources only if corresponding data connections are registered in the Report Designer.
-
-Click **Next** to proceed:
-
-* [Spesify Data Source Setting (Database)](specify-data-source-settings-database.md) if you selected **Database**;
-* [Spesify Data Sourse Setting (JSON)](specify-data-source-settings-json.md) if you selected **JSON**.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-database.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-database.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 08f05c2d10..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-database.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400958'
-title: Specify Data Source Settings (Database)
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Specify Data Source Settings (Database)
-
-This page appears if you selected **Database** on the [previous page](select-data-source.md).
-
-
-
-
-
-## Choose a Data Connection
-
-Select a data connection from the list.
-
-
-
-## Choose Queries
-
-Check tables, views and/or stored procedures to include them in a data source as separated queries.
-
-
-
-You can also check specific data fields.
-
-
-
-To join multiple data tables and shape the resulting data, click the **Queries** category's plus button to invoke the [Query Builder](../../query-builder.md) and create a custom query.
-
-
-
-If you enabled custom SQL queries, the plus button invokes a context menu. You can choose whether to run the Query Builder or Custom SQL Editor.
-
-
-
-You can click the  button to customize the query or the  button to remove the query.
-
-Once you finished the wizard, the data source becomes available in the [Report Explorer](../../ui-panels/report-explorer.md)'s **Data Sources** node. The [Field List](../../ui-panels/field-list.md) reflects the data source structure.
-
-
-
-## Configure Master-Detail Relationships
-
-This step is available when you selected two or more queries.
-
-To create a master-detail relationship, click the master query's plus button, select the detail query in the invoked list, and connect the key fields.
-
-
-
-After the wizard is completed, the Field List reflects the master-detail hierarchy.
-
-
-
-## Configure Query Parameters
-
-This step is available if you selected a parameterized stored procedure or created a custom query.
-
-Select a query and click the plus button to add a new parameter.
-
-
-
-Click the  button to customize the parameter or the  button to remove it.
-
-You can use the following approaches to specify a parameter value:
-
-* **Assign a static value**
-
- Select a query parameter's type from the **Type** drop-down list and specify a value based on the selected type.
-
- 
-
-* **Provide a dynamic parameter value**
-
- Set the **Type** option to **Expression** and specify the **Result Type**. Click the **Value** option's ellipsis button and construct an expression in the invoked.
-
- 
-
- If you design the current report in the wizard, you can map a query parameter to an existing report parameter. To do this, use the **?parameterName** syntax.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-json.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-json.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 745c582576..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-json.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400965'
-title: Specify Data Source Settings (JSON)
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Specify Data Source Settings (JSON)
-
-This page appears if you selected **JSON** on the [previous page](specify-data-source-settings-database.md).
-
-
-
-## Select an Existing Data Connection
-
-Select the first option and choose a data connection from the list.
-
-
-
-## Create a New Data Connection
-
-Select the second option to create a new connection.
-
-
-
-Specify the connection name and select the JSON source.
-
-* **Web Service Endpoint (URI)**
-
- 
-
- You can also specify the Web Service Endpoint's request parameters (username and password, HTTP headers, or query parameters)
-
- 
-
-* **JSON String**
-
- 
-
- You can also click the **Upload JSON** button to load the JSON string from a JSON file.
-
-## Select Data Fields
-
-At this step, the wizard shows JSON schema. Check the data fields you want to include in your report.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-object.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-object.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 768812d8ec..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-data-source-settings-object.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Specify Data Source Settings (Object)
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Specify Data Source Settings (Object)
-
-This page appears if you selected **Object** on the [previous page](../table-and-vertical-report.md).
-
-
-
-## Choose an Object
-
-Select a data object or constructor from the list. If you select a data object, its default constructor is used.
-
-
-
-## Choose a Data Member
-
-Select the method that should provide data or select **Entire Object** to bind to the object's fields.
-
-
-
-## Configure Parameters
-
-Specify constructor and/or data member parameters (optional).
-
-
-
-You can use expressions to provide data source parameter values. Click the  button to switch the parameter's editor to the expression mode. Specify an expression in the parameter's editor or click the parameter's ellipsis button to launch the [Expression Editor](../../expression-editor.md). You can use [report parameters](../../../use-report-parameters.md) in expressions to specify an input value for a data source parameter.
-
-
-
-To return to the value mode, click the parameter's marker and select **Value** from the popup menu.
-
-
-
-Click **Next** to proceed.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-page-settings.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-page-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7becc1765d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report/specify-page-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-uid: '400960'
-title: Specify Page Settings
-owner: Anna Gubareva
----
-# Specify Page Settings
-
-This wizard page allows you to setup the report's page.
-
-## Specify Page Settings
-
-
-
-You can specify the following report properties:
-
-- **Size**
-- **Unit**
- Choose between _Inch_, _Millimeter_ and _Pixel_ to specify size options at this step. After you finish the wizard, the Report Designer transforms the specified units to _HundredthsOfAnInch_, _TenthsOfAMillimeter_ or _Pixels_.
-
-- **Width** and **Height**
-
- These properties are read-only until you set the **Size** option to **Custom**.
-
-- **Page Margins**
-
-- **Orientation**
-
-The wizard's right-hand side shows the page preview based on the specified settings.
-
-After you complete the wizard, you can change these settings in the Report Designer's Properties Panel.
-
-## Specify a Report Color Scheme
-
-Choose the report's color scheme. The wizard creates [report styles](../../../customize-appearance.md) based on the selected color for the first-level report controls and applies styles with more transparent colors to controls at deeper levels.
-
-
-
-## Specify the Report Title
-
-Click the placeholder and enter the report title.
-
-
-
-## Result
-
-The following images show the resulting report layout:
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/script-editor.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/script-editor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 51f4ab3b1f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/script-editor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Script Editor
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Script Editor
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Both the execution of all report scripts and the capability to view and edit scripts in the Web Report Designer are **disabled by default** for security reasons. Make sure that your software vendor allows you to use scripts.
-
-The **Script Editor** allows you to write code for specific event handlers in the [End-User Report Designer](../../report-designer.md) to adjust the behavior of report controls, bands, or a report itself. This topic describes the basic principles of using scripts, the Script Editor interface and shows how scripting can be used in a report.
-
-## Overview
-
-_Scripts_ are program commands, placed within the _event handlers_ of the required report elements. And, when the corresponding event occurs (e.g. a mouse click), the script code runs.
-
-You can write _scripts_ for a report or any of its elements (bands and controls), to be executed when the report is being [previewed, printed or exported](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md).
-
-The Script Editor provides you the capability to write and execute scripts. Use this editor if you want to slightly customize a report in the End-User Report Designer.
-
-The Script Editor supports **C#**, **Visual Basic .NET** and **JScript .NET** scripting languages. This means that the scripting language is independent from the language used to create the report. The language is specified by the **Script Language** property. The selected scripting language must be the same for all scripts used in a report.
-
-
-
-The Script Editor supports intelligent code completion that makes it easier and faster to write scripts. Context-aware hints are displayed on pressing CTRL+spacebar. This feature is only supported for the **C#** and **Visual Basic .NET** script languages.
-
-
-
-Intelligent code completion is available only for .NET Framework and DevExpress libraries deployed with the application and cannot be provided for custom assemblies.
-
-## Maintaining Scripts
-
-Each report element has its own set of events that can be handled by the Script Editor. To handle an event of a report element, do the following.
-
-1. Click the **Scripts** button  located on the End-User Report Designer's [Main Toolbar](toolbar.md).
-2. In the displayed Script Editor, specify the report control and its event by the toolbar. The toolbar contains all scripts written for all report elements, and allows you to quickly navigate through them by choosing the required report element in the corresponding drop-down list and specifying one of its available events in another menu.
-
- 
-
- After the event is specified, a code template is generated in the current scripting language.
-
-3. To check for errors in the report's script, click the **Validate**  button.
-
- If an error is found, the string containing this error is marked with an  icon. When a mouse pointer hovers over this icon, the text of the error is displayed.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/toolbar.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/toolbar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e0ca1ce1aa..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/toolbar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Main Toolbar
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Main Toolbar
-
-The Main Toolbar provides access to the report editing commands in the [Web Report Designer](../../report-designer.md).
-
-
-
-
-| Command | Icon | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-| Cut || Cuts the selected control to the clipboard. |
-| Copy || Copies the selected control to the clipboard. |
-| Paste || Pastes a control from the clipboard onto the selected report band. |
-| Delete || Deletes the selected control. |
-| Undo || Cancels the last change made to the document. |
-| Redo || Reverses the last undo action. |
-| Zoom Out || Decreases the document's current zoom factor by 5 percent. |
-| Zoom Factor || Zooms to a specific zoom factor selected from the dropdown list. |
-| Zoom In || Increases the document's current zoom factor by 5 percent. |
-| Validate Bindings || Highlights report controls with [invalid data bindings](../use-report-elements/validate-report-data-bindings.md) or incorrect expressions. |
-|Full Screen||Toggles between the Report Designer's full screen and default size.|
-| Preview || Switches to Preview Mode. |
-| Design |  | Switches to Design Mode. |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d642a0a27d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Toolbox
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Toolbox
-
-The **Toolbox** contains available [report controls](../use-report-elements.md) and allows you to add them to your report.
-
-
-
-## Report Controls
-
-The available report controls can be divided into the following categories:
-
-### Common Controls
-
-|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
-| ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-[Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) | [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) | [Rich Text](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md) | [Picture Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) | [Panel](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md) | [Table](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) | [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md) |
-
-
-### Additional Controls
-
-
-|  |  |  |
-| ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| [Line](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md) | [Shape](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md) | [Barcode](../use-report-elements/use-bar-codes.md) |
-
-
-
-
-### Controls with Separate Data Sources
-
-
-
-|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
-| ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- |
-[Chart](../use-report-elements/use-charts.md) | [Gauge](../use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md) |[SparkLine](../use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md) |[Cross Tab](../create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md) | [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) | [PDF Content](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md) | [PDF Signature](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md) |
-
-### Layout and Auxiliary Content Controls
-
-
-
-|  |  |  |  |  |
-| ------------------------------------------------------------- |------------------------------------------------------------------ |------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |-------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| [Table of Contents](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md) | [Page Info](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) | [Page Break](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md) | [Cross-Band Line](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md) | [Cross-Band Box](../use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md)
-
-
-
-## Add a Control to a Report
-
-To add a control from the Toolbox, drag and drop an item from the Toolbox onto the required location within a report.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index da8e727021..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Field List
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Field List
-
-The **Field List** displays the schema of a report's data sources. This panel enables you to manage report data sources and parameters, add calculated fields and create bound report controls.
-
-## Manage Report Data Sources
-
-The Field List shows available report data sources and their structure.
-
-
-
-The following actions are available in the Field List for data source customization:
-
-| Button | Description |
-|---|---|
-|  | Invokes the Data Source Wizard. |
-|  | Renames the selected data source. |
-|  | Rebuilds the generated schema for the selected data source. |
-|  | Invokes the [Master-Detail Relation Editor](../master-detail-relation-editor.md). |
-|  | Adds a calculated field. |
-|  | Invokes the **Create a Query or Select a Stored Procedure** wizard page. |
-|  | Removes the selected data source. |
-
-The following actions are available for query customization:
-
-| Button | Description |
-|---|---|
-|  | Removes the selected query. |
-|  | Invokes the **Create a Query or Select a Stored Procedure** wizard page. |
-
-You can also right-click a data source to access these actions in a context menu:
-
-
-
-## Bind controls to data
-
-Dropping a field onto a report's surface creates a new report control bound to a corresponding field.
-
-
-
-Dropping a field onto an existing control binds this control to a corresponding field.
-
-
-
-## Create tables
-
-Dropping an entire data table onto a report creates a table with its columns bound to fields contained in the data table.
-
-
-
-To select multiple fields, click them while pressing the `Ctrl` or `Shift` key. Dropping these fields onto a report creates a new table with its cells bound to corresponding fields.
-
-
-
-Select multiple data fields, a query, or a table in the Field List. Hold `Shift` when you drag the fields and drop them onto the report design area. This creates a data table with data field names.
-
-
-
-## Data shaping operations
-
-In addition, the Field List can help you solve the following tasks:
-
-* Add [calculated fields](../../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md) to data columns for performing various calculations in a report.
-
- 
-* Manage the collection of [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md).
-
- 
-
-You can also right-click a parameter to access these actions in a context menu:
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index dffa36ea55..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Properties Panel
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Properties Panel
-
-This document describes how to use the **Properties** panel to access and customize the report and report element properties.
-
-
-
-## Select a Report Element
-
-Do one of the following to access an element's properties:
-
-* Select an element from the drop-down list at the top of the **Properties** panel.
-
- 
-
-* Select an element on the [Design Surface](../design-surface.md) and click the  tab on the side panel to invoke the **Properties** panel.
-* Select an element in the [Report Explorer](report-explorer.md) panel and click the  button.
-* Click an element’s smart tag to invoke a panel with the element’s most commonly used properties.
-
-## Switch Between Display Modes
-
-Element settings can appear in alphabetical order or in categories based on their purpose. Use the buttons next to the selected element to switch between these display modes.
-
-
-
-## Display Property Descriptions
-
-The Properties panel displays hints with property descriptions. To display the description, select the property and click the information symbol (**i**) to the left of the property editor:
-
-
-
-If necessary, you can localize property descriptions.
-
-## Change Property Values
-
-Each record consists of a property's caption, a value editor, and an optional property marker. To change a property's value, select the property and specify its value in the editor.
-
-
-
-Certain properties contain nested properties which can be accessed when you click the header.
-
-
-
-The property marker indicates if the property's value was changed:
-
-* If a property stores a default value, its property marker is gray.
-
- 
-
-* If a property's value was changed, the property marker becomes white.
-
- 
-
-* If a [report style](../../customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md) supersedes a property's value, the marker is light blue. This applies to appearance properties (for instance, an element's **BackColor**, **Font**, **Borders**).
-
- 
-
-## Reset Property Values
-
-Click the property marker to the right of the editor. Select **Reset** in the invoked popup menu to restore the default property values.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The **Reset** command resets the expression and the value you specified in the property's editor.
-
-## Specify Expressions
-
-The **Properties** panel allows you to specify expressions that can calculate the value at runtime when a document is generated. Click the **f-marker** to invoke the [Expression Editor](../expression-editor.md).
-
-
-
-Specify an expression in the invoked Expression Editor.
-
-
-
-The **Properties** panel highlights properties that have an assigned expression.
-
-
-
-## Search Properties
-
-Click the  button to show the search box. When you type in the search box, the **Properties** panel filters the list of available properties and highlights the search string in the records.
-
-
-
-## Use Actions
-
-In the categorized mode, the **Properties** panel contains the context-sensitive **Actions** group that provides the most commonly used actions for the selected report element:
-
-* Add new [bands](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md), if you selected a report.
-
- 
-
-* Manage a table element's cells, rows, and columns.
-
- 
-
-* Align and position report elements (for instance, align and resize elements to the snap grid, specify horizontal and vertical alignments) for individual and multiple selected report elements.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-design-analyzer.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-design-analyzer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ec76ec7c24..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-design-analyzer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Design Analyzer
-author: Boris Zaitsev
----
-
-The **Report Design Analyzer** shows errors, warnings, and information messages that help you to detect and fix issues in a report.
-
-
-
-## Invoke the Report Design Analyzer
-
-Click the **bell tab** in the bottom.
-
-
-
-## Fix Issues
-
-Each message contains a recommendation on how to fix an issue. Click the Plus icon in front of the message to expand the recommendation.
-
-
-
-The **Source** column contains a reference to the control or script that caused the issue. Click the reference to navigate to this control or script.
-
-
-
-## Filter Messages by Source
-
-Based on their source, report errors are divided into four groups:
-
-* Report layout errors – occur, for example, when report controls overlap each other or extend beyond the report’s printable area.
-* Report creation errors – occur while the report document is created. For instance, it might include notifications about invalid property values or unreachable sources of content.
-* Report export errors – happen while the report document is exported to PDF, XLSX, and other formats.
-* Report script errors (this group is not displayed if report scripts are disabled in your application) – for example, errors in script syntax.
-
-You can disable messages that belong to a particular source:
-
-
-
-## Filter Messages by Type
-
-You can enable/disable messages of each available type ("Error", "Warning", or "Information") or any combination of them. Click the panel in the UI as shown in the image below to enable/disable messages of a corresponding type.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 825a386ac5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Explorer
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Report Explorer
-
-The **Report Explorer** panel shows a report's structure and provides access to report elements, styles, and data sources.
-
-
-
-## Manage Report Elements
-
-Report Explorer displays all [report controls](../../use-report-elements.md) and [bands](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) in a tree-like form.
-
-
-
-The following actions are available to customize report elements:
-
-| Button | Description |
-|---|---|
-|  | Switches to the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md) where you can adjust the selected report element's or the entire report's settings. |
-|  | Deletes the selected report element. Note that this button is not available for the **Detail**, **Top Margin**, and **Bottom Margin** bands. |
-
-You can use drag-and-drop for the following operations:
-
-* Reorder report controls, or move them from one band to another.
-
- 
-
-* Reorder **Detail Report** bands, or move them inside / outside other bands.
-
- 
-
-* Reorder **Group Header** and **Group Footer** bands.
-
- 
-
-* Reorder table cells, or move them between table rows. Reorder table rows.
-
- 
-
-An acceptable drop target is highlighted in green when you drag an item over it. An unacceptable target is highlighted in red.
-
-## Manage Report Styles
-
-Expand the **Styles** category in Report Explorer to access the [report style](../../customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md) collection.
-
-To apply a style to a report control, drag a style item from Report Explorer onto this control.
-
-
-
-You can use the following actions to customize report styles:
-
-| Button | Description |
-|---|---|
-|  | Creates a new style. |
-|  | Switches to the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md) where you can adjust the selected style's settings. |
-|  | Deletes the selected style. |
-
-## Manage Data Sources
-
-The Report Explorer shows available report data sources in the **Data Sources** category. This list is synchronized with data sources from the [Field List](field-list.md) panel.
-
-
-
-The following actions are available to customize data sources:
-
-| Button | Description |
-|---|---|
-|  | Deletes the selected data source. |
-|  | Switches to the [Properties Panel](properties-panel.md) where you can rename the selected data source.  |
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/save-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/save-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a3525a6a4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/save-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Save Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Save Reports
-
-Click **Save**| **Save As** in the [menu](report-designer-tools/menu.md) to save the current report.
-
-
-
-Specify the report name in the invoked **Save Report** dialog.
-
-
-
-You can see the following message at the bottom of the Designer, if the report is saved successfully.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 429838aa7b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculate a Summary
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Calculate a Summary
-
-This document describes how to calculate various summaries across a report and its groups.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one and [bind it to a data source](../../bind-to-data.md).
-
-2. Insert the [Group Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band, select the **Group Fields** section in the **Group Header Tasks** category and add a new group field to group the report's data by the required field.
-
- 
-
-3. Insert the Group Footer band. Prepare the report layout and drop a required data field onto the group footer to display the summary result.
-
-4. Select the label, expand the **Summary** section and invoke the **Running** drop-down list. Select the range for which to calculate a summary (the entire report, a specific report group or document page).
-
- 
-
-5. Click the **Text** property's marker to invoke a menu. Select **Text Expression**.
-
- 
-
-6. This invokes the [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md) where you can select the required summary in the **Functions** | **Summary** section. Report summary functions start with the "sum" prefix to make it easy to differentiate them from aggregate functions.
-
- 
-
- > [!TIP]
- > See the [Functions in Expressions](../../use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md) topic for a complete list of supported summary functions.
-
-7. You can use the **Text Format String** property to format the summary's value.
-
- 
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-an-advanced-summary.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-an-advanced-summary.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 748c20e28a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-an-advanced-summary.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculate an Advanced Summary
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Calculate an Advanced Summary
-
-This document describes how to calculate an advanced summary for report groups using a built-in summary function and arithmetical or logical functions.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one and [bind it to a data source](../../bind-to-data.md).
-
-2. Insert the [Group Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band, select the **Group Fields** section in the **Group Header Tasks** category and add a new group field to group the report's data by the required field.
-
- 
-
-3. Insert the Group Footer band and drop a [Label](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) onto it to display the summary result. Expand the **Summary** section in the **Label Tasks** category and set the **Running** property to **Group**.
-
- 
-
-4. Click the ellipsis button for the label's **Expression** property.
-
- 
-
-5. This invokes the [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md) where you can specify a custom expression with the required summary functions and other logical or arithmetical functions. For example:
-
- 
-
- > [!TIP]
- > See the [Functions in Expressions](../../use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md) topic for a complete list of supported summary functions.
-
-6. You can use the **Text Format String** property to format the summary's value.
-
- 
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cf2b99b296..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Count the Number of Groups in a Report
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Count the Number of Groups in a Report
-
-This document describes how to count the number of groups in a report.
-
-1. Insert the [Group Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band, select the **Group Fields** section in the **Group Header Tasks** category and add a new group field to group the report's data by the required field.
-
- 
-
-2. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop the group field onto the created Group Header.
-
- 
-
-3. Drop a label onto the Report Footer, expand the **Summary** section in the **Label Tasks** category and set the **Running** property to **Report**.
-
- 
-
-4. Click the **Text** property marker to invoke the menu. Select **Text Expression** to invoke the [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md).
-
- 
-
-
-5. In the Expression Editor select the **sumDCount** summary function in the **Functions** | **Summary** section:
-
- `sumDCount([CategoryName])`
-
- 
-
-6. Use the **Text Format String** property to format the summary's value.
-
- 
-
-7. Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) and see the group count in the report footer:
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aad2dd118..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Count the Number of Records in a Report or Group
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Count the Number of Records in a Report or Group
-
-This document describes how to display the number or records in a report or group.
-
-1. Select the corresponding command from the and insert a [Report Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) or Footer to display the record count for the entire report.
-
- 
-
- > [!Note]
- > Use a Group Header/Footer for displaying record counts for groups, and a Page Header/Footer for displaying record counts for pages.
-
-2. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel and drop the corresponding data table field onto the created band to create a data-bound label.
-
- 
-
-3. Expand the **Summary** section in the **Tasks** category and invoke the **Running** drop-down list. Select **Report** to count the records throughout the entire report, or select **Group** or **Page** to reset the record count for every group or page.
-
- 
-
-4. Click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), select the **sumCount** function in the **Functions** | **Summary** section.
-
- 
-
-5. Use the **Text Format String** property to format the resulting value.
-
- 
-
-You can switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the resulting report.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f32b41742..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Display Row Numbers in a Report, Group or Page
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Display Row Numbers in a Report, Group or Page
-
-This document describes how to show the current row number for each data source value displayed in a report.
-
-A label can display row numbers after [binding your report to data](../../bind-to-data.md) and specifying a bound data field in the Label's **Expression** property.
-
-1. Expand the **Summary** section in the **Label Tasks** category and invoke the **Running** drop-down list. Select **Report** to increment the row numbers throughout the entire report, or select **Group** or **Page** to reset the row numbers for every group or page.
-
- 
-
-2. Click the ellipsis button for the **Expression** property. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), select the **sumRecordNumber** function in the **Functions** | **Summary** section.
-
- 
-
-3. Use the **Text Format String** property to format the resulting value.
-
- 
-
-You can switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the record numbers displayed for the specified range.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0577266ec2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Filter Data at the Data Source Level
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Filter Data at the Data Source Level
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to filter data at the report data source level, as opposed to the [report level](filter-data-at-the-report-level.md). This approach is recommended when dealing with comparatively large data sources when the retrieval process is slow.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one.
-
-2. Bind you report to a required data source. See the [Bind to Data](../../bind-to-data.md) section to learn more about providing data to reports.
-
-3. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop the required fields onto the report's [Detail](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band.
-
- 
-
-4. Select the data source and click **Edit query**.
-
- 
-
- Click **Run Query Builder** in the invoked [Data Source Wizard](../../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md).
-
- 
-
-5. Expand the **Query Properties** section in the invoked [Query Builder](../../report-designer-tools/query-builder.md). Click the ellipsis button for the **Filter** property to construct a filtering expression in the invoked [Filter Editor](../../report-designer-tools/filter-editor.md).
-
- 
-
- Every filter condition consists of three parts:
- * A data field name.
- * Criteria operator, such as **Equals**, **Is less than**, **Is between**, etc.
- * A static operand value, another data field or a query parameter. See the [Specify Query Parameters](../../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md) topic to learn about embedding these parameters into filter conditions.
-
- You can arrange specific conditions into groups with **And**, **Or**, **Not And**, and **Not Or** operators.
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ba88c0157..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Filter Data at the Report Level
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Filter Data at the Report Level
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to filter data at the report level, as opposed to the [data source level](filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md). This approach is useful when dealing with relatively small data sources, when data load times are acceptable.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one.
-
-2. Bind you report to a required data source. See the [Bind to Data](../../bind-to-data.md) section to learn more about providing data to reports.
-
-3. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel and drop the required fields onto the report's [Detail](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band.
-
- 
-
-4. Expand the **Tasks** category and click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button.
-
- In the invoked [Filter Editor](../../report-designer-tools/filter-editor.md), construct an expression in which the data fields are compared with the required values.
-
- 
-
- Every filter condition consists of three parts:
- * A field of a data source to which a report is bound or the name of the [calculated field](../use-calculated-fields.md), which exists in this data source at the same level.
- * Criteria operator, such as **Equals**, **Is less than**, **Is between**, etc.
- * A static operand value, another data field or a [report parameter](../../use-report-parameters.md). To access parameters, click the icon on the right until it turns into a question mark.
-
- You can arrange specific conditions into groups with **And**, **Or**, **Not And**, and **Not Or** operators.
-
-Your report is now ready to be generated. Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/limit-the-number-of-records-to-display.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/limit-the-number-of-records-to-display.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e99a963300..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/limit-the-number-of-records-to-display.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Limit the Number of Records to Display
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Limit the Number of Records to Display
-
-Use **Report Print Options** to filter records displayed in [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md). You can specify them in the [Properties](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel.
-
-## Limit the Number of Records
-
-The **Detail Count at Design Time** property enables you to limit the number of records a report shows in Print Preview embedded into the Report Designer.
-
-
-Use the **Detail Count** option to define how many times to print the Detail band when generating a report document to display in Print Preview.
-
-## Print on Empty Data Source
-
-Disable the **Print when Data Source is Empty** option to avoid generating a report when its data source is empty. You can use this setting in [master-detail reports](../../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md) to hide the detail report if its data source contains no records.
-
-The **Detail Count when Data Source is Empty** property allows you to specify how many times to print the Detail band when a report does not have a data source. You can use this property to create static reports that are not connected to a data source and display the same static content several times.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/format-data.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/format-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 34b14dd8de..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/format-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Format Data
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Format Data
-
-This document demonstrates how to specify value formatting for report elements (for instance, format numeric values as a currency or apply a percent format).
-
-After you [bound your report to data](../bind-to-data.md) and specified a bound data field in a report control's **Expression** property, you can format data values in a report.
-
-1. Expand the control's **Tasks** category and click the **Text Format String** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-2. This invokes the **Format String Editor** where you can specify the required format.
-
- 
-
-Alternatively, you can use the **FormatString** function within the expression you specified for the report control.
-
-
-
-When switching to [Print Preview](../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), you can view the report control displaying values with the specified format.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d44cbfe36b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Group Data by a Custom Field
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Group Data by a Custom Field
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to group a report against a custom criteria, in particular, group data by days of the week.
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply grouping unless your report is bound to a data source.
-
-2. Create a [calculated field](../use-calculated-fields.md). Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel, select the data source or a table inside it and click **Add Calculated Field**.
-
- 
-
-3. Click the **Edit** button for the calculated field and then click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), select the required date-time function and define the data field's name in **[**square brackets**]**. For example, use the **GetDayOfWeek([OrderDate])** function to return a zero-based index of the day of the week, extracted from the **OrderDate** data field.
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to close the editor and save the changes.
-4. Insert the [Group Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band, select the **Group Fields** section in the **Group Header Tasks** category and add a new group field to group the report's data by the calculated field.
-
- 
-
- Click the  or  buttons to define the sort order within the group (ascending or descending). Use the  button to disable sorting in grouped data.
-
-5. Switch to the **Field List** and drop the required data fields onto the report's area.
-
- 
-
-6. Select the label in the Group Header and set the **Text Format String** property to **{0:dddd}**. This makes the label only display the day of the week, and not the date.
-
- 
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f1e1c64e6a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Group Data
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Group Data
-
-## Group a Report's Data
-Do the following to group data in your report:
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply grouping unless your report is bound to a data source.
-2. Insert the [Group Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band, select the **Group Fields** section in the **Group Header Tasks** category and add a new group field to group the report's data by the required data field.
-
- 
-
- > [!Note]
- > See the [Group Data by a Custom Field](group-data-by-a-custom-field.md) tutorial to learn how to group a report's data by a custom field.
-
-3. Click the  or
- buttons to define the sort order within the group (ascending or descending).
-
- Use the  button if your groups are already ordered in the data source, and you do not need to sort them in the report.
-
- 
-
-1. Click the plus button for the **Group Fields** section to create a new group field and specify its **Field Name** property.
-
- Use the **Move Up** and **Move Down** buttons to specify the order in which these criteria are applied to the report's data.
-
- 
-
- The following images illustrate how a report looks when it is grouped by multiple criteria:
-
- | A single group with multiple group fields | Nested group header bands |
- |---|---|
- |  |  |
-
-2. Drag the corresponding field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel and drop it onto the group header to display the group field's value in the report.
-
- 
-
-The resulting report looks as follows:
-
-
-
-## Specify the Group's Settings
-Expand the **Group Fields** section to customize the group's layout settings:
-
-* Use the **Group Union** property to keep a group's content on the same page when possible.
-
- 
-
-* Use the **Keep Together** property to print the Group Header/Footer on the same page as the group's contents.
-
- 
-
-* Use the **Repeat Every Page** property to print the group band on each page.
-
- 
-
-* Use the **Page Break** property to start a new page before or after each group.
-
- 
-
-When you need to display page numbers for individual groups, add the [Page Info](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control to the Group Header or Footer and set its **Running Band** property to the Group Header's name.
-
-
-
-Accurate page numbering requires that different groups do not appear on the same page. For this reason, you need to set the Group Footer's **Page Break** property to **After Band**, or place the **Page Break** control at the band's bottom.
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aa5500548..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Sort Data by a Custom Field
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Sort Data by a Custom Field
-
-This tutorial illustrates how to sort a report against a custom criteria, in particular, sort data by the number of characters in the data field value.
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply grouping unless your report is bound to a data source.
-
-2. Create a [calculated field](../use-calculated-fields.md). Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel, select the data source or a table inside it and click **Add Calculated Field**.
-
- 
-
-3. Click the **Edit** button for the calculated field and then click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), select the required date-time function and define the data field's name in **[**square brackets**]**. For example, use the **Len([ProductName])** function to return the number of characters extracted from the **ProductName** data field.
-
- 
-
- Click **OK** to close the editor and save the changes.
-
-4. Switch to the [Properties](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel and select the [Detail](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band. Select the **Sort Fields** section in the **Detail Tasks** category and add a new sort field to sort the report's data by the calculated field.
-
- 
-
- Click the  or  buttons to define the sort order within the group (ascending or descending).
- Use the  button to disable sorting in grouped data.
-
-6. Drag the corresponding field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto the report area and switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d946b70597..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Sort Data
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Sort Data
-
-## Sort a Report's Data
-Do the followebg to sort data in your report:
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply sorting unless your report is bound to a data source.
-2. Switch to the [Properties](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel and select the [Detail](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) band. Select the **Sort Fields** section in the **Detail Tasks** category and add a new sort field to sort the report's data by the required data field.
-
- 
-
- > [!Note]
- > See the [Sort Data by a Custom Field](sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md) tutorial to learn how to sort a report's data by a custom field.
-
- This adds a corresponding sort field to the **Sort Fields** collection. You can access this collection by expanding the sort field section.
-
-
-3. Click the  or  buttons to define the sort order within the group (ascending or descending). Use the  button to disable sorting in grouped data.
-
- 
-
-4. When a report has multiple sort fields, you can change their order by clicking **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
- 
-
-6. Drag the corresponding field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto the report area and switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
- 
-
-
-## Interactive Sorting in Print Preview
-You can allow sorting report data directly in Print Preview by clicking a designated element.
-
-
-
-See [Sort a Report in Print Preview](../../provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md) for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-groups-by-a-summary-function-result.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-groups-by-a-summary-function-result.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8314123b32..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-groups-by-a-summary-function-result.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Sort Groups by a Summary Function's Result
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Sort Groups by a Summary Function's Result
-
-This tutorial explains how to sort groups by a summary function result, in particular, by the number of records groups contain.
-
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report.
-
- You cannot apply grouping unless your report is bound to a data source.
-2. [Group the report](group-data.md) by the required data field, [calculate the record count](../calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md) in each group and construct the required report layout.
-
- 
-
-3. Expand the **Behavior** category and select the **Sorting Summary** node.
- Turn on the **Enabled** option, set the **Field** option to the data field from the Detail band, and set the **Function** to **Count**.
-
- 
-
- In this editor, you can also define the sorting direction for the group, as well as specify whether or not the **Null** values should be ignored.
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index adfb4341d1..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Change a Band's Visibility
-owner: Vera Gorbyliova
-seealso: []
----
-# Conditionally Change a Band's Visibility
-
-This topic describes how to change report band visibility.
-
-Set a band's **Visible** property to an expression to conditionally change the band's visibility based on a field's value or a parameter.
-
-The report created in this tutorial contains two Detail **sub-bands** with different report controls. These sub-bands are used to display discontinued and current products.
-
-
-
-The steps below demonstrate how to change a band's visibility based on a field's value.
-
-1. Select the required band and switch to the **Expressions** panel. Click the **Visible** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-2. In the invoked **Expression Editor**, specify the required expression.
-
- 
-
- Here, the **[Discontinued] == false** expression is set for the **SubBand1** and the **[Discontinued] == true** expression for the **SubBand2**. These expressions specify the **Visible** property based on the **Discontinued** data field's value.
-
-The **Preview** below displays how changes to band visibility influence the Product List. The **SubBand1** is used to display products that have the **Discontinued** field set to **false**, and the **SubBand2** is used to display discontinued products.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ee1f6aabd2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance
-
-This document describes how to change a report control's appearance based on a specific condition.
-
-1. Switch to the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) panel, select the **Styles** node and click **Add New Style** to create a new visual style.
-
- 
-
-2. Click the created style and select **Properties**.
-
- 
-
-3. In the [Properties](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel, customize the created style's appearance settings.
-
- 
-
-4. Create another style 'xrControlStyle2' with default settings.
-
-5. Select a report element to which you wish to specify a style selection rule (a table row with a cell bound to the 'UnitPrice' field), switch to the [Expressions](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel, and click the ellipsis button next to the **Style Name** property.
-
- 
-
-6. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), specify the style switch condition:
-
- `Iif( [UnitPrice] >= 30, 'xrControlStyle1','xrControlStyle2')`
-
-
- 
-
-7. Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to view the results.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-label-text.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-label-text.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3de2a3c54e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-label-text.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Change a Label's Text
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Conditionally Change a Label's Text
-
-This document describes how to display different values in a report control based on a specified logical condition.
-
-After you [bound your report to data](../../bind-to-data.md) and specified a bound data field in a report control's **Expression** property, you can make this control display different values based on a specified logical condition:
-
-1. Expand the **Label Tasks** category and click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-2. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), specify the required [expression](../../use-expressions.md).
-
- 
-
- Use the **Iif** function to define the condition. For example:
-
- **Iif([UnitsOnOrder] == 0, 'None', [UnitsOnOrder])**
-
- This expression means that if the data field's value is zero, the control's text is set to '**None**'; otherwise, it displays the actual field value.
-
-When switching to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), you can see the report control displaying the assigned values.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-filter-report-data.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-filter-report-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ec26ae947b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-filter-report-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Filter Report Data
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Conditionally Filter Report Data
-
-This document describes how to filter a report's data based on a specific condition.
-
-1. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel, select the **Parameters** node and click **Add parameter**.
-
- 
-
-2. Specify the parameter name and description, set its type to **Number (decimal)**.
-
- 
-
-3. Select the report's detail band, switch to the [Expressions](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel and click the **Visible** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-4. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), specify the visibility condition:
-
- `Iif( [UnitPrice] >= ?minUnitPrice, true, false)`
-
- 
-
- The expression above makes the **Visible** property return **True** or **False** depending on whether the field value is greater or equal to the specified parameter value.
-
-5. Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e5c6d3754f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Conditionally Suppress Controls
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Conditionally Suppress Controls
-
-This document describes how to display or hide a report control in a published document based on a specified logical condition.
-
-1. [Create a new report](../../add-new-reports.md) or open an existing one and prepare the report layout.
-
-2. Select the required control, switch to the [Expressions](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel and click the **Visible** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-3. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), specify the required [expression](../../use-expressions.md).
-
- 
-
- Use the **Iif** function to define the required condition. For example:
-
- **Iif([Discontinued] == False, False, [Discontinued])**
-
- This expression means that if the data field's value is **False**, the control's **Visible** property's value is also **False**.
-
-When switching to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), you can view the report control's visibility changes according to the assigned condition.
-
-
-
-> [!Note]
-> See [Hide Table Cells](../../use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md) to learn how to conditionally suppress table cells and define the mode for processing them.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/limit-the-number-of-records-per-page.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/limit-the-number-of-records-per-page.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ea460ec474..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/limit-the-number-of-records-per-page.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Limit the Number of Records per Page
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Limit the Number of Records per Page
-
-This document describes how to specify the number of data source records displayed on report pages.
-
-After you [bound your report to data](../../bind-to-data.md) and provided content to the report's [Detail band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md), you can limit the number of records each report page displays. This example demonstrates how to pass the required record count as a parameter value.
-
-1. Switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel, select the **Parameters** node and click **Add parameter** to add a new report parameter.
-
- 
-
-2. Specify the parameter's description displayed in Print Preview and set its type to **Number (Integer)**.
-
- 
-
-3. Drop a [Page Break](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md) control onto the report's detail band.
-
- 
-
-4. Switch to the [Expressions](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel and click the **Visible** property's ellipsis button. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), specify the required [expression](../../use-expressions.md).
-
- 
-
- For example:
-
- **([DataSource.CurrentRowebdex] % [Parameters.parameter1] == 0) And ([DataSource.CurrentRowebdex] !=0)**
-
-When switching to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md), you can specify how many rows each report page should display by entering the corresponding parameter value:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-an-aggregate-function.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-an-aggregate-function.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 495b1a78ef..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-an-aggregate-function.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculate an Aggregate Function
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Calculate an Aggregate Function
-This tutorial describes the steps required to create a report with an _aggregate function_. In this example, products that are not discontinued and have a total unit value greater than _$500_ will be displayed.
-1. Create a new or open an existing data-bound report. This tutorial starts with the following report layout:
-
- 
-
-2. Create a new [calculated field](calculated-fields-overview.md) and set the field name to "AggregateField".
-
-3. Click the **Edit** button for the calculated field and click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
-4. In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), double click the **[CategoriesProducts]** field and choose **Functions** | **Aggregate**. Then, double click the **Count()** function and insert the following text into the empty square brackets:
-
- _"Not[Discontinued]And[UnitTotal] >= 500"._
-
- 
-
- To construct a valid aggregate expression, use the following format, which consists of four parts.
-
- _[\][\].\(\)_
-
- * _\_ - Specifies a collection against which an aggregated value should be calculated. It can be the relationship name in a case of a master-detail relationship, or the name of a collection property exposed by the target class. For example, _[CategoriesProducts][[CategoryId]>5].Count()_. Empty brackets [] indicate the root collection.
- * _\_ - Specifies a condition defining which records should participate in calculating an aggregate function. To obtain an aggregated value against all records, delete this logical clause along with square brackets (for example, _[].Count()_).
- * _\_ - Specifies one of the available aggregate functions.
- * _\_ - Specifies an expression evaluating values to be used to perform calculation. For example, _[][[CategoryID] > 5].Sum([UnitPrice]*[Quantity])_. The **Count** function does not require field values to count the records, so leave the round brackets empty for this function.
-
- You can refer to the currently processed group using the Parent Relationship Traversal Operator ('^'). This allows you to calculate aggregates within groups using expressions like the following: _[][[^.CategoryID] == [CategoryID]].Sum([UnitPrice])_.
-
- For more information, see [Expression Language](../../use-expressions/expression-language.md).
-
-5. Click **OK** to close the dialog and save the expression.
-
-6. Add three [Labels](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) to the [Detail Band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) and customize their content as shown in the following image:
-
- 
-
-The report is now ready. Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b18501b65c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Calculated Fields Overview
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Calculated Fields Overview
-
-Calculated fields allow you to pre-process a report's input data, based on a certain expression. So, using calculated fields allows you to apply complex expressions to one or more data fields that are obtained from your report's underlying data source. Moreover, you can both [group](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md) and [sort](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md) your report data based on a calculated field's value.
-
-## Calculated Fields Overview
-
-To create a calculated field, switch to the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md), select a data table and click **Add calculated field**.
-
-
-
- Click the **Edit** button for the calculated field to display calculated field properties. Click the **Expression** property's ellipsis button.
-
-
-
-In the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md), construct the required expression. You can use data fields, [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md), predefined constants as well as various date-time, logical, math and string functions. See the next document section for more information about expression syntax.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The Expression Editor displays only those data fields that are obtained from a data source specified by the calculated field's **Data Source** and **Data Member** property values.
-
-Switch to the [Properties Panel](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), select the **Data** category and expand the **Calculated Fields** section to display the calculated fields collection and manage its items.
-
-
-
-You can drag the calculated field from the **Field List** onto the required band like an ordinary data field.
-
-
-
-You can also group and sort your report data based on the calculated field values.
-
-## Expression Syntax
-A data field is inserted into the expression's text using its name in **[**square brackets**]**, and parameters are inserted using the "**?**" prefix before their names.
-
-A calculated field's expression can evaluate the values of other calculated fields if you make sure to avoid circular references.
-
-Date-time constants must be wrapped in hashtags (**#**) (e.g., **[OrderDate] >= #1/1/2009#**). To represent a null reference (one that does not refer to any object), use a question mark (e.g., **[Region] != ?**). To denote strings, use apostrophes (**'**), otherwise an error will occur.
-
-To embed an apostrophe into an expression's text, it should be preceded by another apostrophe (e.g., **'It's sample text'**).
-
-The type of a value returned by a calculated field is defined by its **Field Type** property.
-
-If a calculated field expression involves the use of different types, it is necessary to convert them to the same type (e.g., **Max(ToDecimal([Quantity]),[UnitPrice])**)
-
-Although a value that is returned by a calculated field is usually converted to a string (to be displayed in a text-aware report control), it can return a value of any kind. For example, if a database field contains an image, you can set a calculated field's expression to "=...", after which this calculated field can be bound to the [Picture Box](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) control.
-
-To construct a valid aggregate expression, use the following format, which consists of four parts.
-
-_[\][\].\(\)_
-
-* _\_ - Specifies a collection against which an aggregated value should be calculated. It can be the relationship name in a case of a master-detail relationship, or the name of a collection property exposed by the target class. For example, _[CategoriesProducts][[CategoryId]>5].Count()_. Empty brackets [] indicate the root collection.
-* _\_ - Specifies a condition defining which records should participate in calculating an aggregate function. To obtain an aggregated value against all records, delete this logical clause along with square brackets (for example, _[].Count()_).
-* _\_ - Specifies one of the available aggregate functions.
-* _\_ - Specifies an expression evaluating values to be used to perform calculation. For example, _[][[CategoryID] > 5].Sum([UnitPrice]*[Quantity])_. The **Count** function does not require field values to count the records, so leave the round brackets empty for this function.
-
-You can refer to the currently processed group using the Parent Relationship Traversal Operator ('^'). This allows you to calculate aggregates within groups using expressions like the following: _[][[^.CategoryID] == [CategoryID]].Sum([UnitPrice])_.
-
-For more information, see [Expression Language](../../use-expressions/expression-language.md).
-
-## Examples
-The following tutorials demonstrate the use of calculated fields in various environments:
-
-* [Calculate an Aggregate Function](calculate-an-aggregate-function.md)
-* [Calculate a Weighted Average Function](calculate-a-weighted-average-function.md)
-* [Sort Data by a Custom Field](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md)
-* [Group Data by a Custom Field](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 361c13bad1..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Data Binding Modes
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Data Binding Modes
-
-The Report Designer works in one of the following data binding modes:
-
-* **Expressions** is the default binding mode.
-
- This mode enables you to specify complex [expressions](../use-expressions.md) that include two or more data fields, [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md), or [functions](functions-in-expressions.md). You can also use expressions to [calculate summaries](../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md) of any complexity or [conditionally shape your data](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements.md).
-
- Click a property's marker to see whether the invoked context menu has the **PropertyName Expression** item that invokes the **Expression Editor**.
-
- 
-
- The **Expression Editor** allows you to use functions, access report bands and controls, and reference data source values in the constructed expression.
-
- 
-
-* **Expressions Advanced** is the advanced Expression mode.
-
- This mode enables you to specify an expression that is evaluated within a control's specific event.
-
- 
-
- The **Expression Editor** allows you to use event argument values in the constructed expressions. Event arguments are available in the [Variables](expression-language.md) section.
-
- In the **BeforePrint** event, you can use data fields from all queries in the data source.
-
- 
-
- In the **PrintOnPage** event, data source fields are not available because data was fetched when this event occurs. You can use the event arguments that are available in the [Variables](expression-language.md) section.
-
- 
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/expression-language.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/expression-language.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c3a2a4bb59..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/expression-language.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,371 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Expression Language
-owner: Mary Sammal
----
-# Expression Language
-
-This section describes the report-specific expression syntax.
-
-## Expression Syntax
-
-An expression is a text string that specifies what data to take and how to process it to obtain a value. For instance, the following expression returns an integer value of `5`:
-
-`
-3 + 2
-`
-
-An expression string can consist of multiple lines that include constants, operators, function calls, fields or parameters, report items, and comments:
-
-```
-/*
-This expression is set for the Visible property of a control
-to show/hide the control based on the ShowTotalAmount parameter value.
-*/
-
-Iif (
- ?ShowTotalAmount == True,
- True,
- False
- )
-```
-
-## Constants
-
-* String constants
- Wrap string constants in apostrophes. If a string contains an apostrophe, double the apostrophe.
- ```
- [Country] == 'France'
- [Name] == 'O''Neil'
- ```
-
-* Date-time constants
- Wrap date-time constants in '#'.
- ```
- [OrderDate] >= #2018-03-22 13:18:51.94944#
- ```
-
-* True
- The Boolean True value.
- ```
- [InStock] == True
- ```
-
-* False
- The Boolean False value.
- ```
- [InStock] == False
- ```
-
-* Enumeration
- Specify an enumeration value by its underlying integer value.
- ```
- [Status] == 1
- ```
-
-* Guid
- Wrap a Guid constant in curly braces. Use Guid constants in a relational operation with equality or inequality operators only.
- ```
- [OrderID] == {513724e5-17b7-4ec6-abc4-0eae12c72c1f}
- ```
-
-* Numeric
- Specify numeric constant types in a string form by suffixes:
- * Int32 (int) - _1_
- * Int16 (short) - _1s_
- * Byte (byte) - _1b_
- * Double (double) - _1.0_
- * Single (float) - _1.0f_
- * Decimal (decimal) - _1.0m_
-
- | Value | Suffix | Example |
- | --- | --- | --- |
- | 32-bit integer | No suffix | [CategoryID] == _1_ |
- | 16-bit integer | s | [CategoryID] == _1s_ |
- | Byte | b | [CategoryID] == _1b_ |
- | Double-precision floating-point number | No suffix | [Length] == _1.0_ |
- | Single-precision floating-point number | f | [Length] == _1.0f_ |
- | Decimal floating-point number | m | [Price] == _25.0m_ |
-
-* ?
- A null reference that does not refer to any object.
- We recommend that you use the **IsNull** unary operator (for example, "[Region] is null") or the **IsNull** logical function (for example, "IsNull([Region])") instead of **?**.
- ```
- [Region] != ?
- ```
-
-## Operators
-
-* \+
- Adds the value of one numeric expression to another or concatenates two strings.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] + 4
- [FirstName] + ' ' + [LastName]
- ```
-
-* \-
- Finds the difference between two operands.
- ```
- [Price1] - [Price2]
- ```
-
-* \*
- Multiplies the value of two operands.
- ```
- [Quantity] * [UnitPrice]
- ```
-
-* /
- Divides the first operand by the second.
- ```
- [Quantity] / 2
- ```
-
-* %
- Divides one numeric operand by the other and returns the remainder (modulus).
- ```
- [Quantity] % 3
- ```
-
-* |
- Performs a bitwise inclusive OR operation on two numeric expressions. Compares each bit of its first operand to the corresponding bit of its second operand. If either bit is 1, the corresponding resulting bit is set to 1. Otherwise, the corresponding resulting bit is set to 0.
- ```
- [Number] | [Number]
- ```
-
-* &
- The bitwise AND operator. Compares each bit of its first operand to the corresponding bit of its second operand. If the two bits are 1, the corresponding resulting bit is set to 1. Otherwise, the corresponding resulting bit is set to 0.
- ```
- [Number] & 10
- ```
-
-* ^
- Performs a bitwise exclusive OR operation on two numeric expressions.
- ```
- [Number] ^ [Number]
- ```
-
-* ==
- Returns **True** if both operands are equal; otherwise, it returns **False**.
- ```
- [Quantity] == 10
- ```
-
-* !=
- Returns **True** if the operands are not equal; otherwise, it returns **False**.
- ```
- [Country] != 'France'
- ```
-
-* <
- Less than operator. Used to compare expressions.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] < 20
- ```
-
-* <=
- Less than or equal to operator. Used to compare expressions.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] <= 20
- ```
-
-* >=
- Greater than or equal to operator. Used to compare expressions.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] >= 30
- ```
-
-* >
- Greater than operator. Used to compare expressions.
- ```
- [UnitPrice] > 30
- ```
-
-* In (,,,)
- Tests for the existence of a property in an object.
- ```
- [Country] In ('USA', 'UK', 'Italy')
- ```
-
-* Between (,)
- Specifies a range to test. Returns **True** if a value is greater than or equal to the first operand and less than or equal to the second operand.
- ```
- [Quantity] Between (10, 20)
- ```
-
-* And (&&)
- Performs a logical conjunction on two Boolean expressions.
- ```
- [InStock] And ([ExtendedPrice]> 100)
- [InStock] && ([ExtendedPrice]> 100)
- ```
-
-* Or (||)
- Performs a logical disjunction on two Boolean expressions.
- ```
- [Country]=='USA' Or [Country]=='UK'
- [Country]=='USA' \|| [Country]=='UK'
- ```
-
-* ~
- Performs a bitwise negation on a numeric expression.
- ```
- ~[Roles] = 251
- ```
-
-* Not (!)
- Performs a logical negation on a Boolean expression.
- ```
- Not [InStock]
- ![InStock]
- ```
-
-* +
- Returns a numeric expression's value (a unary operator).
- ```
- +[Value] = 10
- ```
-
-* -
- Returns the negative of a numeric expression's value (a unary operator).
- ```
- -[Value] = 20
- ```
-
-* Is Null
- Returns **True** if an expression is a null reference (one that does not refer to any object).
- ```
- [Region] is null
- ```
-
-## Operator Precedence
-
-When an expression contains multiple operators, these operators are evaluated in the following sequence:
-
-* Literal values
-* Parameters
-* Identifiers
-* OR (left-associative)
-* AND (left-associative)
-* The '.' relationship qualifier (left-associative)
-* ==, !=
-* <, >, <=, >=
-* -, + (left-associative)
-* *, /, % (left-associative)
-* NOT
-* Unary -
-* In
-* Iif
-* Trim(), Len(), Substring(), IsNull()
-* '[]' (for set-restriction)
-* '()'
-
-Group elements with parentheses to change operator precedence. For instance, operators are applied in the default order in the following expression:
-
-`Accounts[Amount == 2 + 48 * 2]`
-
-In the next expression, the addition operation is applied first, because its associated elements are grouped with parentheses, and the multiplication operation is applied last.
-
-`Accounts[Amount == (2 + 48) * 2]`
-
-## Functions
-
-The expression language includes a set of functions that extend an expression's capabilities:
-
-* Logical functions
-* Date and time functions
-* Math functions
-* String functions
-* Functions for expression bindings and calculated fields
-* Functions for stored procedures
-* Functions for the Summary Expression Editor
-
-You can also implement custom functions.
-
-See the following topic for a complete list of functions that are available in expressions: [Functions in Expressions](functions-in-expressions.md).
-
-## Case Sensitivity
-
-Operators are case-insensitive. Case sensitivity of values can depend on the data source. For instance, SQL Server Express 2005 is configured as case-insensitive. In this case, the following [filter expression](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md) always evaluates to **True**:
-
-`Lower(Name) == Upper(Name)`
-
-## Escape Keywords
-
-You can mark a keyword-like field name with the **@** escape character. In the expression below, the **CriteriaOperator.Parse** method interprets `@Or` as a field named **Or**, not the logical operator OR.
-
-`@Or = 'value'`
-
-## Escape Characters
-
-Use a backslash (`\`) as an escape character for characters in an expression, as shown below:
-
-`\[`
-
-`\\`
-
-`\'`
-
-Use an apostrophe (`'`) as an escape character for string literals:
-
-`'A parameter''s value is:' + ?parameter1`
-
-## Data Fields and Calculated Fields
-
-Enclose a data field or calculated field's name in square brackets (```[``` and ```]```):
-
-```
-/*
-This expression is set for a control's Text property
-to bind the control to the UnitPrice data field.
-*/
-[UnitPrice]
-```
-
-Ensure that the field with the specified name exists in the report's data source and data member.
-
-You can refer to data fields from a data member that is not specified as the report's data member (only the first record is returned):
-
-```
-/*
-This expression is set for a control's Text property
-to bind the control to the UnitPrice data field from the Products data member
-(the report is not bound to Products).
-*/
-[Products].[UnitPrice]
-```
-
-## Report Parameters
-
-Use the following syntax to insert [report parameters](../use-report-parameters.md) in an expression:
-
-- Type a question mark before a parameter's name.
-
- `?parameter1`
-
-- (*Obsolete*) Use the "Parameters." prefix in front of a report parameter's name.
-
- `[Parameters.parameter1]`
-
-## Enumerations
-
-Do one of the following to assign an enumeration value to a property:
-
-- Specify an enumeration value by its underlying integer value.
-
- `[Borders] = 1`
-
-- The **Expression Editor** can help you specify a string value for built-in enumerations:
-
- 
-
-## Comments
-
-The expression language supports comments. For example:
-
-```
-/*
-This is a comment within an expression.
-*/
-```
-
-Comments start with the ```/*``` sequence and end at the matching ```*/``` sequence.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/expressions-overview.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/expressions-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b1628a9edf..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/expressions-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Expressions Overview
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Expressions Overview
-
-Use expressions to accomplish the following tasks:
-* [Retrieve data](../use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md)
-* [Format data values](../shape-report-data/format-data.md)
-* [Create calculated fields](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md)
-* [Calculate summaries](../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries.md)
-* [Specify conditions for report elements](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements.md)
-* [Specify conditions for data source queries](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md)
-
-## How to Specify an Expression
-
-In the Report Designer, properties that support expressions have an `f` button in the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel. Click this button to specify an expression in the invoked Expression Editor.
-
-
-
-In **Expressions Advanced** mode, the Report Designer allows you to specify expressions that are evaluated within specific events:
-
-* The **BeforePrint** event where you can use data fields from all queries in the data source.
-* The **PrintOnPage** event fetches the number of pages in the report and the current page. You can use these variables to specify conditions for report items.
-
-See the following topic for more information: [Data Binding Modes](data-binding-modes.md).
-
-## Expression Editor
-
-The Report Designer's Expression Editor has a graphical interface that allows you to create and edit expressions.
-
-
-
-Use one of the following ways to invoke the Expression Editor:
-
-* Select a report, band, or control. The `f` button appears next to the selection. Click this button to invoke the Expression Editor.
-
- 
-
-* In the **Properties** window, if an expression can be set for a property, the `f` button appears near the value editor. Click this button to invoke the Expression Editor.
-
- 
-
- The `f` button changes its color to blue to indicate that an expression is set for a property.
-
- 
-
-The Editor lists all properties for which you can specify an expression.
-
-Click a property to specify an expression.
-
-
-
-An `f` icon appears next to a property where an expression is set.
-
-
-
-The Editor highlights an expression's syntax and supports intelligent code completion (which suggests functions and available data elements as you type).
-
-
-
-The Expression Editor displays all the errors it finds in the specified expression.
-
-
-
-The Editor lists a tree with language elements and items that you can use in an expression.
-
-
-
-## FilterString Editor
-
-You can use the Report Designer's **FilterString Editor** to specify the **FilterString** property of a report, Cross Tab, or Chart Series.
-
-The **FilterString Editor**'s visual interface allows you to use an unlimited number of conditions and combine them with logical operators to create filter criteria. You can also switch to Text mode and type a filter string.
-
-
-
-The **FilterString Editor** highlights an expression's syntax and supports intelligent code completion (which suggests functions and available data elements as you type).
-
-
-
-## Expression Syntax
-
-An expression can include field names, constants, operators, functions, data fields, and parameters.
-
-See the following topic for more information: [Expression Language](expression-language.md).
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7aa1dedc5d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,496 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Functions in Expressions'
-owner: Sergey Andreev
----
-# Functions in Expressions
-
-This topic lists the functions that you can use in an [expression](expressions-overview.md).
-
-## Aggregate Functions
-
-| Function | Description | Example |
-|---|---|---|
-| Avg(Value) | Evaluates the average of the values in the collection. | [Products].Avg([UnitPrice]) |
-| Count() | Returns the number of objects in a collection. | [Products].Count() |
-| Exists() | Determines whether the object exists in the collection. | [Categories][[CategoryID] == 7].Exists() |
-| Join() | Concatenates all Expression values in the _Collection_ based on the specified _Condition_ (optional) into a single string separated by the specified _Separator_ (optional). If you do not specify a _Separator_, the function uses a comma.
The function has the following overloads:
`[Collection][Condition].Join(Expression)`
`[Collection][Condition].Join(Expression, Separator)`| The following expression concatenates _CompanyName_ field values within a report grouped by the _CategoryID_ field into a single string separated by a semicolon: `[][[CategoryID] == [^.CategoryID]].Join([CompanyName], ';')`|
-| Max(Value) | Returns the maximum expression value in a collection. | [Products].Max([UnitPrice]) |
-| Min(Value) | Returns the minimum expression value in a collection. | [Products].Min([UnitPrice]) |
-| Single() | Returns an object if it is the only element in a collection. | [Accounts].Single() is not null |
-| Single(Expression) | You can pass an expression as a parameter: *[Collection][Condition].Single(Expression)*. This function returns the _Expression_ if the _Collection_ contains only one object that meets the specified _Condition_ (optional). | [Collection].Single([Property1]) - returns the found object's property value.|
-| Sum(Value) | Returns the sum of all expression values in the collection. | [Products].Sum([UnitsInStock]) |
-
-## Date and Time Functions
-
-| Function | Description | Example |
-|---|---|---|
-| IsThisWeek(Date) | Returns `True` if the specified date falls within the current week.| _Example_: `IsThisWeek([OrderDate])` |
-|IsThisMonth(Date) | Returns `True` if the specified date falls within the current month.
To create the **IsThisMonth** operator using the [CriteriaOperator.Parse](/CoreLibraries/DevExpress.Data.Filtering.CriteriaOperator.Parse.overloads?v=25.1) method, use the following syntax: **CriteriaOperator.Parse(“IsThisMonth(StartDate)”)**. | _Example_: `IsThisMonth([OrderDate])` |
-|IsThisYear(Date) | Returns `True` if the specified date falls within the current year. | _Example_: `IsThisYear([OrderDate])` |
-|LocalDateTimeLastMonth() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is one month before the current date, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddMonths(LocalDateTimeLastMonth(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeLastYear() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is the first day of the previous year, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeLastYear(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeTwoMonthsAway() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the month after the next month, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddMonths(LocalDateTimeTwoMonthAway(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeTwoYearsAway() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the year after the next year, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeTwoYearsAway(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeYearBeforeToday() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the date one year ago, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeYearBeforeToday(), 5)` |
-|InDateRange(Date, FromDate, ToDate) | Returns `True` if the date part of the first operand is greater than or equal to the date part of the second operand and less than or equal to the date part of the third operand. Otherwise, returns `False`. If operands cannot be compared, returns `null`. | _Example_: `InDateRange([OrderDate], #2022-01-01 00:00:00#, #2022-12-31 23:59:59#)` |
-|IsJanuary(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within January. | _Example_: `IsJanuary([OrderDate])` |
-|IsFebruary(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within February. | _Example_: `IsFebruary([OrderDate])` |
-|IsMarch(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within March. | _Example_: `IsMarch([OrderDate])` |
-|IsApril(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within April. | _Example_: `IsApril([OrderDate])` |
-|IsMay(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within May. | _Example_: `IsMay([OrderDate])` |
-|IsJune(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within June. | _Example_: `IsJune([OrderDate])` |
-|IsJuly(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within July. | _Example_: `IsJuly([OrderDate])` |
-|IsAugust(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within August. | _Example_: `IsAugust([OrderDate])` |
-|IsSeptember(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within September. | _Example_: `IsSeptember([OrderDate])` |
-|IsOctober(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within October. | _Example_: `IsOctober([OrderDate])` |
-|IsNovember(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within November. | _Example_: `IsNovember([OrderDate])` |
-|IsDecember(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within December. | _Example_: `IsDecember([OrderDate])` |
-|IsLastMonth(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within the previous month. | _Example_: `IsLastMonth([OrderDate])` |
-|IsLastYear(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within the previous year. | _Example_: `IsLastYear([OrderDate])` |
-|IsNextMonth(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within the next month. | _Example_: `IsNextMonth([OrderDate])` |
-|IsNextYear(Date) | Returns True if the specified date falls within the next year. | _Example_: `IsNextYear([OrderDate])` |
-|IsYearToDate(Date) | Returns `True` if the specified date falls within the period that starts from the first day of the current year and continues until the current date (including the current date). | _Example_: `IsYearToDate([OrderDate])` |
-|IsSameDay(\[Date1\], \[Date2\]) | Returns `True` if the specified date/time value falls within the same day. | _Example_: `IsSameDay([OrderDate], [ShippedDate])` |
-|LocalDateTimeDayAfterTomorrow() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is two days after the current date, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeDayAfterTomorrow(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeLastWeek() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is 7 days before the start of the current week, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeLastWeek(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeNextMonth() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is the first day of the next month, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddMonths(LocalDateTimeNextMonth(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeNextWeek() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that has the date part that is 7 days after the start of the current week, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeNextWeek(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeNextYear() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that corresponds to the first day of the next year, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeNextYear(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeNow() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that is the current moment in time. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeNow(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeThisMonth() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the current month, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddMonths(LocalDateTimeThisMonth(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeThisWeek() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the current week, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeThisWeek(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeThisYear() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the current year, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddYears(LocalDateTimeThisYear(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeToday() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the start of the current day, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeToday(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeTomorrow() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the next day, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeTomorrow(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeTwoWeeksAway() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the first day of the week after the next week, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeTwoWeeksAway(), 5)` |
-|LocalDateTimeYesterday() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value with the date part that is the previous day, and the time part of 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(LocalDateTimeYesterday(), 5)` |
-|AddTicks(DateTime, AddTicks) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that is the specified number of ticks before or after a specified start date. | _Example_: `AddTicks([OrderDate], 500000)` |
-|AddMilliSeconds(Time, MilliSecondsCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[TimeOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.timeonly) value that is the specified number of milliseconds before or after a specified start date/time.| _Example_: `AddMilliSeconds([StartTime], 200)` |
-|AddSeconds(Time, SecondsCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[TimeOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.timeonly) value that is the specified number of seconds before or after a specified start date/time. | _Example_: `AddSeconds([StartTime], 120)` |
-|AddMinutes(Time, MinutesCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[TimeOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.timeonly) value that is the specified number of minutes before or after a specified start date/time. | _Example_: `AddMinutes([StartTime], 30)` |
-|AddHours(Time, HoursCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[TimeOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.timeonly) value that is the specified number of hours before or after a specified start date/time. | _Example_: `AddHours([StartTime], 5)` |
-|AddDays(Date, DaysCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[DateOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.dateonly) value that is the specified number of days before or after a specified start date. | _Example_: `AddDays([OrderDate], 10)` |
-|AddMonths(Date, MonthsCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[DateOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.dateonly) value that is the specified number of months before or after a specified start date.| _Example_: `AddMonths([OrderDate], 3)` |
-|AddYears(Date, YearsCount) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime)/[DateOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.dateonly) value that is the specified number of years before or after a specified start date. | _Example_: `AddYears([OrderDate], 2)` |
-|AddTimeSpan(DateTime, TimeSpan) | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that differs by a specified amount of time from a specified date. | _Example_: `AddTimeSpan([OrderDate], [Duration])` |
-|DateDiffDay(StartDate, EndDate) | Returns the number of day boundaries between the specified dates. | _Example_: `DateDiffDay([OrderDate], Now())` |
-|DateDiffMonth(StartDate, EndDate) | Returns the number of month boundaries between the specified dates. | _Example_: `DateDiffMonth([OrderDate], Now())` |
-|DateDiffYear(StartDate, EndDate) | Returns the number of year boundaries between the specified dates. | _Example_: `DateDiffYear([OrderDate], Now())` |
-|DateDiffMilliSecond(StartTime, EndTime) | Returns the number of millisecond boundaries between the specified dates/times. | _Example_: `DateDiffMilliSecond([StartTime], Now())` |
-|DateDiffMinute(StartTime, EndTime) | Returns the number of minute boundaries between the specified dates/times.| _Example_: `DateDiffMinute([StartTime], Now())` |
-|DateDiffSecond(StartTime, EndTime) | Returns the number of second boundaries between the specified dates/times.| _Example_: `DateDiffSecond([StartTime], Now())` |
-|DateDiffHour(StartTime, EndTime) | Returns the number of hour boundaries between the specified dates/times. | _Example_: `DateDiffHour([StartTime], Now())` |
-|DateDiffTick(StartDate, EndDate) | Returns the number of tick boundaries between the specified dates. | _Example_: `DateDiffTick([OrderDate], Now())` |
-|GetDate(Date) | Returns the date part of the specified date.| _Example_: `GetDate([OrderDate])` |
-|GetYear(Date) | Gets the year in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetYear([OrderDate])` |
-|GetMonth(Date) | Gets the month in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetMonth([OrderDate])` |
-|GetDay(Date) | Gets the day of the month in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetDay([OrderDate])` |
-|GetDayOfYear(Date) | Gets the day of the year in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetDayOfYear([OrderDate])` |
-|GetDayOfWeek(Date) | Gets the day of the week in the specified date. | _Example_: `GetDayOfWeek([OrderDate])` |
-|GetHour(Time) | Returns the hours value in the specified date/time. | _Example_: `GetHour([StartTime])` |
-|GetMinute(Time) | Returns the minutes value in the specified date/time. | _Example_: `GetMinute([StartTime])` |
-|GetSecond(Time) | Returns the seconds value in the specified date/time.| _Example_: `GetSecond([StartTime])` |
-|GetMilliSecond(Time) | Returns the milliseconds value in the specified date/time. | _Example_: `GetMilliSecond([StartTime])` |
-|GetTimeOfDay(DateTime) | Gets the time part of the specified date. | _Example_: `GetTimeOfDay([OrderDate])` |
-|Now() | Returns the [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that is the current date and time. | _Example_: `AddDays(Now(), 7)` |
-|Today() | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) value that is the current date. The time part is set to 00:00:00. | _Example_: `AddDays(Today(), 3)` |
-|UtcNow() | Returns a [DateTime](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.datetime) object that is the current date and time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). | _Example_: `AddDays(UtcNow(), 7)` |
-|DateTimeFromParts(Year, Month, Day) | Returns a date value constructed from the specified Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second, and Millisecond. | _Example_: `DateTimeFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day])` |
-|DateTimeFromParts(Year, Month, Day, Hour) | Returns a date value constructed from the specified Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second, and Millisecond. | _Example_: `DateTimeFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day], [Hour])` |
-|DateTimeFromParts(Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute) | Returns a date value constructed from the specified Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second, and Millisecond. | _Example_: `DateTimeFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day], [Hour], [Minute])` |
-|DateTimeFromParts(Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second) | Returns a date value constructed from the specified Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second, and Millisecond. | _Example_: `DateTimeFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day], [Hour], [Minute], [Second])` |
-|DateOnlyFromParts(Year, Month, Day) | Returns a [DateOnly](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.dateonly) value constructed from the specified Year, Month, and Day.| _Example_: `DateOnlyFromParts([Year], [Month], [Day])` |
-|TimeOnlyFromParts(Hour, Minute) | Returns a TimeOnly value constructed from the specified hour, minute, seconds (optional), and milliseconds (optional). | _Example_: `TimeOnlyFromParts([Hour], [Minute])` |
-|TimeOnlyFromParts(Hour, Minute, Second) | Returns a TimeOnly value constructed from the specified hour, minute, seconds (optional), and milliseconds (optional). | _Example_: `TimeOnlyFromParts([Hour], [Minute], [Second])` |
-|TimeOnlyFromParts(Hour, Minute, Second, Millisecond) | Returns a TimeOnly value constructed from the specified hour, minute, seconds (optional), and milliseconds (optional). | _Example_: `TimeOnlyFromParts([Hour], [Minute], [Second], [Millisecond])` |
-|AfterMidday(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time is after 12:00 PM. | _Example_: `AfterMidday([StartTime])` |
-|BeforeMidday(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time is before 12:00 PM. | _Example_: `BeforeMidday([StartTime])` |
-|IsAfternoon(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls between 12:00 PM and 6:00 PM. | _Example_: `IsAfternoon([StartTime])` |
-|IsEvening(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls between 6:00 PM and 9:00 PM. | _Example_: `IsEvening([StartTime])` |
-|IsFreeTime(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within free time. | _Example_: `IsFreeTime([StartTime])` |
-|IsLastHour(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the last hour. | _Example_: `IsLastHour([StartTime])` |
-|IsLunchTime(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the lunch time. | _Example_: `IsLunchTime([StartTime])` |
-|IsMorning(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within between 6:00 AM and 12:00 PM. | _Example_: `IsMorning([StartTime])` |
-|IsNextHour(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the next hour. | _Example_: `IsNextHour([StartTime])` |
-|IsNight(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls between 9:00 PM and 9:00 AM. | _Example_: `IsNight([StartTime])` |
-|IsSameHour(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the same hour. | _Example_: `IsSameHour([StartTime])` |
-|IsSameTime(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the same time of day (hour and minute). | _Example_: `IsSameTime([StartTime])` |
-|IsThisHour(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within the hour. | _Example_: `IsThisHour([StartTime])` |
-|IsWorkTime(Time) | Returns `True` if the specified time falls within work time. | _Example_: `IsWorkTime([StartTime])` |
-
-
-## Logical Functions
-
-* Iif(Expression1, True_Value1, ..., ExpressionN, True_ValueN, False_Value)
- Returns one of several specified values depending upon the values of logical expressions.
-
- The function can take *2N+1* arguments (*N* - the number of specified logical expressions):
-
- - Each odd argument specifies a logical expression.
-
- - Each even argument specifies the value that is returned if the previous expression evaluates to **True**.
-
- - **...**
-
- - The last argument specifies the value that is returned if the previously evaluated logical expressions yielded **False**.
- ```
- Iif(Name = 'Bob', 1, Name = 'Dan', 2, Name = 'Sam', 3, 4)")
- ```
-
-* IsNull(Value)
- Returns True if the specified Value is NULL.
- ```
- IsNull([OrderDate])
- ```
-
-* IsNull(Value1, Value2)
- Returns Value1 if it is not set to NULL; otherwise, Value2 is returned.
- ```
- IsNull([ShipDate], [RequiredDate])
- ```
-
-* IsNullOrEmpty(String)
- Returns True if the specified String object is NULL or an empty string; otherwise, False is returned.
- ```
- IsNullOrEmpty([ProductName])
- ```
-
-## Math Functions
-
-| Function | Description | Example |
-|---|---|---|
-| Abs(Value) | Returns the given numeric expression's absolute, positive value. | Abs(1 - [Discount]) |
-| Acos(Value) | Returns a number's arccosine (the angle in radians, whose cosine is the given float expression). | Acos([Value]) |
-| Asin(Value) | Returns a number's arcsine (the angle in radians, whose sine is the given float expression). | Asin([Value]) |
-| Atn(Value) | Returns a number's arctangent (the angle in radians, whose tangent is the given float expression). | Atn([Value]) |
-| Atn2(Value1, Value2) | Returns the angle whose tangent is the quotient of two specified numbers in radians. | Atn2([Value1], [Value2]) |
-| BigMul(Value1, Value2) | Returns an Int64 containing the full product of two specified 32-bit numbers. | BigMul([Amount], [Quantity]) |
-| Ceiling(Value) | Returns the smallest integer that is greater than or equal to the numeric expression. | Ceiling([Value]) |
-| Cos(Value) | Returns the angle's cosine, in radians. | Cos([Value]) |
-| Cosh(Value) | Returns the angle's hyperbolic cosine, in radians. | Cosh([Value]) |
-| Exp(Value) | Returns the float expression's exponential value. | Exp([Value]) |
-| Floor(Value) | Returns the largest integer less than or equal to the numeric expression. | Floor([Value]) |
-| Log(Value) | Returns a specified number's natural logarithm. | Log([Value]) |
-| Log(Value, Base) | Returns the logarithm of a specified number in a specified Base. | Log([Value], 2) |
-| Log10(Value) | Returns a specified number's base 10 logarithm. | Log10([Value]) |
-| Max(Value1, Value2) | Returns the maximum value from the specified values. | Max([Value1], [Value2]) |
-| Min(Value1, Value2) | Returns the minimum value from the specified values. | Min([Value1], [Value2]) |
-| Power(Value, Power) | Returns a specified number raised to a specified power. | Power([Value], 3) |
-| Rnd() | Returns a random number that is less than 1, but greater than or equal to zero. | Rnd()*100 |
-| Round(Value) | Rounds the given value to the nearest integer. | Round([Value]) |
-| Round(Value, Precision) | Rounds the given value to the nearest integer, or to a specified number of decimal places. | Round([Value], 2) |
-| Sign(Value) | Returns the positive (+1), zero (0), or negative (-1) sign of the given expression. | Sign([Value]) |
-| Sin(Value) | Returns the sine of the angle defined in radians. | Sin([Value]) |
-| Sinh(Value) | Returns the hyperbolic sine of the angle defined in radians. | Sinh([Value]) |
-| Sqr(Value) | Returns the square root of a given number. | Sqr([Value]) |
-| Tan(Value) | Returns the tangent of the angle defined in radians. | Tan([Value]) |
-| Tanh(Value) | Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the angle defined in radians. | Tanh([Value]) |
-| ToDecimal(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent decimal number. | ToDecimal([Value]) |
-| ToDouble(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent 64-bit double-precision floating-point number. | ToDouble([Value]) |
-| ToFloat(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent 32-bit single-precision floating-point number. | ToFloat([Value]) |
-| ToInt(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent 32-bit signed integer. | ToInt([Value]) |
-| ToLong(Value) | Converts Value to an equivalent 64-bit signed integer. | ToLong([Value]) |
-
-## Reporting Functions
-
-* Argb(Alpha, Red, Green, Blue)
- Returns a string defining a color using the Alpha, Red, Green, and Blue color channel values.
- ```
- Argb(1,200, 30, 200)
- /* Result: '1,200,30,200'*/
- ```
-
-* GetDisplayText(?parameterName)
- Returns a Display Text for a parameter's lookup value.
-
- For **non-lookup parameters**, this function returns a value converted to string.
- ```
- /* ?employeeParameter stores static or dynamic predefined values
- where EmployeeID is a parameter value
- and EmployeeName is a display text. */
- GetDisplayText(?employeeParameter)
- ```
-
-* Rgb(Red, Green, Blue)
- Returns a string defining a color using the Red, Green, and Blue color channel values.
- ```
- Rgb(30,200,150)
- /* Result: '30,200,150' */
- ```
-
-* CurrentRowIndexInGroup()
-
- Returns the current row's index within the group.
-
- The following expression adds row indexes in the group:
-
- ```CurrentRowIndexInGroup(0) + 1```
-
-* GroupIndex(level)
-
- Locates the parent group row at the specified nesting level and returns that row's index.
-
- The following expression displays indexes of root-level groups:
-
- ```GroupIndex(1) + 1```
-
-* NextRowColumnValue(columnName)
-
- Obtains the next row and returns the value from the specified column.
-
-* PrevRowColumnValue(columnName)
-
- Obtains the previous row and returns the value from the specified column.
-
-## String Functions
-
-| Function | Description | Example |
-|---|---|---|
-| Ascii(String) | Returns the ASCII code value of the leftmost character in a character expression. | Ascii('a') |
-| Char(Number) | Converts an integerASCIICode to a character. | Char(65) + Char(51) |
-| CharIndex(String1, String2) | Returns the starting position of String1 within String2, beginning from the zero character position to the end of a string. | CharIndex('e', 'devexpress') |
-| CharIndex(String1, String2, StartLocation) | Returns the starting position of String1 within String2, beginning from the StartLocation character position to the end of a string. | CharIndex('e', 'devexpress', 2) |
-| Concat(String1, ... , StringN) | Returns a string value containing the concatenation of the current string with any additional strings. | Concat('A', ')', [ProductName]) |
-| Contains(String1, SubString1) | Returns True if SubString1 occurs within String1; otherwise, False is returned. | Contains([ProductName], 'dairy') |
-| EndsWith(String1, SubString1) | Returns True if the end of String1 matches SubString1; otherwise, False is returned. | EndsWith([Description], 'The end.') |
-| Insert(String1, StartPosition, String2) | Inserts String2 into String1 at the position specified by StartPositon | Insert([Name], 0, 'ABC-') |
-| Len(Value) | Returns an integer containing either the number of characters in a string or the nominal number of bytes required to store a variable. | Len([Description]) |
-| Lower(String) | Returns String in lowercase. | Lower([ProductName]) |
-| PadLeft(String, Length) | Left-aligns the defined string's characters, padding its left side with white space characters up to a specified total length. | PadLeft([Name], 30) |
-| PadLeft(String, Length, Char) | Left-aligns the defined string's characters, padding its left side with the specified Char up to a specified total length. | PadLeft([Name], 30, '<') |
-| PadRight(String, Length) | Right-aligns the defined string�s characters, padding its left side with empty space characters up to a specified total length. | PadRight([Name], 30) |
-| PadRight(String, Length, Char) | Right-aligns the defined string�s characters, padding its left side with the specified Char up to a specified total length. | PadRight([Name], 30, '>') |
-| Remove(String, StartPosition) | Deletes all the characters from this instance, beginning at a specified position. | Remove([Name], 3) |
-| Remove(String, StartPosition, Length) | Deletes a specified number of characters from this instance, beginning at a specified position. | Remove([Name], 0, 3) |
-| Replace(String1, SubString2, String3) | Returns a copy of String1, in which SubString2 has been replaced with String3. | Replace([Name], 'The ', '') |
-| Reverse(String) | Reverses the order of elements within String. | Reverse([Name]) |
-| StartsWith(String1, SubString1) | Returns True if the beginning of String1 matches SubString1; otherwise, False. | StartsWith([Title], 'The best') |
-| Substring(String, StartPosition, Length) | Retrieves a substring from String. The substring starts at StartPosition and has a specified Length. | Substring([Description], 2, 3) |
-| Substring(String, StartPosition) | Retrieves a substring from String. The substring starts at StartPosition. | Substring([Description], 2) |
-| ToStr(Value) | Returns a string representation of an object. | ToStr([ID]) |
-| Trim(String) | Removes all leading and trailing SPACE characters from String. | Trim([ProductName]) |
-| Upper(String) | Returns String in uppercase. | Upper([ProductName]) |
-
-## Functions for Expression Bindings and Calculated Fields
-
-Below is a list of functions that are used to construct [expression bindings](data-binding-modes.md) and [calculated fields](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md):
-
-* NewLine()
- Returns the newline string defined for the current environment.
- ```
- [CategoryName]+NewLine()+[Description]
- /*
- Result:
- Beverages
- Soft drinks, coffees, teas, beers and ales.
- /*
- ```
-
-* FormatString(Format, Value1, ... , ValueN)
- Returns the specified string with formatted field values.
- See the following topic for details: [Format Data](../shape-report-data/format-data.md).
- ```
- FormatString('{0:$0.00}', [UnitPrice])
- /*
- Result: $45.60
- */
- ```
-
-* Rgb(Red, Green, Blue)
- Returns a string defining a color using the Red, Green, and Blue color channel values.
- ```
- Rgb(30,200,150)
- /*
- Result: '30,200,150'
- */
- ```
-
-* Join()
- Concatenates the [multi-value report parameter](../use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md)'s values into a string. This function is useful when you [bind a multi-value parameter to a label](../use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md) to display the parameter's values in a report.
-
- This function has two overloads:
-
- * Join(parameter) - concatenates the specified parameter's values using a comma as a separator.
- * Join(parameter, separator) - concatenates the specified parameter's values using the specified separator.
- ```
- Join(?CategoriesParameter)
- /*
- Result: Beverages, Condiments
- */
- Join(?CategoriesParameter, newline())
- /*
- Result:
- Beverages
- Condiments
- */
-
-## Functions for Stored Procedures
-
-The following functions are used to bind a report to a stored procedure:
-
-* Join()
- Concatenates the [multi-value report parameter](../use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md)'s values into a string. This function can be used when mapping multi-value report parameters to query parameters generated from a stored procedure's parameters. Refer to the following topic for more information: [Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md).
-
- This function has two overloads:
-
- * Join(parameter) - concatenates the specified parameter's values using a comma as a separator.
- * Join(parameter, separator) - concatenates the specified parameter's values using the specified separator.
- ```
- Join(?Parameter1)
- ```
-
-* CreateTable(Column1, ..., ColumnN)
- Creates a table from several multi-value parameters' values. This function can be used when mapping multi-value report parameters to the query parameter that is generated from a stored procedure's [User Defined Table Type](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/tables/use-table-valued-parameters-database-engine) parameter. Refer to the following topic for more information: [Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md).
- ```
- CreateTable(?Parameter1, ..., ?ParameterN)
- ```
-
-## Functions for Summary Expression Editor
-
-Use the following functions when you [calculate a summary](../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries.md) across a report and its groups:
-
-* sumAvg(Expression)
- Calculates the average of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumAvg([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumCarryoverSum(Expression)
-
- Calculates the carried forward and brought forward totals.
-
- ```
- sumCarryoverSum([Amount])
- ```
-
-* sumCount(Expression)
- Counts the number of values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report). In a simple scenario, you may not pass a parameter.
-
- When using this function in a [master-detail report](../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md)'s master band and passing a detail field as a parameter, the function counts the number of records within the detail band.
-
- See also:
- * [Count the Number of Records in a Report or Group](../shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md)
- * [Count the Number of Groups in a Report](../shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md)
- ```
- sumCount([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDAvg(Expression)
- Calculates the average of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDAvg([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDCount(Expression)
- Counts the number of **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report). In a simple scenario, you may not pass a parameter.
- ```
- sumDCount([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDStdDev(Expression)
- Calculates the standard deviation of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDStdDev([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDStdDevP(Expression)
- Calculates the standard population deviation of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDStdDevP([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDSum(Expression)
- Calculates the total of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDSum([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDVar(Expression)
- Calculates the amount of variance for all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDVar([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumDVarP(Expression)
- Calculates the population variance of all **distinct** values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumDVarP([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumMax(Expression)
- Calculates the maximum of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumMax([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumMedian(Expression)
- Finds the middle number within a sequence.
-
- If the total number of elements is odd, this function returns the value of the middle number in a sequence. If the total number of elements is even, this function returns the arithmetical mean of the two middle numbers.
- ```
- sumMedian([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumMin(Expression)
- Calculates the minimum of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumMin([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumPercentage(Expression)
- Calculates the percent ratio of the current data row's value to the total of all the values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumPercentage([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumRecordNumber(Expression)
- Returns the current record number in the specified summary region (group, page, or report). This means, for instance, if the summary is calculated for a group, then the record number is calculated only within that group, and is reset every time a new group is started.
-
- In a simple scenario, you may not pass a parameter.
-
- See also: [Display Row Numbers on a Report, Group, or Page](../shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md)
- ```
- sumRecordNumber()
- ```
-
-* sumRunningSum(Expression)
- Calculates the sum of all previous values displayed before the current data row with the current data row value.
- ```
- sumRunningSum([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumStdDev(Expression)
- Calculates the standard deviation of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumStdDev([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumStdDevP(Expression)
- Calculates the standard population deviation of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumStdDevP([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumSum(Expression)
- Calculates the total of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumSum([UnitsInStock])
- ```
-
-* sumVar(Expression)
- Calculates the amount of variance for all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumVar([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumVarP(Expression)
- Calculates the population variance of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report).
- ```
- sumVarP([UnitPrice])
- ```
-
-* sumWAvg(Expression, Expression)
- Calculates the weighted average of all values within the specified summary region (group, page, or report). This summary type returns the result of the following operation: Sum(Expression1 * Expression2) / Sum(Expression2).
- ```
- sumWAvg([UnitPrice])
- ```
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b4a44cc88e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind Report Controls to Data
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Bind Report Controls to Data
-
-You can use the following approaches to include data source information in your report:
-
-* [Use the Field List](#use-the-field-list)
-* [Use the Properties Panel](#use-the-properties-panel)
-
-## Use the Field List
-
-After you [bind your report to data](../bind-to-data.md), the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) panel displays the data source hierarchy and provides access to available data fields.
-
-Drop a data field from this panel onto a report's surface to create a new report control bound to the corresponding field.
-
-
-
-Drop a data field onto an existing control to bind this control to the corresponding field.
-
-
-
-You can also drop an entire data table onto a report to create a [Table](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md) control with its cells bound to corresponding data table fields.
-
-
-
-To select multiple fields in the Field List, hold CTRL or SHIFT and click the fields. Drop these fields onto a report to create a new table.
-
-
-
-Select multiple data fields, a query, or a table in the Field List. Hold `Shift` when you drag the fields and drop them onto the report design area. This creates a data table with data field names.
-
-
-
-## Use the Properties Panel
-
-Select a report control and switch to the [Properties](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel. Click the **Text** property's marker and select **Text Expression** from the popup menu. Select a data field or construct a binding [expression](../use-expressions/expression-language.md) in the invoked [Expression Editor](../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md).
-
-
-
-You can use the same approach to specify expressions for all the control properties. See [Shape Report Data](../shape-report-data.md) for more tutorials.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 495be24009..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Draw Cross-Band Lines and Boxes
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Draw Cross-Band Lines and Boxes
-
-Cross-band controls allow you to draw lines and rectangles through several [report bands](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
-The Report Designer provides the following two cross-band controls:
-
-* The **Cross-Band Line** control draws vertical lines that can span multiple report bands. You can use this control to emphasize a report area that consists of different bands.
-* The **Cross-Band Box** control draws rectangles through several report bands. You can use this control to encompass a report section that includes multiple band areas.
-
-To add a cross-band control to a report, select the corresponding item in the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and draw a rectangle across required bands.
-
-
-
-The following properties define a cross-band control's location in a report:
-
-* **Start Band** - determines the band from which the control starts to draw;
-* **Start Point** - specifies the exact coordinates (measured in [report units](../../configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md)) within the start band where the control starts to draw;
-* **End Band** - determines the band where the cross-band control stops to draw;
-* **End Point** - specifies the exact coordinates (measured in [report units](../../configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md)) within the end band where the control finishes to draw.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates how the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) reflects cross-band controls:
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 198b818b85..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Draw Lines
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Draw Lines
-
-The **Line** control draws a line in a specified direction, style, width, and color. You can use it to decorate and visually separate a report's sections.
-
-To add a line to a report, drag the **Line** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-The **Line Tasks** category of the [Properties](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel provides the main control properties:
-
-
-
-* **Line Direction**
-
- Enables you to draw a line horizontally, vertically, and across the rectangle the line occupies from one corner to another (**Horizontal**, **Vertical**, **Slant** and **Back Slant** types).
-
- 
-
-* **Line Style**
-
- You can select the solid (by default), dashed, dotted, or mixed line style.
-
- 
-
-* **Line Width**
-
- Specifies the line width in pixels as a floating point value.
-
-* **Anchor Vertically**
-
- Specifies the vertical anchoring style, so that after page rendering a control stays attached to the top control, bottom control, or both.
-
-> [!Note]
-> The **Line** control cannot span several bands. See [Draw Cross-Band Lines and Boxes](draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md) to learn about drawing lines through several bands.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2595263319..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Draw Shapes
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Draw Shapes
-
-The **Shape** control allows you to draw various shapes in a report.
-
-To add a shape to a report, drag the **Shape** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-Expand the **Tasks** category and use the **Shape** property to select the shape type.
-
-
-
-The **Tasks** category provides the following main properties common to all shape types:
-
-* **Fill Color** - specifies the the shape's color.
-* **Stretch** - specifies whether to stretch a shape to fill its client rectangle area when it is rotated.
-* **Line Width** - specifies the width of the line used to draw the shape.
-* **Angle** - specifies the shape's rotation angle.
-
-Each shape type provides its own specific set of properties which are detailed below.
-
-
-## Arrow
-The image below illustrates the **Arrow** type's shape.
-
-
-
-This shape type has the following additional properties:
-
-* **Fillet** - specifies how the shape's corners are rounded (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Arrow Height** - specifies the arrow's relative height (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Arrow Width** - specifies the arrow's relative width (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-
-
-## Brace
-The image below illustrates the **Brace** type's shape.
-
-
-
-Use the following properties to set up a brace:
-
-* **Tip's Length** - specify the length of a brace's tip.
-* **Fillet** - specifies how the shape's corners are rounded (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Tail's Length** specify the length of a brace's tail.
-
-
-## Bracket
-
-The following image demonstrates the **Bracket** type's shape:
-
-
-
-The **Tip's Length** property is specific to this shape type and defines the length of a bracket's tip.
-
-## Cross
-
-The image below shows the **Cross** type's shape.
-
-
-
-This shape type has the following properties:
-
-* **Fillet** - specifies how the shape's corners are rounded (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Horizontal Line Height** - specifies the relative width of a cross's horizontal line (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Vertical Line Width** - specifies the relative width of a cross's vertical line (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-
-## Ellipse
-
-The image below shows **Ellipse** type shapes.
-
-
-
-
-## Line
-
-The following image demonstrates **Line** type shapes:
-
-
-
-
-## Polygon
-
-The image below illustrates the **Polygon** type's shape:
-
-
-
-This shape type has the following properties:
-
-* **Fillet** - specifies how the polygon's corners are rounded (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Number Of Sides** - specifies the number of polygon sides.
-
-
-## Rectangle
-
-The image below illustrates **Rectangle** type shapes.
-
-
-
-This shape type's **Fillet** property specifies the rectangle's relative roundness (as a percentage, between **0** and **100**).
-
-## Star
-
-The following image shows a **Star** type shape:
-
-
-
-This shape type has the following properties:
-
-* **Fillet** - specifies the relative roundness of the star's points (as a percentage). This value should be between **0** and **100**.
-* **Count of Star Points** - specifies the number of points that make up the star.
-* **Concavity** - specifies the concavity level (as a percentage) between two neighboring start points. This value should be between **0** and **100**.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-controls-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-controls-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ef08fda666..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-controls-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Controls to a Report
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add Controls to a Report
-
-## Add Report Controls
-To display a data field's value in your report, drag the corresponding item from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and drop it onto the report's detail band. This creates a new report control bound to the corresponding field.
-
-
-
-You can also use the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) to add other controls to your report and display content such as text, images, charts, barcodes, and so on.
-
-
-
-The Web Report Designer supports drag & drop operations from outside the browser window (making it easier to add content to your report documents):
-
-- **Image files** - Drag & drop an image file onto the report surface to create a [Picture Box](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md).
-- **Text files** - Drop a TXT file to create a label, or drop an RTF, DOCX, or HTML file to insert a [Rich Text](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md) control with associated file content.
-- **PDF files** - Drop a PDF file to insert a [PDF Content](../../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md) control.
-- **Existing controls** - Dropping a file onto an existing report control updates content with new file data.
-
-This document describes how to add the most commonly used controls to a report. See [Use Report Elements](../../use-report-elements.md) for a complete list of available controls.
-
-## Display Text
-Use the following controls to display text in a report:
-
-* [Label](../use-basic-report-controls/label.md)
-
- Displays plain text in a report.
-
- 
-
-
-* [Rich Text](../use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md)
-
- Displays rich text in a report. You can apply different font settings to the control's content and load content from an external HTML file.
-
- 
-
-
-* [Table](../use-tables.md)
-
- Contains any number of cells arranged in one or more rows.
- Each table cell can display plain text or contain other controls.
-
- 
-
-* [Character Comb](../use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md)
-
- Displays each character in a separate cell and can be used to create printed forms.
-
- 
-
-
-Double-click any of these controls to invoke an in-place editor where you can enter text.
-
-
-
-Press CTRL+Enter to submit changes and close this mode.
-
-You can use corresponding properties of the **Appearance** category to access the selected control's font and alignment settings.
-
-
-
-
-Labels and other text-oriented controls can display the following content:
-
-* **Static content**
-
- A control's content does not change once it is specified in a published document.
-
- 
-
-* **Dynamic content**
-
- A connected data source supplies this content. In a published document, it changes according to the printed data source record.
-
- 
-
- You can use the [Format String Editor](../../report-designer-tools/format-string-editor.md) to format dynamic content.
-
- 
-
-
-* **Mixed content**
-
- You can combine labels' and other text-oriented controls' static and dynamic content within the same control.
-
- Use the **Format String** property in the **Action** category to format this field's value.
-
- 
-
-## Display Page Information
-Use the [Page Info](../use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md) control to display information about document pages, such as the current page number and/or total number of pages.
-
-
-
-You can also use this control to add information about a report's author and the document's creation date.
-
-See the following tutorials for detailed instructions:
-
-* [Add Page Numbers](../../add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md)
-* [Display the User Name in a Report](../../add-extra-information/display-the-user-name-in-a-report.md)
-* [Display the Current Date and Time in a Report](../../add-extra-information/display-the-current-date-and-time-in-a-report.md)
-
-## Display Check Boxes, Images and Barcodes
-Drop a Boolean data field from the Field List onto a report to create a [Check Box](../use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md) control bound to that field.
-
-
-
-Check boxes can display different states depending on the underlying data values.
-
-
-
-Use the [Picture Box](../use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md) control to display images in a report. You can load an image from an external file, from a bound data source, or from a web location using the specified URL.
-
-
-
-To display barcodes, use the [Barcode](../use-bar-codes.md) control.
-
-
-
-## Drawing Lines and Shapes
-Use the [Shape](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md) control to draw simple graphics in a report (circles, crosses or arrows).
-
-
-
-The [Line](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md) control enables you to draw straight or slanted lines in a single band.
-
-
-
-The [Cross-Band Line and Box](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md) controls enable you to draw lines and boxes spanning multiple report bands.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-report-controls-to-containers.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-report-controls-to-containers.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b3902600ea..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-report-controls-to-containers.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Report Controls to Containers
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add Report Controls to Containers
-
-The [Panel](../use-basic-report-controls/panel.md) control allows you to place various report controls on it to combine them into a group.
-
-
-
-You can use this panel to move, copy, change appearance settings, etc. instead of adjusting individual controls.
-
-
-
-A [table cell](../use-tables.md) can also act as a container for other controls.
-
-
-
-Both panel and table cell cannot contain the following report controls:
-* [Cross Tab](../../create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md)
-* [Subreport](../use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md)
-* [Page Break](../use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md)
-* [Table of Contents](../use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md)
-* [Cross-Band Line and Box](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md)
-
-If a panel or table cell includes only one control, you can position it within the container using the **Fit Bounds to Container** command. This command resizes the control so that it occupies all the available space (excluding borders).
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/apply-styles-to-report-elements.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/apply-styles-to-report-elements.md
deleted file mode 100644
index eec7df4a0b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/apply-styles-to-report-elements.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Apply Styles to Report Elements
----
-# Apply Styles to Report Elements
-
-Select a control and switch to the **Properties** window. Expand the **Styles** group and set the **Style** property to the style name.
-
-
-
-As an alternative, you can drag a style from the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) onto a control.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a10f7a836..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Arrange Report Controls
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Arrange Report Controls
-
-You can align report controls to each other, change the report element's size, change the stacked elements' order, and so on. Select a command from the control's context menu:
-
-
-
-
-The design surface displays a visual grid that allows you to determine elements' size and location in a report. Use the **Snap Grid Size** property to customize the grid's size.
-
-
-
-You can use the **Align to Grid** action to align the selected controls to the grid's cells.
-
-The Report Designer displays snap lines when you move or resize report controls. These lines appear around the report controls and indicate the distance to other report elements (controls and bands).
-
-
-
-
-Use the report's **Snapping Mode** property to enable automatic report control snapping to a grid or snap lines:
-
-
-
-
-The following values are available:
-
-- **None**
-
- No snapping is used.
-
-- **Snap to Grid**
-
- Aligns a report element to the report snap grid.
-
- The design surface displays a visual grid that allows you to determine elements' size and location in a report. Use the **Snap Grid Size** property to customize the grid's size.
-
-- **Snap Lines**
-
- Aligns a report element using snap lines.
-
- The Report Designer displays snap lines when you move or resize report controls. These lines appear around the report controls and indicate the distance to other report elements (controls and bands).
-
-
-To temporarily ignore snapping, hold down ALT when you move or resize controls using the mouse.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/copy-report-controls.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/copy-report-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d2f4905365..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/copy-report-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Copy Report Controls
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Copy Report Controls
-
-You can use the [Main Toolbar](../../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s commands or keyboard shortcuts to clone an existing report control. A cloned control has the same settings as the initial control.
-
-[Select report controls](select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md) and click the **Copy** button or press CTRL + C to copy report controls to the clipboard.
-
-
-
-Select a new container or band and click the **Paste** button or press CTRL+V to paste these controls.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 71dedeeaff..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Move and Resize Report Elements
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Move and Resize Report Elements
-
-You can use the mouse or keyboard to move a report control to a new location.
-
-
-
-You can also [select multiple controls](select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md) and move them in the same way as individual report controls.
-
-
-
-Select a control and then drag a rectangle drawn on its edge or corner to resize it.
-
-
-
-Use the **Size to Grid** button to resize a control to the report's **Snap Grid**.
-
-
-
-Drag a band's header strip to resize the band.
-
-
-
-You can also use the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) to move a control to other bands (except **Detail Report Band**), or into a **Panel** or **Table Cell** controls. Select a control and drag it within the Report Explorer. The drop targets are highlighted when you drag the control over them.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can drag the **Table Of Contents** only to the **Report Header Band** and **Report Footer Band**.
-
-See [Arrange Report Controls](arrange-report-controls.md) for information about tools that help you align report controls to each other and layout edges.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c1b5d75763..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Select Report Elements and Access Their Settings
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Select Report Elements and Access Their Settings
-
-You can click a report control or band to select it.
-
-Do one of the following to select multiple report controls:
-* Press and hold the CTRL key and click the controls.
-* Click an empty place on a report's surface and draw a rectangle around the controls.
- 
-
-Click the gray area around the design surface to select a report.
-
-You can use the [Properties panel](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) to access the whole set of settings that the selected element supports.
-
-
-
-Context menus provide quick access to actions for the selected report element. Right-click a report element to invoke the context menu:
-
-
-
-When you select a report element (report, band, or report control), a smart tag and expression button are displayed next to the element on the Design Surface:
-
-
-
-The smart tag opens a panel with the element’s most commonly used properties:
-
-
-
-The smart tag contains properties from the element’s **Task** group of the Properties Panel. Note that complex properties (for example, **Symbology** for a **Barcode** control) need to be configured in the Properties Panel.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/validate-the-report-layout.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/validate-the-report-layout.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 28bcbb1984..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/validate-the-report-layout.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Validate the Report Layout
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Validate the Report Layout
-
-Your report layout should meet the following requirements to correctly print and export it:
-
-* **Avoid intersecting controls**
-
- The Report Designer highlights intersecting report controls to warn you that the report layout can be exported incorrectly to HTML, RTF, DOCX, XLS, XLSX, CSV and TXT formats.
-
- 
-
-* **Do not place controls outside page margins**
-
- The Report Designer highlights report controls that do not fit into the printable page area and overlap the right page margin. This warns you that extra pages can appear when document is printed.
-
- 
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 742b4db57d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Barcodes to a Report
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add Barcodes to a Report
-
-## Overview
-
-To insert a barcode into a report, drag the **Barcode** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-After creating the barcode, expand the **Bar Code Tasks** category and select the barcode type (symbology) in the **Symbology** property's drop-down list.
-
-
-
-After specifying the symbology, you can customize the type-specific options of the barcode, which are listed under the **Symbology** property.
-
-
-
-## Main Options
-
-To specify the bar width (a barcode's resolution), use the following options:
-
-* Automatically calculate the bar width according to a barcode's dimensions by enabling the **Auto Module** option;
-* Provide a fixed bar width value using the **Module** property.
-
-The following are some additional barcode options:
-
-* Use the barcode's **Text** property to provide accompanying text. The **Show Text** property allows you to show or hide this text.
-
-* Use the **Orientation** property to rotate a barcode.
-
-* Use the **Padding** property to specify the indent between bars and the barcode's inner boundaries.
-
-## Frames for QR Codes
-
-For QR Codes ([QR Code](qr-code.md), [GS1 QR Code](gs1-qr-code.md), and [EPC QR Code](epc-qr-code.md)), you can use the **Frame Options** property to configure the frame around the barcode. The Corner and Rectangle frames are available for all types of QR Codes.
-
-### Corner Frame
-
-The corner frame looks as follows:
-
-
-
-You can specify the following properties for corner frames:
-
- * **Frame Color**
-
- Specifies the frame color.
-
- * **Frame Width**
-
- Specifies the frame width in pixels.
-
- * **Padding**
-
- Specifies the distance between the frame and QR code.
-
- * **Text**
-
- Specifies the text that displayed in the frame.
-
- * **Text Alignment**
-
- Specifies how the text is aligned with the frame line.
-
- * **Text Color**
-
- Specifies the color of the text in the frame.
-
- * **Text Position**
-
- Specifies how the text is positioned against the QR code.
-
-### Rectangular Frame
-
-The rectangular frame looks as follows:
-
-
-
-You can specify the following properties for corner frames:
-
- * **Corner Radius**
-
- Specifies rounded corners for the rectangular frame in pixels.
-
- * **Frame Color**
-
- Specifies the frame color.
-
- * **Frame Width**
-
- Specifies the frame width in pixels.
-
- * **Padding**
-
- Specifies the distance between the frame and QR code.
-
- * **Text**
-
- Specifies the text that displayed in the frame.
-
- * **Text Alignment**
-
- Specifies how the text is aligned with the frame line.
-
- * **Text Color**
-
- Specifies the color of the text in the frame.
-
- * **Text Position**
-
- Specifies how the text is positioned against the QR code.
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-You can [bind](../bind-controls-to-data.md) the bar code's **Text** property to a data field obtained from a report's data source. Click the **Text** property's ellipsis button in the [Expressions](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel. The invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md) allows you to select a data field or construct a complex binding expression with two or more data fields.
-
-
-
-
-## Common Errors
-The following section explains how to work around the most frequently encountered errors related to the incorrect use of barcodes.
-
-* The following error message is shown in place of the barcode if the control's dimensions are too small to fit the barcode with its specified resolution.
-
- 
-
- To get rid of this error, enable the **Auto Module** property and/or increase the barcode's dimensions.
-
-* The following error message appears when the data supplied to a barcode contains characters that are not supported by this barcode type.
-
- 
-
- To avoid this error, supply data that applies to a particular barcode specification.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/aztec-code.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/aztec-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c796798cf7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/aztec-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Aztec Code
-author: Natalia Kazakova
----
-# Aztec Code
-
-**Aztec Code** is a matrix code that has the potential to use less space than other matrix barcodes because it does not require a surrounding blank "quiet zone". Aztec codes are widely used for transport ticketing.
-
-
-
-Refer to the following article for more details: [Aztec Code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aztec_Code).
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control's **Symbology** property to **Aztec Code**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Aztec Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Aztec Code**:
-
-- **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether text or binary mode should be used to encode the barcode's data.
-
-- **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the bar code to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-- **Version**
-
- Specifies the Aztec Code version.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/codabar.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/codabar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b599d6ca5..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/codabar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Codabar
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Codabar
-
-The **Codabar** is a discrete, self-checking symbology that may encode **16** different characters, plus an additional **4** start/stop characters. This symbology is used by U.S. blood banks, photo labs, and on FedEx air bills.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Codabar**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Codebar**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Codabar**:
-
-* **StartSymbol**
-
- Gets or sets the first (start) symbol used to code the barcode's structure.
-
-* **StopSymbol**
-
- Gets or sets the last (stop) symbol used to code the barcode's structure.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-11-usd-8.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-11-usd-8.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fc6cb63f75..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-11-usd-8.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 11 (USD-8)
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Code 11 (USD-8)
-
-**Code 11**, also known as **USD-8**, was developed as a high-density numerical-only symbology. It is used primarily in labeling telecommunications equipment.
-
-The symbology is discrete and is able to encode the numbers **0** through to **9**, the dash symbol (**-**), and start/stop characters.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code11**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-128.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-128.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e6bcc75c75..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-128.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 128
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Code 128
-
-**Code 128** is a very effective, high-density symbology which permits the encoding of alphanumeric data. The symbology includes a checksum digit for verification, and the barcode can also be verified character-by-character, allowing the parity of each data byte to be verified.
-
-This symbology has been widely implemented in many applications where a relatively large amount of data must be encoded in a relatively small amount of space. Its specific structure also allows numerical data to be effectively encoded at double-density.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code128**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 128**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Code 128**:
-
-* **Character Set**
-
- Specifies the set of symbols which can be used when setting the barcode's text.
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC1 functional character.
-
-* **FNC2 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC2 functional character.
-
-* **FNC3 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC3 functional character.
-
-* **FNC4 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC4 functional character.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-extended.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-extended.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0389203699..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-extended.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 39 Extended
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Code 39 Extended
-
-Using **Code 39**'s "Full ASCII Mode", it is possible to encode all **128** ASCII characters. This is accomplished by using the (**$**), (**/**), (**%**), and (**+**) symbols as "shift" characters. These characters combined with the single character that follows indicate which Full ASCII character is to be used.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code39Extended**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 39 Extended**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Code 39 Extended**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
-
-The **Code 39 Extended** barcode, as opposed to [Code 39](code-39-usd-3.md), automatically replaces all necessary characters with special symbols, when required. This means that you do not need to do this manually, otherwise, the result will be incorrect.
-
-For example, if you want to insert a "TAB" character into a barcode's text, use "\t", which will be replaced by "$I" for coding, and then into "TAB" after scanning:
-
-| Property | Value |
-|---|---|
-| Barcode's text: | "12345\t678" |
-| Coded text: | "12345$I678" |
-| Scanned text: | "12345[TAB]678" |
-
-The checksum is not considered to be part of a barcode's text and checksum characters are never replaced. When the barcode's **Show Text** and **Calculate a Checksum** properties are enabled, the barcode will not display a checksum character. This is required to avoid mistakenly treating a checksum as part of barcode text.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-usd-3.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-usd-3.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e771a902fc..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-usd-3.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 39 (USD-3)
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Code 39 (USD-3)
-
-**Code 39**, the first alpha-numeric symbology to be developed, is still widely used, particularly in non-retail environments. It is the standard barcode used by the United States Department of Defense, and is also used by the Health Industry Barcode Council (HIBCC). **Code 39** is also known as "**3 of 9 Code**" and "**USD-3**".
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code39**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 39**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Code 39**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93-extended.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93-extended.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f85b560751..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93-extended.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 93 Extended
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Code 93 Extended
-
-Using **Code 93**'s "Full ASCII Mode", it is possible to encode all **128** ASCII characters. This is accomplished by using the (**$**), (**/**), (**%**), and (**+**) symbols as "shift" characters. These characters combined with the single character that follows indicate which Full ASCII character is to be used.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code93Extended**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 93 Extended**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Code 93 Extended**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > A checksum of a **Code 93 Extended** barcode can contain characters that are not supported by this barcode symbology. For this reason, the checksum is not included in the **Code 93 Extended** barcode's displayed text.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e474d8f531..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Code 93
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Code 93
-
-**Code 93** was designed to supplement and improve upon **Code 39**.
-
-**Code 93** is similar in that, like **Code 39**, can represent the full ASCII character set by using combinations of **2** characters. It differs in that **Code 93** is a continuous symbology and produces denser code. It also encodes **47** characters (compared to **Code 39**'s **43** characters).
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Code93**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Code 93**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Code 93**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > A checksum of a **Code 93** barcode can contain characters that are not supported by this barcode symbology. For this reason, the checksum is not included in the **Code 93** barcode's displayed text.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-identcode.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-identcode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7640c2346f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-identcode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deutsche Post Identcode
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# Deutsche Post Identcode
-
-The *Deutsche Post Identcode* symbology, also referred to as Deutsche Post AG IdentCode, German Postal 2 of 5 IdentCode, Deutsche Frachtpost IdentCode, or Deutsche Post AG (DHL), is used by German Post (Deutsche Post AG).
-
-
-
-The barcode contains a tracking number that identifies a customer (sender) and a mail item. A value that the barcode encodes should consist of 11 or 12 digits:
-
-* 2 digits for a distribution center ID;
-* 3 digits for a customer ID;
-* 6 digits for a mailing number;
-* 1 digit for a checksum (optional).
-
-When you specify 11 digits, the barcode generates a checksum digit automatically. If you add a checksum digit, the barcode ignores this digit and also generates it automatically to ensure the encoded value is valid.
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DeutschePostIdentcode**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-leitcode.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-leitcode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ed3dc417b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-leitcode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deutsche Post Leitcode
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# Deutsche Post Leitcode
-
-The *Deutsche Post Leitcode* symbology, or German Postal 2 of 5 LeitCode, LeitCode, or CodeLeitcode, is used by Deutsche Post AG (Deutsche Frachtpost).
-This barcode identifies the destination.
-
-
-
-A value that the barcode encodes should consist of 13 or 14 digits:
-
-* 5 digits for a Postal Code (Postleitzahl, PLZ);
-* 3 digits for a Street ID/number;
-* 3 digits for a House number;
-* 2 digits for a Product code;
-* 1 digit for a checksum (optional).
-
-When you specify 13 digits, the barcode generates a checksum digit automatically. If you add a checksum digit, the barcode ignores this digit and also generates it automatically to ensure the encoded value is valid.
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DeutschePostLeitcode**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-13.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-13.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d54f41ca5d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-13.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: EAN 13
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# EAN 13
-
-**EAN-13**, based upon the **UPC-A** standard, was implemented by the International Article Numbering Association (EAN) in Europe. At present, the **GS1** organization is responsible for the maintenance of barcode standards.
-
-The **EAN-13** barcode contains **13** digits, no letters or other characters. The first two or three digits represent the country. The leading zero actually signifies the USA, and **UPC-A** coding. The last digit is the "check digit", the checksum. The check digit is calculated using the first twelve figures when the barcode is constructed. So, for the correct **EAN-13** code, you should specify only the first **12** digits.
-
-The recommended dimensions are shown in the following image. The standard allows magnification up to **200**%, and reduction of up to **80**% of the recommended size.
-
-
-
-There should be two quiet zones before and after the barcode. They provide reliable operation of the barcode scanner. The quiet zone recommended length is **3.63** mm for the left zone and **2.31** mm for the right zone.
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **EAN13**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-8.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-8.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 73c3cac99e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-8.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: EAN 8
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# EAN 8
-
-**EAN-8** is the **EAN** equivalent of **UPC-E** in the sense that it provides a "short" barcode for small packages.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **EAN8**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ecc200-data-matrix.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ecc200-data-matrix.md
deleted file mode 100644
index addec251c9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ecc200-data-matrix.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: ECC200 - Data Matrix
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# ECC200 - Data Matrix
-
-**Data Matrix** code (**ISO/IEC 16022** international standard) is a two-dimensional matrix barcode consisting of black and white "cells" arranged in a rectangular pattern. The information to be encoded can be text or raw data.
-
-Every **Data Matrix** is composed of two solid adjacent borders in an "L" shape (called the "finder pattern"), and two other borders consisting of alternating dark and light cells or modules (called the "timing pattern"). Within these borders are rows and columns of cells that encode information. The finder pattern is used to locate and orient the symbol, while the timing pattern provides a count of the number of rows and columns in the symbol.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DataMatrix**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Data Matrix**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Data Matrix**:
-
-* **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether textual information or a byte array should be used as the barcode's data, as well as its encoding.
-
-* **Matrix Size**
-
- Specifies the barcode matrix size.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/epc-qr-code.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/epc-qr-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b88f68a473..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/epc-qr-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
----
-title: EPC QR Code
-author: Polina Tyureva
----
-# EPC QR Code
-
-An EPC QR Code (European Payments Council Quick Response Code) is a two-dimensional barcode used to initiate a [SEPA credit transfer (SCT)](https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/what-we-do/sepa-credit-transfer). The following guideline contains general information about this type of barcode and defines the data format for EPC QR Codes: [Quick Response Code - Guidelines to Enable the Data Capture for the Initiation of a SEPA Credit Transfer](https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/sites/default/files/kb/file/2022-09/EPC069-12%20v3.0%20Quick%20Response%20Code%20-%20Guidelines%20to%20Enable%20the%20Data%20Capture%20for%20the%20Initiation%20of%20an%20SCT_0.pdf).
-
-
-
-## Add a Bar Code to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **EPC QR Code**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **EPC QR Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-- **Auto Module**
-
- Gets or sets whether the Module property value should be calculated automatically based on the barcode size.
-
-- **Version**
-
- Gets or sets the bar code’s size.
-
-- **Include Quiet Zone**
-
- Gets or sets whether to add a blank space around the QR code.
-
-- **Logo**
-
- Specifies the image that overlays the QR code.
-
-- **Frame Options**
-
- Gets or sets the [frame for QR codes](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md#frames-for-qr-codes).
-
-## Specify the Data
-
-EPC QR Codes require data in a specific format. For more information, refer to the following European Payments Council guideline: [Quick Response Code - Guidelines to Enable the Data Capture for the Initiation of a SEPA Credit Transfer](https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/sites/default/files/kb/file/2022-09/EPC069-12%20v3.0%20Quick%20Response%20Code%20-%20Guidelines%20to%20Enable%20the%20Data%20Capture%20for%20the%20Initiation%20of%20an%20SCT_0.pdf).
-
-You can specify the barcode data in the following ways:
-
-### The Text property.
-
-Pass the data string to Text property. Each data element should be on a new line. Double-click the control to specify the content (editors in the Property grid do not support multi-line text):
-
-
-
-In the image above, the following data elements are specified:
-
-| Data Element | Value |
-|----------|-------------|
-| Service Tag:| BCD |
-| Version: | 001 |
-| Encoding: | 1 |
-| Identification:| SCT |
-| BIC: | BPOTBEB1 |
-| Beneficiary Name: | Red Cross of Belgium |
-| IBAN: | BE72000000001616 |
-| Transfer Amount:| EUR1 |
-| Transfer Reason:| CHAR |
-| Creditor Reference: | Empty line |
-| Remittance Information: | Urgency fund |
-| Information: | Empty line |
-
-
-This field is bindable. For more information on data binding, review the following help topic: [Bind Report Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md).
-
-### The ConvertDataToEPC function.
-
-Use the `ConvertDataToEPC` function from the Expression Editor to bind to the `Text` property.
-
-You can specify the data as shown below:
-
-```
-ConvertDataToEPC('Red Cross of Belgium', 'BE72000000001616', 'BPOTBEB1','20.0', '', 'Urgency fund', 'CHAR', 'Sample EPC QR code')
-```
-
-
-
-You can not change the default values for Version and Encoding with this function. The default value for the Version data element is `002` and `UTF-8` for the Encoding.
-
-## Display a “Zahlen mit Code” Frame
-
-You can also apply a frame with the words “Zahlen mit Code” (to the right from the bottom to the top) to an EPC QR Code. The frame is used to highlight the function of the codes and to secure the identification. For more information, refer to the following Payment Services Austria (PSA) document: [Application of QR-Code for initiating of credit transfers](https://zv.psa.at/de/download/qr-code/339-qr-code-und-bcd-definition-3-en/file.html).
-
-This frame already contains predefined settings according to the standard. To set this frame, go to Behavior → Symbology → FrameOptions, and select **Payment Services Austria Frame**.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-128-ean-128-ucc.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-128-ean-128-ucc.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f1dabbc81..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-128-ean-128-ucc.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-title: GS1-128 - EAN-128 (UCC)
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# GS1-128 - EAN-128 (UCC)
-
-**GS1-128** (**EAN-128**) was developed to provide a worldwide format and standard for exchanging common data between companies.
-
-While other barcodes simply encode data with no respect for what the data represents, **GS1-128** encodes data and encodes what that data represents.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **EAN128**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **EAN 128**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **EAN 128**:
-
-* **Character Set**
-
- Specifies the set of symbols which can be used when setting the barcode's text.
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the barcode text that will be replaced with the **FNC1** functional character when the barcode's bars are drawn.
-
-* **Human-Readable Text**
-
- Specifies whether or not parentheses should be included in the barcode's text to improve the readability of the barcode's text.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-data-matrix.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-data-matrix.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e8d3a81e7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-data-matrix.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: GS1- Data Matrix
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# GS1 - Data Matrix
-
-The **GS1 Data Matrix** uses a special start combination to differentiate the **GS1 DataMatrix** symbol from other **Data Matrix ECC 200** symbols. This is achieved by using the **Function 1 Symbol Character** (**FNC1**) in the first position of the encoded data. It enables scanners to process the information according to the **GS1 System Rules**.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DataMatrixGS1**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **GS1 Data Matrix**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **GS1 Data Matrix**:
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the barcode text that will be replaced with the **FNC1** functional character when the barcode's bars are drawn.
-
-* **Human-Readable Text**
-
- Specifies whether or not parentheses should be included in the barcode's text to improve the readability of the barcode's text.
-
-* **Matrix Size**
-
- Specifies the barcode matrix size.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-databar.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-databar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 85859968ac..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-databar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: GS1 - DataBar
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# GS1 - DataBar
-
-The **GS1 DataBar** barcode is based on a family of symbols often used in the **GS1 DataBar Coupon** (coupon codes commonly used in retail).
-
-These barcodes can encode up to **14** digits, which makes them suitable for **GTIN 8**, **12**, **13** and **14**.
-
-**GS1 DataBar Expanded** and **GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked** can encode up to **74** numeric or **41** alphanumeric characters, and provide the capability to utilize all **GS1 Application Identifiers** (e.g., expiration date, batch and serial number). These barcodes are often used in manufacturer coupons.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **DataBar**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Data Bar**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Data Bar**:
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the barcode text that will be replaced with the **FNC1** functional character when the barcode's bars are drawn.
-
-* **Segments In Row**
-
- Specifies the number of data segments per row in the Expanded Stacked type of a GS1 DataBar barcode.
-
-* **Type**
-
- Specifies the type of a GS1 DataBar barcode.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-qr-code.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-qr-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 15af54f82e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-qr-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-title: GS1 QR Code
-author: Polina Tyureva
----
-# GS1 QR Code
-
-**GS1 QR Code** is a variant of the [QR Code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/QR_code) symbology that conforms to [GS1 General Specification](https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes-epcrfid-id-keys/gs1-general-specifications).
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **QR Code GS1**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **GS1 QR Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **GS1 QR Code**:
-
-* **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether numeric, alpha-numeric or byte information should be used as the barcode's data.
-
-* **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the barcode's coding, to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- A substring/character that serves as the placeholder for the FNC1 functional character.
-
-* **Logo**
-
- Specifies the image that overlays the QR code.
-
-* **Version**
-
- Specifies the barcode's size.
-
-* **Frame Options**
-
- Gets or sets the [frame for QR codes](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md#frames-for-qr-codes).
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/industrial-2-of-5.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/industrial-2-of-5.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 317fc7acc9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/industrial-2-of-5.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Industrial 2 of 5
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Industrial 2 of 5
-
-**Industrial 2 of 5** is a low-density numerical barcode that is used in the photofinishing and warehouse sorting industries, as well as to sequentially number airline tickets.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Industrial2of5**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Industrial 2 of 5**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Industrial 2 of 5**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail-package.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail-package.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b2f38dba0..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail-package.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Intelligent Mail Package
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Intelligent Mail Package
-
-The **Intelligent Mail Package Barcode** (**IMPB**) was developed for the use on mail in the United States. Barcodes of this symbology are used only for packages as opposed to [Intelligent Mail](intelligent-mail.md) barcodes, which are used for postcards, letters, and flats.
-
-This barcode is capable of encoding package tracking information required for more efficient sorting and delivering of packages with the capability of piece-level tracking.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **IntelligentMailPackage**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Intelligent Mail Package**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **Intelligent Mail Package**:
-
-* **FNC1 Functional Character**
-
- Specifies the symbol (or set of symbols) in the barcode text that will be replaced with the **FNC1** functional character when the barcode's bars are drawn.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a0b5a792f9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Intelligent Mail
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Intelligent Mail
-
-The **Intelligent Mail** (**IM**) code is a **65**-barcode for use on mail in the United States. This barcode is intended to provide greater information and functionality than its predecessors POSTNET and PLANET.
-
-The **Intelligent Mail** barcode has also been referred to as **One Code Solution** and **4-State Customer** barcode abbreviated **4CB**, **4-CB** or **USPS4CB**.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **IntelligentMail**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/interleaved-2-of-5.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/interleaved-2-of-5.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 63bde2d7f3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/interleaved-2-of-5.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Interleaved 2 of 5
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Interleaved 2 of 5
-
-**Interleaved 2 of 5** is a higher-density numerical barcode based upon the **Standard 2 of 5** symbology. It is used primarily in the distribution and warehouse industry.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Interleaved2of5**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Interleaved 2 of 5**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Interleaved 2 of 5**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/matrix-2-of-5.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/matrix-2-of-5.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 91d0c49aa3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/matrix-2-of-5.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Matrix 2 of 5
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Matrix 2 of 5
-
-**Matrix 2 of 5** is a linear one-dimensional barcode. **Matrix 2 of 5** is a self-checking numerical-only barcode.
-
-Unlike the **Interleaved 2 of 5**, all of the information is encoded in the bars; the spaces are of a fixed width and used only to separate the bars. **Matrix 2 of 5** is used primarily for warehouse sorting, photo finishing, and airline ticket marking.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Matrix2of5**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Matrix 2 of 5**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Matrix 2 of 5**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/micro-qr-code.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/micro-qr-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 33ec3b46a6..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/micro-qr-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Micro QR Code
-author: Natalia Kazakova
----
-# Micro QR Code
-
-A **Micro QR Code** is a two-dimensional code. It is a more compact version of a standard [QR code](qr-code.md): a Micro QR Code can encode up to 35 numeric characters or 21 alphanumeric characters, enough to store a product ID or a short URL. In comparison, a standard QR code can contain up to 7,089 characters.
-
-Micro QR Codes are often used in industries such as electronics, medical devices, and retail, where space-efficient labeling is essential.
-
-
-
-Refer to the following article for more information: [Micro QR Code](https://www.qrcode.com/en/codes/microqr.html).
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Micro QR Code**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Micro QR Code**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **Micro QR Code**:
-
-- **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether the barcode contains a number, an alphanumeric string, or a byte array.
-
-- **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the Micro QR code to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-- **Include Quiet Zone**
-
- Specifies whether to add a blank space around the Micro QR code to help separate the Micro QR code from neighboring elements.
-
-- **Version**
-
- Gets or sets the barcode’s version.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/msi-plessey.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/msi-plessey.md
deleted file mode 100644
index af7571f5aa..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/msi-plessey.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: MSI - Plessey
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# MSI - Plessey
-
-**MSI** was developed by the MSI Data Corporation, based on the original **Plessey Code**. **MSI**, also known as **Modified Plessey**, is used primarily to mark retail shelves for inventory control.
-
-**MSI** is a continuous, non-self-checking symbology. While an **MSI** barcode can be of any length, a given application usually implements a fixed-length code.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **CodeMSI**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **MSI**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **MSI**:
-
-* **MSI Checksum**
-
- Specifies the barcode's checksum type, which defines the appearance of checksum bars added to the barcode.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pdf417.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pdf417.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5617f1c60e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pdf417.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PDF417
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# PDF417
-
-**PDF417** (**Portable Data File**) is a stacked linear two-dimensional barcode used in a variety of applications; primarily transport, postal, identification card and inventory management. It has spawned an Open Source decoder project together with an Open Source encoder.
-
-The **PDF417** barcode is also called a **symbol** barcode and usually consists of **3** to **90** rows, each of which is like a small linear barcode.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **PDF417**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **PDF417**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **PDF417**:
-
-* **Columns**
-
- Specifies the number of barcode columns, which allows you to control the logic width of the barcode.
-
-* **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether textual information or a byte array should be used as the barcode's data.
-
-* **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the barcode's coding, to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-* **Rows**
-
- Specifies the number of barcode rows, which allows you to control the logic height of the barcode.
-
-* **Truncate Symbol**
-
- Specifies whether the special end-symbol should be appended to the barcode.
-
-* **Y to X Ratio**
-
- Specifies the height-to-width ratio of a logical unit's graphic representation.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pharmacode.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pharmacode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f7e06a5362..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pharmacode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Pharmacode
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-# Pharmacode
-
-**Pharmacode** is a binary code developed by the German LAETUS GMBH company. The code is widely used in the pharmaceutical industry as a packaging control system. It can be either one-track or two-track.
-
-| One-Track Pharmacode | Two-Track Pharmacode |
-| :---: | :---: |
-|  |  |
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **Pharmacode**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **Pharmacode**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following property specific to **Pharmacode**:
-
-* **Pharmacode Type**
-
- Specifies whether the **Pharmacode** has one or two tracks.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/postnet.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/postnet.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e58e4f9a8f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/postnet.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PostNet
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# PostNet
-
-**PostNet** was developed by the United States Postal Service (USPS) to allow faster mail sorting and routing. **PostNet** codes are the familiar and unusual looking barcodes often printed on envelopes and business return mail.
-
-Unlike most other barcodes, in which data is encoded in the width of the bars and spaces, **PostNet** actually encodes data in the height of the bars. That's why all the bars are of the same width, but not the same height.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **PostNet**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/qr-code.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/qr-code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c758a2b37..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/qr-code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: QR Code
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# QR Code
-
-A **QR Code** (**QR** is the abbreviation for **Quick Response**) is a two-dimensional code, readable by **QR** scanners, mobile phones with a camera, and smartphones. **QR Code** can encode textual, numeric and binary data.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **QRCode**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **QRCode**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **QRCode**:
-
-* **Compaction Mode**
-
- Specifies whether numeric, alpha-numeric or byte information should be used as the barcode's data.
-
-* **Error Correction Level**
-
- Specifies the amount of redundancy built into the barcode's coding, to compensate for calculation errors.
-
-* **Logo**
-
- Specifies the image that overlays the QR code.
-
-* **Version**
-
- Specifies the barcode's size.
-
-* **Frame Options**
-
- Gets or sets the [frame for QR codes](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md#frames-for-qr-codes).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/sscc.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/sscc.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 985028fe6f..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/sscc.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC)
-author: Polina Tyureva
----
-# Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC)
-
-The **Serial Shipping Container Code** (SSCC) is the GS1 Identification Key used to identify a logistic unit.
-This unique identifier is composed of an Extension Digit, a GS1 Company Prefix, a Serial Reference, and a Check Digit.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **SSCC**.
-
- 
-
-3. Assign a numeric value composed of 17 digits to the **Text** property. If the numeric value contains less than 17 digits, it is padded with zeros at the beginning so that the string value of the **Text** property contains exactly 17 characters. A numeric value with 17 digits is left intact. If 18 digits are specified, the last digit is truncated. A value with more than 18 digits causes an error.
-
-4. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-a.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-a.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 02f811d64a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-a.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC-A
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# UPC-A
-
-The **UPC-A** barcode is by far the most common and well-known symbology, especially in the United States. A **UPC-A** barcode is the barcode you will find on virtually every consumer item on the shelves of your local supermarket, as well as books, magazines, and newspapers. It is called simply, a "UPC barcode" or "UPC Symbol."
-
-
-
-
-The **UPC-A** barcode contains **12** digits, no letters or other characters. The first digit is the prefix signifying the product type. The last digit is the "check digit". The check digit is calculated using first eleven figures when the barcode is constructed. So, for the correct **UPC-A** you should specify only the first **11** digits.
-
-The recommended dimensions are shown in the picture. The standard allows magnification up to **200**%, and reduction of up to **80**% of the recommended size.
-
-There should be two quiet zones before and after the barcode. They provide reliable operation of the barcode scanner. The quiet zone recommended length is **2.97** mm for the barcode of standard width and height.
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCA**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e0.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e0.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f049eafbb4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e0.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC-E0
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# UPC-E0
-
-**UPC-E** is a variation of **UPC-A** which allows for a more compact barcode by eliminating "extra" zeros. Since the resulting **UPC-E** barcode is about half the size as an **UPC-A** barcode, **UPC-E** is generally used on products with very small packaging, where a full **UPC-A** barcode could not reasonably fit.
-
-The **UPC-E0** is a kind of **UPC-E** code with the number system set to **0**. In the human readable string of the barcode the first digit signifies the number system (always **0** for this code type), and the last digit is the check digit of the original **UPC-A** code.
-
-In the example below, the original **UPC-A** code is "**04210000526**". We should remove the leading zero when assigning the string to the control's property, since the code format itself implies its presence. The checksum digit (**4**) is calculated automatically, and the symbology algorithm transforms the rest of the numeral string. The result is **425261**, and it is encoded along with the number system prefix and the check digit into the scanner-readable form.
-
-
-
-
-Not every **UPC-A** code can be transformed into the **UPC-E0** (it must meet special requirements).
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCE0**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e1.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e1.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c20364b942..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e1.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC-E1
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# UPC-E1
-
-**UPC-E** is a kind of **UPC-A**, which allows a more compact barcode by eliminating "extra" zeros. Since the resulting **UPC-E** barcode is about half the size of the **UPC-A** barcode, **UPC-E** is generally used on products with a very small packaging where a full **UPC-A** barcode does not fit.
-
-The **UPC-E1** is a variation of **UPC-E** code with the number system set to "**1**". In the human readable string of the barcode the first digit signifies the number system (always **1** for this code type), the last digit is the check digit of the original **UPC-A** code.
-
-In the example below, the original **UPC-A** code is "**14210000526**". We should remove the leading "**1**" when assigning the string to the control's property, since the code format itself implies its presence. The checksum digit (**1**) is calculated automatically, and the symbology algorithm transforms the rest of the numeral string. The result is **425261**, and it is encoded along with the number system prefix and the check digit into the scanner-readable form.
-
-
-
-Not every **UPC-A** code can be transformed into the **UPC-E1** (it must meet special requirements).
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCE1**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-shipping-container-symbol-itf-14.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-shipping-container-symbol-itf-14.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d05cb564e9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-shipping-container-symbol-itf-14.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC Shipping Container Symbol (ITF-14)
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# UPC Shipping Container Symbol (ITF-14)
-
-The **UPC Shipping Container Symbol** (**ITF-14**) barcode is used to mark packaging materials that contain products labeled with a **UPC** or **EAN** product identification number.
-
-This barcode provides a **GS1** implementation of an **Interleaved 2 of 5** barcode for encoding a **Global Trade Item Number** (an identifier for trade items developed by **GS1**). This barcode always uses a total of **14** digits.
-
-The thick black border around the symbol (the **Bearer Bar**) is intended to improve barcode reading reliability.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **ITF14**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties and properties [specific](#specific-properties) to **ITF14**.
-
-## Specific Properties
-
-In the [property grid](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), expand the **Symbology** list and specify the following properties specific to **ITF14**:
-
-* **Calculate a Checksum**
-
- Specifies whether to calculate a checksum for the barcode.
-
-* **Wide Narrow Ratio**
-
- Specifies the density of a barcode's bars.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-2.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-2.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b48c20bd9d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-2.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC Supplemental 2
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# UPC Supplemental 2
-
-**2**-digit supplemental barcodes should only be used with magazines, newspapers and other periodicals.
-
-The **2**-digit supplement represents the issue number of the magazine. This is useful so that the product code itself (contained in the main barcode) is constant for the magazine, so that each issue of the magazine doesn't have to have its own unique barcode. Nevertheless, the **2**-digit supplement can be used to track which issue of the magazine is being sold, for example, for sales analysis or restocking purposes.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCSupplemental2**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-5.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-5.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ceab90abdb..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-5.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: UPC Supplemental 5
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# UPC Supplemental 5
-
-**5**-digit supplemental barcodes are used on books to indicate the suggested retail price.
-
-
-
-## Add the Barcode to a Report
-
-1. Drag the **Barcode** item from the report controls toolbox tab and drop it onto the report.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the control’s **Symbology** property to **UPCSupplemental5**.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify [common](add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md) barcode properties.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d79acaca7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Character Comb
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Character Comb
-
-## Overview
-The **Character Comb** control displays text so that each character is printed in an individual cell.
-
-
-
-To add a Character Comb to the report, drag the **Character Comb** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-The number of cells displayed by the control in Print Preview depends on the **Can Shrink** and **Auto Width** settings.
-
-* If both these properties are enabled, the number of cells corresponds to the number of characters in the control's text.
-* Otherwise, the number of cells corresponds to the specified cell size and the control size.
-
-See the [Content Layout and Position](#content-layout-and-position) section to learn more on using these properties.
-
-You can also adjust the character comb's size to match its characters using the **Fit Bounds To Text** command from the control's context menu:
-
-* If the **Word Wrap** option is enabled, the command keeps control content displayed in multiple lines. It decreases the control's height and adjusts the width to fit this content.
-
- 
-
-* If the **Word Wrap** option is disabled, the command adjusts the control's height and width to completely display the control's content in a single line. As a result, the number of cells corresponds to the number of characters.
-
- 
-
-When exporting this control to third-party formats, consider the following
-* When a report is exported to an **XLS** or **XLSX** file, the cells of the Character Comb correspond to the cells of a resulting Excel sheet.
-* When a report is exported to a **CSV** (or **TXT**) file, the content of individual cells is separated (or spaced) by a specified **Separator** character.
-
-In most aspects, the Character Comb is similar to the [Label](Label.md) control from which it inherits most of its properties and its basic behavior. For general information about binding these controls to data and display summary function results, see the [Label](Label.md) topic. To learn about Character Comb specifics, see the following sections in this document.
-
-## Main Options
-The following properties are specific to the Character Comb control:
-
-* **Cell Vertical Spacing** and **Cell Horizontal Spacing**
-
- Specify the spacing between adjacent cells (measured in [report units](../../configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md)). These values do not depend on the specified border width of a control.
-
- The following image illustrates a Character Comb with **Cell Vertical Spacing** set to **15** and **Cell Horizontal Spacing** set to **5**.
-
- 
-
-
-* **Border Width**
-
- Specifies the width of cell borders in pixels, as a floating point value.
-
- 
-
- When the cell spacing is set to zero, the borders of adjacent cells are merged (i.e., the actual border width is not doubled).
-
- The following images illustrate how cell spacing affects the **Border Width** property behavior:
-
- | Cell Spacing = 0 | Cell Spacing = 1 |
- |---|---|
- |  |  |
-
- When the control's content is to be printed on multiple pages, a page break horizontally splits the cell border based on the cell spacing setting, as shown below.
-
- | Cell Spacing = 0 | Cell Spacing > 0 |
- |---|---|
- ||  |
-
-* **Cell Size Mode**
-
- Specifies whether or not the cell size should depend on the current font size of a control. The following cell size modes are supported:
-
- * **Custom**
-
- The cell size is determined by the **Cell Height** and **Cell Width** property values and does not depend on the assigned font size.
-
- With this setting, the actual cell size is less than the specified **Cell Height** and **CellWidth** by the **Border Width** value.
-
- * **Auto Size**
-
- The cell size depends on the current font size of a control (the **Cell Height** and **Cell Width** properties are ignored).
-
- With this setting, the actual cell size does not depend on the specified border width of a control.
-
- * **Auto Height**
-
- Only the cell height depends on the current font size of a control (the **Cell Height** property is ignored), and the **Cell Width** value is specified manually.
-
- With this setting, the following behavior is expected:
-
- * The actual cell height does not depend on the specified border width of a control.
- * The actual cell width is the difference between the specified **Cell Width** and **Border Width** values.
-
- * **Auto Width**
-
- Only the cell width depends on the current font size of a control (the **Сell Width** property is ignored), and **Cell Height** value is specified manually.
-
- With this setting, the following behavior is expected:
-
- * The actual cell width does not depend on the specified border width of a control.
- * The actual cell height is the difference between the specified **Cell Height** and **Border Width** values.
-
-## Content Layout and Position
-This section describes the **Character Comb** properties that affect the control's position on a page and content layout.
-
-The following image illustrates the behavior of the **Auto Width** property that specifies whether or not the width of a control depends on its text. Expand the **Character Comb Tasks** or **Behavior** category to specify this property.
-
-| AutoWidth = true | AutoWidth = false |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-The following image illustrates the behavior of the **Can Shrink** property that specifies whether or not the height of a control depends on its text. Expand the **Character Comb Tasks** or **Behavior** category to specify this property.
-
-| CanShrink = true | CanShrink = false |
-|---|---|
-|  | |
-
-The **Text Alignment** property specifies the alignment of text within a control. Expand the **Appearance** category to specify this property.
-
-| TextAlignment = Top Left | TextAlignment = Middle Center | TextAlignment = Bottom Right |
-|---|---|---|
-|  | |  |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4534da01c2..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-
-title: Check Box
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Check Box
-
-The **Check Box** control displays the checkbox's state.
-
-You can add this control by dragging the **Check Box** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-Use one of the following properties to set the checkbox's state:
-
-* **Checked** - indicates whether the checkbox is selected (displays a check mark) or not (is empty).
-* **Check State** - specifies one of the following checkbox states:
-
- | Icon | Check State |
- |---|---|
- |  | Unchecked |
-  | Checked|
- | |Indeterminate
-
-The **Text** property specifies the checkbox's caption. You can double-click the checkbox to invoke its in-place editor and type the desired text.
-
-
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-You can [bind](../bind-controls-to-data.md) the **Check State** property to a data field obtained from a report's data source. Switch to the [Properties](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel, expand the **Check Box Tasks** category and click the **Check State** property's marker. Select **Check State Expression** from the popup menu. Then select a data field in the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md).
-
-
-
-The data field value determines the checkbox state in the following manner:
-
-* **True** or **1** activates the **Checked** state;
-* **False** or **0** activates the **Unchecked** state;
-* Any other value activates the **Indeterminate** state.
-
-In the same way, click the **Text** property's marker, select **Text Expression**, then select a data field or construct a complex binding expression that involves two or more data fields.
-
-
-
-You can also drag and drop a Boolean type data field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) to create a new checkbox bound to this field.
-
-
-
-See the [Bind Report Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) topic to learn more about creating data-aware controls.
-
-
-## Interactivity
-
-Set the **Edit Options** | **Enabled** option to **Yes** to enable [changing the checkbox state](../../provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md) in Print Preview.
-
-
-
-The **Group ID** setting defines the checkbox's behavior in Print Preview:
-
-* When you set this property to an empty string value, a checkbox can be switched to either the "checked" and "unchecked" state independently on other available check boxes.
-
- 
-
-* Otherwise, the field editor behaves like a radio button, and editors that have the same ID belong to a single logical group (that is, only one option can be selected in a group at a time).
-
-## Glyph Customization
-
-The **Glyph Options** property provides access to glyph settings.
-
-
-
-
-* **Alignment** - specifies the glyph's alignment within the control.
-
- 
-
-* **Size** - specifies the glyph size.
-
-* **Glyph Style** - specifies a predefined glyph style.
-
- 
-
-* **Custom Glyphs** - specifies a custom glyph image for each checkbox state (Checked/Unchecked/Indeterminate).
-
- 
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fa1913f37..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Label
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Label
-
-## Label Overview
-The **Label** control displays plain text in a report. Drag the **Label** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area to add a Label control to it.
-
-
-
-Double-click the label to invoke its in-place editor and enter the desired static text.
-
-
-
-You can also drop a TXT file to a band to create a label with associated file content.
-
-Press CTRL+Enter to submit text changes and exit the label's in-place editing mode.
-
-## Bind to Data
-### Display Field Values
-
-You can [bind](../bind-controls-to-data.md) the label's **Text** property to a data field obtained from a report's data source. Switch to the [Properties](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel, expand the **Label Tasks** category and click the **Text** property's marker. Select **Text Expression** from the popup menu. Then select a data field or construct a binding [expression](../../use-expressions/expression-language.md) in the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md).
-
-
-
-You can use the Expression Editor to construct a complex binding expression that involves two or more data fields.
-
-
-
-You can also drag and drop a numeric or text field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) to create a new label bound to this field.
-
-
-
-See the [Bind Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) topic for more information.
-
-The **Process Duplicates Mode**, **Process Duplicates Target** and **Process Null Values** options enable you to hide a control when a duplicated or null value appears in an assigned data source.
-
-
-
-You can also use the **Text Format String** property to specify output values' [format](../../shape-report-data/format-data.md).
-
-
-
-The ellipsis button invokes the **FormatString** editor:
-
-
-### Display Summaries
-
-Specify a data range in the **Running** property and select the summary function in the [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md) to display a [summary function's result](../../shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md) in a label.
-
-
-
-The ellipsis button invokes the Expression Editor:
-
-
-
-## Adjust the Label Size and Content
-### Static Content
-
-You can change a label's size to fit its static text using the **Fit Bounds To Text** command from the label's context menu:
-
-* If the **Word Wrap** option is enabled, the command displays control content in multiple lines. It reduces control height and adjusts its width to fit its content.
-
- 
-
-* If the **Word Wrap** option is disabled and the control's content is partially visible, the command adjusts the control's size to display this content.
-
- 
-
-This command's result also depends on the control's **Text Alignment** and **Right To Left** settings.
-
-Use the **Fit Text To Bounds** button to adjust the control's font size to fit its area. The **Word Wrap** option defines whether the text can occupy multiple lines or should be in a single line.
-
-
-
-These commands are not available in the following cases:
-
-* A label's text is an empty string;
-* A label's text is bound to data;
-* A label's **Angle** property is specified.
-
-
-### Data-Bound Labels
-
-The **Can Grow** and **Can Shrink** properties allow you to increase or decrease the control's height according to its content in Print Preview mode.
-
-| Can Grow is enabled | Can Grow is disabled |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-
-| Can Shrink is enabled | CanShrink is disabled |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-The **Auto Width** property specifies whether to adjust a data-bound label's width to its content automatically.
-
-You can also use the opposite **Text Fit Mode** property to adjust a control's font size to fit its boundaries in Print Preview. This property is not available if the **Can Grow**, **Can Shrink** or **Auto Width** option is enabled.
-
-
-
-| Text Fit Mode = None | Text Fit Mode = Grow Only | Text Fit Mode = Shrink Only | Text Fit Mode = Shrink And Grow |
-|---|---|---|---|
-|  |  |  |  |
-
-See the [Lay out Dynamic Report Content](../../lay-out-dynamic-report-content.md) topic for more information.
-
-
-## Interactivity
-Set the **Enabled** option in the **Edit Options** category section to **Yes** to [edit a label's content](../../provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md) in Print Preview mode.
-
-
-
-Clicking this label in a previewed document invokes the appropriate editor.
-
-
-
-Use the label's **Interactive Sorting** option to click this label in Print Preview to sort report data. Set the **Target Band** property to the Group Header or Detail band, and specify the data field in the **Field Name** property.
-
-
-
-Refer to [Sort a Report in Print Preview](../../provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md) for a step-by-step tutorial.
-
-
-## Markup Text ##
-Enable the **Allow Markup Text** property to format the label's text with markup tags.
-
-
-
-**Label** supports the following tags:
-
-| Tag | End Tag | Description |
-| --- | ------- | ----------- |
-| **<br>** | | Inserts a single line break. Enable the **WordWrap** property to use this tag. |
-| **<nbsp>** | - | Inserts a space. |
-| **<color**=_value_**>** | **</color>** | Specifies the text color. |
-| **<backcolor**=_value_**>** | **</backcolor>** | Specifies the background color. |
-| **<size**=_value_**>** | **</size>** | Specifies the font size. |
-| **<b>** | **</b>** | Defines bold text. |
-| **<i>** | **</i>** | Defines italic text. |
-| **<s>** | **</s>** | Defines strikethrough text. |
-| **<u>** | **</u>** | Defines underlined text. |
-| **<image=**_value_**>** | - | Inserts an image from the report's named image collection. Supports both raster images and SVG images. Use the report's **Image Resources** property to provide images and reference them by their **Id**. The **image** tag's **size** attribute sets the image display pixel size. If the specified width/height exceeds the label's width/height, it is reduced to display the entire image. Specify the **size** attribute after the tag's value followed by the ";" character. |
-| **<href=**_value_**>** | **</href>** | Displays a hyperlink. The value string specifies the hyperlink source, and the string between the opening and closing tags is the text to display. |
-
-When a report is exported to XLS or XLSX, the following rich-text content is converted from labels into Excel-native rich-text content:
-
-| | |
-| --- | --- |
-| Text format | \, \, \, \ |
-| Line break | \
|
-| Non-breaking space | \ |
-| Font | \ |
-| Font size | \ |
-| Foreground color | \ |
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 56b34f1555..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Page Break
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Page Break
-
-The **Page Break** control's sole purpose is to insert a page delimiter at any point within a report.
-
-You can add this control by dragging the **Page Break** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-This control is visually represented by a short line attached to the report's left margin.
-
-The Page Break control is useful when you need to insert a page break between controls within a [report band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) (for example, to divide subreports so that the second subreport starts printing on a new page).
-
-
-
-You can also insert a page break before or after a specific report band using the band's **Page Break** property.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 29547bee4a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Page Info
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Page Info
-
-The **Page Info** control is used to display auxiliary information on report pages, such as date, time, page numbers or user name.
-
-To add a new Page Info control to a report, drag the **Page Info** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and drop it onto the required report band.
-
-
-
-Use the **Page Information** property to define the kind of information the control displays: page numbers, system date-time, or user name.
-
-
-
-For examples of different uses of this control, see the corresponding tutorials:
-
-* [Add Page Numbers](../../add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md)
-* [Display the User Name in a Report](../../add-extra-information/display-the-user-name-in-a-report.md)
-* [Display the Current Date and Time in a Report](../../add-extra-information/display-the-current-date-and-time-in-a-report.md)
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Because usually this information is displayed in the Page Header/Footer and Top/Bottom Margin bands, you cannot bind the **Page Info** property to a field from a data source. So, in order to display dynamic information, use the [Label](label.md) or [Rich Text](rich-text.md) controls instead.
-
-In addition, a format string can be applied to a control's contents. For example, you can change the control's format to **Page {0} of {1}** using the **Text Format String** property.
-
-
-
-When a report contains at least one [group](../../shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md), you can specify individual page numbers for report groups by setting the **Running Band** property to the name of the required group.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3de7a4f221..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Panel
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Panel
-
-The **Panel** control is a container that frames separate report controls and allows you to move, copy and paste them. The panel also visually unites report controls in Print Preview (for instance, with borders or a uniform color background).
-
-To add a panel to a report, drag the **Panel** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and drop it onto the required report band.
-
-
-
-Drop the desired report controls onto the panel to combine them to a group.
-
-
-
-You can use this panel to move, copy, change appearance settings, etc. instead of adjusting individual controls.
-
-
-
-The [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) displays controls placed onto a panel as its subordinate nodes.
-
-
-
-The panel cannot contain the following report controls:
-* [Cross Tab](../../create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md)
-* [Subreport](../use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md)
-* [Page Break](../use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md)
-* [Table of Contents](../use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md)
-* [Cross-Band Line and Box](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md)
-
-If a panel includes only one control, you can use the **Fit Bounds to Container** from the panel's context menu. This command resizes the control so that it occupies all the available container space (excluding borders).
-
-
-
-You can also enable the panel's **Can Shrink** property to automatically adjusts the panel's size to fit all the inner controls. For instance, this allows preventing blank areas when you [conditionally hide specific controls](../../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md).
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The Panel control cannot span several [report bands](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) as [cross-band controls](../draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md) can.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b75e1f58e3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PDF Content
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# PDF Content
-
-The **PDF Content** control allows you to render PDF file content in two ways:
-
-* *Default*. Render each PDF file page as a separate report page.
-
- 
-
-* Embed PDF content into a report.
-
- 
-
- Refer to the following documentation section for more details: [Embed PDF File Content into a Report](#embed-pdf-file-content-into-a-report).
-
-## Add the PDF Content Control to a Report
-
-Drop the **PDF Content** item from the Toolbox onto a [band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) on the design surface.
-
-
-
-You can also drop a PDF file to a band to insert a PDF Content item.
-
-## Specify PDF Content
-
-Use one of the following methods:
-
-* [Specify binary PDF data](#specify-pdf-data)
-
- This data is stored in the report file. The source of this data does not need to be available when the report is rendered.
-
-* [Specify a reference to a PDF document](#specify-a-reference-to-a-pdf-document)
-
- The reference to the document is stored in the report definition file. The referenced document should be available when the report is rendered.
-
-### Specify PDF Data
-
-Select the **PDF Content** control, navigate to the [Properties panel](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), click the **Source** property's ellipsis button, and select a PDF file.
-
-
-
-When users save a report, the **Source** property value persists in the report file.
-
-You can also use [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md) to conditionally specify the **Source** property value or bind the property to a data source field. Refer to the following section for details: [Use Expressions](#use-expressions).
-
-### Specify a Reference to a PDF Document
-
-Select the **PDF Content** control, navigate to the [Properties panel](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md), and assign a path to a PDF file to this property.
-
-
-
-You can also use [report parameters](../../use-report-parameters.md) to conditionally specify the **Source Url** property value or bind the property to a data source field. Refer to the following section for details: [Use Expressions](#use-expressions).
-
-When users save a report, the URL or path specified in the **Source URL** property is included in the report file. The PDF document should be available at the specified location when a report is printed or rendered in Preview.
-
-The **Source Url** property value takes precedence over the **Source** property value. If you specify both properties, **PDF Content** includes the content specified by **Source Url**. If the file specified in the **Source Url** property cannot be loaded, the PDF data from the **Source** property is used.
-
-### Use Expressions
-
-Select the **PDF Content** control and navigate to the [Properties panel](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md). Click the **f** symbol right to the **Source** or **Source URL** property.
-
-
-
-Use the invoked **Expression Editor** to create an expression that identifies the source of a PDF file.
-
-## Embed PDF File Content into a Report
-
-[Add](#add-the-pdf-content-control-to-a-report) the **PDF Content** control to a report, [specify](#specify-pdf-content) a PDF file location, and disable the control's **Generate Own Pages** property.
-
-
-
-### Use Cases
-
-* Create a report with PDF file content and headers / footers that are printed on PDF file pages.
-
-* Print pictures, bar codes, page numbers, a report watermark, and other elements over the content of a PDF file.
-
-* Create a report document with paper kind that differs from PDF pages paper kind. Refer to the following section for instructions: [Fit PDF File's Page Size to Report's Page Size](#fit-pdf-files-page-size-to-reports-page-size).
-
-* Append PDF file content to report content and add sequential numbering to all report pages. For this, add PDF file content as a subreport to your report as described in the following section: [Fit PDF File's Page Size to Report's Page Size](#fit-pdf-files-page-size-to-reports-page-size). Then, [add page numbers](../../add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md) to both the subreport and main report.
-
-* Design a pre-printed form and use PDF file as a watermark.
-
- If your PDF file contains one page, follow the steps below:
-
- 1. Embed this page into a report's *Detail* band.
- 2. Remove the report's margins to prevent duplication with PDF page margins.
- 3. Adjust the page size to make it fit the entire *Detail* band.
-
- If your PDF file contains multiple pages, do the following:
- * Create a subreport for each of the pages. Follow the instructions in this section: [Fit PDF File's Page Size to Report's Page Size](#fit-pdf-files-page-size-to-reports-page-size). Use the **PDF Content** control's **Page Range** property to specify the PDF file page that should be included to a subreport.
- * Include each of these subreports to one report.
-
-### Fit PDF File's Page Size to Report's Page Size
-
-A PDF file and a report to which you embed PDF file content might have different paper kind. PDF file pages can also be generated with double margins: page margins and report margins.
-
-This section explains how to set the same paper kind for a report and its embedded PDF file and how to include only the PDF file's page margins to the report. The main idea is to create a subreport that includes PDF pages in embedded mode, and then, add this subreport to the main report that contains initial content.
-
-1. Create a blank report. Set the report's **Paper Kind** property to the paper kind of the main report to which you want to embed PDF content.
-
-2. Drop the **PDF Content** control from the **Toolbox** onto the created report's _Detail_ band, specify a PDF file source, and disable the control's **Generate Own Pages** property.
-
-3. Remove the report's margins and adjust the **PDF Content** control size to make PDF content fit the entire *Detail* band.
-
- 
-
-4. Add the report as a subreport to your main report. Use the [Subreport](subreport.md) control with the **Generate Own Pages** property enabled.
-
- 
-
- Open the main report's Preview to show the result.
-
-## Limitations
-
-* PDF content is displayed as an image in Preview. Users cannot select text in PDF content. To allow users to select text, export the report to PDF.
-
-* You cannot add the **PDF Content** control to the following bands:
- * **Top Margin** / **Bottom Margin**
- * **Page Header** / **Page Footer**
- * **Group Header** / **Group Footer** bands (if their **Repeat Every Page** properties are enabled).
- * **Vertical Header** / **Vertical Detail** / **Vertical Total**
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md
deleted file mode 100644
index aba4e145ae..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-title: PDF Signature
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-# PDF Signature
-
-**PDF Signature** is a control that allows users to add a visual signature to a report exported to PDF.
-
-The **PDF Signature** control visualizes the document signature information:
-
-* Certificate name
-* Distinguished name
-* Location
-* Signature date
-* Signature reason
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> For more information on how to create, export, and sign a report, refer to the following tutorial: [Reports with a Visual PDF Signature](../../create-reports/reports-with-visual-pdf-signature.md).
-
-## Add a Signature Control to a Report
-
-Drop the **PDF Signature** control from the **Toolbox** onto a report.
-
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 14dc70351c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Picture Box
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Picture Box
-
-## Overview
-The **Picture Box** control allows you to embed _static_ (stored with the report) or _dynamic_ (obtained from a data source) images into a report.
-
-To add this control to a report, drag the **Picture Box** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-The Picture Box can display images with the following formats: BMP, JPG, JPEG, GIF, TIF, TIFF, PNG, ICO, DIB, RLE, JPE, JFIF, EMF, WMF, SVG.
-
-You can also drag & drop a supported image file onto the report surface to create a Picture Box.
-
-Use the **Image Source** or **Image URL** property to specify the image the Picture Box displays. You can access these properties in the **Picture Box Tasks** category.
-
-
-
-The specified image is [saved](../../save-reports.md) with the report if you use the **Image Source** property. If you use the **Image URL** property, only the path to the image is stored.
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-You can use the Picture Box to display an image [dynamically obtained](../bind-controls-to-data.md) from a data source. Click the **Image Source** property's marker and select **Image Source Expression** from the popup menu. Then select the data field in the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md). You can use this editor to construct a binding expression that can include two or more data fields.
-
-
-
-You can bind the **Image URL** property to data in the same way.
-
-You can also drag and drop a field that contains image data from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) to create a new Picture Box bound to this field.
-
-
-
-See the [Bind Report Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) topic for more information about how to create data-aware controls.
-
-## SVG Support Limitations
-The Picture Box does not support the following SVG content:
-
-* Gradient colors
-
-* Text (you can convert text to curves as a workaround)
-
-* Animations
-
-* External .css styles
-
-Export (except for PDF) has the following limitations:
-
-* SVG images are converted to metafiles because document viewers may not support SVG format.
-
-* SVG images are exported as PNG in the **Microsoft Azure** environment.
-
-The **Medium Trust** permission level does not support SVG.
-
-## Image Size Modes
-
-Use the **Sizing** property to specify an image's position in the Picture Box.
-
-
-
-This control supports the following image size modes:
-
-* **Normal**
-
- The image is displayed at the top left corner with its original dimensions. The image is clipped if it does not fit the control's boundaries.
-
- 
-
-* **Stretch Image**
-
- The image is stretched or shrunk to fill the control's width and height.
-
- 
-
-* **Auto-Size**
-
- The control's dimensions are adjusted to the image's size.
-
- 
-
-* **Zoom Image**
-
- The image is resized proportionally without clipping it to fit the control dimensions.
-
- 
-
-* **Squeeze**
-
- The image is centered and shown full-size if the control dimensions exceed the image size. Otherwise, the image is resized to fit the control's boundaries.
-
- 
-
-* **Tile**
-
- The original image is replicated within the control starting from the top left corner. The replicated image is clipped if it does not fit the control's boundaries.
-
- 
-
-You can also use the **Image Alignment** property in the **Normal**, **Zoom Image** and **Squeeze** modes to specify the alignment in relation to the control's boundaries.
-
-## Interactivity
-
-You can add a possibility to load/change an image and/or draw a signature in a Picture Box when it is displayed in Print Preview. To do this, expand the **Behavior** category, select the **Edit Options** section and set the **Enabled** property to **Yes**.
-
-
-
-Click the Picture Box in a previewed document and an editor invokes.
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> You can draw borders for the Picture Box to make the editor visible in Print Preview, if an image is not specified.
-
-Refer to the [Edit Content in Print Preview](../../provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md) and [Interactive E-Forms](../../create-reports/interactive-e-forms.md) topics to see how use this Picture Box mode.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f4e29a6c4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Rich Text
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Rich Text
-
-## Overview
-
-The **Rich Text** control displays formatted text (static, dynamic or mixed) in a report.
-
-
-
-To add this control to a report, drag the **Rich Text** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's [Design Surface](../../report-designer-tools/design-surface.md).
-
-
-
-You can also drop an RTF, DOCX, or HTML file to a band to insert a Rich Text control with associated file content.
-
-## Load Content from a File
-
-You can load RTF or HTML content from an external file. Expand the **Data** category and click the **Load file** property's ellipsis button.
-
-
-
-In the invoked **Open** dialog, select the file and click **Open**.
-
-Rich Text supports the following file formats:
-
-* RTF
-* DOCX
-* TXT
-* HTML
-
-## Edit Content in Place
-
-Double-click a Rich Text control and type text in the invoked in-place editor. A ribbon with text format options appears next to the editor.
-
-
-
-Rich Text supports the following edit operations:
-
-* **Undo/Redo History**
-
- The undo/redo history contains the last 100 operations and is available until you exit the in-place edit mode.
-
-* **Clipboard Operations**
-
- You can use clipboard operations (Cut, Copy, and Paste) to manipulate text and images.
-
-* **Hyperlinks**
-
- You can create and modify hyperlinks.
-
-* **Drag and Drop**
-
- Use Drag and Drop to move images and text within the editor.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The legacy Rich Text does not provide a ribbon with text format options. Its in-place editor allows you to enter only plain text. Bind the control to a data field that provides RTF or HTML content to display formatted text.
->
-> 
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-Click the **Rtf Expression** or **Html Expression** option's ellipsis button to invoke the [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md). Use this editor to bind the control to a data field or construct a complex binding expression with two or more data fields.
-
-
-
-You can use HTML formatted text that contains markup tags to define text appearance. Click the **Html Expression** option's ellipsis button and enter this text in **'** quotes **'** in the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md).
-
-
-
-Drag and drop a numeric or text field from the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) onto the **Rich Text** control to bind it to this field.
-
-
-
-The Rich Text also enables you to merge data fields and static content in its text.
-
-
-
-See the [Bind Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) and [Use Embedded Fields](../use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md) topics for more information.
-
-## Markup Text
-
-### Supported Tags
-
-The table below lists the supported HTML tags. External links are processed for inline pictures and style sheets (CSS files). The ID and Class attributes are interpreted for all tags, including the unlisted ones. These attributes are used to specify a style for content within a certain tag
-
-| Tag | Attributes | Notes |
----------|----------|---------
-| a | dir | |
-| b | dir | |
-| base | | |
-| basefont | size
color
face
dir | |
-| big | dir | |
-| blockquote | dir | |
-| br | dir | |
-| center | dir | |
-| code | dir | |
-| del | cite
datetime | |
-| div | page-break-before
page-break-after
page-break-inside
background-color
border (CSS)
dir | Only the **always** property value is supported for the **page-break-before** tag. |
-| em | dir | |
-| font | size
color
face
dir | |
-| h1-h6 | align
dir | |
-| head | | |
-| html | | |
-| hr | align
color
noshade
size
width | |
-| i | dir | |
-| ins | cite
datetime | |
-| img | align
src
height
width | If the **align** attribute is not specified, the image is considered as inline. |
-| li | type
value
dir | |
-| link | href
type
media
dir | |
-| meta | | |
-| ol | type
value
align
dir | |
-| p | align
dir | |
-| script | | Text inside this tag is ignored. |
-| small | | |
-| span | | |
-| strike | dir | |
-| strong | dir | |
-| style | | |
-| sub | dir | |
-| sup | dir | |
-| table | align
bgcolor
border
bordercolor
cellpadding
cellspacing
dir
width | The **dir** attribute reorders table columns. |
-| td | align
bgcolor
bordercolor
colspan
height
nowrap
rowspan
text-align
valign
width | The **align** tag is supported in the Internet Explorer only.
The **Rich Text** control's interpretation of the **bordercolor** attribute is different from the HTML browser. |
-| th | any allowed | |
-| tr | align
bgcolor
bordercolor
height
text-align
valign | The **align** attribute is supported in the Internet Explorer only. |
-| title | | Text inside this tag is ignored. |
-| u | dir | |
-| ul | dir | |
-
-### Unsupported Tags
-
-* <base> tag with _href_ attribute;
-* <div> tag with _border_, _align_ and _float_ CSS attribute;
-* <li> tag with _list-style-image_ CSS attribute;
-* <margin> tag;
-* <tab> tag;
-* <table> tag with _cols_ attribute;
-* <td> tab with _bordercolor_ and _nowrap_ attributes;
-* _!important_ declaration;
-* _word-wrap_ and _break-word_ css properties;
-* css3 shapes;
-* <ui> tag with _type_ attribute.
-
-### Export to Excel
-
-When a report is exported to XLS or XLSX, the following rich-text content is converted from **Rich Text** controls into Excel-native rich-text content:
-
-| | HTML Tags and RTF Equivalents |
-| --- | --- |
-| Text format | \, \, \, \, \, \ |
-| Line break | \
|
-| Non-breaking space | \ |
-| Font | \ |
-| Font size | \ |
-| Foreground color | \ |
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 578d6445a7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Subreport
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Subreport
-
-The **Subreport** control is used to embed other reports into the current report.
-
-To add this control to the report, drag the **Subreport** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-The Subreport control allows you to solve the following tasks:
-
-* **Reuse reports**
-
- This can be useful if there is a particular report structure (template) that needs to be included in many reports, and the report must have consistent appearance and functionality. A good example is a report header that always contains the same information (the company information, logo, date, etc.).
-
-* **Create master-detail reports**
-
- Another reason for using subreports is to create master-detail reports (reports with hierarchically linked data). For more details on this, see [Master-Detail Reports with Subreports)](../../create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md).
-
-* [Merge Reports](../../merge-reports.md)
-
-You can use an already existing report in the report storage as a report source. Select the Subreport control, open the **Subreport Tasks** category, expand the **Report Source URL** property's drop-down list and select the required report.
-
-
-
-Double-clicking a subreport opens its associated report in a new Report Designer tab.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ea067529ac..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Table of Contents
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Table of Contents
-
-## Overview
-Once [bookmarks](../../add-navigation/add-bookmarks-and-a-document-map.md) have been assigned to specific report elements, you can generate a table of contents that displays page numbers containing the elements included into the document map.
-
-To implement a table of contents, drop the **Table Of Contents** control from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area. If the report does not contain a [Report Header](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md) at the moment, it is created automatically so that the table of contents can be added to it.
-
-
-
-The following image illustrates the difference in displaying information by a table of contents within a report and in a published document.
-
-
-
-
-## Table of Contents Structure
-The table of contents contains the following elements:
-
-1. A title that displays text and formatting options specified by the **Level Title** property.
-
-2. One or more document levels that provide individual formatting settings to specific nodes of a document map's tree. To access the collection of levels, use the **Levels** property.
-
- Unless levels have been added to a table of contents, a single default level is used to provide common settings to the elements of a document map for which no specific level has yet been assigned.
-
-Refer to the [Add a Table of Contents](../../add-navigation/add-a-table-of-contents.md) topic for a step-by-step tutorial.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b8fd13d8b7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add a Chart (Set Up Series Manually)
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add a Chart (Set Up Series Manually)
-
-This document demonstrates how to add a chart to a report, provide data for chart series, and set up chart elements. This topic shows two chart series based on the same data source. You can use different data sources for different series.
-
-
-
-## Add a Chart to a Report
-
-1. [Bind a report to data](../../bind-to-data.md).
-
-1. Drop the **Chart** control from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the [Detail band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
- 
-
-1. Click **Run Designer**.
-
- 
-
-1. Specify the **Data Source** and **Data Member** properties to bind the chart to data.
-
- 
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Ensure that the report's **Data Source** property is set to **None** when you place a chart into the **Detail** band. Otherwise, the chart is repeated as many times as there are records in the report's data source.
-
-## Add Series to the Chart
-
-1. Locate **Series** in the chart elements tree and click the plus button. Select the series type (for example, **Bar**) from the invoked list.
-
- 
-
-3. Populate the created series with points. Specify the **Argument Data Member** and **Value** properties.
-
- 
-
-4. Filter series data. Click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button. Construct filter criteria in the invoked FilterString Editor and click **OK**.
-
- 
-
-5. Create another series with the same settings. Select the **Point** view type for this series.
-
-## Customize the Chart
-
-Improve the chart's appearance:
-
-* Remove the chart legend, because the chart series are bound to the same data. Select **Legend** in the chart elements tree and set the **Visibility** property to **False**.
-
- 
-
-* Hide point labels. Select **Series1** and set the **Labels Visibility** property to **False**.
-
- 
-
-* Customize the **Series2** markers' appearance. Select **Series2** and expand the **View**/**Point Marker Options** categories. Set **Size** to **12** and **Kind** to **InvertedTriangle** to replace the default circle with an upside down triangle.
-
- 
-
-* Customize the chart's appearance settings. For instance, set chart elements' colors.
-
-## View the Result
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to preview your report.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 302385cb3e..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add a Chart (Use a Series Template)
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-
-# Add a Chart (Use a Series Template)
-
-This document describes how to create a report with a **Chart** control bound to data and generate all series automatically based on a common template.
-
-
-
-## Add a Chart to a Report
-
-1. Drop the **Chart** control from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the [Detail band](../../introduction-to-banded-reports.md).
-
- 
-
-2. Click **Run Designer...** to invoke the Chart Designer.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify the **Data Source** and **Data Member** properties to bind the chart to data. The chart's **Series Data Member** property specifies a data field that should provide data for series names. A new series should be created for each record in this data field.
-
- 
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The report's **Data Source** property should be set to **None** because the Chart is in the Detail band. When a report has its **Data Source** property specified, the Chart is repeated in preview as many times as there are records in the report data source.
-
-## Adjust the Series Template
-
-1. Use the **Argument Data Member** and **Value Data Members** properties to define where to get data for point arguments and values.
-
- 
-
-Make sure that the **Argument Scale Type** and **Value** properties are set to appropriate values.
-
-## Customize the Chart
-Perform the following customization to improve the chart's appearance:
-
-* Set the **Labels Visibility** property to **False** to avoid overlapping series labels.
-* Specify the color settings used to draw the chart's series. For instance, select **Nature Colors** in the **Palette**'s drop-down list.
-
-## View the Result
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the resulting report.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-in-reports.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-in-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b2cdc5987..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-in-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Use Charts in Reports
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Use Charts in Reports
-
-## Overview
-
-You can use the **Chart** control to add a chart to a report. This control provides 2D or 3D views to visualize data series (for instance, Bar, Point, Line, Pie and Doughnut, Area, etc.).
-
-| 2D Series View | 3D Series View |
-|---|---|
-|  |  |
-
-The **Chart** control can display multiple series.
-
-| Bar and Point Series | Nested Doughnut Series |
-|---|---|
-|  | |
-
-The **Chart Designer** allows you to create and set up the **Chart** control and customize its visual elements (diagrams, series, legends, primary and secondary axes, titles and labels, etc.).
-
-
-
-## Bind to Data
-
-To provide data to a chart, use the **Data Source** property.
-
-When the chart data source is not assigned, the chart obtains data from the report's data source
-
-A chart can display report data in the following ways:
-
-* Place a chart on the report header/footer band to display a summary for the detail report data.
-
- 
-
-* Place a chart on a group header/footer to visualize data in each report group. Refer to the [Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data](use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md) step-by-step tutorial for more information.
-
- 
-
-* The chart in the Detail band is printed as many times as there are records in the report's data source.
-
-Specify the following settings to provide data to a chart's series.
-
-* The **Argument Data Member** property specifies the data field that provides point arguments.
-* The **Value Data Members** property specifies the data fields that supply point values.
-
-You can specify these settings in the following ways:
-
-* **Bind each series individually**
-
- Add a new series to the chart and specify the argument and value data members. Refer to the [Add a Chart (Set Up Series Manually)](add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md) step-by-step tutorial for details.
-
-* **Create series dynamically**
-
- Assign the data field that contains series names to the chart's **Series Data Member** property and specify the argument and value data members using the series template. Refer to the [Add a Chart (Use a Series Template)](add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md) step-by-step tutorial for more information.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 181c7a3383..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data
-
-This topic describes how to use charts to visualize grouped data in a report.
-
-
-
-In this tutorial, the report data is grouped against a data field (the report's group field). A chart is placed in the Group Footer band and is not bound to data. The report's data source is used to populate the chart with data.
-
-
-
-Follow the steps below to make each chart instance display data for its group.
-
-1. Create a chart parameter to pass a group value from the report's group field to the chart.
-
- Select the chart and expand the **Data** group in the **Properties** panel. Click the plus button next to the **Parameters** property.
-
- 
-
- Set the parameter's **Binding** property to the report's group field.
-
- 
-
-1. Click **Run Designer** to invoke the Chart Designer.
-
- 
-
-1. Bind the chart to data. Specify the **Data Source** and **Data Member** fields.
-
- 
-
-1. Add a new series. Click the plus button next to the Series item in the Chart Designer.
-
- 
-
-1. Provide data for the argument and value axes. Set the **Argument Data Member** and **Value** properties.
-
- 
-
-1. Filter the chart. Click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button.
-
- 
-
- Add a filter condition. On the left side, specify the field by which chart data should be filtered.
-
- 
-
- On the right side, use the chart parameter to obtain a group value from the report's group field. Click the right side's down arrow and select **Parameter**. Then select the chart parameter from the context menu.
-
- 
-
-Click **OK** in the Filter Editor and in the Chart Designer to apply changes.
-
-Switch to [Print Preview](../../preview-print-and-export-reports.md) to see the result.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f1b6687b4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)
-
-This topic describes how to provide data to report controls using the advanced **Mail Merge** binding method. This feature allows you to create templates in which data source values populate specific fields while other text remains constant (that is, allows you to combine static and dynamic content within the same control).
-
-## Embed Fields in a Control Text
-You can apply mail merge to the control's **Text** property only. Double-click the required control on the design surface to invoke the in-place editor. Insert data field names with square brackets to create embedded fields and use any prefixes or postfixes.
-
-
-
-You can embed a [parameter](../use-report-parameters.md)'s value into a control's content using the **?ParameterName** syntax.
-
-
-
-Embedded fields are replaced with values obtained from an assigned data source when previewing or exporting a report:
-
-
-
-Consider the following specifics and limitations when using embedded fields:
-
-* Field names should not use spaces to be interpreted correctly.
-* Mail Merge is not available for a table's nested fields in a master-detail hierarchy.
-* Embedded fields cannot be exported to [XLS](../../document-viewer/exporting/xls-specific-export-options.md) and [XLSX](../../document-viewer/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md) as values; they are always exported as plain text. We recommend using [text formats](../shape-report-data/format-data.md) instead if you need to accompany dynamic data with static text.
-
-## Format Embedded Fields
-
-You can add a format to the target data field by separating it from the field name with the **!** symbol and apply this format to field values when previewing a document.
-
-
-
-## Supported Controls
-You can apply the mail merge feature to the **Text** of the following report controls:
-
-* [Barcode](../use-report-elements/use-bar-codes.md)
-* [Character Comb](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md)
-* [Check Box](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md)
-* [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md)
-* [Rich Text](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md)
-* [Table Cell](../use-report-elements/use-tables.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 64fe065fa3..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Gauges to a Report
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add Gauges to a Report
-
-## Gauge Overview
-
-The **Gauge** control provides you with the capability to embed graphical gauges into your report.
-
-To add this control to the report, drag the **Gauge** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and drop it onto the report.
-
-
-
-Specify properties in the **Gauge Tasks** category to set up a gauge's appearance.
-
-
-
-* **View**
-
- Specifies the type of the displayed gauge. The following view types are available:
-
- * **Linear**
-
- 
-
- Supported view styles: **Horizontal** and **Vertical**.
-
- * **Circular**
-
- 
-
- Supported view styles: **Full**, **Half**, **Quarter Left**, **Quarter Right** and **Three Fourth**.
-
-* **Theme**
-
- Specifies the gauge's color theme. The **Flat Light** and **Flat Dark** view themes are supported.
-
- 
-
-The following properties allow you to customize the gauge scale and specify its displayed values.
-
-* **Actual Value** - specifies the value displayed by a gauge.
-* **Target Value** - specifies the position of the target value marker.
-* **Maximum** - specifies the gauge's maximum value.
-* **Minimum** - specifies the gauge's minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-## Bind a Gauge to Data
-To [bind](../bind-controls-to-data.md) the gauge's displayed value to data, open the [Expressions](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel and click the **Actual Value** property's ellipsis button. Select the required data field or construct a complex binding expression involving two or more data fields in the invoked [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md).
-
-
-
-In the same way, you can bind the **Target Value**, **Minimum** and **Maximum** properties to data.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e62324ce65..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Add Sparklines to a Report
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Add Sparklines to a Report
-
-## Sparkline Overview
-The **Sparkline** control displays a compact chart that is commonly used to illustrate the data flow for every row in a report.
-
-To add this control to the report, drag the **Sparkline** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) and drop it onto the report.
-
-
-
-## Bind the Sparkline to Data
-You can connect the sparkline to individual data without accessing a report's data source. Click the **Data Source** property's drop-down list and select the required data source.
-
-
-
-The sparkline uses the report's data source if you do not specify the **DataSource** property.
-
-After that, specify the **Data Member** property and set the **Value Member** property to a data field that provides point values for the sparkline.
-
-To create a new data source for a sparkline, click **Add Data Source...** in the [Menu](../../report-designer-tools/menu.md). This invokes the [Data Source Wizard](../../report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md) that allows you to set up a required data source.
-
-## Adjust the Sparkline View
-
-The sparkline supports the **Line**, **Area**, **Bar** and **WinLoss** view types.
-
-The **View** property provides access to options that change the sparkline's appearance.
-
-
-
-Each view type has properties that define the extreme values' visibility:
-
-* **Highlight Start Point** and **Highlight End Point**;
-* **Highlight Min Point** and **Highlight Max Point**.
-
-Specific properties differ between view types, such as the **Highlight Negative Points** setting that is available only for the **Bar** sparkline.
-
-The following image illustrates a [table report](../../create-reports/table-reports.md) containing sparklines that provide maximum and minimum value indicators in their data range:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/bind-table-cells-to-data.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/bind-table-cells-to-data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0437822cb1..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/bind-table-cells-to-data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Bind Table Cells to Data
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Bind Table Cells to Data
-
-Use the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) to create a table control with cells [bound](../bind-controls-to-data.md) to data fields obtained from a report's data source.
-
-Hold CTRL or SHIFT and click multiple data fields to select them. Drop the selected data fields onto the Detail band.
-
-
-
-You can bind individual table cells to data in the same ways as [Label](../use-basic-report-controls/label.md) controls. Drop a data field onto an existing cell to bind this cell to the corresponding field.
-
-
-
-Use the [Expression Editor](../../report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md) to construct a complex binding expression with two or more data fields. Click the **Text** property's marker and select **Text Expression** from the popup menu to invoke the Expression Editor.
-
-
-
-See the [Bind Report Controls to Data](../bind-controls-to-data.md) topic for information on how to create data-aware controls.
-
-The **Process Duplicates Mode** and **Process Duplicates Target** options enable you to merge cells with identical values.
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0201149872..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Hide Table Cells
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Hide Table Cells
-
-You can hide a specific table cell conditionally, for instance, based on a [report parameter](../../use-report-parameters.md) value.
-
-Select the **Parameters** node in the [Field List](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and click the **Add parameter** button.
-
-
-
-Click the **Edit** button to expand the property list and specify the parameter's name and description for Print Preview, and set the type to **Boolean**.
-
-
-
-Open the [Expressions](../../../report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md) panel and specify an [expression](../../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md) for the cell's **Visible** property to define a logical condition for displaying or hiding this cell.
-
-The image below demonstrates how to provide the visibility expression for the cell bound to the **CategoryID** field. For a report to display correctly, you should specify the same expression for the cell that displays the field caption in the Page Header.
-
-
-
-The **Process Hidden Cell Mode** property allows you to define how to distribute the remaining space between the table's visible cells.
-
-
-
-
-The image below illustrates how the original table looks like:
-
-
-
-The following modes are available to process hidden cells:
-
-* **StretchPreviousCell** - A cell to the left of the hidden cell is stretched to occupy the available space. If the hidden cell is the first in the row, the next cell is stretched.
-
- 
-
-* **StretchNextCell** - A cell to the right of the hidden cell is stretched to occupy the available space. If the hidden cell is the last in the row, the previous cell is stretched.
-
- 
-
-* **ResizeCellsEqually** - All visible cells are resized to divide the space that a hidden cell reserved equally.
-
- 
-
-* **ResizeCellsProportionally** - All visible cells are resized to proportionally divide the space that a hidden cell reserved based on their weights in the whole table width.
-
- 
-
-* **DecreaseTableWidth** - The table width is decreased, and visible cells are shifted to a hidden cell's location without changing their size.
-
- 
-
-* **LeaveEmptySpace** (the default mode) - A space remains at a hidden cell's location, and other cells are not affected.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/manage-table-structure.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/manage-table-structure.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 476bff7fc9..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/manage-table-structure.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Manage Table Structure
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Manage Table Structure
-
-## Insert Table Elements
-
-Use **Insert** commands from the table's context menu to add new rows and columns. The added cells inherit the source cells' size and appearance settings.
-
-
-
-* **Insert Row Above**
-
- Inserts a row above the current cell and shifts the existing rows up if there is enough space above the table (otherwise, shifts the existing rows down).
-
- 
-
-* **Insert Row Below**
-
- Inserts a row below the current cell and shifts the existing rows down. This command increases the band height to accommodate all the rows if there is not enough space under the table.
-
- 
-
-* **Insert Column to Left**
-
- Inserts a new column to the left of the current cell and shifts the leftmost columns to the left (otherwise, shifts these columns to the right).
-
- 
-
-* **Insert Columns to Right**
-
- Inserts a new column to the right of the current cell and shifts the rightmost columns to the right. This command decreases all columns' width proportionally to accommodate all the columns if there is not enough space to the right of the table.
-
- 
-
-* **Insert Cell**
-
- Divides the current cell width in half and inserts a new cell to the left. The added cell copies the source cell's appearance settings.
-
- 
-
-## Delete Table Elements
-
-Use **Delete** commands from the table's context menu to remove table elements.
-
-
-
-* **Delete Cell**
-
- Deletes a table cell and stretches the next cell to occupy the remaining space. If this cell is the last in the row, the previous cell is stretched.
-
- 
-
-* **Delete Row**
-
- Deletes a row and shifts the existing rows up.
-
- 
-
-* **Delete Column**
-
- Deletes a column and stretches the next column to the left. If this column is the last in the table, the previous column is stretched.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ae2daf68d..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Manipulate Table Elements
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Manipulate Table Elements
-
-## Select Table Elements
-
-You can click a table cell to select it and [access its settings](../manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md). To select multiple cells, hold the CTRL key and click cells.
-
-
-
-Use the arrow that appears when a mouse cursor hovers over the table edges to select an entire row or column.
-
-
-
-Draw a rectangle around the table to select the whole control.
-
-The [Properties](../../../report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) panel enables you to select the table element or the entire table and access their properties.
-
-## Resize Table Elements
-
-You can resize a table or its cell by dragging the rectangle drawn on its edge or corner.
-
-Resizing a column changes the next column's width without affecting the other columns (keeps the table dimensions intact).
-
-
-
-Resizing a row changes the next row's width without affecting the other rows (keeps the table dimensions intact).
-
-
-
-You can set the same size for multiple table columns or rows. Select the required rows or the whole table, right-click the selected area and choose **Distribute Rows Evenly**.
-
-
-
-If the cell's content is partially visible in the resulting row, this row automatically increases its height to fit its content and also adjusts the other rows accordingly.
-
-You can resize columns equally in a similar way by selecting the columns or the table itself and choosing **Distribute Columns Evenly** in the context menu.
-
-
-
-## Reorder Table Rows and Cells
-
-You can change the order of table rows and cells. Switch to the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md), select a row or cell and drag it to a new position.
-
-
-
-The Report Explorer highlights the possible drop targets when you drag an element over them.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can move table rows and cells only within the same parent control.
-
-## Stretch Table Cells
-
-You can stretch a cell to occupy several rows and columns.
-
-- Stretch a cell across several columns
- Press DELETE or select the **Delete Cell** command in the **Action** category to remove a neighboring cell.
-
- 
-
-- Stretch a cell across several rows
- Use a table cell's **Row Span** property to specify the number of rows the table cell spans.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > For the **RowSpan** property to work properly, the spanned cells should have the same width.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3123b2d82a..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Table Overview
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Table Overview
-
-The **Table** control displays information in a tabular format and allows you to create [table reports](../../create-reports/table-reports.md).
-
-You can add a table control by dragging the **Table** item from the [Toolbox](../../report-designer-tools/toolbox.md) onto the report's area.
-
-
-
-The table control contains one or more rows. Each row contains one or more cells. See the [Report Explorer](../../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md) for a table structure example.
-
-
-
-You can double-click the cell to invoke its in-place editor and type the desired static text.
-
-
-
-You can adjust the font size of a cell's static text to fit into the cell's boundaries. Use the **Fit Text to Bounds** command from the cell's context menu.
-
-
-
-Refer to [Bind Table Cells to Data](bind-table-cells-to-data.md) to learn about providing dynamic content to table cells.
-
-A table cell is like an [Label](../use-basic-report-controls/label.md) control - it provides the same options for text formatting, alignment, appearance, interactivity, etc.
-
-You can also make a table cell act as a container for other report controls by dropping the required control from the toolbox on this cell.
-
-
-
-If a table cell includes only one control, you can right-click this control and use the **Fit Bounds to Container** command in the context menu. This command resizes the control so that it occupies all the available cell space (excluding borders).
-
-
-
-You can assign different [visual styles](../../customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md) for even and odd table rows to improve readability.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/validate-report-data-bindings.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/validate-report-data-bindings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d7b05476c7..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/validate-report-data-bindings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Validate Report Data Bindings
-author: Anna Vekhina
----
-# Validate Report Data Bindings
-
-After you assign a new data source to a loaded report, the report tries to automatically resolve all data bindings. You can check which the field names of your data source do not coincide with the report controls' bindings.
-
-To do this, click the [Main Toolbar](../report-designer-tools/toolbar.md)'s **Validate Bindings** command. Report controls with invalid bindings are marked with the  icon in the [Design surface](../report-designer-tools/design-surface.md).
-
-
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 24b4f76324..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Use Report Parameters
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Use Report Parameters
-
-Report parameters allow you to filter report data dynamically.
-
-
-
-## Supported Features/Capabilities
-
-* Built-in parameter types (String, Date, Number, Boolean, and GUID)
-
- 
-
-* [Multi-value parameters](use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md) (filter report data against multiple criteria)
-
- 
-
-* [Cascading parameters](use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md) (filter a parameter’s value list against selections made in a different parameter)
-
- 
-
-* [Date-range parameters](use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md) (filter report data against a specified time period)
-
- 
-
-* [Static parameter values](use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md) (create pre-defined (static) parameter value lists)
-
- 
-
-* [Dynamic parameter values](use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md) (load parameter values from a data source dynamically)
-
- 
-
-Refer to the following documentation section for more details: [Create a Report Parameter](use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md).
-
-## Reference Report Parameters
-
-Once you [create](use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md) a parameter, you can reference it in your report’s [filter string](shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md) to filter underlying report data.
-
-
-
-You can also reference the parameter in a report control’s [expression](use-expressions.md) or its **Text** property.
-
-
-
-When used in this manner, you can filter data displayed within an individual report control (such as [Label](use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md)) conditionally.
-
-You can also bind data source parameters to report parameters and filter data at the data source level. Refer to the following help topic for more information: [Reference Report Parameters](use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md).
-
-## Specify Parameter Values
-
-Available report parameters appear within a report’s **Print Preview** window (inside the [Parameters panel](use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md)). Use this panel to specify desired parameter values:
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 45a2dd1211..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Cascading Report Parameters'
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Cascading Report Parameters
-
-You can create cascading parameters to filter a list of predefined parameter values based on values in another parameter.
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> Refer to the following topics for information on how to create a list of predefined parameter values:
-> * [Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md)
-> * [Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md)
-
-Follow the steps below to create cascading parameters in the [Report Designer](../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md):
-
-1. [Create a report parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md) you want to use to filter values of another parameter.
-
- 
-
-2. Create a report parameter whose values you want to filter. Click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button in the **Add New Parameter** dialog and specify a filter string that references the parameter you created in the first step.
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > In a filter string for a parameter's look-up values, you can reference only those parameters that you created before the parameter whose look-up values you want to filter. You can use the **Report Parameters Editor** to change the order in which you created the parameters. To invoke the editor, right-click the **Parameters** node in the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and select **Edit Parameters**.
-
-3. In the report's smart tag, click the **Filter String** property's ellipsis button. In the invoked **FilterString Editor**, specify an expression that uses both parameters to filter report data:
-
- 
-
-The following image illustrates cascading parameters where the **Product** parameter values are filtered by the selected **Category**.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 66acd44308..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Create a Report Parameter
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Create a Report Parameter
-
-This topic demonstrates how to create a report parameter in the [Report Designer](../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md). The topic also describes the [options](#parameter-options) you can specify for a report parameter.
-
-## Create a Report Parameter in the Report Designer
-
-In the **Report Designer**, you can create a parameter from the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) and [Properties panel](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md). The created parameter appears in the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md)'s **Parameters** node.
-
-
-
-### Create From the Field List
-
-Click the plus button in the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md)'s **Parameters** node.
-
-
-
-Specify [parameter options](#parameter-options) in the invoked **Add New Parameter** dialog and click *OK*.
-
-
-
-### Create From the Properties Panel
-
-Select a report, navigate to the [Properties panel](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md) *Data* section, and click the plus button right to the *Parameters* node.
-
-
-
-Specify [parameter options](#parameter-options) in the invoked **Add New Parameter** dialog and click *OK*.
-
-
-
-## Parameter Options
-
-### Name
-
-The name by which you can [reference a parameter in a report](reference-report-parameters.md). Note that report parameters should have unique names.
-
-### Description
-
-A parameter description that appears on a report's **Print Preview** in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
-
-
-### Visible
-
-Specifies whether a parameter is visible in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
-You can assign an [expression](../use-expressions.md) to this option. The example below specifies an expression that shows/hides a parameter based on a value of another parameter.
-
-
-
-### Enabled
-
-Specifies whether a parameter editor is enabled or disabled in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md). You can set this option to **No** to make a parameter's [default value](#default-value) read-only.
-
-
-
-You can also assign an [expression](../use-expressions.md) to this option. The example below specifies an expression that enables/disables a parameter's editor based on a value of another parameter.
-
-
-
-### Type
-
-The type of parameter values. The following types are available:
-
-* String;
-* Date and Time;
-* Date;
-* Time;
-* Number (16-bit integer);
-* Number (32-bit integer);
-* Number (64-bit integer);
-* Number (floating point);
-* Number (double-precision floating point);
-* Number (decimal);
-* Boolean;
-* GUID (Globally Unique Identifier).
-
-### Default Value
-
-A parameter's default value. This value is displayed in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md) when you open a report's **Print Preview**.
-
-You can specify an [expression](../use-expressions.md) for this option. For example, set this option to **Now()** to use the current date as a date parameter's default value.
-
-
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can use only [constants](../use-expressions/expression-language.md#constants), [operators](../use-expressions/expression-language.md#operators), and date-time / logical / math / string [functions](../use-expressions/expression-language.md#functions) in an expression for a parameter's default value.
-
-### Allow Null Value
-
-When the **Allow Null Value** option is enabled, you can leave the parameter's value unspecified.
-
-
-
-### Allow Multiple Values
-
-When the **Allow Multiple Values** option is enabled, you can specify multiple values for a report parameter.
-
-
-
-### Select All Values
-
-Enable the **Select All Values** option to use all elements from a [custom set of values](#value-source) as a parameter's [default value](#default-value).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can specify the **Select All Values** option only when the **Allow Multiple Values** option is enabled.
-
-### Value Source
-
-Use the **Value Source** option to specify a custom set of values a parameter can accept. You can create a static list of values, load values from a data source, or specify a date range. Refer to the following topics for more details:
-
-* [Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md)
-* [Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md)
-* [Date Range Report Parameters](date-range-report-parameters.md)
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8516682582..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Date Range Report Parameters
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Date Range Report Parameters
-
-This topic describes how to create a date range parameter and filter a report's data by the specified dates.
-
-
-
-> [!Note]
-> Web Report controls do not support `Date` and `Time` range parameters. You can only create a range parameter of `Date and Time` type.
-
-## Create a Date Range Parameter in the Report Designer
-
-Follow the steps below to add a date range parameter to a report in the [Report Designer](../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md):
-
-1. [Create a report parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md) with the **Date & Time** type and set its **Value Source** option to **Range Parameters**. The **Start Parameter** and **End Parameter** sections appear, and you can configure options in these sections to create a date range.
-
- 
-
-2. Set the name and initial value for the **Start Parameter** and **End Parameter**. To specify an [expression](../use-expressions.md) instead of a static value, click the **Value** option's ellipsis button and use the **Expression Editor** dialog.
-
- 
-
-After you create a date range parameter, you can reference the names of the **Start Parameter** and **End Parameter** in the report's filter string to [filter the report's data](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md) by the created date range. Select the report, click the **FilterString**'s ellipsis button in the **Properties window**, and construct a filter condition in the invoked **FilterString Editor**.
-
-
-
-When you switch to the report's **Print Preview** tab, the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md) displays the date range parameter. After you submit a start and end date, the report document shows filtered data.
-
-
-
-The start and end parameter values store the selected day's midnight time. For instance, if you choose _10/15/2019_, the *DateTime* value is _10/15/2019 12:00:00 AM_. If your date fields include non-midnight times, records for the end date _10/15/2019_ are excluded from the report. To include data for the 10/15/2019 date, use the **GetDate()** function in the **FilterString Editor**.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e4b47969c..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Multi-Value Report Parameters
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Multi-Value Report Parameters
-
-This document describes how to create a multi-value parameter and use this parameter to [filter report data](../shape-report-data/filter-data.md).
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> Refer to this help article for information on how to use multi-value parameters in an SQL query: [Specify Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md#pass-a-multi-value-parameter-value-to-a-query).
-
-## Create a Multi-Value Parameter in the Report Designer
-
-Follow the steps below to create a multi-value parameter in the [Report Designer](../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md):
-
-1. [Create a report parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md) and enable the **Allow multiple values** option.
-
- 
-
-1. Specify a list of predefined values for the parameter. You can create a static list of values or load values from a data source. Refer to the following topics for instructions on how to do it:
-
- * [Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md)
- * [Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values](report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md)
-
-## Filter a Report's Data by a Multi-Value Parameter
-
-To filter a report's data by a multi-value parameter, use the **Is any of** operator for this parameter in the report's [filter string](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md):
-
-
-
-## Specify Default Values for a Multi-Value Parameter
-
-A multi-value parameter's default values are selected automatically when you open a report's **Print Preview**:
-
-
-
-Use one of the following methods to specify default values:
-
-* Click the *Add* button right to the **Value** option and specify a value in a new editor.
-
- 
-
-* Enable the **Select all values** property to populate the parameter value with all items from the parameter's value source (static or dynamic).
-
- 
-
-> [!TIP]
-> Disable a report's **Request Parameters** property to avoid the **Waiting for parameter values** message on the report's **Print Preview** and display the report with default parameter values.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Ensure that the type of default values match the parameter type when you specify these values for the parameter.
-
-## Create an Optional Multi-Value Parameter
-
-Optional parameters allow you to filter report data only if parameter values are specified. Otherwise, if parameter values are not set, the parameter is ignored.
-
-
-
-Do the following to make a multi-value parameter optional.
-
-1. Create a multi-value report parameter and specify its **Allow null value**, **Value**, and **Select all values** options as shown below:
-
- 
-
- | Option | Value |
- | --- | --- |
- | **Allow null value** | **true** |
- | **Value** | Not specified |
- | **Select all values** | **false** |
-
-2. Disable the report's **Request Parameters** property.
-
- 
-
-3. Assign the following filter condition to the report's filter string:
-
- ```
- ?category Is Null or [Category ID] In (?category)
- ```
-
- 
-
- > [!TIP]
- > You can also use the filter string shown above to filter report data at the data source level. Refer to this help article for more information: [Filter Data at the Data Source Level](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c3edc77b8..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
----
-title: The Parameters Panel
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# The Parameters Panel
-
-The **Parameters** panel allows you to specify parameter values in a report's **Print Preview**.
-
-
-
-## Submit Parameter Values
-
-When you open a report's **Print Preview**, the **Parameters** panel displays default parameter values and descriptions.
-
-
-
-Specify parameter values and click **Submit** to generate the report's **Print Preview**. Set the report's **RequestParameters** property to **false** to display a report document for the default parameter values when you open the **Print Preview**.
-
-## Reset Parameter Values to Defaults
-
-Click the **Reset** button to reset parameter values to defaults.
-
-
-
-## Hide the Parameters Panel
-
-To remove the **Parameters** panel from a report's **Print Preview**, disable the **Visible** option for all report parameters in the **Report Parameters Editor**.
-
-
-
-When you hide the **Parameters** panel, the report's **Print Preview** is generated with the default parameter values.
-
-## Customize the Parameters Panel
-
-You can unite report parameters into expandable groups, place parameters side-by-side, add separators, and more.
-
-| Default panel | Customized panel |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-### Use the Report Parameters Editor
-
-Select the **Parameters** item in the **Field List** and click the **Edit parameters** button.
-
-
-
-This action invokes the **Report Parameters Editor**.
-
-
-
-Use the menu on the left to create and customize parameters, groups, and separators.
-
-#### Customize a Parameter
-
-Specify the **Orientation** property to choose the position of a parameter label relative to an editor.
-
-
-
-| Label orientation = Horizontal (Default) | Label orientation = Vertical |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-#### Create and Customize a Group
-
-Click the **Add group** button to create a new group.
-
-
-
-Use the **Up** and **Down** buttons to change the order of parameters and groups, and place parameters inside or outside a group.
-
-
-
-You can also drag-and-drop parameters and groups inside the menu to achieve the same result.
-
-
-
-To customize a group, select it and use its editors on the right to set up the group appearance. The following example unites the **customerName** and **companyName** parameters into a group called **Select a customer**.
-
-
-
-| Default panel | Panel with a group |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
-
-Besides a title, you can also specify the following properties to customize the group appearance:
-
-* Orientation (specifies whether to place parameters inside the group vertically or horizontally).
-* Show title
-* Show borders
-* Show expand/collapse button
-* Expanded
-
-#### Add a Separator
-
-Click the **Add separator** button to create a separator.
-
-
-
-Similar to parameters and groups, you can use the **Up** and **Down** buttons or drag-and-drop separators inside the menu to specify the location for these separators relative to other elements.
-
-
-
-The example below shows the **Parameters** panel with a separator between the **Company Name** and **Customer Name** parameters.
-
-| Default panel | Panel with a separator |
-| ----------- | ----------- |
-|  |  |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c5fdfc1d4..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Reference Report Parameters
-author: Eugene Polevikov
----
-
-# Reference Report Parameters
-
-After you [create a report parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md), you can reference this parameter in the [report's filter string](#reference-in-a-reports-filter-string), [in expressions](#reference-in-expressions), and [in a control's Text property](#reference-in-a-controls-text-property). You can also bind control and data source parameters to report parameters. Refer to the sections below for more details.
-
-## Reference in a Report's Filter String
-
-You can reference a report parameter in the report's filter string. This allows you to conditionally filter the report's data loaded from a data source.
-
-
-
-> [!TIP]
-> When you use a report's filter string to filter data, all the data is loaded from a data source before the filter is applied. If you use a large dataset, filter data at the data source level. Refer to the following topic for more information: [Filter Data at the Data Source Level](../shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md).
-
-## Reference in Expressions
-
-You can reference a report parameter in [expressions](../use-expressions.md) of [controls](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls.md) and [calculated fields](../shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md).
-
-
-
-This allows you to conditionally change the data a control or calculated field displays.
-
-You can use the [Field List](../report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md) to create an [Label](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md) control that displays only a parameter value. To do this, drag the parameter from the **Field List** and drop it onto the report's band.
-
-
-
-You can also use parameters in expressions to specify the visibility of a report's bands or conditionally change a control's appearance. Refer to the following topics for more information:
-
-* [Conditionally Change a Band's Visibility](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md)
-* [Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance](../shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md)
-
-## Reference in a Control's Text Property
-
-You can use a report parameter in a control's **Text** property.
-
-
-
-This allows you to create a placeholder (embedded field) that is substituted by a parameter value.
-
-
-
-Refer to the following topic for information on embedded fields: [Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)](../use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md).
-
-## Bind Control Parameters to Report Parameters
-
-You can create parameters for the [CrossTab](../create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md) and [Chart](../use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-in-reports.md) controls and bind these parameters to report parameters. This allows you to conditionally filter data at the control level. Refer to the following topic for details on how to filter data for the **Сhart** control: [Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data](../use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md).
-
-You can also specify a parameter for the [Subreport](../use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md) control and bind this parameter to report parameters. This allows you to pass parameter values from the main report to the subreport and conditionally change the subreport's data and appearance.
-
-## Bind Data Source Parameters to Report Parameters
-
-You can create parameters for data sources and bind them to report parameters. The table below contains information about which tasks this allows you to solve, a data source for which the task can be solved, and links to documentation sections you can reference for details.
-
-| Task | Data Source | Documentation |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| **Filter data at the data source level** | SQL Data Source | [Bind a Report to a Database](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md) |
-| **Pass report parameters to a stored procedure** | SQL Data Source | [Specify Query Parameters](../bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md) |
-| **Pass report parameters to a method that loads data** | Object Data Source | [Bind a Report to an Object Data Source](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md) |
-
-When you bind a report to the JSON Data Source, you can specify a URI from which a JSON file should be loaded. You can bind path parameters, query parameters, and header parameters to report parameters to conditionally configure HTTP requests to the web service endpoint. Refer to the following topic for details: [Bind a Report to JSON Data](../bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 02ab9cc050..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values
-
-You can create a report parameter that uses a list of values from a data source.
-
-
-
-When you open a report's **Print Preview**, you can select a value from this list in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
-
-
-## Create a List of Predefined Values in the Report Designer
-
-Follow the steps below to create a parameter with a list of dynamic values in the [Report Designer](../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md):
-
-1. Create a report parameter as described in this topic: [Create a Report Parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md).
-2. Set the parameter's **Value Source** option to **Dynamic List**. Additional fields appear in the **Add New Parameter** dialog and allow you to specify a data source for parameter values.
-
- 
-
-3. Specify the **Data Source**, **Data Adapter** (for a **DataSet** only), and **Data Member** options. **Value Member** defines a data field that supplies values to the parameter. **Display Member** defines a data field that stores value descriptions displayed in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
- 
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > The data member's value type should match the specified parameter **Type**.
-
- Use the **Filter String** property to filter parameter values or implement [cascading parameters](cascading-report-parameters.md). Specify the **Sort Order** and **Sort Member** properties to sort parameter values in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md)'s editor.
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md b/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b17278d43..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values
-author: Sergey Andreev
----
-
-# Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values
-
-You can create a list of predefined values for a report parameter.
-
-
-
-When you open a report's **Print Preview**, you can select a value from this list in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
-
-
-
-## Create a List of Predefined Values in the Report Designer
-
-Follow the steps below to create a parameter with a list of predefined static values in the [Report Designer](../first-look-at-the-report-designer.md):
-
-1. Create a report parameter as described in this topic: [Create a Report Parameter](create-a-report-parameter.md).
-2. Set the parameter's **Value Source** option to **Static List**. A grid appears in the **Add New Parameter** dialog and allows you to specify a list of static parameter values.
-
- 
-
- Each value should have a description. This description is displayed in the [Parameters panel](parameters-panel.md).
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/images/eurd-web-add-watermarks-properties-panel.png b/reporting-for-web/images/eurd-web-add-watermarks-properties-panel.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 75bdf85e6f..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-web/images/eurd-web-add-watermarks-properties-panel.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/images/img121799.png b/reporting-for-web/images/img121799.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dce103561..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-web/images/img121799.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/images/img121801.png b/reporting-for-web/images/img121801.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b6e6694f8f..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-web/images/img121801.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/images/use-date-ranges-design-add-param-dialog.png b/reporting-for-web/images/use-date-ranges-design-add-param-dialog.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fb9e721e1f..0000000000
Binary files a/reporting-for-web/images/use-date-ranges-design-add-param-dialog.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/reporting-for-web/toc.yml b/reporting-for-web/toc.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index fa34b62f4b..0000000000
--- a/reporting-for-web/toc.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
-items:
-- name: Document Viewer
- href: articles/document-viewer.md
- items:
- - name: Viewing and Navigating
- items:
- - name: Navigate Between Pages
- href: articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/navigate-between-pages.md
- - name: Navigate Using Bookmarks
- href: articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/navigate-using-bookmarks.md
- - name: Search for a Specific Text
- href: articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/search-for-a-specific-text.md
- - name: Switch Display Mode
- href: articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/switch-display-mode.md
- - name: Zooming
- href: articles/document-viewer/viewing-and-navigating/zooming.md
- - name: Content Editing
- href: articles/document-viewer/content-editing.md
- - name: Passing Parameter Values
- href: articles/document-viewer/passing-parameter-values.md
- - name: Printing
- href: articles/document-viewer/printing.md
- - name: Exporting
- items:
- - name: Export a Document
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/export-a-document.md
- - name: CSV-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/csv-specific-export-options.md
- - name: HTML-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/html-specific-export-options.md
- - name: Image-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/image-specific-export-options.md
- - name: MHT-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/mht-specific-export-options.md
- - name: PDF-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/pdf-specific-export-options.md
- - name: RTF-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/rtf-specific-export-options.md
- - name: Text-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/text-specific-export-options.md
- - name: XLS-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/xls-specific-export-options.md
- - name: XLSX-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/xlsx-specific-export-options.md
- - name: DOCX-Specific Export Options
- href: articles/document-viewer/exporting/docx-specific-export-options.md
-- name: Report Designer
- href: articles/report-designer.md
- items:
- - name: First Look at the Report Designer
- href: articles/report-designer/first-look-at-the-report-designer.md
- - name: Add New Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/add-new-reports.md
- - name: Open Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/open-reports.md
- - name: Save Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/save-reports.md
- - name: Introduction to Banded Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/introduction-to-banded-reports.md
- - name: Bind to Data
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data.md
- items:
- - name: Bind a Report to a Database
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-database.md
- - name: Specify Query Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/specify-query-parameters.md
- - name: Bind a Report to JSON Data
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-json-data.md
- - name: Bind a Report to an Object Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-an-object-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Join-Based Federated Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-join-based-federated-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Union-Based Federated Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-union-based-federated-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Transformation-Based Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-transformation-based-data-source.md
- - name: Bind a Report to a Federated Master-Detail Data Source
- href: articles/report-designer/bind-to-data/bind-a-report-to-a-federated-master-detail-data-source.md
- - name: Create Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports.md
- items:
- - name: Table Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/table-reports.md
- - name: Vertical Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/vertical-reports.md
- - name: Letters
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/letters.md
- - name: Master-Detail Report with Detail Report Bands
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-detail-report-bands.md
- - name: Master-Detail Report with Subreports
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/master-detail-reports-with-subreports.md
- - name: Hierarchical Report
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/hierarchical-reports.md
- - name: Invoices
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/invoices.md
- - name: Cross-Tab Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/cross-tab-reports.md
- - name: Labels and Badges
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/labels-and-badges.md
- - name: Multi-Column Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/multi-column-reports.md
- - name: Interactive E-Forms
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/interactive-e-forms.md
- - name: Reports with Cross-Band Content and Populated Empty Space
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-cross-band-content-and-populated-empty-space.md
- - name: Reports Merged with PDF
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-merged-with-pdf.md
- - name: Reports with Embedded PDF Content
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-embedded-pdf-content.md
- - name: Reports with Visual PDF Signature
- href: articles/report-designer/create-reports/reports-with-visual-pdf-signature.md
- - name: Configure Design Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings.md
- items:
- - name: Change Report Measurement Units
- href: articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-measurement-units.md
- - name: Change Report Page Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/change-a-report-page-settings.md
- - name: Enable the Right-To-Left Layout
- href: articles/report-designer/configure-design-settings/enable-the-right-to-left-layout.md
- - name: Use Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements.md
- items:
- - name: Manipulate Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements.md
- items:
- - name: Add Controls to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-controls-to-a-report.md
- - name: Bind Report Controls to Data
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/bind-controls-to-data.md
- - name: Use Embedded Fields (Mail Merge)
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-embedded-fields-mail-merge.md
- - name: Validate Report Data Bindings
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/validate-report-data-bindings.md
- - name: Select Report Elements and Access Their Settings
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/select-report-elements-and-access-their-settings.md
- - name: Move and Resize Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/move-and-resize-report-elements.md
- - name: Apply Styles to Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/apply-styles-to-report-elements.md
- - name: Copy Report Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/copy-report-controls.md
- - name: Arrange Report Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/arrange-report-controls.md
- - name: Add Report Controls to Containers
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/add-report-controls-to-containers.md
- - name: Validate the Report Layout
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/manipulate-report-elements/validate-the-report-layout.md
- - name: Use Basic Report Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls.md
- items:
- - name: Label
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/label.md
- - name: Character Comb
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/character-comb.md
- - name: Rich Text
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/rich-text.md
- - name: Check Box
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/check-box.md
- - name: Picture Box
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/picture-box.md
- - name: Subreport
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/subreport.md
- - name: Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/panel.md
- - name: Page Break
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-break.md
- - name: Table of Contents
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/table-of-contents.md
- - name: Page Info
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/page-info.md
- - name: PDF Content
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-content.md
- - name: PDF Signature
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-basic-report-controls/pdf-signature.md
- - name: Use Tables
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables.md
- items:
- - name: Table Overview
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/table-overview.md
- - name: Bind Table Cells to Data
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/bind-table-cells-to-data.md
- - name: Manage Table Structure
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/manage-table-structure.md
- - name: Manipulate Table Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/manipulate-table-elements.md
- - name: Hide Table Cells
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-tables/hide-table-cells.md
- - name: Use Barcodes
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes.md
- items:
- - name: Add Barcodes to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/add-bar-codes-to-a-report.md
- - name: Barcode Recognition Specifics
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/bar-code-recognition-specifics.md
- - name: Aztec Code
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/aztec-code.md
- - name: Codabar
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/codabar.md
- - name: Code 11 (USD-8)
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-11-usd-8.md
- - name: Code 128
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-128.md
- - name: Code 39 (USD-3)
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-usd-3.md
- - name: Code 39 Extended
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-39-extended.md
- - name: Code 93
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93.md
- - name: Code 93 Extended
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/code-93-extended.md
- - name: Deutsche Post Leitcode
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-leitcode.md
- - name: Deutsche Post Identcode
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/deutsche-post-identcode.md
- - name: EAN 13
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-13.md
- - name: EAN 8
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ean-8.md
- - name: ECC200 - Data Matrix
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/ecc200-data-matrix.md
- - name: GS1 - DataBar
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-databar.md
- - name: GS1- Data Matrix
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-data-matrix.md
- - name: GS1-128 - EAN-128 (UCC)
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-128-ean-128-ucc.md
- - name: Industrial 2 of 5
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/industrial-2-of-5.md
- - name: Intelligent Mail
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail.md
- - name: Intelligent Mail Package
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/intelligent-mail-package.md
- - name: Interleaved 2 of 5
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/interleaved-2-of-5.md
- - name: Matrix 2 of 5
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/matrix-2-of-5.md
- - name: MSI - Plessey
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/msi-plessey.md
- - name: PDF417
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pdf417.md
- - name: Pharmacode
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/pharmacode.md
- - name: PostNet
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/postnet.md
- - name: QR Code
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/qr-code.md
- - name: Micro QR Code
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/micro-qr-code.md
- - name: GS1 QR Code
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/gs1-qr-code.md
- - name: EPC QR Code
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/epc-qr-code.md
- - name: SSCC (Serial Shipping Container Code)
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/sscc.md
- - name: UPC Shipping Container Symbol (ITF-14)
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-shipping-container-symbol-itf-14.md
- - name: UPC Supplemental 2
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-2.md
- - name: UPC Supplemental 5
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-supplemental-5.md
- - name: UPC-A
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-a.md
- - name: UPC-E0
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e0.md
- - name: UPC-E1
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-bar-codes/upc-e1.md
- - name: Use Charts
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts.md
- items:
- - name: Use Charts in Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-in-reports.md
- - name: Add a Chart (Set Up Series Manually)
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/add-a-chart-set-up-series-manually.md
- - name: Add a Chart (Use a Series Template)
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/add-a-chart-use-a-series-template.md
- - name: Use Charts to Visualize Grouped Data
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-charts/use-charts-to-visualize-grouped-data.md
- - name: Use Gauges and Sparklines
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines.md
- items:
- - name: Add Gauges to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-gauges-to-a-report.md
- - name: Add Sparklines to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/use-gauges-and-sparklines/add-sparklines-to-a-report.md
- - name: Draw Lines and Shapes
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes.md
- items:
- - name: Draw Lines
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-lines.md
- - name: Draw Shapes
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-shapes.md
- - name: Draw Cross-Band Lines and Boxes
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-elements/draw-lines-and-shapes/draw-cross-band-lines-and-boxes.md
- - name: Use Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters.md
- items:
- - name: Create a Report Parameter
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/create-a-report-parameter.md
- items:
- - name: Report Parameters with Predefined Static Values
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-static-values.md
- - name: Report Parameters with Predefined Dynamic Values
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/report-parameters-with-predefined-dynamic-values.md
- - name: Multi-Value Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/multi-value-report-parameters.md
- - name: Cascading Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/cascading-report-parameters.md
- - name: Date Range Report Parameters
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/date-range-report-parameters.md
- - name: Reference Report Parameter
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/reference-report-parameters.md
- - name: The Parameters Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/use-report-parameters/parameters-panel.md
- - name: Shape Report Data
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data.md
- items:
- - name: Filter Data
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data.md
- items:
- - name: Filter Data at the Report Level
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-report-level.md
- - name: Filter Data at the Data Source Level
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/filter-data-at-the-data-source-level.md
- - name: Limit the Number of Records to Display
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/filter-data/limit-the-number-of-records-to-display.md
- - name: Group and Sort Data
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data.md
- items:
- - name: Sort Data
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data.md
- - name: Group Data
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data.md
- - name: Sort Data by a Custom Field
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-data-by-a-custom-field.md
- - name: Group Data by a Custom Field
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/group-data-by-a-custom-field.md
- - name: Sort Groups by a Summary Function's Result
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/group-and-sort-data/sort-groups-by-a-summary-function-result.md
- - name: Format Data
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/format-data.md
- - name: Specify Conditions for Report Elements
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements.md
- items:
- - name: Conditionally Change a Control's Appearance
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-control-appearance.md
- - name: Conditionally Change a Label's Text
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-label-text.md
- - name: Conditionally Change a Band's Visibility
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-change-a-bands-visibility-expression-bindings.md
- - name: Conditionally Filter Report Data
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-filter-report-data.md
- - name: Conditionally Suppress Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/conditionally-supress-controls.md
- - name: Limit the Number of Records per Page
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/specify-conditions-for-report-elements/limit-the-number-of-records-per-page.md
- - name: Calculate Summaries
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries.md
- items:
- - name: Calculate a Summary
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-a-summary.md
- - name: Calculate an Advanced Summary
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/calculate-summaries/calculate-an-advanced-summary.md
- - name: Count Elements and Values
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values.md
- items:
- - name: Display Row Numbers in a Report, Group or Page
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/display-row-numbers-in-a-report-group-or-page.md
- - name: Count the Number of Records in a Report or Group
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-records-in-a-report-or-group.md
- - name: Count the Number of Groups in a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/count-elements-and-values/count-the-number-of-groups-in-a-report.md
- - name: Use Calculated Fields
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields.md
- items:
- - name: Calculated Fields Overview
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculated-fields-overview.md
- - name: Calculate an Aggregate Function
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-an-aggregate-function.md
- - name: Calculate a Weighted Average Function
- href: articles/report-designer/shape-report-data/use-calculated-fields/calculate-a-weighted-average-function.md
- - name: Lay out Dynamic Report Content
- href: articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content.md
- items:
- - name: Maintain the Band Location on a Page
- href: articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-band-location-on-a-page.md
- - name: Keep Content Together
- href: articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/keep-content-together.md
- - name: Maintain the Size and Content of Data-Bound Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/maintain-the-size-and-content-of-data-bound-controls.md
- - name: Anchor Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/anchor-controls.md
- - name: Suppress Controls
- href: articles/report-designer/lay-out-dynamic-report-content/suppress-controls.md
- - name: Customize Appearance
- href: articles/report-designer/customize-appearance.md
- items:
- - name: Appearance Properties
- href: articles/report-designer/customize-appearance/appearance-properties.md
- - name: Report Visual Styles
- href: articles/report-designer/customize-appearance/report-visual-styles.md
- - name: Add Navigation
- href: articles/report-designer/add-navigation.md
- items:
- - name: Add Page Numbers
- href: articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-page-numbers.md
- - name: Add Cross-References and Hyperlinks
- href: articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-cross-references-and-hyperlinks.md
- - name: Add Bookmarks and a Document Map
- href: articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-bookmarks-and-a-document-map.md
- - name: Create a Table of Contents
- href: articles/report-designer/add-navigation/add-a-table-of-contents.md
- - name: Provide Interactivity
- href: articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity.md
- items:
- - name: Create Drill-Down Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/create-drill-down-reports.md
- - name: Create Drill-Through Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/create-drill-through-reports.md
- - name: Sort a Report in Print Preview
- href: articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/sort-a-report-in-print-preview.md
- - name: Edit Content in Print Preview
- href: articles/report-designer/provide-interactivity/edit-content-in-print-preview.md
- - name: Add Extra Information
- href: articles/report-designer/add-extra-information.md
- items:
- - name: Add Watermarks to a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/add-watermarks-to-a-report.md
- - name: Display the Current Date and Time in a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/display-the-current-date-and-time-in-a-report.md
- - name: Display the User Name in a Report
- href: articles/report-designer/add-extra-information/display-the-user-name-in-a-report.md
- - name: Merge Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/merge-reports.md
- items:
- - name: Add a Report to the End/Beginning
- href: articles/report-designer/merge-reports/add-a-report-to-the-end-beginning.md
- - name: Use Data-Driven Page Sequence
- href: articles/report-designer/merge-reports/use-data-driven-page-sequence.md
- - name: Use Expressions
- href: articles/report-designer/use-expressions.md
- items:
- - name: Expressions Overview
- href: articles/report-designer/use-expressions/expressions-overview.md
- - name: Expression Language
- href: articles/report-designer/use-expressions/expression-language.md
- - name: Functions in Expressions
- href: articles/report-designer/use-expressions/functions-in-expressions.md
- - name: "How to: Use Expressions"
- href: articles/report-designer/use-expressions/how-to-use-expressions.md
- - name: Data Binding Modes
- href: articles/report-designer/use-expressions/data-binding-modes.md
- - name: Localize Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/localize-reports.md
- - name: Preview, Print and Export Reports
- href: articles/report-designer/preview-print-and-export-reports.md
- - name: Report Designer Tools
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools.md
- items:
- - name: Report Wizard
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard.md
- items:
- - name: Empty Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/empty-report.md
- - name: Table and Vertical Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/table-and-vertical-report.md
- items:
- - name: Select Data Source
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\report-wizard\table-and-vertical-report\select-data-source.md
- - name: Specify Data Source Settings (Database)
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\report-wizard\table-and-vertical-report\specify-data-source-settings-database.md
- - name: Specify Data Source Settings (JSON)
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\report-wizard\table-and-vertical-report\specify-data-source-settings-json.md
- - name: Specify Data Source Settings (Object)
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\report-wizard\table-and-vertical-report\specify-data-source-settings-object.md
- - name: Define Report Layout
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\report-wizard\table-and-vertical-report\define-report-layout.md
- - name: Specify Page Settings
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\report-wizard\table-and-vertical-report\specify-page-settings.md
- - name: Label Report
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/report-wizard/label-report.md
- - name: Data Source Wizard
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/data-source-wizard.md
- items:
- - name: Specify Data Source Settings (Database)
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\data-source-wizard\specify-data-source-settings-database.md
- - name: Specify Data Source Settings (JSON)
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\data-source-wizard\specify-data-source-settings-json.md
- - name: Specify Data Source Settings (Object)
- href: articles\report-designer\report-designer-tools\data-source-wizard\specify-data-source-settings-object.md
- - name: Design Surface
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/design-surface.md
- - name: Main Menu
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/menu.md
- - name: Main Toolbar
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/toolbar.md
- - name: Toolbox
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/toolbox.md
- - name: Query Builder
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/query-builder.md
- - name: Chart Designer
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/chart-designer.md
- - name: Expression Editor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/expression-editor.md
- - name: Filter Editor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/filter-editor.md
- - name: Format String Editor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/format-string-editor.md
- - name: Master-Detail Relation Editor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/master-detail-relation-editor.md
- - name: Script Editor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/script-editor.md
- - name: Localization Editor
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/localization-editor.md
- - name: UI Panels
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels.md
- items:
- - name: Properties Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/properties-panel.md
- - name: Expressions Panel
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/expressions-panel.md
- - name: Field List
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/field-list.md
- - name: Report Explorer
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-explorer.md
- - name: Report Design Analyzer
- href: articles/report-designer/report-designer-tools/ui-panels/report-design-analyzer.md
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/toc.yml b/toc.yml
index 8b4c60ee9c..805798286f 100644
--- a/toc.yml
+++ b/toc.yml
@@ -1,19 +1,7 @@
items:
-- name: Reporting for Web
- href: reporting-for-web/
- topicHref: reporting-for-web/articles/index.md
-- name: Dashboard for Web
- href: dashboard-for-web/
- topicHref: dashboard-for-web/articles/index.md
-- name: Interface Elements for Web
- href: interface-elements-for-web/
- topicHref: interface-elements-for-web/articles/index.md
-- name: Reporting for Desktop
- href: reporting-for-desktop/
- topicHref: reporting-for-desktop/articles/index.md
-- name: Dashboard for Desktop
- href: dashboard-for-desktop/
- topicHref: dashboard-for-desktop/articles/index.md
-- name: Interface Elements for Desktop
- href: interface-elements-for-desktop/
- topicHref: interface-elements-for-desktop/articles/index.md
\ No newline at end of file
+- name: End-User Documentation for DevExpress Reports
+ href: eud-for-devexpress-reports/
+ topicHref: eud-for-devexpress-reports/end-user-documentation-for-devexpress-reports.md
+- name: End-User Documentation for BI Dashboards
+ href: eud-for-bi-dashboards/
+ topicHref: eud-for-bi-dashboards/end-user-documentation-for-bi-dashboards.md
\ No newline at end of file